Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Transurban Group

Transurban Group

tcl · ASX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker tcl
Exchange ASX
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Transurban Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2014
TRANSURBAN
ANNUAL REPORT

2

0

1

4

T

r

a

n

s

u

r

b

a

n

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

 
 
 
Contents

Financial Statements 

Transurban Holdings Limited and Controlled Entities 

Transurban Holding Trust and Controlled Entities 

Transurban International Limited and Controlled Entities 

Security Holder Information 

Corporate Governance Statement

1

149

251

359

Transurban’s 2014 Corporate Governance Statement is located at  
transurban.com/files/2014_Corporate_Governance_Statement.pdf

Transurban Holdings Limited and
Controlled Entities

ABN 86 098 143 429
(including Transurban International Limited and Transurban Holding Trust)

Annual report
for the year ended 30 June 2014

1

2014 Transurban Annual ReportTransurban Holdings Limited ABN 86 098 143 429
Annual report - 30 June 2014

Contents

Directors' report
Auditor's independence declaration
Financial statements
Directors' declaration
Independent auditor's report to the members

Page
3
55
56
146
147

2 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014

Directors' report

The  Directors  of  Transurban  Holdings  Limited  (THL),  Transurban  International  Limited  (TIL),  and  Transurban 
Infrastructure Management Limited (TIML), as responsible entity of Transurban Holding Trust (THT), present their 
report on the Transurban Group for the year ended 30 June 2014.

Group accounts
The Transurban Group financial statements have been prepared as an aggregation of the financial statements of 
THL and controlled entities, TIL and controlled entities, and THT and controlled entities, as if all entities operate 
together.  They  are  therefore  treated  as  a  combined  entity  (and  referred  to  as  "the  Group",  or  the  "Transurban 
Group" or "Transurban"), notwithstanding that none of the entities controls any of the others.

The financial statements have been aggregated in recognition that the securities issued by THL, TIL and THT are 
stapled together and comprise one share in THL, one share in TIL and one unit in THT (Stapled Security). None 
of the components of the Stapled Security can be traded separately.

Directors
The following persons were Directors of THL, TIML and TIL during the whole of the financial year and up to the 
date of this report:

Non-executive Directors

Lindsay Maxsted

Neil Chatfield

Robert Edgar

Samantha Mostyn

Christine O'Reilly

Rodney Slater

Ian Smith

Executive Director
Scott Charlton

Result
The consolidated net profit for the year ended 30 June 2014 for the Group was $252 million (2013: $175 million). 
The profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group was $282 million (2013: $172 million).

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the financial year were the development, operation and maintenance 
of toll roads.

3 

3

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Distributions 
Distributions paid to the ordinary equity holders of the Group during the financial year were as follows:

2014
$M

2013
$M

Distribution payable

Final distribution for 2014 financial year payable and recognised as a liability:
18.0 cents (2013: 15.5 cents) per fully paid Stapled Security payable
14 August 2014
Fully franked final dividend based on tax paid at 30% - 1 cent (2013: 3.5 cents) per 
fully paid Stapled Security
Unfranked final distribution – 14.5 cents (2013: 12.0 cents) per fully paid Stapled 
Security
Fully franked (2013: nil) final distribution based on tax paid at 30% - 2.5 cents 
(2013: nil) per fully paid Stapled Security

Distributions paid during the year

Final distribution for 2013 financial year of 15.5 cents (2012: 15.0 cents)
per fully paid Stapled Security paid 14 August 2013
Fully franked dividend based on tax paid at 30% - 3.5 cents (2012: 3.5 cents) per 
fully paid Stapled Security
Unfranked final distribution - 12 cents (2012: 11.5 cents) per fully paid Stapled 
Security

Interim distribution for 2014 financial year of 17.0 cents (2013: 15.5 cents) per
fully paid Stapled Security paid 14 February 2014
Fully franked interim dividend based on tax paid at 30% - 3.5 cents (2013: 3.5 
cents) per fully paid Stapled Security
Unfranked interim distribution - 13.5 cents (2013: 12.0 cents) per fully paid Stapled 
Security

Total distributions paid during the year

Distributions paid in cash or satisfied by the issue of Stapled Securities
under the distribution reinvestment plan
Paid in cash
Satisfied by issue of Stapled Securities

19

275

47

341

52

178

230

52

201

253
483

418
65

483

52

178

-
230

51

168

219

51

176

227
446

411
35

446

4 

4 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 

Business review 

Transurban manages and develops urban toll road networks in Australia and the United States of America. 
Transurban is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and has been in business since 1996. 

Transurban has a stake in fourteen roads in Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane and in Virginia: 

Melbourne, Australia
CityLink

Sydney, Australia

Hills M2

Lane Cove Tunnel

Cross City Tunnel (concession asset acquired on 26 June 2014)

Eastern Distributor (Airport Motorway Group)

Westlink M7

M5 South West

Brisbane, Australia (acquired on 2 July 2014)

Gateway Motorway 

Logan Motorway

CLEM7

Go Between Bridge

Legacy Way (under construction)

Virginia, USA

Pocahontas 895 (transferred to project lenders on 14 May 2014)

495 Express Lanes 

95 Express Lanes (under construction)

Ownership

2014

2013

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%* 

75.1% 

50%

50%

62.5% 

62.5% 

62.5% 

62.5% 

62.5% 

0%

94%

77.5% 

100%

100%

N/A

75.1%

50%

50%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

75%

67.5%

67.5%

*On 30 December 2013, the Group gained control of the Cross City Tunnel by acquiring 100% of the senior debt exposure from Royal Bank of 
Scotland.  Between  30  December  2013  and  26  June  2014  the  Group  had  control,  but  with  a  nil%  interest  (100%  non-controlling  interest).  The 
Group subsequently purchased the concession asset from the receivers and managers on 26 June 2014, holding a 100% interest thereafter. 

5 

5

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

In  the  year  ended 30 June  2014  Transurban  expanded  its  portfolio  of assets  with  the acquisition of  Cross  City 
Tunnel  in  Sydney.  Transurban  also  increased its interests in  495  Express Lanes  and  95  Express  Lanes  in  the 
US.  Subsequent  to  year-end,  a  Transurban  led  consortium  acquired  Queensland  Motorways  in  Brisbane, 
comprising four operating assets and the Legacy Way Tunnel which is currently under construction. 

Having reached agreement with the New South Wales Government in May 2013 to work together to procure the 
design  and  construction  price,  Transurban  announced  the  preferred  contractor  for  the  NorthConnex  project  in 
NSW.  Transurban  also  announced  an  in-principle  agreement  with  the  Victorian  Government  under  the 
Government’s  Unsolicited  Proposals  framework  for  a  major  co-ordinated  upgrade  to  the  western  section  of 
CityLink, the Bolte Bridge-West Gate Freeway interchange and the Tullamarine Freeway.  

In addition, Pocahontas 895 was transferred to the project lenders in May 2014 and Transurban no longer has 
any operational or financial interest in the asset.

Business Framework and Strategy 

At the heart of our business strategy is our desire to be a ‘partner of choice’ for our government clients and an 
organisation  that  meets  the  needs  of  our  customers.  To  do  that,  we  have  to  provide  and  be  part  of  effective 
transportation solutions to support the growth and well-being of our cities. 

At  Transurban  we  do  this  through  the  effective  management  of  our  existing  road  networks,  through  our  active 
involvement  in  the  transport  policy  debate,  and by  applying  our  unique skills  to  the  infrastructure  challenges  in 
our markets. 

In delivering on this objective our business has fostered core capabilities in the following areas:  

  Network planning and forecasting 
  Operations and customer management 
  Project development and delivery 
  Application of technology, and 
  Community engagement. 

Transurban's  target  markets  are  the  eastern  seaboard  of  Australia  and  Virginia  in  the  USA,  part  of  the 
Washington, DC metro area. 

Value drivers 

The  investment  proposition  for  high  quality  toll  road  assets  is  access  to  long  dated,  predictable,  growing  cash 
flows  generated  over  the  life  of  the  concessions  through  effective  management  and  development  of  the  road 
corridors these concessions govern. 

The organic growth in the business, which is derived from traffic growth and inflation linked toll escalation across 
the portfolio of assets, is supported by effective maintenance of operations and customers. It is further enhanced 
by the effective application of technology in key areas including traffic management and tolling. In addition, value 
can  be  unlocked  through  the  development  of  the  portfolio  through  a  range  of  activities  including  asset 
enhancements  such  as  Sydney’s  Hills  M2  Upgrade  and  M5 West Widening,  and  new  projects  negotiated  with 
governments such as the NorthConnex project in Sydney and the upgrade to the western section of CityLink in 
Melbourne.  

Financial performance 

Performance indicators 

Underlying  proportional  EBITDA  (earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation  and  amortisation)  is  the  primary 
measure the Transurban Board uses to assess the operating performance of Transurban, with an aim to focus on 
operating  results  and  associated  cash  generation.  It  reflects  the  contribution  from  individual  assets  to 
Transurban’s  operating  performance  and  permits  a  meaningful  assessment  of  the  underlying  performance  of 
Transurban’s assets.

6 

6 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

To  arrive  at  the  proportional  result,  non-controlling  interests  in  Transurban’s  controlled  roads  are  removed  and 
Transurban’s interests in non-controlled assets are included, in proportion to Transurban’s ownership.

Free cash is the primary measure used to assess Transurban’s cash generation. Free cash represents the cash 
available for distribution to security holders. 

Year ended 30 June 2014 Highlights 

Transurban’s net profit for the year ended 30 June 2014 was $252 million. Toll revenue increased by 13.1 per 
cent to $906 million. The increase in toll revenue was driven by traffic  and toll price growth across most of the 
asset portfolio, most notably Hills M2 following the completion of the Hills M2 Upgrade, and on CityLink. 

The transfer of Pocahontas 895 to lenders resulted in a net after tax gain of $103.1 million, being Transurban’s 
share of the profit recognised from the write-off of loans, offset by previously unrecognised losses. 

Key highlights include: 

  Transfer of Pocahontas 895 to project lenders in May 2014 
  495 Express Lanes re-capitalisation 
  Completion of Hills M2 Upgrade in August 2013 
  Acquisition of Cross City Tunnel  
 Re-sheeting of CityLink’s Burnley and Domain tunnels in late December and early January.

Subsequent to year end, on 2 July 2014, Transurban completed the acquisition of Queensland Motorways. 

Financial position 

Transurban has a market capitalisation of approximately $14.5 billion and at 30 June 2014, 1,896 million stapled 
securities were on issue. During the year, Transurban issued 405 million stapled securities as part of the capital 
raising to fund the acquisition of Queensland Motorways. 

Transurban’s  operating  assets  are  primarily  long-life  intangible  assets,  representing  the  provision  by  State 
Governments of the right to toll customers for the use of the assets. The concession assets represent  68.0 per 
cent of the total assets of Transurban. The duration of the asset concessions range from around 30 years to 80 
years and for accounting purposes, the carrying values are amortised on a straight line basis over the duration of 
the concession. 

Transurban’s cash and cash equivalents balance at 30 June 2014 included funds raised through capital raising 
activities  and  held  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  the  Queensland  Motorways,  which  was  completed  on  2  July 
2014.

Operations and performance of Transurban’s portfolio of assets – Year ended 30 June 2014 

Transurban considers the primary measure of operating performance to be its underlying proportional EBITDA. 
To  determine  the  proportional  EBITDA,  non-controlling  interests  are  removed  from  the  statutory  result  and 
Transurban’s interests in non-controlled assets are included in proportion to our ownership. 

Note  2  to  the  statutory  accounts  (Segment  Information)  presents  the  proportional  result  for  the  Transurban 
Group, including reconciliations to the statutory result. While management considers proportional EBITDA to be 
the  best  indicator  of  asset  performance,  interest  expense  and  revenue,  depreciation  and  income  tax  are  also 
included in the Segment Information disclosure. 

Underlying traffic and toll revenue performance 

The following shows traffic and toll revenue performance of all operating assets for the year ended 30 June 2014. 
This  is  shown  for  100 per cent  of  each asset.  The  review  of  costs  and  revenue  in  the  commentary below  also 
refers to 100 per cent of the asset. 

7 

7

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Asset (and ownership %)

CityLink (100%)

Hills M2 (100%)

Cross City Tunnel (100%)

Lane Cove Tunnel / MRE (100%)

M1 Eastern Distributor (75.1%)

Westlink M7 (50%)

Traffic 
growth
(%)

1.6%

13.8%

N/A

8.9%

2.3%

8.1%

M5 South West Motorway (50%)

(1.2%)

Pocahontas (75%) ($’USD)

N/A

495 Express Lanes (94%) ($’USD)

32.0%

CityLink (Melbourne) 

Toll revenue
2014
$’m

Toll revenue
2013
$’m

Variance
$’m

Variance
%

% of
proportional 
toll revenue

$535

$193

$1

$69

$105

$231

$187

$14

$24

$496

$143

$0

$62

$100

$210

$189

$16

$7

$39

$50

$1

$7

$5

$21

($2)

($2)

$17

8.0%

34.7%

N/A

12.0%

4.8%

10.2%

(0.7%)

(11.0%)

234.6%

47.9%

17.3%

0.1%

6.2%

7.1%

10.3%

8.4%

1.0%

1.7%

CityLink had continued traffic growth on all parts of the Asset. Toll revenue increased by 7.9 per cent, driven by a 
1.6 per cent increase in traffic and a 4.7 per cent increase in toll prices. Western Link performed particularly well, 
seeing growth of 2.1 per cent, however both sections of the Asset were mildly affected by the re-sheeting of the 
Domain  and  Burnley  tunnels  in  late  December  and  early  January,  which  required  the  closure  of  those  tunnels 
during works.  

Changes to the operational structure of the call centre, and a shift to electronic channels for communications led 
to a reduction in tolling expenses and direct employee costs.  

Total CityLink costs have increased by $4 million to $105 million. CityLink’s EBITDA margin continued to improve 
from 89.0 per cent to 90.3 per cent.  

Hills M2 (Sydney) 

The M2 Upgrade project was completed in August 2013 and resulted in a significant uplift in traffic year-on-year. 
The  completion  of  the  M2  Upgrade  saw  the  majority  of  the  Hills  M2  return  to  normal  lane  configurations  and 
operational status which contributed to overall traffic growth across the Hills M2. In addition to the M2 Upgrade, 
works  were  commenced  on  the  maintenance  of  the  Vimiera  Road  Embankment  and  construction  of  the  Lane 
Cove Road eastbound on-ramp.  

Year on year traffic growth on the Hills M2 was 13.8 per cent, which included traffic growth following completion 
of the M2 Upgrade project. This traffic increase, in addition to the toll price increase of 19.3 per cent  effected on 
completion of the upgrade on the asset, resulted in a toll revenue increase of $50 million. 

Costs  on  the  Hills  M2  increased  in  comparison  to  the  previous  year,  however  the  asset’s  EBITDA  margin 
increased to 84.1 per cent. 

8 

8 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited 
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Lane Cove Tunnel / MRE (Sydney) 

Lane  Cove  Tunnel  has  observed  strong  traffic  growth  during  the  financial  year  as  the  constraints  from  the 
ongoing upgrade works on the connecting Hills M2 Motorway dissipated following completion of the M2 Upgrade 
Project. 

Traffic growth for the tunnel was 9.6 per cent compared to the prior corresponding period, and 6.6 per cent on the 
Military Road e-Ramps, resulting in a $7 million increase in toll revenue in 2014. Tollaust Pty Limited (a Group 
company) continued to provide Operations and Maintenance services to Lane Cove Tunnel, and since April 2014 
has  taken  on  the  role  of  Operator,  using  in-house  resources.  The  EBITDA  margin  on  Lane  Cove  Tunnel 
increased from 60.0 per cent to 73.0 per cent. 

Cross City Tunnel (Sydney) 

On 30 December 2013 Transurban acquired the senior debt exposure of the Cross City Tunnel Group which was 
in receivership. As a result of the debt acquisition Transurban was deemed to have gained control of the Cross 
City Tunnel Group and its controlled entities.  

The  acquisition  reached  financial  close  on  26  June  2014,  when  Transurban  purchased  the  Cross  City  Tunnel 
concession asset  from  the  receivers  and  managers.  Transurban acquired  this  concession  for $475  million plus 
stamp duty and transaction costs totalling $27 million. As at the end of the financial year work was well advanced 
on the integration of this asset into the broader Transurban portfolio. 

Statewide Roads / M4 (Sydney) 

In the year ended 30 June 2014 Statewide Roads contributed $2 million to the Group’s EBITDA through rental 
income generated from service centre tenants. Statewide Roads is required to maintain the service centres and 
in the current year there was no significant maintenance expenditure of a capital nature. 

M1 Eastern Distributor (Sydney)  

The Eastern Distributor commenced three major capital works projects in 2014, which has resulted in elevated 
levels of maintenance capital expenditure on the asset: 

1)  New  Roadside  Tolling  Equipment  was  installed  during  2014  and  user  acceptance  testing  of  this  equipment 

commenced;  

2)  Resurfacing of the motorway, which was commenced as a part of a two year program of resurfacing works; 

and

3) Upgrade of the Operations Management and Control System (“OMCS”). The OMCS upgrade is scheduled for 

completion in 2016. 

On  4  November  2013,  the  Eastern  Distributor  moved  to  quarterly  integer  tolling  increases  (previously  50  cent 
increments). This has contributed to an increase in toll revenue of $5 million. 

M5 South West Motorway (Sydney)  

The  motorway’s  performance  has  been  impacted  in  the  current  year  by  ongoing  widening  works.  Traffic 
decreased compared to the prior year by 1.2 per cent, resulting in a decrease in revenue of 0.7 per cent to $187 
million.  

Despite traffic disruption during the widening, the EBITDA margin increased  from 93.1 per cent to 94.9 per cent 
for the year ended 30 June 2014. 

The M5 removed cash tolling on 1 July 2013 and now operates on fully electronic tolling. 

9 

9

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Westlink M7 (Sydney)  

The performance of Westlink M7, particularly the northern section, has improved in 2014 due to the completion of 
the  M2  Upgrade,  with  an  increase  in  traffic  of  8.1  per  cent  and  an  increase  in  revenue  of  $21  million  to  $231 
million. The M7’s EBITDA margin increased from 81.0 per cent to 83.6 per cent. 

Pocahontas 895 (Virginia USA) 

Transurban  transferred ownership  of  Pocahontas  895  to  lenders  on  14  May  2014  and  now  has  no  financial  or 
operational interests in the asset. 

495 Express Lanes (Virginia USA) 

The  495  Express  Lanes  traffic  performance  and  share  of  corridor  volume  continued  to  increase  over  the  year. 
Average workday revenue for the month of June 2014 increased 98.8 per cent over the month of June 2013. The 
average daily toll revenue for the year grew 105.4 per cent from the prior year. Average daily trips increased 32.0 
per cent for the same period. 

The average dynamic toll charged increased by 56.3 per cent from US$1.51 in 2013 to US$2.36 for 2014. The 
maximum dynamic toll charged during the year was US$11.85 to travel the full length of the Express Lanes.  

On 29 May 2014, the 495 Express Lanes achieved record daily toll revenue.  

Free cash and cash flows from operations 

Free cash is calculated as: 

Cash flow from operations of 100 per cent owned assets and operating companies (CityLink, Hills M2, Lane 
Cove Tunnel / MRE, Cross City Tunnel, Statewide Roads, Roam Tolling, Tollaust and Transurban 
corporate); 

Excluding Payments for Maintenance of Intangible Assets (concession assets); 

Excluding Interest received from Term Loan Notes (Westlink M7 & M5 South West Motorway 
Investment returns captured as interest payments); 

Plus distributions received from non-100 per cent owned assets (M5 South West Motorway, M1 Eastern 
Distributor) 

Plus Term Loan Note repayments from Westlink M7 and M5 South West Motorway (as 50 per cent equity 
accounted investments) 

Less Provision for Maintenance of Intangible Assets and payments for e-TAGs. 

Free  cash  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  was  $572  million.  Free  cash  per  security  was  33.9  cents.  The 
calculation of free cash can be found at note 22 to the statutory accounts. Free cash per security was impacted in 
the year by the issue of new securities to fund the acquisition of Queensland Motorways. All securities issued are 
entitled to the full final distribution and this dilutes the free cash. The distribution of 35 cent per security is 96.9 
per cent cash covered for the year. 

Business development activities 

Acquisition of Queensland Motorways 

In April 2014, a Transurban-led consortium (62.5 per cent Transurban, 25 per cent AustralianSuper and 12.5 per 
cent Tawreed, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority) reached agreement to acquire 
Queensland  Motorways  for  $6,673  million,  plus  stamp  duty  and  transaction  costs  totalling  $447  million. 
Transurban will operate the network on behalf of the owners. Financial close was achieved on 2 July 2014. 

Acquisition of Cross City Tunnel 

The process to acquire Cross City Tunnel began when Transurban acquired the secured senior debt of the Cross 
City Tunnel Group from Royal Bank of Scotland in December 2013. Cross City Tunnel was in receivership at the 
time, with receivers and managers appointed to conduct a sale process.  

The debt acquisition gave Transurban the right to remove and appoint the receivers and managers and therefore 
significant rights over the relevant activities of the Cross City Tunnel entities.  In May 2014, Transurban entered 
into  an  agreement  with  members  of  the  Cross  City  Tunnel  Group  (subject  to  deeds  of  company  arrangement) 
(CCT  Vendors),  acting  by  their  Receivers  and  Managers,  to  acquire  CCT  for  approximately  $475  million  plus 
stamp duty and transaction costs. Financial close was achieved on 26 June 2014. 

10

10 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

95 Express Lanes (Virginia USA)  

Construction on the project, which connects to the 495 Express Lanes, is now 85.0 per cent complete (US$594 
million costs incurred to date), with the 95 Express Lanes due to open at the end of calendar year 2014. The 95 
Express Lanes have a 75 year operating concession and the project represents a 29-mile extension to the 495 
Express  Lanes.  Once  complete  the  95  and  495  Express  Lanes  network  will  include  more  than  40  miles  of 
Express Lanes. 

On  11  April  2014,  Transurban  acquired  Fluor  Enterprises  Inc.’s  10 per cent  interest  in  95  Express  Lanes LLC. 
After this acquisition, Transurban owns 77.5 per cent of 95 Express Lanes LLC. 

495 Express Lanes (Virginia USA) 

A  review  of  the  project  was  completed  during  the  year,  which  resulted  in  downward  adjustments  to  traffic  and
revenue  projections.  As  a  result,  Transurban  and  Capital  Beltway  Express  LLC  worked  with  key  stakeholders, 
including lenders, to implement changes to the capital structure to ensure it could be supported by the emerging 
revenue profile. On 11 April 2014, during the process to change the capital structure, Transurban acquired Fluor 
Enterprises  Inc.’s  10  per  cent  interest  in  Capital  Beltway  LLC.  On  4  June  2014,  Capital  Beltway  Express  LLC 
repaid US$433 million of debt and associated swap termination costs through US$281 million of additional equity 
investment from Transurban and the release of US$151 million of existing finance reserves. After this acquisition 
and the capital injection, Transurban owns 94 per cent of Capital Beltway Express LLC. 

M5 South West Motorway Widening 

Construction work on the M5 widening, which will expand the M5 South West Motorway from two to three lanes 
in  each  direction  from  King  Georges  Road,  Beverly  Hills to  Camden  Valley Way,  Prestons, is  now  80 per cent 
complete and is expected to be completed by December 2014. 

NorthConnex 

Having reached agreement with the New South Wales Government in May 2013 to work together to procure the 
design  and  construction  price,  in  March  2014  Transurban  announced  the  preferred  contractor  for  the 
NorthConnex project. This project has now moved into the planning approval stage with the public display of the 
Environmental  Impact  Assessment.  If  approved,  it  is  expected  that  work  on  NorthConnex  would  begin  in  2015 
with the project open for use in 2019. 

CityLink – Tullamarine Widening 

In  April  2014,  Transurban  announced  an  in-principle  agreement  with  the  Victorian  Government  under  the 
Government’s  Unsolicited  Proposals  framework  for  a  major  co-ordinated  upgrade  to  the  western  section  of 
CityLink,  the  Bolte  Bridge-West  Gate  Freeway  interchange  and  the  Tullamarine  Freeway  (“CityLink  –  Tulla 
Widening”).  The  project  is  subject  to  the  State  and  Transurban  reaching  final  agreement  on  terms  (including 
scope) and documentation (expected by late 2014). 

Acquisition of TransLink Operations (TLO) 

On  1  May  2014,  the  Group  successfully  acquired  TransLink  Operations  (“TLO”).  TLO  manages  the  CityLink 
Traffic Control Room as well as other key aspects of CityLink operations, including incident response. 

11

11

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Financing activities 

Transurban continued to have success in financing activities in the year ended 30 June 2014. 

August 2013 

Refinanced $250 million corporate working capital facilities. 

September 2013   

Replaced $60 million corporate credit facilities. 

October 2013

Raised  Euro  500  million  corporate  bonds  under  Transurban’s  existing  EMTN 
programme.  

December 2013 

Refinanced  tranche  A  of  Airport  Motorway’s  bank  debt  with  $300  million  domestic 
MTNs. 

April / May 2014   

Raised A$175 million and US$93 million corporate bank facilities. 

June 2014 

Raised A$277 million non-recourse debt on Cross City Tunnel.  

On  2  July  2014,  the  Group  raised  $2,900  million  in  non-recourse  debt  to  fund  the  acquisition  of  Queensland 
Motorways, of which $2,500 million was drawn on that date. 

Debt maturity profiles 

The following charts show the Group’s current debt maturity profile. The charts show the debt in the financial year 
it matures and in the case of the asset level debt, the full value of the debt facilities has been shown as this is the 
value of debt for refinancing purposes. 

The debt values are shown at 30 June 2014 and Canadian dollar and US dollar debt has been converted at the 
hedged  rate  where  cross  currency  swaps  are  in  place.  Unhedged  US  dollar  debt  has  been  converted  to 
Australian dollars at spot exchange rate ($0.94 at 30 June 2014). 

Corporate debt maturity profile  

1,000

 1,000

800

 900

 800

133

133

206

206

 700

 600

 500

 400

n
600
o

i
l
l
i

m
400
D
U
A

 300

136

500

500

450

450

300

300

129

136

129

200

 200

 100

215

215

275

259

275

165

165

259

60
2017

60
2017

125

125
-
2018

2018

2015

2016

2016

254

254

722

722

233

233

219

219

2019

2019

-
2020
2020

2021

2021

172
172
-
2022
2022

-
2023
2023

2024
2024

2025
2025

2026
2026

94
94
2027

2027

-
2028
2028

A$ Notes

A$ notes

US Private Placement

US private placement

Working capital facilities

Working capital facilities

Syndicated facilities

Syndicated facilities

Letters of credit

Letters of credit

EMTN

EMTN

12

 -

0

2015

12 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)
Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)
Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)
Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Asset level debt maturity profile at 30 June 2014  
Asset level debt maturity profile at 30 June 2014  
Asset level debt maturity profile at 30 June 2014  
Asset level debt maturity profile at 30 June 2014  

Transurban Holdings Limited
Transurban Holdings Limited
Transurban Holdings Limited
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
Directors' report
Directors' report
Directors' report
30 June 2014
30 June 2014
30 June 2014
30 June 2014
(continued) 
(continued) 
(continued) 
(continued) 

1,200
 1,400
 1,400
 1,400
 1,400
1,000
 1,200
 1,200
 1,200
 1,200
800
 1,000
 1,000
 1,000
 1,000

600
 800
 800
 800
 800

400
 600
 600
 600
 600

200
 400
 400
 400
 400

n
o

i
l
l
i

m
n
o
n
n
n
$
i
l
o
o
o
l
A
i
i
i
i
m
l
l
l
l
l
l
i
i
i
m
m
m
$
A
$
$
$
A
A
A

7
7
2

7
4
4

-

-
-
-

7
7
7
7
7
2
7
7
7
2
2
2

0
4
3

7
4
7
7
7
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

0
0
4

0
0
5

0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
4
4
4

0
4
0
0
0
3
4
4
4
3
3
3

8
8
2

5
0
5

0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
5
5
5

8
8
8
8
8
2
8
8
8
2
2
2

5
5
2

0
6
2

0
0
3

5
2
2

8
3
2

5
0
5
5
5
5
0
0
0
5
5
5

2016

-
-
-

-

2019

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5
5
5
5
5
2
5
5
5
2
2
2

-
-
-
5
2
5
5
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2017

8
3
8
8
8
2
3
3
3
2
2
2

2018

0
6
0
0
0
2
6
6
6
2
2
2
-
-

0
 200
 200
 200
 200

2015

 -
 -
 -
 -

2020

2021

2022

0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
3
3

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030

2031

2032

-

-

Cross City Tunnel

-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

M1

Hills M2

8
1
3

8
1
8
8
8
3
1
1
1
3
3
3

5
2
6

5
2
5
5
5
6
2
2
2
6
6
6

8
3
2

6
6
7
7

1
8
1

2038

2033

2037

2035

2034

2036
76
76
76
76
M5 South West

2042

2043

2044

2045

2046

2047

2039

2040

2041

1
8
1
1
1
1
8
8
8
1
1
1

Westlink M7

2049

2048

8
3
8
8
8
2
3
3
3
2
2
2

-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Lane Cove Tunnel

495 Express Lanes TIFIA funding

Cross City Tunnel
M5
Cross City Tunnel
Cross City Tunnel
Cross City Tunnel
M7 Westlink
M5
M5
M5
95 Express Lanes TIFIA Funding
M7 Westlink
M7 Westlink
M7 Westlink
495 Express Lanes TIFIA Funding
95 Express Lanes TIFIA Funding
95 Express Lanes TIFIA Funding
95 Express Lanes TIFIA Funding
495 Express Lanes Letter of Credit
495 Express Lanes TIFIA Funding
495 Express Lanes TIFIA Funding
495 Express Lanes TIFIA Funding
495 Express Lanes Letter of Credit
495 Express Lanes Letter of Credit
495 Express Lanes Letter of Credit

95 Express Lanes TIFIA funding

95 Express Lanes private activity bonds

495 Express Lanes private activity bonds

495 Express Lanes letter of credit

M2 Hills
Lane Cove Tunnel
M2 Hills
M2 Hills
M2 Hills
M1
Lane Cove Tunnel
Lane Cove Tunnel
Lane Cove Tunnel
95 Express Lanes Private Activity Bonds
M1
M1
M1
495 Express Lanes Private Activity Bonds
95 Express Lanes Private Activity Bonds
95 Express Lanes Private Activity Bonds
95 Express Lanes Private Activity Bonds
495 Express Lanes Private Activity Bonds
495 Express Lanes Private Activity Bonds
495 Express Lanes Private Activity Bonds

Financial risk management 
Financial risk management 
Financial risk management 
Financial risk management 

Transurban Group’s exposure to financial risk management and its policies for managing that risk can be found in 
Transurban Group’s exposure to financial risk management and its policies for managing that risk can be found in 
Transurban Group’s exposure to financial risk management and its policies for managing that risk can be found in 
Transurban Group’s exposure to financial risk management and its policies for managing that risk can be found in 
the  Financial  Risk  Management  notes  of  the  attached  accounts  (note  40).  That  note  discusses  Transurban’s 
the  Financial  Risk  Management  notes  of  the  attached  accounts  (note  40).  That  note  discusses  Transurban’s 
the  Financial  Risk  Management  notes  of  the  attached  accounts  (note  40).  That  note  discusses  Transurban’s 
the  Financial  Risk  Management  notes  of  the  attached  accounts  (note  40).  That  note  discusses  Transurban’s 
hedging policies, credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity and funding policies. 
hedging policies, credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity and funding policies. 
hedging policies, credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity and funding policies. 
hedging policies, credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity and funding policies. 
Corporate activities
Corporate activities
Corporate activities
Corporate activities

Equity entitlement offer and share placement 
Equity entitlement offer and share placement 
Equity entitlement offer and share placement 
Equity entitlement offer and share placement 

In May 2014, Transurban completed a fully underwritten accelerated renounceable entitlement offer. 
In May 2014, Transurban completed a fully underwritten accelerated renounceable entitlement offer. 
In May 2014, Transurban completed a fully underwritten accelerated renounceable entitlement offer. 
In May 2014, Transurban completed a fully underwritten accelerated renounceable entitlement offer. 
The Institutional Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $1.8 billion and resulted in the issue of 
The Institutional Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $1.8 billion and resulted in the issue of 
The Institutional Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $1.8 billion and resulted in the issue of 
The Institutional Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $1.8 billion and resulted in the issue of 
approximately  264  million  new  Transurban  stapled  securities.  Entitlements  not  taken  up  by  eligible  institutional
approximately  264  million  new  Transurban  stapled  securities.  Entitlements  not  taken  up  by  eligible  institutional
approximately  264  million  new  Transurban  stapled  securities.  Entitlements  not  taken  up  by  eligible  institutional
approximately  264  million  new  Transurban  stapled  securities.  Entitlements  not  taken  up  by  eligible  institutional
security  holders  and  entitlements  of  ineligible  institutional  security  holders  were  sold  and  cleared  in  the 
security  holders  and  entitlements  of  ineligible  institutional  security  holders  were  sold  and  cleared  in  the 
security  holders  and  entitlements  of  ineligible  institutional  security  holders  were  sold  and  cleared  in  the 
security  holders  and  entitlements  of  ineligible  institutional  security  holders  were  sold  and  cleared  in  the 
institutional shortfall book build at $7.00 per security, a $0.25 per security premium over the offer price of $6.75 
institutional shortfall book build at $7.00 per security, a $0.25 per security premium over the offer price of $6.75 
institutional shortfall book build at $7.00 per security, a $0.25 per security premium over the offer price of $6.75 
institutional shortfall book build at $7.00 per security, a $0.25 per security premium over the offer price of $6.75 
and a 2.4 per cent discount to the theoretical ex-rights price as of 23 April 2014 of $7.17 per security.  
and a 2.4 per cent discount to the theoretical ex-rights price as of 23 April 2014 of $7.17 per security.  
and a 2.4 per cent discount to the theoretical ex-rights price as of 23 April 2014 of $7.17 per security.  
and a 2.4 per cent discount to the theoretical ex-rights price as of 23 April 2014 of $7.17 per security.  
The Retail Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $557 million from the issue of approximately 
The Retail Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $557 million from the issue of approximately 
The Retail Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $557 million from the issue of approximately 
The Retail Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $557 million from the issue of approximately 
83  million  new  securities  at  an  issue  price  of  $6.75  per  security.  Approximately  28.6  million  of  these  new 
83  million  new  securities  at  an  issue  price  of  $6.75  per  security.  Approximately  28.6  million  of  these  new 
83  million  new  securities  at  an  issue  price  of  $6.75  per  security.  Approximately  28.6  million  of  these  new 
83  million  new  securities  at  an  issue  price  of  $6.75  per  security.  Approximately  28.6  million  of  these  new 
securities were sold in the bookbuild at a price of $7.21 per security, a $0.46 per security premium over the issue 
securities were sold in the bookbuild at a price of $7.21 per security, a $0.46 per security premium over the issue 
securities were sold in the bookbuild at a price of $7.21 per security, a $0.46 per security premium over the issue 
securities were sold in the bookbuild at a price of $7.21 per security, a $0.46 per security premium over the issue 
price  of  $6.75,  a  $0.21  per  security  premium  over  the  institutional  bookbuild  price  of  $7.00,  and  a  $0.10  per 
price  of  $6.75,  a  $0.21  per  security  premium  over  the  institutional  bookbuild  price  of  $7.00,  and  a  $0.10  per 
price  of  $6.75,  a  $0.21  per  security  premium  over  the  institutional  bookbuild  price  of  $7.00,  and  a  $0.10  per 
price  of  $6.75,  a  $0.21  per  security  premium  over  the  institutional  bookbuild  price  of  $7.00,  and  a  $0.10  per 
security discount to the last traded price of $7.31 per security.  
security discount to the last traded price of $7.31 per security.  
security discount to the last traded price of $7.31 per security.  
security discount to the last traded price of $7.31 per security.  
A  further  $400  million  was  raised  from  placement  of  58  million  securities  at  a  price  of  $6.95  per  security  to 
A  further  $400  million  was  raised  from  placement  of  58  million  securities  at  a  price  of  $6.95  per  security  to 
A  further  $400  million  was  raised  from  placement  of  58  million  securities  at  a  price  of  $6.95  per  security  to 
A  further  $400  million  was  raised  from  placement  of  58  million  securities  at  a  price  of  $6.95  per  security  to 
AustralianSuper and Tawreed.
AustralianSuper and Tawreed.
AustralianSuper and Tawreed.
AustralianSuper and Tawreed.

13
13
13
13

13

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Changes in Executive Management 

On 4 June 2014, Transurban appointed Wes Ballantine, Group General Manager, Strategy, to the role of Group 
General Manager, Queensland 

On  14  July  2014,  Samantha  Hogg,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  left  Transurban.  Until  a  permanent  replacement  is 
appointed, Leigh Petschel, currently General Manager, Finance, will serve as Acting Chief Financial Officer. 

Tim  Steinhilber,  Group  General  Manager,  Project  Delivery  and  Operational  Excellence,  transferred  back  to  the 
USA in July 2014  and will support the delivery of the I95 project that is scheduled for completion at the end of 
2014. Tony Adams, previously Vice President, Infrastructure, Major Projects, and based in the USA, will transfer 
to Australia as he assumed the role of Group General Manager, Project Delivery and Operational Excellence in
July 2014. 

People 

Transurban’s People Strategy focuses on the four areas of Leadership, Capability, Performance, and Wellbeing. 
These areas are underpinned by the Group values, as well as safety, diversity and sustainability. 

Leadership 

Transurban conducts a bi-annual talent review with the Executive team. This review helps identify high potential 
individuals who may have the ability to move into a Senior  Leadership or Executive role, or those who may be 
able to move laterally outside of their area of technical expertise. It also identifies successors for the Executive 
team and other future leaders. Development activities for this group are monitored throughout the year. 

Senior Leaders participated in a three day offsite in February 2014. The key theme of the program was driving for 
high performance and it is intended that this will become an annual event for the leadership group. 

There has been a focus on building greater leadership capability through the middle management group during 
the  reporting  period.  Activities  to  support  this  include  the  implementation  of  a  Group  Coaching  program; 
cascading of activities from the Senior Leadership Program and the continuation of the Coaching and Mentoring 
program for female managers. 

Capability 

A  framework  identifying  both  behavioural  and  technical  capabilities  has  been  developed  and  is  being  used  to 
assist  in  identifying  key  talent  for  future  roles  and  determining  potential  gaps.  This  assists  in  developing 
strategies to build future capability. A technical career pathway program has also been developed. One area of 
continued  focus  is  the  Traffic  Forecasting  Group  which  is  deemed  fundamental  to  the  ongoing  success  of  the 
Group. Steps to enhance capability in this area have progressed. 

Performance 

Changes  were  made  to  the  Short  Term  Incentive  program  aimed  at  enhancing  this  through  increased 
performance differentiation, the introduction of formal performance comparisons against peers, and strengthening 
the  link  between  individual  and  Group  performance.  A  review  of  the  Group’s  Benefits  program  was  also 
undertaken, benchmarking current programs against market practice.  

Wellbeing 

A new Wellbeing framework has been developed, identifying the key areas of health; work; financial; values and 
staying  connected.  A  suite  of  initiatives  to  support  the  framework  are  being  introduced  across  Transurban.  An 
employee  volunteer  program  has  been  launched  which  includes  the  introduction  of  volunteer  leave  for  all 
employees. 

14

14 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Office  moves  in  Melbourne  and  Sydney  occurred  with  a  focus  on  increasing  collaboration  and  ensuring  a 
healthier workspace. Activity based working was also introduced as part of this, which enables greater flexibility 
for employees in the way in which they work. 

It  has  been  twelve  months  since  the  launch  of  the  refreshed  Vision  and  Values.  A  Group  wide  Values  Health 
Check was rolled out to see how and where teams are using the values and to ensure that behaviours continue 
to  be  aligned.  This  provided  positive  feedback  as  did  the  Employee  pulse  survey  that  was  conducted  in  May 
2014.

Sustainability 

Transurban is committed to taking a sustainable approach to its operations, projects and business practices to 
create the best outcomes for its government clients, communities and customers. 

Transurban’s  Sustainability  Strategy  highlights  three  key  focus  areas:  be  good  neighbours,  use less,  and  think 
long  term.  By  adopting  and  working  to  these  principles,  Transurban  reinforces  its  ‘licence  to  operate’  and 
strengthens  its  ability  to  deliver  efficient  and  integrated  transport  networks  that  support  productivity  and  the 
wellbeing of its communities. 

During  the  period,  Transurban  put  into  action  the  Sustainability  Strategy.  Some  important  highlights  include 
developing  a  community  investment  strategy  which  saw  the  launch  of  the  first  corporate  grants  program, 
embedding sustainability requirements in the NorthConnex tender process and committing to reduce operational 
energy consumption by 10 per cent by 2023. 

Transurban provides regular progress reports to the Board on the focus areas. The annual Sustainability Report 
summarises the year’s activities, while also outlining commitments for the coming years. 

The 2014 Sustainability Report will be published in October. 

Business risks and opportunities 

The following are key opportunities that may impact Transurban’s financial and operating result in future periods:

  Negotiation  of  new  business  opportunities  to  develop  projects  and  enhance  the  motorway  networks  in 

Transurban’s target markets

 Higher traffic volumes across Transurban’s assets resulting in stronger cashflows across the Group 

 

Integration  of  technology  and  systems  across  Transurban  assets,  including  tolling  systems,  to  leverage 
economies of scale available from Transurban’s network footprint.

  Policy change in approach to network pricing to drive efficiencies and improvements in capacity utilisation on 

Transurban’s assets

 Development of connecting infrastructure to drive improved traffic volumes on Transurban’s assets
  Realisation of benefits associated with financing arrangements and financial transactions, including sourcing 
new  financing,  the  refinancing  of  existing  indebtedness  and  credit  exposures  on  transactions  with  financial 
counterparties. 

15

15

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued) 

The following are key risks that may impact Transurban’s financial and operating result in future periods:

  Reduced traffic volumes or an inability to grow traffic volumes 
  The  loss  of a  toll  road concession  for  non-performance  or default  under  a  concession agreement  financing 

arrangement or as a result of government action 

  Existence and development of, or changes to, competing roads, feeder roads and other means of transport 
  A failure of key operating systems, including tolling systems, which impacts the ability to collect revenue 
  Changes  in  law  or  regulation,  including  the  imposition  of  new  or  increased  taxes  or  other  governmental 

charges or levies 

  Adverse  tax  developments,  including  as  a  result  of  legislative  change  or  interpretation,  and  changes  to 

accounting standards 

  Dependency on the services of key contractors and counterparties for development and construction activities 
and for the provision of tolling, customer services, operations and maintenance services, road management 
and control systems 

  Exposure to risks associated with financing arrangements and financial transactions, including sourcing new 
financing,  the  refinancing  of  existing  indebtedness  and  credit  exposures  on  transactions  with  financial 
counterparties 

  Risks  of  accidents,  incidents  and  other  events  relating  to  the  assets  and  insurance  policies  not  providing 

adequate protection against those risks 

  Potential for involvement in legal, regulatory and other proceedings and disputes arising from business and 

operations; and 

  Reliance on dividends, interest on and repayments of shareholder loans from  joint ventures and subsidiaries 

for funding. 

Risk Management 

Managing risk is an essential part of our business. Key risks are regularly  reviewed by the Board, the Audit and 
Risk Committee and our Executive Committee. 

Transurban has a business-wide risk framework to help create a consistent and rigorous approach to identifying, 
analysing  and  evaluating  risks.  This  framework  has  various  policies,  standards  and  guidelines  attached  to  it, 
including the Risk Management Policy which can be found in the Corporate Governance section of our website 
(www.transurban.com).  

The  framework  is  overseen  by  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  and  is  actively  managed  by  the  Executive 
Committee.  It is consistent  with  AS/NZ31000:2009  and  is  subject  to  regular review  by  internal audit.  Our  Audit 
and Risk Committee Charter is also available in the Corporate Governance section of our website. 

Significant changes in the entity’s state of affairs

Other  than  those  matters  already  discussed  in  the  operating  and  financial  review,  no other  significant changes 
have occurred in Transurban’s state of affairs in the year ended 30 June 2014.

Matters subsequent to the end of the financial year 

On  2  July  2014,  the  Group  announced  that  the  consortium  comprising  Transurban  (62.5  per  cent), 
AustralianSuper  (25  per  cent) and  Tawreed  Investments  Limited  (a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Abu  Dhabi 
Investment Authority) (12.5 per cent) had reached financial close on the acquisition of Queensland Motorways for 
$6,673 million, plus stamp duty and transaction costs of $447 million.  

As  at  the  date of  this  report  the  Directors are  not  aware  of  any  other  circumstances  that  have  arisen  since  30 
June  2014  that  have significantly  affected, or may  significantly  affect,  the  Group's  operations  in  future financial 
years;  the  results  of  those  operations in  future  financial  years;  or the  Group's  state of  affairs in  future  financial 
years, that have not otherwise been disclosed in the financial report.

Likely developments in future financial years and the expected results of operations 

Other  than  matters  already  discussed  above,  any  other  potential  likely  developments  in  the  operations  of  the 
Group and the expected results of operations have not been included in these financial statements because the 
Directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group. 

16

16 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Environmental regulation 

The Group is subject to environmental regulations under Australian Commonwealth and State laws and certain 
applicable laws in the USA. The Group maintains a comprehensive environmental management plan to monitor 
the  performance  of  its  motorways,  and  any  external  parties  responsible  for  operating  any  of  the  Group’s 
motorways, and takes remedial steps where necessary. 

There were no significant breaches reported during the financial year on the Group’s assets.

17

17

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Information on Directors
Lindsay Maxsted
Chair and independent Non-executive Director

Dip Bus, FCA, FAICD

Term of office
Director since 1 March 2008. Chair since 12 August 2010.

Lindsay  is  currently  Chairman  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Westpac  Banking  Corporation,  and  a  Non-
executive Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton plc. He is the Managing Director of Align Capital Pty 
Ltd and the Honorary Treasurer of Baker IDI Heart and Diabetes Institute.

Lindsay was formerly a partner of KPMG Australia and was the CEO of that firm from 2001 to 2007. His principal 
area  of  practice  prior  to  this  was  in  the  corporate  recovery  field  managing  a  number  of  Australia’s  largest 
insolvency / workout / turnaround engagements. 

As at the date of this report, Lindsay holds interests in 66,559 Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Chairman of the Nomination Committee and a member of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Scott Charlton
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

BSci, MBA (Texas)

Term of office
Director since 16 July 2012. CEO since 16 July 2012.

Scott  joined  Transurban  from  Lend  Lease,  where  he  was  Group  COO  (from  November  2011)  and  Group 
Director of Operations (from March 2010). Prior to this, Scott held several senior appointments across a range of 
infrastructure  entities  and  financial  institutions,  including  as  CFO  of  Leighton  Holdings  Limited  (2007  to  2009) 
and as Managing Director of Deutsche Bank in Australia and Hong Kong (1995 to 2003).

As at the date of this report, Scott holds interests in 213,374 Stapled  Securities, 909,444 performance awards 
(unlisted) and 108,486 STI deferred awards (unlisted).

18

18 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Information on Directors (continued)

Neil Chatfield 

M.Bus, FCPA, FAICD

Independent Non-executive Director

Term of office
Director since 18 February 2009.

Neil  is  an  established  Executive  and  Non-executive  Director  with  extensive  experience  across  all  facets  of 
company  management,  and  with  specific  expertise  in  financial  management,  capital  markets,  mergers  and 
acquisitions, and risk management.

Neil  is  currently  the  Chairman  of  Virgin  Australia  Holdings  Limited  and  of  Seek  Limited,  and  a  Non-executive 
Director  of  Recall  Holdings  Limited.  Neil  is  also  Honorary  Chairman  of  HomeGround  Services.  He  was 
previously  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Grange  Resources  Limited  (to  April  2014)  and  of  Whitehaven  Coal 
Limited (to May 2012).

Neil previously served as Executive Director and the CFO of Toll Holdings (from 1997 to 2008).

As at the date of this report, Neil holds interests in 50,424 Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Chairman  of  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  and  a member  of  the  Nomination,  and  Remuneration  and  Human 
Resources Committees.

Robert Edgar 

BEc (Hons), PhD, FAICD

Independent Non-executive Director

Term of office
Director since 21 July 2009.

Bob has over 30 years’ experience as a senior executive, with 25 years at ANZ Banking Group in various senior 
roles, including Deputy CEO, Senior Managing Director, COO, and Chief Economist.

Bob  is  currently  the  Chairman  of  Federation  Centres  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Asciano  Group  and  of 
Linfox  Armaguard  Pty  Ltd.  He  is  also  Chairman  of  the  Prince  Henry’s  Institute  of  Medical  Research.  He  was 
previously  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Nufarm  Limited  (to  March  2012),  AMMB  Holdings  Berhad,  Shanghai 
Rural Commercial Bank and of the Bank of Tianjin.

As at the date of this report, Bob holds interests in 30,324 Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Chairman  of  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  and  member  of  the  Audit  and  Risk,  and 
Nomination Committees.

19

19

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Information on Directors (continued)

Samantha Mostyn
Independent Non-executive Director

BA, LLB

Term of office
Director since 8 December 2010.

Sam  has  significant  experience  in  the  Australian  corporate  sector  both  in  Executive  and  Non-executive 
capacities,  in  particular  in  the  areas  of  human  resources,  corporate  and  government  affairs,  sustainability 
management, and diversity.

Sam  is  currently  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Virgin  Australia  Holdings  Limited,  Citigroup  Pty  Ltd,  and  Cover-
More  Group  Limited.  She  is  President  of  the  Australian  Council  for  International  Development.  She  is  also  a 
Director  of  Australian  Volunteers  International,  Australia  Council  for  the  Arts,  Carriageworks,  St  James  Ethics 
Centre Foundation, and the NSW Climate Change Council. 

Sam  is  currently  Deputy  Chair  of  the  Diversity  Council  Australia,  and  is  a  member  of  the  advisory  boards  of 
ClimateWorks  Australia  and  the  Crawford  School  of  Government  and  Economics,  ANU.  She  is  also  a 
Commissioner of the Australian Football League. 

Sam has previously held senior executive positions at IAG, Optus and Cable & Wireless plc.

As at the date of this report, Sam holds interests in 17,256 Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Member of the Remuneration and Human Resources and Nomination Committees.

Christine O'Reilly
Independent Non-executive Director

BBus

Term of office
Director since 12 April 2012.

Christine has over 30 years’ experience in the finance and infrastructure sectors in various roles including as Co-
Head  of  Unlisted  Infrastructure  at  Colonial  First  State  Global  Asset  Management  and  as  CEO  of  the  GasNet 
Australia Group.

Christine  is  currently  a  Non-executive  Director  of  CSL  Limited,  EnergyAustralia  Holdings  Pty  Ltd,  Medibank 
Private, and Baker IDI, and is the Deputy Chair of CARE Australia.

As at the date of this report, Christine holds interests in 13,972 Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Member of the Audit and Risk and Nomination Committees.

20

20 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Information on Directors (continued)

Rodney Slater
Independent Non-executive Director

J.D., BS

Term of office
Director since 22 June 2009.

Rodney is a partner in the public policy practice group of Washington DC firm  Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP,
where  he  has  been  a  leader  of  its  transportation  practice  since  2001.  He  served  as  US  Secretary  of 
Transportation from 1997 until the end of the Clinton Administration in January 2001 and was the Administrator 
of the Federal Highway Administration between 1993 and 1996.

In  the  US,  Rodney’s  current  directorships  include  Kansas  City  Southern  (railroads),  Verizon  Communications 
Inc,  Atkins  Global,  and  Southern  Development  Bancorporation.  He  was  previously  a  Director  of  Parsons 
Brinckerhoff, Delta Airlines, Northwest Airlines, and ICx Technologies Inc. He also served on Transurban’s US 
Advisory Board until November 2008. Rodney is a Director of the Congressional Awards Foundation and United 
Way Worldwide.

As at the date of this report, Rodney does not hold interests in any Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Member of the Nomination Committee. 

Ian Smith
Independent Non-executive Director

BE Mining (Hons), BFin Admin

Term of office
Director since 1 January 2012.

Ian  is  currently  the  Managing  Director  and  CEO  of  Orica  Limited and  serves  as  President  of  The  Australian 
Mines  and  Metals  Association. Previously,  Ian  was  the  Managing  Director  and  CEO  of  Newcrest  Mining,  the 
Global Head of Operational and Technical Excellence at Rio Tinto, based in London, and Managing Director of
Comalco  Aluminium  Smelting  within  the  Rio  Tinto  Group. Prior  to  this,  Ian  held  senior  operational  and  project 
management roles with WMC Resources, Pasminco Limited and CRA Limited.

Ian was previously the Chairman of the Minerals Council of Australia and a Director of the Australian Chamber of 
Commerce and Industry. 

Ian is a Fellow of both the Institute of Engineers Australia and the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy 
- from which he was awarded its highest honour, the Institute Medal, in June 2012.

As at the date of this report, Ian holds interests in 92,742 Stapled Securities.

Company Secretaries

LLB (Hons), BComm

Amanda Street  
Amanda  joined  Transurban  in  September  2008  and  was  appointed  as  Company  Secretary  in  February  2011. 
Before  joining  Transurban,  Amanda  was  Assistant  Company  Secretary  at  SP  AusNet,  and  Senior  Corporate 
Counsel  at  National  Australia  Bank.  She  has  over  14  years  of  legal,  company  secretariat  and  other  relevant 
experience. Prior to her in-house work, Amanda was a solicitor specialising in M&A work with Australian law firm 
King & Wood Mallesons.

21

21

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Information on Directors (continued)

Julie Galligan  
Julie joined Transurban in November 2008 and was appointed as General Counsel in February 2012.  Julie has 
over 14 years' legal experience in private practice and in-house roles in both Australia and the United Kingdom. 
Prior to joining Transurban, Julie worked in-house at Associated British Ports.

LLB, BA

Meetings of Directors
The number of meetings of the Boards of Directors of THL, TIML and TIL held during the year ended 30 June 
2014, and the number of meetings attended by each Director are set out in the following tables.

Meetings of the Boards of Directors of THL, TIML and TIL were held jointly.

Lindsay Maxsted
Scott Charlton
Neil Chatfield
Robert Edgar
Samantha Mostyn
Christine O'Reilly
Rodney Slater
Ian Smith

Board of Directors Board of Directors Board of Directors

THL

TIML

TIL

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

13

13
13
13
13
13
13
12

13

13
13
13
13
13
13
13

13

13
13
13
13
13
13
12

13

13
13
13
13
13
13
13

13

13
13
13
13
13
13
12

13

13
13
13
13
13
13
13

The number of meetings of each Board Committee held during the year ended 30 June 2014, and the number of 
meetings attended by each Director, are set out in the following table. 

Audit and Risk
Committee(1)

Remuneration 
and Human 
Resources
Committee(2)

Nomination
Committee(3)

Special
purpose Sub-
committees(4)

Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held

6

6
6
6
*
6
*
1

6

*
6
6
*
6
*
*

5

5
5
5
5
3
*
2

*

*
5
5
5
*
*
*

2

2
2
2
2
2
2
1

2

*
2
2
2
2
2
*

12

12
11
*
*
11
*
*

12

12
12
*
*
11
*
*

Lindsay Maxsted
Scott Charlton
Neil Chatfield
Robert Edgar
Samantha Mostyn
Christine O'Reilly
Rodney Slater
Ian Smith

* = Not a member of the relevant Committee

(1) Scott Charlton and Ian Smith were not members of the Audit and Risk Committee but attended meetings during the year.
(2) Lindsay Maxsted, Scott Charlton, Christine O'Reilly and Ian Smith were not members of the Remuneration and Human Resources Committee 
but attended meetings during the year. Scott Charlton was excluded from discussions involving his remuneration during meetings which he 
attended.
(3) Scott Charlton and Ian Smith were not members of the Nomination Committee but attended meetings during the year.
(4) Special purpose sub-committees were formed during the year to deal with matters relating to the Queensland Motorways bid submission and 
the due diligence process undertaken in connection with the equity raising for the acquisition of Queensland Motorways.

22 

22

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

2014 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) 

Introduction 

This report, prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, contains detailed information regarding the 
remuneration arrangements for the Directors and Senior Executives who were the 'key management personnel' 
(KMP) of the Transurban Group (Group) during the year ended 30 June 2014 (FY2014).

The KMP disclosed in this report are listed in the table below: 

Current Non-executive Directors

Lindsay Maxsted, Chair

Neil Chatfield

Robert Edgar

Samantha Mostyn

Christine O'Reilly

Rodney Slater

Ian Smith

Current Senior Executives

Scott Charlton, Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Jennifer Aument, Group General Manager, North America

Wesley Ballantine, Group General Manager, Queensland (from 4 June 2014, formerly Group General Manager, Strategy)

Andrew Head, Group General Manager, New South Wales
Samantha Hogg, Chief Financial Officer (1)

Sue Johnson, Group General Manager, Human Resources
Tim Steinhilber, Group General Manager, Delivery and Operational Excellence (1)

Lisa Tobin, Group General Manager, Technology

Vin Vassallo, Group General Manager, Victoria

Former Senior Executives

Michael Kulper, President North America (departed 3 September 2013)

(1)  On  14  July  2014,  the  Group  announced  changes  to  KMP.  Samantha  Hogg  departed  the  Group  and  Tim  Steinhilber  has 
transferred back to the USA. Refer to section 1B for further details.   

Contents 
1 Remuneration snapshot  

2 Remuneration governance 

3 Remuneration in context  

4  CEO / Senior Executive remuneration for FY2014    

5 Link between Group performance, security holder wealth and remuneration  

6 Non-executive director remuneration  

All values in this report are in Australian dollars, unless otherwise stated. 

23

 24

 26

 27

 28

 48

 50 

23

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

1  Remuneration snapshot 

The  Transurban  Board  is  committed  to  an  executive  remuneration  framework  that  is  focused  on 
driving  a  performance  culture  and  linking  pay  to  the  achievement  of  the  Group’s  strategy  and 
business objectives and, ultimately, generating security holder value. 

Transurban’s remuneration framework is reviewed annually taking into consideration security holder and 
other stakeholder feedback, market expectations and regulatory developments.

At the 2013 Annual General Meeting (AGM), the framework received strong support from security holders, 
with a 98.8 per cent vote in favour of the resolution to adopt the 2013 Remuneration Report.  

There  were  no  substantive  changes  to  the  framework  in  FY2014,  but  some  refinements  were  made  to 
further align remuneration with the creation of sustainable security holder value, business outcomes, and 
the Group’s organisational values: integrity, collaboration, accountability, ingenuity and respect.

In  particular,  changes  were  made  to  the  Short  Term  Incentive  (STI)  program  for  all  eligible  employees, 
which were aimed at enhancing this variable pay element through increased performance differentiation, 
the  introduction  of  formal  performance  comparisons  against  peers,  and  strengthening  the  link  between 
individual and Group performance.  

A

TRANSURBAN’S REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK

The  key  elements of  the  remuneration  framework  for  the CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives  for  FY2014 
were as follows: 

Remuneration mix 

The remuneration of the CEO and other Senior Executives was structured as a mix of fixed remuneration 
and variable ('at risk') remuneration through short term and long term incentive components. The relative 
weightings of the three components were as follows: 

Total remuneration % (annualised at target)

Fixed TEC

Variable (performance based)

CEO

Senior Executives

40

45

STI

30 (50% deferred)

30 (50% deferred)

LTI

30

25

* All Senior Executives moved to 50% STI deferral effective 1 July 2013.  

Fixed total employment cost (TEC) 

Fixed TEC was set with reference to the market median, using the ASX 20-50 as the primary reference, 
with  consideration  also  given  to  the  ASX  100.  Remuneration  packages  (including  TEC  levels)  are 
reviewed  annually  by  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  with  reference  to  an 
individual's role, experience and performance, as well as relevant comparative market data provided by an 
independent remuneration consultant. TEC levels are also reviewed on a change in role. 

24 

24

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

Short term incentive (STI) 

During  FY2014,  changes  were  made  to  the  STI  program  to  achieve  greater  performance  differentiation. 
The  link  between  Group  and  individual  performance  was  also  strengthened  by  using  individual 
performance as a multiplier when calculating reward for Group performance.  

Group  performance  measures  under  the  new  STI  program  were  again  linked  to  growth  in  proportional 
EBITDA,  cost  management  based  on  proportional  net  costs,  and  safety.  See  section  4(D)  for  further 
details.  

Individual performance continues to be  measured against key performance indicators (KPIs). Under the 
new STI program, each individual’s assessment will be used in determining a rating relative to peers. The 
overall  rating  will  derive  an  individual’s  STI  using  a  payment  schedule  as  determined  by  the  Board 
designed to encourage high performance. 

During FY2014, the proportion of the STI award subject to mandatory deferral was aligned for the CEO 
and all Senior Executives, so that all members of KMP now have 50 per cent of their STI award deferred 
for two years. Increasing the level of STI deferral (from 30 per cent when it was first introduced in FY2012)
strengthens the link between KMP performance and security holder value and provides a greater retention 
element. 

For Australian Senior Executives,  STI deferral is into securities. Due to legal restrictions on the issue of 
securities  to  USA  residents,  the  USA  resident  Senior  Executives  receive  deferred  cash  awards.  The 
deferred  component  of  remuneration  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board,  be  subject  to  forfeiture  or 
clawback (e.g. in the event of misconduct or material misstatement of financial results). 

Long term incentive (LTI) 

For FY2014, LTI performance measures were as follows:  

  50 per cent relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measured against a bespoke comparator group 
comprising companies in the  transport, utilities, real estate, telecommunications and construction  Global 
Industry Classification Standards (GICS) sectors of the ASX 150; and 

  50  per cent  Free  Cash Flow  (FCF)  per  security,  reflecting  the  Group's focus on  the  maximising  free 
cash flow to drive security holder return. The definition of FCF per security is set  out on page 37. The 
FCF calculation is included in note 22 of the audited financial statements. 

B  

OTHER EVENTS / ACTIONS IMPACTING REMUNERATION IN FY2014 

USA restructure 

As  previously  disclosed, the Group’s  New  York  office  was closed  in  FY2014.  As a consequence,  it  was 
determined that the position of President, North America was no longer required. As no suitable positions 
were  available  for  Michael  Kulper  (the  incumbent),  his  employment  with  the  Group  ceased  on  3 
September 2013. 

On  ceasing  employment  as  President,  North  America,  Michael  Kulper  received  a  sum  equivalent  to  3 
months TEC as a payment in lieu of notice (USD 247,450), and he was paid (USD 304,554) (equivalent to 
16 weeks TEC) severance payment. 

The following arrangements also applied to Michael Kulper: 

  he  retained  the  deferred  securities  granted  to  him  under  the  FY2012  and  FY2013  STI  plans  in 

accordance with their original terms; and 

  he  retained  a  pro-rated  proportion  of  his  LTI  awards  granted  to  him  under  the  FY2011  (161,103 
Performance  Awards),  FY2012  (111,721  Performance  Awards)  and  FY2013  (65,293  Performance 
Awards) LTI plans in accordance with their original terms, with the applicable performance measures 
for  each  grant  to  be  tested  at  the  end  of  the  applicable  original  performance  period.  Michael  Kulper 
was not eligible to participate in the FY2014 LTI plan.  

25

25

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

Queensland Motorways  

In  April  2014,  a  Transurban-led  consortium  was  announced  as  the  successful  bidder  for  Queensland 
Motorways, which operates a network of toll roads in and around Brisbane. Financial close was achieved 
on 2 July 2014. 

Wesley  Ballantine,  Group  General  Manager,  Strategy,  was  appointed  to  the  position  of  Group  General 
Manager, Queensland on 4 June 2014. Wesley Ballantine has been employed by the Group since 2006. 
Wesley  Ballantine’s  remuneration  was  reviewed  on  this  change  in  role,  taking  into  account  benchmark 
data and internal relativities. Refer to section 4.  

Changes to KMP 

On  14  July  2014,  Transurban  announced  changes  to  its  Executive  Committee.  Samantha  Hogg,  Chief 
Financial Officer, left the Group on 14 July 2014 after six years with the business. Tim Steinhilber, Group 
General  Manager,  Project  Delivery  and  Operational  Excellence,  transferred  back  to  the  USA  to  support 
the  delivery  of  the  I95  project  that  is  scheduled  for  completion  at  the  end  of  2014.  The  remuneration 
arrangements applying to Samantha Hogg on her departure, will be disclosed in the 2015 report. 

Anthony  Adams,  currently  Vice  President,  Infrastructure,  Major  Projects,  and  based  in  the  USA,  will 
transfer back to Australia to assume the role of Group General Manager, Project Delivery and Operational 
Excellence. Anthony joined Transurban in June 2003.  

Leigh  Petschel,  currently  General  Manager,  Finance,  is  Acting  Chief  Financial  Officer.  Leigh  joined 
Transurban in October 2013.  

2  Remuneration governance 

A 

BOARD AND REMUNERATION AND HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITY 

The  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  assists  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  responsibilities 
relating  to  the  remuneration  of  Directors,  the  remuneration  of,  and  incentives  for,  the  CEO  and  other 
Senior Executives, and remuneration practices, strategies and disclosures generally.  

It  is  critical  that  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  is  independent  of  management 
when  making  decisions  affecting  employee  remuneration.  Accordingly,  the  Committee  comprises  Non-
executive  Directors,  all  of  whom  are  independent. Where  appropriate,  the  CEO  and  the  Group  General 
Manager,  Human  Resources  attend  Committee  meetings,  however  they  do  not  participate  in  formal 
decision making. 

The membership of the Remuneration and Human Resources Committee was unchanged in FY2014. The 
members  of  the  Committee  continue  to  be  Robert  Edgar  (Chair),  Samantha  Mostyn  and  Neil  Chatfield. 
Further details regarding the Committee are set out in the Directors’ report.

The  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  reviews  gender  pay  equity  annually.  The  Group 
has  focused  on  achieving  pay  equity  at  all  work  levels  in  the  organisation  and  the  FY2014  outcomes 
indicate that this objective has substantially been achieved.  

26 

26

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

B 

ENGAGEMENT OF REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS 

To  ensure  that  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  has  all  relevant  information  at  its 
disposal  when  making  remuneration  decisions,  it  may  seek  and  consider  advice  from  independent 
remuneration consultants where appropriate. Any advice from consultants is used to guide the Committee 
and the Board, but does not serve as a substitute for thorough consideration by Directors. 

Those  consultants  who  provided  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  with  a 
remuneration recommendation relating to KMP during FY2014, and who have been deemed by the Group 
to be ‘remuneration consultants’, are listed below: 

Consultant

Fees for remuneration 
recommendations

Fees for other advice provided to the 
Group during FY20141

Ernst & Young 

$10,000

$768,079

1 Fees for other advice includes the review of USA tax returns, expatriate taxation requirements, audit of various undertakings and 
general consulting 

Ernst & Young was selected by the Remuneration and Human Resources Committee and commissioned 
and instructed by the Chair of the Committee in accordance with the applicable protocol. Ernst & Young’s 
appointment  terms  specified  that  all  remuneration  recommendations  and  advice  be  sent  directly  to  the 
Committee through the Chair, and prohibited the provision of such material or other information directly to 
management.  The  appointment 
their 
recommendations,  both  a  declaration  of  independence  from  the  KMP  to  whom  their  recommendations 
related,  and  also  confirmation  of  the  Committee’s conditions  for contact  and  dialogue  with  management 
had  been  observed.  Ernst  &  Young  provided  such  a  declaration  and  confirmation  in  relation  to  their 
remuneration recommendations.  

that  Ernst  &  Young  provide,  with 

terms  also  required 

In  this  way,  the  Committee  and  the  Board  have  been  assured  and  are  satisfied  that  Ernst  &  Young’s 
remuneration  recommendations  and  advice  were  made  free  from  undue  influence  from  management 
generally and from KMP specifically.  

3  Remuneration in context 

Transurban  is  a  top  20  Australian  Securities  Exchange  listed  business  and  is  the  largest  transport 
infrastructure  entity  in  Australia,  and  one  of  the  largest  toll  road  entities  in  the  world.  Transurban  is 
focused on providing effective and innovative urban transport solutions in road infrastructure, through the
management and development of urban networks of toll road concessions.  

The effective management of toll road concessions involves leveraging a network footprint in our markets, 
taking a leading role in shaping policy, and utilising our core capabilities in the following areas: 

  Network planning and forecasting; 

  Operations and customer management; 

  Project development and delivery; 

  Application of technology; and 

  Community engagement. 

27

27

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

The investment proposition for high quality toll road assets lies in providing investors with access to long 
dated,  predictable,  growing  cash  flows  generated  over  the  life  of  the  concessions  through  effective 
management and development of the road corridors they govern. 

The  Board  and  management  are  focused  on  ensuring  security  holder  value  is  enhanced  through  the 
strong  performance  of  the  Group’s  asset  portfolio.  Development  activities  also  provide  opportunities  to 
further expand the portfolio and unlock further value in the concessions. The Group is focused on the long 
term  management  of  toll  road  assets  at  various  stages  of  maturity  to  achieve  the  best  outcomes  for 
investors,  government  partners  and  the  community.  In  Australia,  the  Group’s  interests  include  100  per 
cent ownership of CityLink in Melbourne, and the Hills M2, Lane Cove Tunnel and Cross City Tunnel in 
Sydney. The Group has partial interests in a further three roads on the Sydney orbital network, being the 
M1 Eastern Distributor (75.1 per cent), the M5 (50 per cent), and the Westlink M7 (50 per cent) and, from 
2 July 2014, Queensland Motorways in Brisbane (62.5 per cent). 

In North America, the Group currently has interests in two assets, the 495 Express Lanes (94.0 per cent), 
and the 95 Express Lanes project (77.5 per cent), which is currently under construction and remains on 
schedule for completion in late 2014.

4  CEO / Senior Executive remuneration for FY2014 

A 

REMUNERATION STRATEGY AND POLICY 

The Group's executive remuneration strategy is designed to attract, retain and motivate a highly qualified 
and experienced management team with the necessary skills and attributes to lead the Group in achieving 
its  business  objectives.  The  strategy  also  aims  to  encourage  management  to  strive  for  superior 
performance by rewarding the achievement of targets that are challenging, clearly understood, and within 
the control of individuals to achieve through their own actions. 

28 

28

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Remuneration report (continued) 

The Group's remuneration strategy and policy as set by the Board is summarised below: 

Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Creating Security Holder Value



Remuneration Strategy

Attract, retain, motivate and reward executives critical to the Group's growth and success by:

 Offering competitive remuneration that is benchmarked against the external market

 Providing a balance of fixed and variable (or 'at risk') remuneration

Align executive reward with individual and Group performance by:

 Making short and long term components of remuneration 'at risk' based on performance

 Assessing rewards against appropriate financial and non-financial performance measures

 Encouraging executive security holdings



Remuneration Structure

Fixed remuneration

Total Employment Cost (TEC):

 Comprises cash salary, superannuation and other prescribed benefits

 Provides a base level of reward for effective completion of Group and specific accountabilities

 Appropriately benchmarked and set with reference to role, responsibilities, skills and experience

Variable ('at risk') remuneration

Short term incentive (STI):

 Annual rewards tied to pre-determined individual and Group performance measures, and includes a 

deferred element (into securities)





Individual performance against targets and comparable performance against peers are used to determine 
an outcome

Individual targets reflect individual specific accountabilities and key drivers for growth and success

 Group performance targets linked to earnings, cost management and safety



Individual performance outcome provides a multiplier for the Group performance element (linking the two 
elements)

 Maximum potential STI is capped at 150 per cent

Long term incentive (LTI):

 Equity rewards to align executive and security holder interests (using indeterminate rights)

 Vest after three years, subject to achievement of pre-determined internal and external performance 

measures

 Encourages sustainable performance in the medium to longer term, and provides a retention element

 Maximum LTI opportunity is capped at 100%

29

29

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

B 

REMUNERATION MIX 

For FY2014, the remuneration of the CEO and other Senior Executives was structured as a mix of fixed 
remuneration  and  variable  (or  'at  risk')  remuneration  through  short  term  and  long  term  incentive 
components.  The  relative  weightings  of  the  three  components  were  determined  by  the  Board  (on  the 
recommendation  of  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee)  and  are  set  out  in  the  table 
below: 

Total remuneration % (annualised at target)*

Fixed TEC

Variable (performance based)

CEO

Senior Executives

40

45

STI**

30 (50% deferred)

30 (50% deferred)

LTI

30

25

*  These  figures  may  not  necessarily  reflect  the  relative  value  derived  from  each  of  the  components,  which  depends  on  actual 
performance  against  targets  for  the  variable  components.  The  STI  percentages  are  based  on  achieving  the  relevant  performance 
targets.  The  LTI  percentages  are  based  on  the  maximum  LTI  available  at  the  time  of  grant  to  each  Senior  Executive  if  the  awards 
granted vest at the end of the performance period. 

**All Senior Executives moved to 50% STI deferral for grants made in FY2014. 

C 

FIXED REMUNERATION - TOTAL EMPLOYMENT COST (TEC) 

What is TEC? 

Fixed remuneration is represented by total employment cost comprising base salary and superannuation 
contributions (or pension plans in the case of USA based employees). 

Fixed  remuneration  is  not  'at  risk'  but  is  set  by  reference  to  appropriate  benchmark  information  for  an 
individual’s  responsibilities,  performance,  qualifications  and  experience.  There  are  no  guaranteed  TEC 
increases in the service agreement of the CEO or any Senior Executive. 

How is TEC determined? 

Remuneration packages (including TEC levels) are reviewed annually by the Remuneration and Human 
Resources  Committee  with  reference  to  an  individual’s  role,  experience  and  performance,  as  well  as 
relevant comparative market data. Independent remuneration consultants and surveys, internal relativities 
and  market  conditions  also  provide  guidance.  TEC  levels  are  also  reviewed  on  a  change  in  role.  Any 
changes to TEC levels recommended by the Committee must be approved by the Board. 

The  CEO's  and  other  Senior  Executives'  TEC  is  determined  with  reference  to  the  market  median.  The 
primary reference for determining the market median is the ASX 20-50, with consideration also given to 
the ASX 100. Consideration is given to sizing factors including market capitalisation and revenue. A range 
around the median provides flexibility to recognise individual experience and capabilities.  

D 

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE (STI) 

How does the STI plan operate? 

Eligible permanent Group employees, including the CEO and other Senior  Executives, participate in the 
annual  STI  plan.  The  STI  plan  puts  a  significant  proportion  of  remuneration  'at  risk'  subject  to  meeting 
specific pre-determined Group, team and individual performance measures linked to corporate objectives. 
This  aligns  employee  interests  with  the  Group's  financial  performance,  as  well  as  the  Group’s 
organisational values. 

30 

30

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

For  FY2014,  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives  had  a  target  STI  opportunity  of  30  per  cent  of  their 
total remuneration package. Mandatory STI deferral of 50 per cent of the overall STI award now applies 
for all grants to the CEO and other Senior Executives. STI payouts can vary between zero (if targets are 
not met) and 150 per cent (for exceptional outperformance). 

The deferral period is two years. For Australian Senior Executives, deferral is into securities. Due to legal 
restrictions  on  the  issue  of  securities  to  USA  residents,  the  USA  resident  Senior  Executives  receive 
deferred cash awards. STI deferral grants are made in the form of awards. Each award is an entitlement 
to receive a fully paid security, or an equivalent cash payment, on terms and conditions determined by the 
Board.  This  deferred  component  of  remuneration  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board,  be  subject  to 
forfeiture or clawback (e.g. in the event of misconduct or the material misstatement of financial results). 

What were the STI performance measures for FY2014? 

The STI performance measures for the CEO and other Senior Executives for the year ended 30 June 
2014 were chosen to provide a balance between corporate, individual, operational, strategic, financial and 
non-financial aspects of performance and are described below:  

Measure

Group 
performance 
target

(1) Growth in proportional EBITDA (20% weighting)

The proportional EBITDA targets were set against the previous year's results and the 
Group's FY2014 budget. The EBITDA target excluded the 495 Express Lanes.

Proportional EBITDA result

% STI that vests^

Less than 10% above underlying result for FY2013

10% above underlying result for FY2013

Budget EBITDA for FY2014 ($926 million)

16% above underlying result for FY2013

^ Straight line vesting applies between 50-100% and 100-150%.

zero

50

100

150

(2) Cost management based on proportional net costs (20% weighting)

The proportional net costs targets were set against the previous year’s results and the 
Group’s  FY2014  budget.  The  proportional  net  costs  target  included  the  495  Express 
Lanes.

Proportional net costs result
Over FY2014 budget

FY2014 budget ($201 million)

FY2014 budget less $5 million

FY2014 budget less $15 million

% STI that vests^
zero

50

100

150

^ Straight line vesting applies between 50-100% and 100-150%.

(3) Safety targets (10% weighting)

The  safety  target  was  a  lead  indicator  that  required  the  completion  of  safety 
development  action  plans.  The 
is  split  with  equal  weighting  between 
employee/contractor (5%) and customer (5%) safety targets.

target 

Safety target result
Less than 60% safety action plan items implemented

% STI that vests^
zero

60% safety action plan items implemented

75% safety action plan items implemented

90% safety action plan items implemented

50

100

150

Individual key 
performance 
indicators 
(KPIs)

^ Straight line vesting applies between 50-100% and 100-150%.
Individual  KPIs  (50%  weighting),  were  unique 
individual's  area  of 
accountability,  and  in  FY2014  related  to  critical  business  sustainability  measures, 
including:  operational  excellence,  strategy,  people  and 
leadership,  operational 
performance,  cost  reduction,  customer  satisfaction,  project  outcomes,  succession 
planning,  risk  management,  growth  and  business  plan  implementation.
Individuals 
have a clear line of sight to KPIs and are able to directly affect outcomes through their 
own actions.

the 

to 

31

31

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Remuneration report (continued) 

Who sets the STI performance measures? 

Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

STI performance measures are set at the beginning of the financial year. The CEO's individual KPIs are 
set  by  the  Board.  All  other  Senior  Executives’  individual  KPIs  are  set  by  the  CEO  and approved  by  the 
Board. The Board sets the Group performance targets. 

What is proportional EBITDA and why is it used as an STI performance measure? 

EBITDA  (earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortisation)  is  a  common  operational 
performance measure used by many companies. 

Proportional  EBITDA  is  one  of  the  primary  measures  that  the  Board  uses  to  assess  the  operating 
performance  of  the  Group,  with  an  aim  to  maintain  a  focus  on  the  Group’s  operating  results  and 
associated  cash  generation.  It  reflects  the  contribution  from  individual  assets  to  the  Group's  operating 
performance and focuses on elements of the result that management can influence to drive improvements 
in short term earnings. Proportional EBITDA is the aggregation of EBITDA from each asset multiplied by 
the Group's percentage ownership, as well as any contribution from Group functions. The Board believes 
proportional EBITDA provides a better reflection of the underlying performance of the Group’s assets than 
statutory EBITDA. The EBITDA calculation from the statutory accounts for FY2014 does not include the 
EBITDA contribution for those assets which are equity accounted (M5 and M7). DRIVe’s EBITDA is also 
excluded  from  the  statutory  results  for  the  period  that  it  was  equity  accounted  (1  July  2013  to  4  June 
2014).  Proportional  EBITDA  figures  used  to  assess  performance  are  included  in  note  2 of  the  audited 
financial statements. 

The Board can decide to exclude specific items from proportional EBITDA to provide an underlying result 
when  determining performance  incentives.  For  FY2014,  the  Board  resolved  to  exclude the  495  Express 
Lanes  from  the  proportional  EBITDA  measure  as  this  is  a  period  of  ramp-up  for  this  asset.  The  495 
Express  Lanes  opened  to  traffic  in  November  2012  giving  the  Group  limited  toll  revenue  historical  data 
when setting targets for FY2014.  

Proportional EBITDA has been used by the Group as an STI performance measure since 2009. 

What are proportional net costs and why is this used as a performance measure? 

Proportional net costs are calculated as fee and other revenue less total costs of the Group. Costs after 
fee  and  other  revenues  encourage  and  allows  management  to  incur  additional  costs  where  these  are 
justified by increased revenue results. 

The  use  of  a  cost  related  STI  performance  measure  reflects  management’s  ability  to  influence  the 
expenditure  of  the  business.  Strong  cost  management  throughout  the  business  drives  an  increase  in 
proportional EBITDA and free cash flow and ultimately security holder value. 

Proportional net costs have been used by the Group as an STI performance measure since 2010.  

The  proportional  net  costs  measure  for  FY2014  includes  costs  associated  with  495  Express  Lanes,  as 
there is a known cost base to work from and drive efficiencies. 

32 

32

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Remuneration report (continued) 

Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

What were the changes to the STI program introduced in FY2014? 

The STI program was reviewed in FY2014 and changes implemented to achieve a program that provides 
greater  performance  differentiation  between  participants.  The  link  between  Group  and  individual 
performance  has  been  strengthened  by  using  individual  performance  as  a  multiplier  when  calculating 
reward for Group performance.  

In  FY2014,  Group  performance  measures  under  the  new  STI  program  were  again  linked  to  growth  in 
proportional EBITDA, cost management based on proportional net costs, and safety.  

Individual performance continues to be measured against KPIs, with an overall outcome reached for each 
participant against target. Under the new program, this information is used to assist with providing a rating 
which  will consider  performance comparative both  to  peers  and  against the  Group’s  values.  The  overall 
rating will derive a STI using a payment schedule as determined by the Board designed to encourage and 
reward high performance. 

How is performance assessed? 

Performance  against  the  Group  performance  targets  is  assessed  by  the  Board.  The  results  are 
independently reviewed. 

The  CEO's  performance  against  his  individual  KPIs  is  assessed  by  the  Remuneration  and  Human 
Resources  Committee,  which  then  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board.  The  performance  of  other 
Senior Executives against their individual KPIs is assessed by the CEO, who confers with the Committee 
and then the Board regarding his assessment. 

Once  KPIs  have  been  assessed,  the  Board  considers  the  appropriate  rating  for  each  Senior  Executive, 
taking into account their comparable performance and behaviours against the Group’s values. The Board 
then  approves  STI  awards.  STI  cash  awards  for  FY2014  will  be  paid  in  August  2014.  The  STI  deferred 
component for FY2014 will be awarded in August 2014 and will vest, subject to continuity of employment 
(unless otherwise determined by the Board) and clawback provisions, on 1 July 2016. 

The  Board  believes  the  method  of  assessment  is  rigorous  and  provides  a  balanced  evaluation  of  the 
performance of the CEO and each other Senior Executive. 

What if a Senior Executive ceases employment before the STI targets are assessed? 

Under  the  service  agreements  for  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives,  if  the  CEO  or  other  Senior 
Executive ceases employment with the Group before performance against STI targets is assessed, they 
would generally not be entitled to receive any STI award, unless otherwise determined by the Board. 

How is the annual STI pool determined? 

The  Board  approves  a  pool  to  be  distributed  for  the  annual  STI  program  (cash  and  deferred 
securities/cash).  The  pool  is  the  sum  of  all  eligible  employee’s  possible  STI  outcomes  at  100  per  cent 
target (TEC multiplied by their STI opportunity). This value is divided by two and each half is treated as 
follows:  one  half  represents  the  individual  component  of  the  STI  and  is  capped  at  100  per  cent,  the 
second  half  is  multiplied  by  the  Group’s  performance  outcome  to  represent  the  Group’s  performance 
component and is capped at 150 per cent. The overall pool is capped at 125 per cent.  

The Board has discretion as to the proportion of the pool that will be distributed in any given year. 

What is the maximum and minimum payment an individual can receive under the STI plan? 

The minimum payment an individual can receive is nil per cent and the maximum is 150 per cent of their 
STI opportunity. 

What were the changes to the STI deferral? 

During FY2014, those Senior Executives who had been on the old arrangement of 30 per cent deferral (S 
Hogg  and  A  Head)  were  moved  to  50 per  cent  deferral.  This  applies  for grants  made  from  1  July  2013 
onwards. 

33

33

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

What were the Group STI performance outcomes for FY2014? 

Group  performance  in  respect  of  the  proportional  EBITDA,  proportional  net  costs  and  safety  STI 
performance  measures  for  FY2014  was  assessed  by  the  Board  as  125.5  per  cent  of  the  possible  STI 
opportunity.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  transaction  costs  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  Queensland 
Motorways  ($5.9  million)  and  Cross  City  Tunnel  ($3.1  million)  were  included  in  both  the  proportional 
EBITDA and proportional net cost outcomes.  

Measure
Proportional EBITDA

Proportional net costs

Safety action plan items implemented

Overall Group Performance

Performance
$931.2 million1
$182.6 million

76%

-

1 For FY2014 the 495 Express Lanes are excluded from the Proportional EBITDA measure.  

Outcome
113.7%

150.0%

100.0%

125.5%

What were the individual STI performance outcomes and awards for the CEO and Senior 
Executives for FY2014? 

1

STI outcome (%)

Actual STI awarded1 ($)

Current Senior 
Executives

O
n
-
t
a
r
g
e
t

S Charlton

J Aument

W Ballantine

A Head

S Hogg

S Johnson

T Steinhilber

1

1

L Tobin

V Vassallo

Individual 
KPIs

Group 
performance2

131.0

90.0

131.0

125.0

50.0

88.0

75.0

88.0

115.0

164.4

113.0

164.4

156.9

62.8

110.4

94.1

110.4

144.3

Total 

147.7

101.5

147.7

140.9

56.4

99.2

84.6

99.2

129.7

Cash3
1,039,250

Deferred into 
securities

1,039,250

162,394

207,225

294,000

131,100

136,800

145,700

174,675

228,275

162,394

207,225

294,000

131,100

136,800

145,700

174,675

228,275

STI 
forfeited 
(%)

-

-

-

-

43.6

0.8

15.4

0.8

-

FY2014 was nil.

O
1  On-target performance must be achieved before any STI is awarded. Therefore, the minimum potential value of the STI in respect of 
n-target performance must be achieved before any STI is awarded. Therefore, the minimum potential value of the STI in respect of FY2014 
was nil.
2 The Group performance outcome is determined by multiplying the individual percentage outcome by the Group’s percentage outcome
2  The Group performance outcome is determined by multiplying the individual percentage outcome by the Group’s percentage outcome of 
125.5%.
of 125.5%. 
3  The cash STI payments will be paid in August 2014. The STI deferred component (50 per cent of the STI awarded) will vest, subject to 
3 The cash STI payments will be paid in August 2014. The STI deferred component (50 per cent of the STI awarded) will vest, subject to 
continuity of employment (unless otherwise determined by the Board) and clawback provisions, on 1 July 2016.
continuity of employment (unless otherwise determined by the Board) and clawback provisions, on 1 July 2016. 

34 

34

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

What was the grant and movement in the number of STI deferred awards? 

Mandatory  STI  deferral  was  introduced  in  FY2012,  with  the  first  grant  of  awards  made  in  August  2012. 
Grants were also made in August 2013 as detailed below: 

Balance
at start
of year

Granted during 
year as 
remuneration

Matured
and paid 
during year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance 
at the end 
of year

Current Senior Executives*
S Charlton1
J Aument

W Ballantine

A Head

S Hogg

S Johnson

-

14,789

15,212

22,449

18,973

16,540

108,486

14,282

17,328

15,202

17,944

21,288

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

108,486

29,071

32,540

37,651

36,917

37,828

-

-

21,192

19,356

T Steinhilber
L Tobin1
V Vassallo1
Former Senior Executives
M Kulper2
1 Scott Charlton, Lisa Tobin and Vin Vassallo had a zero opening balance at the beginning of FY2014, as they joined the Group after the 
FY2012 STI performance period and therefore were not entitled to receive an STI deferred award in respect of that period. They all 
received a grant during FY2014, in respect of the FY2013 performance period.
2 M Kulper was employed for the full FY2013 performance year, and received 22,813 awards in respect of that period. He has retained 
his deferred cash awards in the STI plans in accordance with their original terms.

36,464

22,813

40,548

59,277

6,612

6,612

6,612

6,612

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

E 

LONG TERM INCENTIVE (LTI) 

How does the LTI plan operate? 

The LTI plan aligns reward with security holder value by tying this component of executive remuneration 
to the achievement of performance measures that underpin sustainable long term growth. 

Participation  in  the  LTI  plan  is  offered  to  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives,  and  certain  other 
employees nominated by the CEO and approved by the Board. For FY2014, the CEO was offered an LTI 
grant equivalent to 30 per cent of his total remuneration package. Other eligible Senior Executives were 
offered grants equivalent to 25 per cent of their total remuneration package. 

LTI  grants  are  made  in  the  form  of  performance  awards  under  the  Group’s  Performance  Awards  Plan 
(PAP)  at  no  cost  to  the  recipient.  Each  performance  award  is  an  entitlement  to  receive  a  fully  paid 
security, or an equivalent cash payment, on terms and conditions determined by the Board, subject to the 
achievement of certain vesting conditions linked to performance over a three year period. 

LTI grants are generally made twice per annum – once following the annual performance review (August) 
for Senior Executives excluding the CEO, and at a later date in November for the CEO. This is to allow the 
CEO’s grant of performance awards to be put to security holder vote at the AGM.

Two performance measures are used to determine the number of performance awards that will vest at the 
end of the performance period. Total Shareholder Return (TSR) provides a comparison for Transurban’s 
performance against those companies with which the Group competes for capital. Additionally, growth in 
Free  Cash  Flow  (FCF)  helps  to  retain  a  focus  on  maximisation  of  free  cash.  The  maximum  opportunity 
following these tests is capped at 100 per cent. 

35

35

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

The  performance  awards  will,  subject  to  achievement  of  the  two  performance  measures  against  the 
vesting schedules, vest and be automatically exercised at the vesting date with no exercise price payable 
by the recipient. The Board will determine in its absolute discretion whether the performance awards will 
be  settled  in  securities  or  a  cash  payment  of  equivalent  value.  Due  to  legal  restrictions  on  the  issue  of 
securities to USA residents, the USA Senior Executive receives a cash payment upon vesting. 

Performance awards that do not vest after testing of the performance measures lapse without retesting. 
Performance awards are not transferable and do not carry voting or distribution rights. However securities 
allocated upon vesting of performance awards carry the same rights as other Transurban securities. 

What is the Group’s LTI allocation valuation methodology?

A fair value approach is applied for the TSR allocation. The Group is currently transitioning to a face value 
approach  (discounted  for  distributions)  for  the  FCF  component.  The  transition  is  over  3  years  and  all 
things  being  equal  there  will  be  a  decrease  in  the  number  of  awards  recipients  receive  until  the  new 
methodology is achieved. This transition will be completed for grants made during FY2016. 

What were the LTI performance measures for FY2014? 

Performance awards granted during the FY2014 are subject to a three year performance period and the 
following dual performance measures over that period:  

Measure

Description of measure

Relative TSR 
(50% weighting)

Relative TSR is measured against a bespoke comparator group comprising companies 
in  the  transport,  utilities,  real  estate,  telecommunications  and  construction  Global 
Industry Classification Standards (GICS) sectors of the ASX 150. The 42 companies in 
this group are:

Abacus  Property  Group,  AGL  Energy  Limited,  Auckland  International  Airport  Limited, 
Asciano  Limited,  Australand  Property  Group,  APA  Group,  Aurizon  Holdings  Limited, 
BWP  Trust,  CFS  Retail  Property  Trust  Group,  Charter  Hall  Group,  Commonwealth 
Property  Office Fund,  Charter  Hall Retail REIT, DUET  Group, Dexus Property  Group, 
Envestra  Limited,  Federation  Centres  Limited,  Goodman  Group,  GPT  Group,  iiNet 
Limited,  Investa  Office  Fund,  Leighton  Holdings  Limited,  Lend  Lease  Group,  Mirvac 
Group,  Monadelphous  Group  Limited,  Macquarie  Atlas  Roads  Limited,  M2 
Telecommunications Group Limited, Qantas Airways Limited, Qube Logistics Holdings 
Limited, Shopping Centres Australasia Property Group, Stockland, Spark Infrastructure 
Group,  SP  AusNet,  Sydney  Airport,  Transurban  Group,  Telecom  Corporation  of  New 
Zealand  Limited,  Telstra  Corporation  Limited,  Toll  Holdings  Limited,  TPG  Telecom 
Limited,  UGL  Limited,  Virgin  Australia  Holdings  Limited,  Westfield  Group,  Westfield 
Retail Trust.

TSR measures total return on investment of a security, taking into account both capital 
appreciation and distributed income which was reinvested on a pre-tax basis.

For performance awards granted during the year ended 30 June 2014, the relative TSR 
component will vest on a straight line basis if the Group’s relative TSR performance is 
above  the  median  of  the  bespoke  comparator  group  at  the  end  of  the  performance 
period, in accordance with the following table:

TSR vesting schedule:
The Group’s relative TSR ranking in the 
comparator group
At or below the 50% percentile

Above the 50th percentile but below
the 75th percentile

% of performance awards that 
vest
Nil

Straight line vesting between 50 
and 100

At or above the 75th percentile

100

36 

36

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

Measure

Description of measure

Growth in FCF 
per security 
(50% weighting)

Within Transurban, Free Cash Flow (FCF) per security is defined as:
 The Group’s cash flow from operating activities;


less: cash flows from operating activities of non 100% owned assets;











add back: maintenance capital expenditure for 100% owned assets;

less: accounting charge for maintenance provision for the year;

less: actual tag expenditure in 100% owned assets;

add: dividends received from non 100% owned assets;

divided by: weighted average number of securities issued.

The FCF calculation is included in note 22 of the audited financial statements.

For  performance  awards  granted  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  the  FCF  per 
security  component  will  vest  based  on  the  Group's  compound  annual  growth  targets 
translated into annual FCF per security over the three year performance period, as set 
out below:

Growth in FCF per security vesting schedule:

% annual growth in FCF per security 

% of performance awards that vest

Less than 12%

Nil

Between 12% and 15%

Straight line vesting between 50 and 100

15% or more

100

For  performance  awards  granted  during  FY2015,  the  performance  target  range  for 
growth in FCF per security is between 10.0 per cent and 13.0 per cent per annum. This 
is calculated from a base of 35.0 cents per security for FY2014, which is aligned to the 
FY2014  distributions  paid. The  Board  has  determined  to  use  this  base  due  to 
significant  shifts  in  equity  issued  by  the  Group  during  the  period,  in  particular  404.5 
million  securities  issued  in  May  2014  associated  with  the  Queensland  Motorways 
acquisition. The 35.0 cent per security base is considered the best point of alignment 
with security holders’ expectation for growth in free cash.

Why were these LTI performance measures selected? 

The TSR target is a relative, external, market-based performance measure against those companies with 
which  the  Group  competes  for  capital.  It  provides  a  direct  link  between  executive  reward  and  security 
holder  return.  The  vesting  schedule  applied  is  in  line  with  market  practice,  with  straight  line  vesting 
between  50%  and  100%  for  performance  above  the  50th  percentile  up  to  the  75th  percentile  for 
performance against the comparator group. 

Growth  in  FCF  per security  reflects the  Group’s  continuing  focus  on  the  maximisation  of  free cash,  and 
has been used as an LTI performance measure since FY2013. 

Why has the FCF target for FY2014 of 12-15% increased from 6-9% in FY2013? 

Transurban  regularly  updates  its  corporate  model  to  reflect  the  latest  assumptions  regarding  traffic, 
operating  costs,  maintenance  costs,  discount  rates,  etc.  The  Transurban  Board  considers  the  Group’s 
potential  performance  over  any  given  three  year  period  and  relates  remuneration  incentives  to  these 
expectations.  Most  importantly,  it  is  the  Board’s  role  to  assess  the  realistic  nature  of  cash  flow 
expectations and set challenging but realistic targets. One target may be appropriate one year, but not so 
another  year.  The  completion  of  construction  for  the  M2  was  a  contributing  factor  for  the  change  in  the 
FCF target from FY2013 to FY2014.  

37

37

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

Why is a three year performance period used for LTIs? 

The three year performance period for LTI has been set in line with market practice. The Board continues 
to monitor market practice in this regard. 

How will the LTI performance targets be measured? 

Relative TSR 

The  Group  will  receive  an  independent  report  that  sets  out  the  Group's  TSR  growth  and  that  of  each 
company  in  the  bespoke  comparator  group.  A  volume  weighted  average  price  of  securities  for  the  20 
trading days up to and including the testing date is used in the calculation of TSR. 

The  level  of  TSR  growth  achieved  by  the  Group  will  be  given  a  percentile  ranking  having  regard  to  the 
Group’s  performance  compared  to  the  performance  of  other  companies  in  the  comparator  group  (the 
highest ranking company being ranked at the 100th percentile). This ranking will determine the extent to 
which performance awards subject to this target will vest. 

FCF per security 

The  Group's  FCF  per security  percentage  growth  rate  will  be  calculated  based  on  the FCF  per  security 
over the three year performance period. 

The Board considers these methods of measurement to be rigorous and transparent. 

What if a Senior Executive ceases employment? 

Under the terms of the service agreements for the CEO and other Senior Executives, if the CEO or other 
Senior Executive ceases employment with the Group before the performance measures are tested, their 
unvested performance awards would generally lapse, unless otherwise determined by the Board. 

What will happen in the event of a change in control? 

In the event of a takeover or change of control of the Group, the treatment of any unvested performance 
awards granted in FY2014 will be subject to the incumbent Board's discretion. 

38 

38

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

What was the grant, and movement in the number and value, of performance awards during 
FY2014? 

Eligible  Senior  Executives  (excluding  the  CEO)  received  performance  awards  with  a  grant  date  of  15 
August  2013.  Following  the  receipt  of  security  holder  approval  at  the  2013  AGM,  the  CEO  received 
performance awards with a grant date of 1 November 2013. All performance awards granted in FY2014 
vest subject to a performance period from 1 July 2013 through to 30 June 2016. 

The relevant values of the grants are as follows:  

Recipient

Grant date

Fair value of awards
at grant date1($)

Closing security 
price at grant 
date

Relative TSR FCF per security

Eligible Senior Executives 15 August 2013

CEO

1 November 2013

$3.24

$3.13

$6.07

$6.21

$6.89

$6.97

1 An explanation of the pricing model used to calculate these values is set out in note 36 to the audited financial statements.

Performance awards granted in FY2014  

Name

Current Senior Executives
S Charlton1

J Aument

W Ballantine

A Head

S Hogg

S Johnson

T Steinhilber

L Tobin

V Vassallo

Number of 
performance 
awards granted2

Value at 
grant date ($)

Maximum total value
of grant yet to vest3($)

382,292

74,494

62,630

94,767

105,633

62,630

78,267

79,980

79,980

1,713,466

1,713,466

334,159

280,940

425,098

473,841

280,941

351,084

358,768

358,768

334,159

280,940

425,098

473,841

280,941

351,084

358,768

358,768

1 The grant made to the CEO constituted his LTI entitlement for FY2014 and was made following security holder approval at the 2013 
AGM on the terms summarised above. Performance awards vest subject to performance over the period from 1 July 2013 through to 30 
June 2016.
2 The grants made to Senior Executives assume full vesting of their full LTI entitlement for FY2014 and were made on the terms 
summarised above. Performance awards vest subject to performance testing over the period from 1 July 2013 through to 30 June 2016.
3 The maximum value of the grant has been estimated based on the fair value per award at date of grant. The minimum total value of the 
grant, if the applicable performance measures are not met, is nil.

39

39

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Remuneration report (continued) 

F 

LEGACY LTI PLANS 

Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

The Group has a number of LTI plans that were offered in previous years, as detailed below:  

Plan

Grant date

FY2013 PAP

15 Aug 2012

FY2012 PAP

26 Sep 2011

FY2011 PAP

1 Nov 2010

19 Oct 2012 (CEO only)

11 Nov 2011 (CEO only)

Performance 
period

External 
performance 
measure (50% of 
grant)

Comparator 
group

1 Jul 2012 – 30 Jun 2015

1 Jul 2011 - 30 Jun 2014

TSR : 1 Nov 2010 - 1 Nov 
2013

EBITDA : 1 Jul 2010 - 30 
Jun 2013

Relative TSR

Relative TSR

Relative TSR

37 companies within 
a bespoke comparator 
group within the ASX150

33 companies within 
a bespoke comparator 
group within the ASX150

The S&P/ASX 100

Relative TSR

% of performance awards that vest

Vesting schedule

Above 50th percentile to 75th percentile Straight line vesting between 50%-100%

At or above the 75th percentile

100% vests

Internal 
performance 
measure (50% of 
grant)

Growth in free cash flow 
(FCF) per security

Growth in free cash flow 
(FCF) per security

Group's annual growth in 
proportional EBITDA

From 6% - 9%

From 7% - 10%

From 7% - 11%

Compound Growth

% of performance awards that vest

Vesting schedule

At target

50% vests

From target % to stretch %

Straight line vesting between 50% -100%

At or above stretch %

100% vests

Current status

To be tested after 
30 Jun 2015

TESTED 71.59% vested 
on 30 Jun 2014

TESTED 86.51% vested 
on 1 Nov 2013

Awards on issue

814,965

–

–

Value of performance awards vested and lapsed in FY2014 

The FY2011 PAP vested on 1 November 2013.  

The outcome of the performance tests were as follows: 

Test type

TSR

Result of test

% units vest

Transurban ranked 33 out of 93 companies (65.21%)

80.42%

92.60%

86.51%

Proportional EBITDA

85% of the target EBITDA range was achieved

Overall vesting

40 

40

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Remuneration report (continued) 

Current Senior Executives
J Aument2
W Ballantine2
A Head

S Hogg
S Johnson2
T Steinhilber2
Former Senior Executives

Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

FY2011 PAP - Lapsed

FY2011 PAP - Vested

Number

Value ($)1

Number

Value ($)1

2,913

3,297

12,211

8,881

3,996

3,879

10,535

11,922

44,156

32,113

14,451

14,026

18,684

21,144

78,312

56,954

25,630

24,876

74,331

84,119

311,555

226,585

101,964

98,967

M Kulper

21,732

78,583

139,371

554,471

1 Based on the fair value at date of grant.
2 Awards granted prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP. Awards vested while the Senior Executive was a member 
of KMP. 

The FY2012 PAP vested on 30 June 2014.  

The outcome of the performance tests were as follows: 

Test type
TSR

Free Cash Flow

Overall vesting

Result of test
Transurban ranked 14 out of 31 companies (56.66%)

% units vest
63.32%

93.8 cents adjusted to 97.9 cents

79.86%

71.59%

Current Senior Executives

A Head

S Hogg

Former Senior Executives

FY2012 PAP - Lapsed

FY2012 PAP – Vested

Number

Value ($)1

Number

Value ($)1

30,616

28,785

116,784

109,799

77,150

72,535

314,102

295,314

M Kulper

31,739

121,070

79,982

325,629

1 Based on the fair value at date of grant.

The  Board  exercised  its  discretion  to  ensure  that  participants  in  the  FY2012  PAP  were  neither 
advantaged  nor  disadvantaged  as  a  result  of  the  Queensland  Motorways  (QM)  acquisition  and 
associated capital raising. The issuance of 404.5 million new securities in May 2014 associated with the 
funding of the QM acquisition occurred in FY2014, while financial close of the QM acquisition occurred in 
FY2015. The Board exercised its discretion to, in effect, exclude the new securities issued to fund the QM 
acquisition  from  the  number  of  securities  used  to  calculate  the  FY2014  Free  Cash  Flow  (FCF)  per 
security  for  the  purposes  of  calculating  the  FCF  outcome  for  the  FY2012  PAP.  Interest  income  on  the 
equity  raised  prior  to  year  end  was  similarly  excluded  from  the  calculation.  The  targets  set  at  the 
beginning of the performance period (1 July 2011) were not adjusted. 

41

41

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

Number of performance awards on issue as at 30 June 2014 
The  number  of  performance  awards  held  by  members  of  KMP  as  at  30  June  2014  is  provided  below. 
Comparative data is shown for those Senior Executives who were members of KMP during both FY2014 
and FY2013.  

Balance at 
start of year

Granted 
during year as 
remuneration

Matured 
and paid 
during year

Lapsed 
or forfeited 
during year

Balance at 
the end 
of year

Current Senior Executives*

S Charlton

2014

2013

J Aument

2014

2013

W Ballantine

2014

2013

A Head

2014

2013

S Hogg

2014

2013

S Johnson

2014

2013

T Steinhilber

2014

2013

L Tobin

2014

2013

V Vassallo

2014

2013

Former Senior Executives

M Kulper

2014

2013

684,6561

–

382,292
684,6561

(78,752)

–

–

–

988,196
684,6561

21,597
39,3652

24,441
44,4712

311,043

257,636

292,851

214,633

29,626
52,7712

28,755
53,7712

–

–

–

–

508,549

491,675

74,494

–

62,630

–

(18,684)
(17,768)3

(21,144)
(20,030)3

(2,913)

–

(3,297)

–

74,494

21,597

62,630

24,441

94,767

(155,462)

(42,827)

112,754

(59,347)

–

207,521

311,043

105,633

125,754

(129,489)

(37,666)

(47,478)

–

231,329

292,851

62,630

–

78,267

–

79,980

–

79,980

–

–

(25,630)
(23,145)3

(24,876)
(25,022)3

–

–

–

–

(3,996)

–

(3,879)

–

–

–

–

–

(219,353)

(223,903)4

178,830

(161,956)

–

62,630

29,626

78,267

28,755

79,980

–

79,980

–

65,293

508,549

All Performance Awards granted or matured in FY14 (where applicable) in the table above were issued by Transurban and resulted or will result in 
one ordinary Transurban stapled security (or cash equivalent, as determined by the Board) per Performance Award granted or matured.
* Lisa Tobin and Vin Vassallo joined the Group in February 2013 and did not receive a pro rata LTI grant in respect of FY2013.  
1 Scott Charlton’s number of performance awards granted during FY2013 includes 236,256 performance awards granted in September 2012 as a 
sign-on  award,  to  vest,  subject  to  his  continued  employment,  in  three  equal  tranches  on  the  first,  second  and  third  anniversaries  of  his 
commencement with the Group. The first tranche (78,752) awards vested on 16 July 2013, and a second tranche (78,752) awards vested on 16 
July 2014. Therefore as at the date of this report, Scott Charlton has 909,444 performance awards yet to vest of which 78,752 awards relate to his 
sign-on award.
2 Opening balance held prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP.
3 Awards matured and paid during the year occurred prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP.
4 Awards lapsed/forfeited includes pro rata forfeiture of grants made in FY2011, FY2012 and FY2013 in line with good leaver treatment.

42 

42

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

G 

REMUNERATION PAID TO THE CEO AND OTHER SENIOR EXECUTIVES 

Short-term employee benefits

Cash salary 
and fees

Cash 
STI2

Non-
monetary 
benefits3

Deferred 
STI4

Post-
employment 
benefits

Termination 
benefits

Super-
annuation

Shared 
based 
benefits5

Total

Long-
term 
benefits

Long
service 
leave

Current CEO

S Charlton

2014

2013

1,858,493

1,039,250

7,042

492,200

17,774

1,789,850

738,300

22,379

246,100

15,098

Current Other Senior Executives
J Aument1

2014

516,456

244,487

1,250

126,054

11,274

2013
W Ballantine1

2014

2013

A Head

2014

2013

S Hogg

2014

2013
S Johnson1

2014

2013
T Steinhilber1

2014

2013
L Tobin1

2014

2013
V Vassallo1

2014

2013

27,260

10,775

–

5,204

916

393,737

207,225

1,462

107,433

230,757

81,150

3,398

44,498

604,875

294,000

2,418

111,497

589,279

241,395

2,366

77,012

676,275

131,100

2,018

117,353

656,561

284,935

2,030

76,648

423,737

136,800

1,496

127,917

280,971

112,325

3,823

60,277

572,856

309,886

30,165

177,462

269,441

259,550

52,658

53,001

507,741

174,675

1,753

30,000

185,869

–

710

15,000

507,741

228,275

1,753

30,000

176,134

–

710

15,000

17,774

9,836

17,774

16,470

17,774

16,470

17,774

12,043

17,774

6,388

17,774

6,863

17,774

6,863

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,484,748

4,899,507

1,302,848

4,114,575

192,748

1,092,269

3,534

47,689

21,430

15,368

96,404

26,851

845,465

411,858

13,053

12,696

474,344

1,517,961

441,434

1,380,652

21,368

13,674

485,938

1,451,826

407,426

1,457,744

8,661

23,829

98,710

38,665

815,095

531,933

8,531

208,931

1,325,605

–

–

–

–

–

58,491

699,529

109,235

841,178

–

208,442

109,235

894,778

–

198,707

43

43

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

Short-term employee benefits

Cash salary 
and fees

Cash 
STI2

Non-
monetary 
benefits3

Deferred 
STI4

Post-
employment 
benefits

Termination 
benefits

Super-
annuation

Shared 
based 
benefits5

Total

Long-
term 
benefits

Long
service 
leave

Former CEO

C Lynch

2014

2013

–

–

–

–

–

144,951

178,652

555

504,275

5,490

Former Other Senior Executives

–

-

–

–

–

–
(62,121) 6,103,665(6)

–

6,875,467

–

–

–

8,346

(341,435)

499,569

K Daley

2014

2013

M Kulper

2014

2013

E Mildwater

2014

2013

–

816,330

583,403 

–

–

–

–

–

–

53,262

(50,659)

13,725

2,912 300,6297

2,791

333,356

–

385,1687

1,608,259

1,067,296

362,264

15,482

120,168

10,997

–

485,161

–

–

–

–

–

1,525

(37,627)

13,725

–

–

-

28,977

1,441,431

3,046,615

–

–

–

(15,434)

(274,631)

172,719

1 The  dates  on  which  the  Senior  Executives  who  were  promoted  or  appointed  during  FY2013  are  the  dates  that  those  Senior  Executives 
commenced being a KMP. Their remuneration for the period during which they were members of KMP is disclosed in the table only.
2 The amount represents the cash STI payment to the Senior Executive for FY2014, which will be paid in August 2014. Jennifer Aument and Tim 
Steinhilber also received a second and  final  payment in relation to the successful  delivery  of the 495 Express Lanes  of $82,093 and $164,186 
respectively (paid in August 2013). 
3 Non-monetary benefits include Group insurance and expatriate allowances (where relevant).

4 A component of STI award is deferred into securities. In accordance with Accounting Standards, the deferred component will be recognised over 
the three year service period. The amount recognised in this table is the FY2014 accounting charge for unvested grants. 
5 In accordance with the requirements of the Accounting Standards, remuneration includes a  proportion of the fair value of equity compensation 
granted or outstanding during the year (i.e. performance awards under the LTI plan). The fair value of equity instruments is determined as at the 
grant date and is progressively allocated over the vesting period. The amount included as remuneration may be different to the benefit (if any) that 
Senior Executives may ultimately realise should the equity instruments vest. The fair value of performance awards at the date of their grant has 
been independently determined in accordance with AASB 2. The fair value of the performance awards has been valued applying a Monte Carlo 
simulation  to  model  Transurban’s  security  price  and  where  applicable,  the  TSR  performance  against  the  comparator  group  performance.  The 
assumptions underpinning these valuations are set out in note 36 to the audited financial statements.
6 The value for share based benefits for C Lynch includes all unvested LTI awards. In accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 2, these have 
been accounted as an acceleration of vesting. The amount that would have been recognised for services received from Chris Lynch as CEO of 
the Group over the remainder of the vesting period has been included in the table above. These awards will continue on foot in accordance with 
the original terms, with the applicable measures for each grant to be tested at the end of the applicable original performance period. These LTI 
awards may or may  not vest.  Also included is  a cash payment  of $1,060,000 which  was  made to Chris  Lynch in lieu of an LTI earned but not 
received for a six month period during his tenure in line with his contractual entitlement to receive an LTI award for every  day employed by the 
Group. This payment was made in cash in August 2012. 
7The value for Deferred STI and share based benefits for M Kulper includes all unvested awards. In accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 
2, these have been accounted as an acceleration of vesting. The amount that would have been recognised for services received  from M Kulper 
as  President,  North  America  of  the  Group  over  the  remainder  of  the  vesting  period  has  been  included  in  the  table  above.  These  awards  will 
continue on foot in accordance with the original terms. The LTI awards may or may not vest.  

44 

44

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

H 

SERVICE AGREEMENTS 

The remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and other Senior Executives are formalised 
in service agreements which have no specified term. Under these agreements, the CEO and other Senior 
Executives are eligible to participate in STI and LTI plans. Some other key aspects of the agreements in 
place for FY2014 are outlined below:  

Period of notice to terminate 
(Executive)

Period of notice to 
terminate (the Group*)

CEO

Other Senior Executives

6 months

3 months

12 months

6 months

* Payment in lieu of the notice period may be provided (based on the executive's fixed remuneration). The Group may also terminate at 
any time without notice for serious misconduct.  

I 

ADDITIONAL REMUNERATION INFORMATION 

Employee Security Plans 

The Group operated the following broad employee based security plans in FY2014. 

ShareLink Incentive Plan 

Under the ShareLink Incentive Plan, subject to Board approval, an allocation of Transurban securities may 
be  made  to  eligible  employees  (excluding  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives)  in  recognition  of  the 
Group’s prior year performance. Eligible employees received a grant of 100 securities at no cost to them 
on  21  February  2014.  Due  to  legal  restrictions  on  the  issue  of  securities  to  USA  residents,  eligible 
employees in the USA received a cash payment of equivalent value in lieu of securities. 

Given  that  the  plan  is  designed  to  reward  employees  for the  Group's prior  year performance and is  not 
intended  to  serve  as  a  future  incentive,  there  are  no  performance  measures  attached  to  grants  of 
securities or cash payments under the plan. 

Securities  granted  under  the  plan  carry  a  three  year  holding  lock  from  the  grant  date  and  can  only  be 
traded once the holding lock expires or when employment with the Group ceases, whichever is earlier. 

ShareLink Investment Tax Exempt Plan and ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan 

The  ShareLink  Investment  Tax  Exempt  Plan  provides  eligible  employees  (excluding  the CEO  and  other 
Senior  Executives)  the  opportunity  to  invest  up  to  $1,000  per  year  in  Transurban  securities  on  a  tax 
exempt basis. Participants contribute up to $500 by way of salary sacrifice which is matched by the Group 
dollar for dollar. Security acquisitions are made quarterly in September, December, March and June each 
year.

The ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan provides eligible employees (excluding the CEO and other 
Senior Executives) with the opportunity to contribute up to $5,000 per year by way of salary sacrifice to be 
invested  in  Transurban  securities.  The  Group  matches  participants’  contributions  dollar  for  dollar  up  to 
$3,000. The plan has a disposal restriction period of three years from the date of acquisition, including a 
12 month forfeiture period.  

Grants under both of these plans are designed to encourage employee security holdings and to align the 
interests of employees with those of the Group and are therefore not subject to performance measures. 

45

45

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

Dealing in Securities 

In accordance with the Group’s Dealing in Securities Policy, employees who have awards under a Group 
equity  plan may  not  hedge against  those  awards.  In  addition,  KMP  may  not  hedge  against  entitlements 
that have vested but remain subject to a holding lock. Employees and Directors are not permitted to obtain 
margin loans using Transurban securities (either solely or as part of a portfolio) as security for loans. 

Securities held by Senior Executives as at 30 June 2014 

The number of securities held by members of KMP as at 30 June 2014 is provided below. Comparative 
data is shown for those Senior Executives who were members of KMP during both FY2014 and FY2013. 

Current Senior Executives

Balance at 
start of year

Changes 
during year

Balance at 
end of year

S Charlton

2014

2013

J Aument

2014

2013

W Ballantine

2014

2013

A Head

2014

2013

S Hogg

2014

2013

S Johnson

2014

2013

T Steinhilber

2014

2013

L Tobin

2014

2013

V Vassallo

2014

2013

Former Senior Executives

M Kulper

2014
2013

10,000

–

–

–

3,988
2,8891

3,041

3,041

11,553

1,553

29,596
19,1291

–

–

–

–

10,538
10,0181

80,000
80,000

124,622

10,000

–

–

697

1,099

84,7193
–

129,4893
10,000

14,167

10,467

–

–

–

–

510

520

(80,000)2
–

134,622

10,000

–

–

4,685

3,988

87,760

3,041

141,042

11,553

43,763

29,596

–

–

–

–

11,048

10,538

–
80,000

1 Opening balance held prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP.
2 Balance removed on departure from the Group during FY2014.
3 Includes the FY2012 PAP awards which vested 30 June 2014. Refer section 4F. 

46 

46

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

Securities held by Non-executive Directors as at 30 June 2014 

Current Non-executive Directors

Balance at
start of year

Changes 
during year

Balance at 
end of year

L Maxsted

2014

2013

N Chatfield

2014

2013

R Edgar

2014

2013

S Mostyn

2014

2013

C O'Reilly

2014

2013

R Slater

2014

2013

I Smith

2014

2013

Former Non-executive Directors

R Officer

2014

2013

30,000

30,000

30,910

20,910

24,590

23,733

14,000

10,300

4,363

–

–

–

71,772

70,000

–

20,115

36,559

–

19,514

10,000

5,734

857

3,256

3,700

9,609

4,363

–

–

20,970

1,772

–
(20,115)1

66,559

30,000

50,424

30,910

30,324

24,590

17,256

14,000

13,972

4,363

–

–

92,742

71,772

–

–

1 Balance removed on resignation as a Director during the relevant year.

47

47

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

5  Link between Group performance, security holder wealth 

and remuneration 

The variable (or 'at risk') remuneration of the CEO and other Senior Executives is linked to the Group’s 
performance through the use of measures based on the operating performance of the business. 

A 

GROUP PERFORMANCE AND STI 

For  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  20  per  cent  of  the  STI  award  was  determined  with  reference  to 
proportional EBITDA, 20 per cent with reference to proportional net costs, and 10 per cent with reference
to safety, as discussed on page 31. 

STI  is  an  ‘at  risk’  component  of  remuneration  –  payments  are  determined  based  on  the  following  three 
measures, and could result in zero payout if targets are not met. The maximum payment available to any 
Senior Executive is 150 per cent of target. 

Proportional EBITDA 

The  proportional  EBITDA  result  for  FY2014  was  $934.1  million.  Excluding  the  effect  of  495  Express 
Lanes,  this  resulted  in  the  payment  of  113.7  per  cent  of  STIs  attributable  to  proportional  EBITDA.  The 
growth in EBITDA  was driven by the completion of the Hills  M2 Upgrade in August 2013 and continued 
cost and revenue recovery initiatives across all assets in the portfolio. 

Proportional net costs 

The proportional net costs result for the year ended 30 June  2014 was $182.6 million, an 11.8 per cent 
increase  from  the  prior  year  result.  This  resulted  in  the  payment  of  150  per  cent  of  STIs  attributable  to 
proportional net costs. On an underlying basis, shown in the table below, net costs increased 7.5 per cent 
from the prior year result. The increase includes the impact of project development and acquisitions work 
in the current financial year. 

Net costs as reported

Prior year one-off items

TTMS impact – both periods

Safety 

FY14

182.6

–

4.2

FY13

163.4

1.0

9.4

% increase

11.8%

186.9

173.8

7.5%

For  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  the  safety  performance  measure  resulted  in  a  100  per  cent  STI 
outcome. The target was a lead indicator that required the completion of safety development action plans.
The target was split with equal weighting between employee/contractor (5 per cent) and customer (5 per 
cent) safety targets. The Group achieved the completion of 76 per cent of the defined safety development 
action plans.

48 

48

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Remuneration report (continued) 

B 

GROUP PERFORMANCE AND LTI 

Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

For the year ended 30 June 2014, LTIs were linked to relative TSR and FCF per security. 

Relative TSR 

Relative  TSR  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  is  measured  against  a  bespoke  comparator  group 
comprising companies in the transport, utilities, real estate, construction and infrastructure Global Industry 
Classification Standards (GICS) sectors of the ASX150. 

FCF per security 

The  performance  target  for  performance  awards  granted  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  was  a 
range for compound growth in FCF per security of between 12 per cent and 15 per cent per annum over 
three years. It was considered an appropriate target that reflects the Group’s focus on the maximisation of 
free cash to drive security holder return. For performance awards granted during the year ending 30 June 
2015, the performance target range for compound growth in FCF per security per annum is between 10.0 
per cent and 13.0 per cent. 

The table below summarises the Group’s five year results for the relevant performance measures. These 
results show that since the year ended 30 June 2010, Transurban’s distribution policy has been to align 
distributions  with  FCF  per  security.  Since  that  time,  Transurban  has  delivered  consistent  growth  on  this 
measure  based  on  consistent  revenue  and  EBITDA  growth.  Based  on  investor  feedback,  this  remains 
Transurban’s financial focus.

Group Performance  

Measure

Security price at year end

Distribution paid per security
Underlying proportional EBITDA - $m1
TSR performance2

TSR rank position3

FCF per security performance - weighted 
average

2014

$7.39

35.0c

934.1

17%

2013

$6.76

31.0c

828.0

25%

33 / 934
14 / 315

12 / 896

2012

$5.69

29.5c

784.0

15%

35 / 86

6 / 86 
19 / 867

2011

$5.23

27.0c

718.7

32%

2010

$4.24

24.0c

635.4

10%

n/a

n/a

33.9

30.1c

29.8c

27.5c

27.4c

1 In the current and prior year, LTIs were linked to relative TSR and FCF per security. In earlier years, LTIs were linked to relative TSR 
and proportional EBITDA.
2 The TSR performance is the total security holder return for that financial year
3 This is the TSR ranking position for the LTI that vests during the financial year
4 FY2011 PAP that vested 1 November 2013
5 FY2012 PAP that vested 30 June 2014
6 FY2010 PAP that vested November 2012 (testing as at 30 June 2012) 
7 FY2009 PAP tested in three tranches 

49

49

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

6 Non-executive director remuneration 

A 

REMUNERATION POLICY 

The diagram below sets out the key objectives of the Group’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy 
and how they are achieved through the Group’s remuneration framework:

Securing and retaining talented, 
qualified Directors

Preserving independence and 
impartiality

Aligning Director and 
security holder interests







Director fee levels are set with 
regards to: the responsibilities and 
risks attached to the role, the time 
commitment and workload 
expected, the Director’s experience 
and expertise, and market 
benchmark data provided by 
remuneration consultants

Director remuneration consists of 
base (Director) fees and 
Committee fees. No element of 
Director remuneration is 'at risk' 
(i.e. fees are not based on the 
performance of the Group or 
individual Directors from year to 
year).

Directors are encouraged 
to hold Transurban 
securities

B 

REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS 

Maximum aggregate remuneration 

The amount of aggregate remuneration that may be paid to Non-executive Directors in any year is capped 
at a level approved by security holders. The current aggregate fee pool of $2,400,000 per year (inclusive 
of superannuation contributions) was approved by security holders at the 2010 Annual General Meeting. 
No change to this amount is proposed for FY2015. 

The aggregate fee pool and the manner in which it is apportioned amongst Non-executive Directors are 
reviewed  annually.  The  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  undertakes  this  review  and 
makes  recommendations  to  the  Board.  In  conducting  the  review,  the  Committee  considers  market 
benchmark data from independent remuneration consultants. 

Non-executive Director fees for FY2014 

Non-executive Director (base) fees have not increased since 2010.  

Current base fees and Committee fees per year are set out below: 

Board

Audit and Risk Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration and Human Resources Committee

Chair fee $

Member fee $

455,000

40,000

10,000

30,000

170,000

20,000

10,000

20,000

The Chair of the Board does not receive any additional fees for Committee responsibilities. The Chair of 
each Committee only receives the Chair fee (and not a member fee). 

Non-executive Directors are permitted to be paid additional fees for special duties or exertions. No such 
fees were paid during FY2014. Non-executive Directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for all business 
related expenses, including travel, as may be incurred in the discharge of their duties. 

50 

50

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

Retirement benefits 

Non-executive Directors are not entitled to any retirement benefits.  

ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan 

Under the ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan, Non-executive Directors are able to sacrifice up to 50 
per  cent  of  their  pre-tax  fees  to  acquire  up  to  $5,000  of  Transurban  securities  each  year.  No  securities 
were issued to Non-executive Directors under the plan during FY2014.  

C 

REMUNERATION PAID TO NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 

Non-executive Director remuneration for FY2014 and FY2013 is set out below: 

Short-term benefits

Fees

Post-employment benefits
Superannuation1

Current Non-executive Directors

L Maxsted

2014

2013

N Chatfield

2014

2013

R Edgar

2014

2013

S Mostyn

2014

2013

C O'Reilly 

2014

2013

R Slater

2014

2013

I Smith 

2014

2013

Former Non-executive Directors

R Officer (resigned 7 August 2012)

2014

2013

Total

2014

2013

437,925

438,716

222,825

223,625

212,825

211,119

183,570

183,608

183,570

181,229

197,023

194,070

155,973

155,967

-

18,832

1,593,711

1,607,166

17,774

16,470

17,774

16,470

17,774

16,470

16,980

16,470

16,980

16,247

-

-

14,427

14,037

-

1,695

101,709

97,859

Total

455,699

455,186

240,599

240,095

230,599

227,589

200,550

200,078

200,550

197,476

197,023

194,070

170,400

170,004

-

20,527

1,695,420

1,705,025

1 Superannuation  contributions  made  on  behalf  of  Non-executive  Directors  to  satisfy  the  Group’s  obligations  under  applicable 
superannuation guarantee legislation.

51

51

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Remuneration report (continued) 

D 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR RELATED PARTY INFORMATION 

Rodney  Slater  is  a  partner  in  the  public  policy  practice  group  of  Squire  Patton  Boggs  (US)  LLP.
Transurban used Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP during the year ended 30 June 2014 for various lobbying 
activities  in  the  USA.  This  relationship  is  based  on  normal  commercial  terms.  US$180,144  was  paid  to 
Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP during FY2014.

Lindsay  Maxsted  is  Chairman  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of Westpac  Banking  Corporation. Westpac 
provides  transactional  banking  and  loan  facilities  to  Transurban.  This  relationship  is  based  on  normal 
commercial terms. 

Neil  Chatfield  is  Chairman  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Seek  Limited.  Seek  provides  employment 
advisory services to Transurban. This relationship is based on normal commercial terms. 

Neil Chatfield is also Chairman of, and Samantha Mostyn is a Non-executive Director of, Virgin 
Australia Holdings Limited. Transurban uses air travel services provided by Virgin Australia. This 
relationship is based on normal commercial terms. 

Christine O’Reilly is a Non-executive Director of Energy Australia. Energy Australia is one of Transurban’s 
electricity providers in NSW and Queensland. This relationship is based on normal commercial terms. 

52 

52

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Non-audit services
The Company has an "External Auditor Independence" policy which is intended to support the independence of 
the external auditor by regulating the provision of services by the external auditor. The external auditor will not 
be engaged to perform any service that may impair or be perceived to impair the external auditor's judgment or 
independence. The external auditor will only provide a permissible non-audit service where there is a compelling 
reason for it to do so. All non-audit services must be pre-approved by the CFO (services less than $5,000) or the 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee (in all other cases).

The  Board  has  considered  the  position  and,  in  accordance  with  advice  received  from  the  Audit  and  Risk 
Committee,  is  satisfied  that  the  provision  of  the  non-audit  services  during  the  period  is  compatible  with  the 
general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The Directors are satisfied 
that  the  provision  of  non-audit  services  by  the  auditor,  as  set  out  below,  did  not  compromise  the  auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:





the Audit and Risk Committee reviews the non-audit services to ensure they do not impact the impartiality and 
objectivity of the auditor; and 

none of  the services undermine  the  general  principles  relating  to  auditor  independence  as  set  out  in  APES 
110  Code of  Ethics  for  Professional  Accountants,  including  reviewing  or  auditing  the  auditor’s  own  work, 
acting  in  a  management  or  a  decision  making  capacity  for  the  Group,  acting  as  advocate  for  the  Group  or 
jointly sharing economic risk and rewards.

During the year the following fees were paid or payable for audit and non-audit services provided by the auditor 
of THL, its related practices and non-related audit firms:

Amounts received or due and receivable by PricewaterhouseCoopers

Audit and other assurance services:

Audit and review of financial reports
Other assurance services

Total remuneration for PricewaterhouseCoopers

Total auditors' remuneration

2014
$

2013
$

1,337,000
594,000
1,931,000

1,100,000
124,800
1,224,800

1,931,000

1,224,800

Indemnification and insurance
Each  officer  (including  each  Director)  of  the  Group  is  indemnified,  to  the  maximum  extent  permitted  by  law, 
against any liabilities incurred as an officer of the Group pursuant to agreements with the Group. Each officer is 
also  indemnified  against  reasonable  costs  (whether  legal  or  otherwise)  incurred  in  relation  to  relevant 
proceedings in which the officer is involved because the officer is or was an officer.

The  Group  has  arranged  to  pay  a  premium  for  a  Directors  and  officers  liability  insurance  policy  to  indemnify 
Directors and officers in accordance with the terms and conditions of the policy.

This policy is subject to a confidentiality clause which prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability covered, 
the name of the insurer, the limit of liability and the premium paid for this policy.

Auditor's independence declaration
A copy of the auditor's independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is 
set out on page 55.

Rounding of amounts
The Group is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission,  relating  to  the  'rounding  off'  of  amounts  in  the  Directors'  report.  Amounts  in  the  Directors'  report 
have  been  rounded  off  in  accordance  with  that  Class  Order  to  the  nearest  million,  or  in  certain  cases,  to  the 
nearest dollar.

53

53

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers continues in office in accordance with section 327 of the Corporations Act 2001.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors.

Lindsay Maxsted
Director

Scott Charlton
Director

Melbourne
5 August 2014

54

54 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
55

2014 Transurban Annual ReportTransurban Holdings Limited ABN 86 098 143 429
Annual report - 30 June 2014

Contents
Financial statements

Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Directors' declaration
Independent auditor's report to the members

Page

57
58
59
60
62
63
146
147

This financial report covers the Transurban Group which consists of  Transurban Holdings Limited, Transurban 
Holding  Trust  and  Transurban  International  Limited  and  their  controlled  entities  as  described  in  Note  1  to  the 
Financial Statements. The financial report is presented in the Australian currency.

The equity securities of the parent entities are stapled and cannot be traded separately. Entities within the Group 
are  domiciled  and  incorporated  in  Australia  and  the  United  States  of  America.  Transurban  Holdings  Limited's 
registered office and principal place of business is:

Level 23
727 Collins Street
Docklands VIC 3008 

The financial report was authorised for issue by the Directors on 5 August 2014. The Directors have the power to 
amend and reissue the financial report.

We have ensured that our corporate reporting is timely, complete and available globally. All releases to the ASX 
and the media, financial reports and other information are available on our website: www.transurban.com

56

56 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Continuing operations

Revenue

Toll, fee and other road revenue

Construction revenue

Management, business development and other revenue

Road operating costs

Corporate costs

Business development costs

Construction costs

Profit before depreciation and amortisation, net finance costs, 
equity accounted investments and income taxes

Depreciation and amortisation expense

Finance income

Finance costs
Net finance costs

Share of net profits (losses) of equity accounted investments

Profit before income tax

Income tax benefit

Profit from continuing operations

Discontinued operation

Profit from discontinued operation, net of tax

Profit for the year

Profit is attributable to:

Ordinary equity holders of the stapled group
Non-controlling interests

Earnings per security attributable to ordinary equity holders of the 
stapled group:
Basic earnings per stapled security
Diluted earnings per stapled security

Transurban Holdings Limited
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Notes

2014
$M

2013
$M

1,001

110

39

1,150

(214)

(43)

(29)

(105)

(391)

759

(330)

125

(470)
(345)

115

199

45

244

8

252

282
(30)

252

887

267

41

1,195

(198)

(41)

(24)

(256)

(519)

676

(312)

108

(345)
(237)

(10)

117

58

175

-

175

172
3

175

Cents

Cents

18.3
18.3

11.7
11.7

4

5

6

10

7

29

34
34

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

57

57

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations, net of tax
Blank
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:
Members of Transurban Holdings Limited
Non-controlling interests

2014
$M

252

26
(3)

23

275

284
(9)

275

2013
$M

175

64
(23)

41

216

256
(40)

216

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes. 

58

58 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Consolidated balance sheet
As at 30 June 2014

Notes

2014
$M

2013
$M

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Equity accounted investments
Held-to-maturity investments
Derivative financial instruments
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Intangible assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities

Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Provisions
Other liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Derivative financial instruments
Other liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY
Contributed equity
Reserves
(Accumulated losses)
Non-controlling interest - Transurban International Limited
Non-controlling interests - Other

Total equity

8
9
12

10
11
12
13
14
15

16
17
12
18
19

17
14
18
12
19

20
21
21

29

2,879
84
-

2,963

268
945
16
226
64
10,386

11,905

14,868

181
721
35
480
76

1,493

6,077
664
217
398
57

7,413

8,906

5,962

10,680
(79)
(4,801)
(96)
258

5,962

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

59

259
89
1

349

532
863
10
180
9
8,129

9,723

10,072

106
438
7
334
72

957

4,499
630
202
358
60

5,749

6,706

3,366

7,976
(104)
(4,469)
(183)
146

3,366

59

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Attributable to members of Transurban Holdings Limited

Notes Contributed 
equity
$M

Reserves
$M

Accumulated 
losses
$M

Total
$M

Non-
controlling 
interests -
TIL
$M

Non-
controlling
interests -
Other
$M

Total 
equity
$M

7,848

(138)

(4,232)

3,478

(148)

158

3,488

-

-

-

92

32

3

1

-

-

-

128

-

37

37

-

-

-

(2)

-

(1)

-

(3)

219

219

-

37

219

256

(49)

4

(45)

-

-

-

-

92

32

3

(1)

(456)

(456)

-

-

(1)

-

8

2

-

-

-

-

-

(456)

(331)

10

5

-

5

-

-

-

-

-

(2)

(15)

(17)

175

41

216

100

34

3

(1)

(456)

(3)

(15)

(338)

20

20

20

21

22

Balance at 1 July 2012

Comprehensive income

Profit (loss) for the year
Other comprehensive 
income (loss)
Total comprehensive 
income

Transactions with owners 
in their capacity as 
owners:
Contributions of equity, net 
of transaction costs
Distribution reinvestment 
plan
Deferred short term 
incentives issued
Changes in value of share-
based payment reserve
Distributions provided for or 
paid
Acquisition of non-
controlling interest
Distributions to non-
controlling interest

Balance at 30 June 2013

7,976

(104)

(4,469)

3,403

(183)

146

3,366

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying 
notes. 

60

60 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2014
(continued)

Attributable to members of Transurban Holdings Limited

Contributed 
equity
$M

Reserves
$M

Accumulated 
losses
$M

Total
$M

Notes

Non-
controlling
interests -
TIL
$M

Non-
controlling
interests -
Other
$M

Total
equity
$M

7,976

(104)

(4,469)

3,403

(183)

146

3,366

Balance at 1 July 2013

Comprehensive income

Profit (loss) for the year
Other comprehensive 
income (loss)
Total comprehensive 
income

Transactions with owners 
in their capacity as 
owners:
Contributions of equity, net 
of transaction costs
Distribution reinvestment 
plan
Deferred short term 
incentives issued
Changes in value of share-
based payment reserve
Distributions provided for or 
paid
Distributions to non-
controlling interest
Transactions with NCI
Equity contribution from 
non-controlling interests

-

-

-

2,636

64

2

2

-

-
-

-

-

14

14

-

-

-

4

-

-
7

-

20

20

20

21

22

20

262

262

-

14

262

276

20

7

27

(30)

252

2

23

(28)

275

2,636

60

-

-

-

-

64

2

6

(594)

(594)

-
-

-

-
7

-

-

-

-

-

-

(14)
(7)

161

140

2,696

64

2

6

(594)

(14)
-

161

2,321

258

5,962

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

60

(96)

Balance at 30 June 2014

10,680

(79)

(4,801)

5,800

2,704

11

(594)

2,121

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying 
notes. 

61

61

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)

Payments for maintenance of intangible assets

Other revenue

Interest received

Interest paid

Income taxes paid
Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payment for acquisition of non-controlling interest

Payments for held-to-maturity investments, net of fees

Payments for equity accounted investments

Payments for intangible assets

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Distributions received from equity accounted investments

Payments for business combination, net of cash

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issues of stapled securities

Proceeds from borrowings (net of costs)

Repayment of borrowings
Dividends and distributions paid to the Group's security holders

Distributions paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash inflow (outflow) from financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

Transurban Holdings Limited
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Notes

33

22

8

2014
$M

1,116

(379)

(36)

99

68

(344)

(3)
521

-

(27)

(39)

(112)

(73)

57

(709)

(903)

2,696

2,465

(1,730)
(418)

(9)

3,004

2,622

259

(2)
2,879

2013
$M

976

(353)

(10)

67

57

(314)

(12)
411

(3)

(22)

(208)

(235)

(17)

50

-

(435)

100

597

(312)
(411)

(10)

(36)

(60)

318

1
259

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

62

62 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014

Contents of the notes to the consolidated financial statements

Summary of significant accounting policies
Segment information
Business combinations
Revenue
Expenses
Net finance costs
Income tax benefit
Current assets - Cash and cash equivalents
Current assets - Trade and other receivables
Equity accounted investments

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 Non-current assets - Held-to-maturity investments
12 Derivative financial instruments
13 Non-current assets - Property, plant and equipment
14 Deferred tax assets and liabilities
15 Non-current assets - Intangible assets
16 Current liabilities - Trade and other payables
17
Borrowings
Provisions
18
19 Other liabilities
20 Contributed equity
21 Reserves and accumulated losses
22 Distributions
23 Remuneration of auditors
24 Contingencies
25
26 Commitments
27 Related party transactions
28
29 Non-controlling interests
30
31 Deed of cross guarantee
32
33 Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities
34
35 Net tangible asset backing
36
Share-based payments
Key management personnel compensation
37
38 Non-cash investing and financing activities
39 Critical accounting estimates and judgements
40

Events occurring after the reporting period

Parent entity financial information

Earnings per stapled security

Financial risk management

Intra-group Guarantees

Subsidiaries

63

Page

64
80
85
91
92
93
93
95
95
96
100
101
102
103
104
108
109
114
115
116
118
121
123
123
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
131
133
133
136
138
138
140

63

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out 
below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

(a) Basis of preparation

These  general  purpose  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  Australian  Accounting 
Standards,  other  authoritative  pronouncements  of  the  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board,  Urgent  Issues 
Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.

The Transurban Group financial statements have been prepared as an aggregation of the financial statements of 
Transurban Holdings Limited (THL) and controlled entities, Transurban International Limited (TIL) and controlled 
entities and Transurban Holding Trust (THT) and controlled entities, as if all entities operate together. They are 
therefore  treated  as  a  combined  entity  (hereon  referred  to  as  "the  Group"  or  the  "Transurban  Group"  or 
"Transurban"),  notwithstanding  that  none  of  the  entities  controls  any  of  the  others.  The  principles  of 
consolidation have been applied in order to present the aggregated financial statements on a combined basis. 
THL has been deemed the parent of the Group.

The financial statements have been aggregated in recognition that the securities issued by THL,  THT and TIL 
are stapled together and comprise one share in THL, one unit in THT and one share in TIL (Stapled Security). 
None of the components of the Stapled Security can be traded separately.

The  Group’s  current  assets  (which  include  $2,314  million  of  cash  held  on  hand  to  be  used  to  complete  the 
acquisition  of  Queensland  Motorways  on  2  July  2014)  exceed  its  current  liabilities  by  $1,470  million  as  at  30 
June 2014.

The financial report has been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the continuity of normal 
operations,  as  the  Group  is  trading  profitably  and  as  at  30  June  2014  there  is  $721  million  in  borrowings 
classified  as current  which  is  planned  to be  refinanced in  the  upcoming  financial  year.  In  addition,  at  30 June 
2014 the Group has available a total of $493.4 million of undrawn borrowing facilities across a number of banks.

Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
The consolidated financial statements of Transurban Holdings  Limited also comply with IFRS as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group has amended some of its accounting policies as the result of new or revised accounting standards 
which became effective for the annual reporting period commencing on 1 July 2013.

The affected policies and standards are:

(i)  AASB  2012-2 Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  -  Disclosures  -  Offsetting  Financial  Assets 
and Financial Liabilities.

AASB  2012-2  resulted  in  amendments  being  made  to  AASB  7  Financial  Instruments  -  Disclosure  requiring 
additional  disclosures  when  entities  offset  financial  assets and  liabilities  within  their  financial  statements.  As a 
result  of  this  amendment  to  AASB  7  the  Group  has  expanded  its  disclosures  about  the  offsetting  of  financial 
assets and liabilities (see note 12). 

64

64 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(a) Basis of preparation (continued)

New and amended standards adopted by the group (continued)
(ii) AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, AASB 11 Joint Arrangements, AASB 12 Disclosure of Interests 
in Other Entities, revised AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements, AASB 128 Investments in Associates and 
Joint  Ventures,  AASB 2011-7 Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  arising  from  the  Consolidation 
and  Joint  Arrangements  Standards and  AASB  2012-10  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  –
Transition Guidance and Other Amendments.

AASB  10  replaces  all  of  the  guidance  on  control  and  consolidation  in  AASB  127  Consolidated  and  Separate 
Financial Statements, and Interpretation 112 Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities. The core principle that a 
consolidated  entity  presents  a  parent  and  its  subsidiaries  as  if  they  are  a  single  economic  entity  remains 
unchanged, as do the mechanics of consolidation. However the standard introduces a single definition of control 
that applies to all entities. It focuses on the need to have both power and rights or exposure to variable returns 
before  control  is  present.  Power  is  the  current  ability  to  direct  the  activities  that  significantly  influence  returns. 
Returns must vary and can be positive, negative or both.

In accordance with the transitional provisions of AASB 10, the Group reassessed the control conclusions for its 
investments  at  1 July  2013.  Based on  this  reassessment  no  changes  have  been  made  regarding  the  Group’s
assessment of control over any entities where the Group has an equity interest.

AASB 11 introduces a principles based approach to accounting for joint arrangements. The focus is no longer on 
the legal structure of joint arrangements, but rather on how rights and obligations are shared by the parties to the 
joint arrangement. AASB 11 also provides guidance for parties that participate in joint arrangements but do not 
share joint control.

The  Group  has  re-evaluated  its  involvement  in  its  joint  arrangements  at  1  July  2013  and  has  re-classified  its 
investments  from  jointly  controlled  entities  to  joint  ventures.  Notwithstanding  the  reclassification,  these 
investments continue to be accounted for using the equity method and accordingly there has been no impact on 
the recognised assets, liabilities and comprehensive income of the Group.

AASB  12  sets  out  the  required  disclosures  for  entities  reporting  under  the  two  new  standards,  AASB  10  and 
AASB 11, and replaces the disclosure requirements currently found in AASB 127 and AASB 128. As a result of 
AASB  12,  the  Group  has  expanded its disclosures  about  its  interests  in subsidiaries  (see  note  28)  and equity 
accounted investees (see note 10).

Amendments to AASB 128 provide clarification that an entity continues to apply the equity method and does not 
re-measure its retained interest as part of ownership changes where a joint venture becomes an associate, and 
vice versa. The amendments also introduce a ‘partial disposal’ concept. The Group has determined that these 
amendments have no impact on the financial statements of the Group.

65

65

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(a) Basis of preparation (continued)

New and amended standards adopted by the group (continued)
(iii)  AASB  13  Fair  Value  Measurement  and  AASB  2011-8 Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards 
arising from AASB 13

AASB  13  establishes  a  single  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  and  making  disclosures  about  fair  value 
measurements, when such measurements are required or permitted by other AASBs. In particular, it unifies the 
definition of fair value as the price at which an orderly transaction to sell an asset or to transfer a liability would 
take place between market participants at the measurement date. It also replaces and expands the disclosure 
requirements  about  fair  value  measurements  in  other  AASBs,  including  AASB  7  Financial  Instruments: 
Disclosures. As a result, the Group has included additional disclosures in this regard.

In  accordance  with  the  transitional  provisions  of  AASB  13,  the  Group  has  applied  the  new  fair  value 
measurement  guidance  prospectively,  and  has  not  provided  any  comparative  information  for  new  disclosures. 
Notwithstanding  the  above,  the  change  has  not  had  a  material  impact  on  the  measurement  of  the  Group’s 
assets and liabilities.

(iv)  AASB  2011-4 Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  to  Remove  Individual  Key  Management 
Personnel Disclosure Requirements

The  AASB  has  decided  to  remove  the  individual  key  management  personnel  (KMP)  disclosure  requirements 
from AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures, to achieve consistency with the international equivalent standard and 
remove  a  duplication  of  the  requirements  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001.  This  amendment  has  reduced  the 
disclosures  required  in  the  notes  to  the  financial  statements  however  it  has  not  affected  any  of  the  amounts 
recognised in the financial statements. 

Early adoption of standards
The  Group  has  elected  to  early  adopt  AASB  2013-3  Amendments  to  AASB  136  -  Recoverable  Amount 
Disclosures  for  Non-Financial  Assets,  which  amends  the  disclosure  requirements  in  AASB  136  Impairment  of 
Assets.  The  amendments  include  the  requirement  to  disclose  additional  information  about  the  fair  value 
measurement when the recoverable amount of impaired assets is based on fair value less costs of disposal, and 
may result in additional disclosures if the group recognises an impairment loss or the reversal of an impairment 
loss during the year. The application date for the Group would have been 1 July 2014, but the Group has early 
adopted as of 1 July 2013. 

The  adoption  of  this  new  standard  has  not  had  a  significant  impact  on  the  disclosure  within  the  financial 
statements.

Historical cost convention
These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  under  the  historical  cost  convention,  as  modified  by  the 
revaluation of other financial assets and liabilities (including derivative financial instruments).

Rounding of amounts
The Group is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission,  relating  to  the  'rounding  off'  of  amounts  in  the  financial  statements.  Amounts  in  the  financial 
statements have been rounded off in accordance with that Class Order to the nearest million dollars, or in certain 
cases, to the nearest dollar.

(b) Principles of consolidation

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries  are  all  those  entities  which  the  Group  controls.  The  Group  controls  an  entity  when  the  group  is 
exposed  to,  or  has  rights  to,  variable  returns  from  its  involvement  with  the  entity  and  has  the  ability  to  affect 
those returns through its power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity.

66

66 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(b) Principles of consolidation (continued)

Subsidiaries (continued)
Subsidiaries  are  fully  consolidated  from  the  date  on  which  control  is  transferred  to  the  Group.  They  are  de-
consolidated from the date that control ceases.

The  aggregated  financial  statements  incorporate  an  elimination  of  inter-entity  transactions  and  balances  and 
other adjustments necessary to present the financial statements on a combined basis. The accounting policies 
adopted  in  preparing  the  financial  statements  have  been  consistently  applied  by  the  individual  entities 
comprising the Group except as otherwise indicated.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group (refer to note 
1(h)).

Non-controlling  interests  in  the  results  and  equity  of  subsidiaries  are  shown  separately  in  the  consolidated 
income  statement,  statement  of  comprehensive  income,  balance  sheet  and  statement  of  changes  in  equity 
respectively.

Application of Class Order 13/1644
In  August  2013  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investment  Commission  released  Class  Order  13/1050  which 
allowed  the  Stapled  Security  Groups  who  were  applying  AASB  10  for  the  first  time  to  continue  to  prepare 
aggregated financial statements at 30 June 2013 on the same basis as previous financial reporting periods. In 
December  2013  Class  Order  13/1644  was  released  which  extended  the  applicability  of  Class  Order  13/1050 
indefinitely. The Transurban Group financial statements for the period ended 30 June 2014 have been prepared 
in accordance with Class Order 13/1050.

Associates and joint ventures
Associates  are  all  entities  over  which  the  Group  has  significant  influence  but  not  control.  Interests  in  joint 
ventures are where the Group jointly controls an entity with another party (refer to note 10).

Under AASB 11 Joint Arrangements investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or 
joint ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than 
the  legal  structure  of  the  joint  arrangement.  The  Group  has  joint  ventures  and  does  not  have  any  joint 
operations. 

The  Group's  share  of  its  associates'  and  joint  ventures'  post-acquisition  profits  or  losses  is  recognised  in  the 
income  statement,  and  its  share  of  post-acquisition  movements  in  reserves  is  recognised  in  reserves.  The 
cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the 
Group’s share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the associate or joint 
venture,  the  Group  does  not  recognise  further  losses.  Dividends  received  from  associates  and  joint  ventures 
reduce the carrying amount of the investment.

Changes in ownership interest
The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions 
with equity owners of the Group. A change in ownership interest results in an adjustment between the carrying 
amounts  of  the  controlling  and  non-controlling  interests  to  reflect  their  relative  interests  in  the  subsidiary.  Any 
difference  between  the  amount  of  the  adjustment  to  non-controlling  interests  and  any  consideration  paid  or 
received is recognised in a separate reserve within equity.

(c) Segment reporting

Financial  results  of  the  operating  segments are  reported  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  internal  reporting 
provided to the Chief Executive Officer (the chief operating decision maker) and the Executive Committee, who 
report  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO).  This  includes  a  proportional  income  statement  per  operating 
segment and consolidated financial statements for the Group.

67

67

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(d) Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency
The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  Australian  dollars,  which  is  Transurban  Holdings 
Limited's functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the  dates  of  the  transactions.  Foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the  settlement  of  such 
transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in  foreign  currencies  are  recognised  in  the  consolidated  income  statement,  except  when  they  are  deferred  in 
equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net 
investment in a foreign operation.

Non-monetary  items  that  are  measured  at  fair  value  in  a  foreign  currency  are  translated  using  the  exchange 
rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at 
fair  value  are  reported  as  part  of  the  fair  value  gain  or  loss.  For  example,  translation  differences  on  non-
monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or 
loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities 
classified as available-for-sale financial assets are recognised in the fair value reserve in equity.

Foreign operations
The results and financial position of all of the Group entities that have a functional currency different from the 
presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows: 

  assets and liabilities  for each balance sheet  presented are translated  at  the  closing  rate at  the date of  that 

balance sheet; 

 

income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not 
a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which 
case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and 
  all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income. 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of any net investment in foreign entities, and 
of  borrowings  and  other  financial  instruments  designated  as  hedges  of  such  investments,  are  taken  to 
shareholders' equity.

(e) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows:

68

68 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(e) Revenue recognition (continued)

 Toll charges and related fees are recognised when the charge is incurred by the user.

 Business development revenue is recognised when earned, and to the extent of costs incurred and that 

these costs will be recovered.



Interest income is recognised using the effective interest rate method.

 During the construction phase of service concession infrastructure assets, the Group records an 

intangible asset representing the right to charge users of the infrastructure and recognises construction 
revenue from the construction of the infrastructure. Revenue and expenses associated with construction 
contracts are recognised in accordance with the percentage of completion method

(f)

Income tax

The  income  tax  expense  or  benefit  for  the  period  is  the  tax  payable  or  benefit  on  the  current  period's  taxable 
income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets 
and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
end  of  the  reporting  period  in  the  countries  where  the  Company  operates  and  generates  taxable  income. 
Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable 
tax  regulation  is  subject  to  interpretation.  It  establishes  provisions  where  appropriate  on  the  basis  of  amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the 
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, 
the  deferred  income  tax  is  not  accounted  for  if  it  arises  from  initial  recognition  of  an  asset  or  liability  in  a 
transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor 
taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantially  enacted  by  the  reporting  date  and  are  expected  to  apply  when  the  related  deferred  income  tax 
asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  unused  tax  losses  only  if  it  is 
probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and 
tax bases of investments in foreign operations where the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of 
the temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and 
tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a 
net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current  and  deferred  tax  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement,  except  to  the  extent  that  it  relates  to  items 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Investment allowances
Companies within the Group may be entitled to claim special tax deductions for investments in qualifying assets 
(investment  allowances).  The  Group  accounts  for  such  allowances  as  tax  credits,  which  means  that  the 
allowance  reduces  income  tax  payable  and  current  tax  expense.  A  deferred  tax  asset  is  recognised  for 
unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward as tax losses.

69

69

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(f)

Income tax (continued)

Tax consolidation legislation
The  Transurban  Group  has  adopted  the  tax  consolidation  legislation  for  Transurban  Holdings  Limited  and  its 
wholly-owned Australian entities as of 1 July 2005.

All entities within the tax consolidated group continue to account for their own current and deferred tax amounts. 
These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidation group is a separate taxpayer within 
the tax consolidated group.

(g) Leases

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of  ownership are not transferred to the Group as 
lessee  are  classified  as  operating  leases.  Payments  made  under  operating  leases  (net  of  any  incentives 
received  from  the  lessor)  are  charged  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the
period of the lease.

Lease  incentives  are  recognised  as  a  reduction  of  the  rental  expense  over  the  lease  term  on  a  straight  line 
basis.

(h) Business combinations

The  acquisition  method  of  accounting  is  used  to  account  for  all  business  combinations,  including  business 
combinations involving entities or businesses under common control, regardless of whether equity instruments 
or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair 
values  of  the  assets  transferred,  the  liabilities  incurred  and  the  equity  interests  issued  by  the  Group.  The 
consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement and the fair 
value  of  any  pre-existing  equity  interest  in  the  subsidiary.  Acquisition-related  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred. 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with 
limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition 
basis,  the  Group  recognises  any  non-controlling  interest  in  the  acquiree  either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-
controlling interest's proportionate share of the acquiree's net identifiable assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the 
acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group's share 
of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the 
net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the 
difference is recognised directly in income statement as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted 
to their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity's incremental borrowing 
rate,  being  the  rate  at  which  a  similar  borrowing  could  be  obtained  from  an  independent  financier  under 
comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent  consideration  is  classified  either  as  equity  or  a  financial  liability.  Amounts  classified  as  a  financial 
liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

70

70 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(i)

Impairment of assets

At  each  reporting  date,  the  Group  assesses  whether  there  is  any  indication  that  an  asset  may  be  impaired. 
Where an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes an estimate of the recoverable  amount. Where the 
carrying  amount  of  an  asset  exceeds  its  recoverable  amount  the  asset  is  considered  impaired  and  is  written 
down  to  its  recoverable  amount  through  the  income  statement.  The  decrement  in  the  carrying  amount  is 
recognised as an expense in the income statement in the reporting period in which the impairment occurs.

Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purpose of assessing 
impairment,  assets  are  grouped  at  the  lowest  levels  for  which  there  are  separately  identifiable  cash  inflows 
which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units).

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value  using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
asset.

(j) Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes 
cash  on  hand,  deposits  held  at  call  with  financial  institutions,  other  short-term,  highly  liquid  investments  with 
original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are 
subject  to  an  insignificant  risk  of  changes  in  value,  and  bank  overdrafts.  Bank  overdrafts  are  shown  within 
borrowings in current liabilities.

(k)

Investments and other financial assets

Classification
The Group classifies its investments and other financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair 
value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments and available-for-sale financial 
assets.  The  classification  depends  on  the  purpose  for  which  the  investments  and  other  financial  assets  were 
acquired.  The  classification  of  the  Group's  investments  and  other  financial  assets  are  determined  at  initial 
recognition and, in the case of assets classified as held-to-maturity, is re-evaluated at the end of each reporting 
period.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  financial  assets  held-for-trading.  A  financial  asset  is 
classified  in  this  category  if  acquired  principally  for  the  purpose  of  selling  in  the  short  term.  Derivatives  are 
classified  as  held-for-trading  unless  they  are  designated  as  hedges.  Assets  in  this  category  are  classified  as 
current assets.

Loans and receivables
Loans  and  receivables  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not 
quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 
months after the reporting date which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are included 
in trade and other receivables (note 9) in the consolidated balance sheet.

71

71

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(k)

Investments and other financial assets (continued)

Loans and receivables (continued)
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less allowance for impairment. Trade receivables are due for settlement no more than 
30 days from revenue recognition.

Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectible 
are  written  off  by  reducing  the  carrying  amount  directly.  An  impairment  allowance  account  (provision  for 
impairment  of  trade  receivables)  is  used  when  there  is  objective  evidence  that  the  Group  will  not  be  able  to 
collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  original  terms  of  the  receivables.  The  amount  of  the  impairment 
allowance is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash 
flows. The amount of the impairment allowance is recognised in the income statement.

Held-to-maturity investments
Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed 
maturities  that  the  Group's management  has  the  positive  intention  and  ability  to  hold  to  maturity.  If  the  Group 
were to sell other than an insignificant amount of held-to-maturity financial assets, the whole category would be 
tainted  and  reclassified  as  available-for-sale.  Held-to-maturity  financial  assets  are  included  in  non-current 
assets,  except  for  those  with  maturities  less  than  12  months  from  the  reporting  date,  which  are  classified  as 
current assets.

Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale  financial  assets,  comprising  principally  marketable  equity  securities,  are  non-derivatives  that 
are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-
current  assets  unless  the  investment  matures  or  management  intends  to  dispose  of  the  investment  within  12 
months of the end of the reporting period.

Recognition and derecognition
Investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair 
value through profit or loss. Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognised at 
fair  value  and  transaction  costs  are  expensed  in  the  income  statements.  Financial  assets  are  derecognised 
when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the 
Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

When securities classified as available-for-sale are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in 
other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.

Subsequent measurement
Loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method.

Available-for-sale  financial  assets  and  financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  subsequently 
carried at fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of the 'financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss' category are presented in the income statements within other income or other expenses in 
the  period  in  which  they  arise.  Dividend  income  from  financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  is 
recognised  in  the income  statements  as  part  of  revenue  from  continuing  operations  when  the  Group's right  to 
receive payments is established.

72

72 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(k)

Investments and other financial assets (continued)

Impairment
The  Group  assesses  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  whether  there  is  objective  evidence  that  a  financial 
asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a 
significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its cost is considered as an indicator that the 
securities are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss - 
measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on 
that financial asset previously recognised in the income statement - is reclassified from equity and recognised in 
the  income statement as a  reclassification  adjustment. Impairment  losses  recognised  in the  income statement 
on equity instruments classified as available-for-sale are not reversed through the income statement.

(l) Derivatives and hedging activities

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are 
subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent 
changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the 
nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either: 

  hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges); 

  hedges  of  a  particular  risk  associated  with  the  cash  flows  of  recognised  assets  and  liabilities  and  highly 

probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges); or 

  hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedges). 

At the inception of the hedging transaction the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments 
and  hedged  items,  as  well  as  its  risk  management  objective  and  strategy  for  undertaking  various  hedge 
transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of 
whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective 
in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in note 12.
Movements in the hedging reserve in shareholders' equity are shown in note 21. The full fair value of a hedging 
derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more 
than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is 
less than 12 months. The treatment of derivatives is as follows:

Fair value hedges
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the 
income  statements,  together  with  any  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedged  asset  or  liability  that  are 
attributable to the hedged risk. The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps and cross 
currency  swaps  hedging  fixed  rate  borrowings  is  recognised  in  the  income  statements  within  finance  costs, 
together with changes in the fair value of the hedged fixed rate borrowings attributable to interest rate risk. The 
gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement.

If  the  hedge  no  longer  meets  the  criteria  for  hedge  accounting,  the  adjustment  to  the  carrying  amount  of  a 
hedged  item  for  which  the  effective  interest  method  is  used  is  amortised  to  profit  or  loss  over  the  period  to 
maturity using a recalculated effective interest rate.

Cash flow hedges
The  effective  portion  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  cash  flow 
hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in reserves in equity. The gain or loss 
relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

73

73

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(l) Derivatives and hedging activities (continued)

Cash flow hedges (continued)
Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item 
affects profit or loss. The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging variable rate 
borrowings is recognised in the income statement.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for 
hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised 
when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statements. When a forecast transaction is 
no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to 
the income statement.

Net investment hedges
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges.

Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in reserves in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion 
is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Gains  and  losses  accumulated  in  equity  are  included  in  the  income  statement  when  the  foreign  operation  is 
partially disposed of or sold.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative 
instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

(m) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical cost includes 
expenditure  that is directly  attributable to  the  acquisition  of the  items.  Costs  incurred  on development  projects 
(including computer software and hardware) are recognised as an asset when it is probable that the project will, 
after considering its commercial and technical feasibility, be completed and generate future economic benefits 
and  its  costs  can  be  reliably  measured.  The  expenditure  capitalised  comprises  all  directly  attributable  costs, 
including costs of materials, services, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, 
only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost 
of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset 
is derecognised when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statements during 
the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included 
in the income statement.

Depreciation
Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis so as to write off the net cost of items of plant and equipment 
over  their  expected  useful  lives.  Estimates  of  remaining  useful  lives  will  be  made  annually  for  all  assets.  The 
expected useful lives are 3 - 15 years.

Impairment
Fixed assets are assessed for impairment in line with the policy stated in note 1(i).

74

74 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(n) Intangible assets

Concession assets
Concession  assets  represent  the  Group's  rights  to  operate  roads  under  Service  Concession  Arrangements. 
Concession  assets  constructed  by  the  Group  are  recorded  at  the  fair  value  of  consideration  received  or 
receivable for the construction services delivered. Concession assets acquired by the Group are recorded at the 
fair value of the assets at the date of acquisition. All  concession assets are classified as intangible assets and 
are amortised over the term of the right to operate the asset on a straight line basis. For details of Concession 
Agreement dates refer to note 15.

Where work is in progress, it is classified as assets under construction.

Goodwill
Goodwill is measured as described in note 1(h). Goodwill on acquisitions of businesses is included in intangible 
assets.  Goodwill  on  acquisitions  of  associates  is  included  in  investments  in  associates.  Goodwill  is  not 
amortised.  Instead,  goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  annually,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances  indicate  that  it  might  be  impaired,  and  is  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated  impairment  losses. 
Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to the relevant cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.

(o) Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables
These  amounts  represent  liabilities  for  goods  and  services  provided  to  the  Group  prior  to  the  end  of  financial 
year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Concession and promissory notes
The Group has non-interest bearing long term debt, represented by concession and promissory Notes, payable 
to the government, measured at the net present value of expected future payments.

(p) Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption 
amount is recognised in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective 
interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan 
to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred 
until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility 
will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of 
the facility to which it relates.

Borrowings  are  removed  from  the  balance  sheet  when  the  obligation  specified  in  the  contract  is  discharged, 
cancelled  or  expired.  The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  a  financial  liability  that  has  been 
extinguished  or  transferred  to  another  party  and  the  consideration  paid,  including  any  non-cash  assets 
transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in the income statement as finance income or finance costs.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of 
the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

75

75

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(q) Borrowing costs

Borrowing  costs  are  recognised  as  expenses  in  the  period  in  which  they  are  incurred,  except  to  the  extent  to 
which they relate to the construction of qualifying assets in which case specifically identifiable borrowing costs 
are  capitalised  into  the  cost  of  the  asset.  Borrowing  costs  include  interest  on  short-term  and  long-term 
borrowings.

Costs incurred in connection with the arrangement of borrowings are deferred and amortised over the effective 
period of the funding.

(r) Provisions

Provisions  are  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  present  legal  or  constructive  obligation  as  a  result  of  past 
events,  it  is  probable  that  an outflow  of  resources  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation  and  the  amount  has 
been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions  are  measured  at  the  present  value  of  management's  best  estimate  of  the  expenditure  required  to 
settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present 
value reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The 
increase in the provision due to the discount unwinding over the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Provision for maintenance
As part of its obligations under the service concession arrangements, the Group assumes responsibility for  the 
maintenance and repair of installations of the publicly-owned roads it operates. A provision for maintenance has 
been raised where the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to maintain and replace components 
of  the  underlying  physical  assets  operated  by  the  Group  as  a  result  of  past  events.  The  Group's  obligations 
under the respective concession deeds arise as a consequence of use of the road during the operating phase. 
The provision is measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required to 
settle the present obligation at the reporting date. Provisions giving rise to a cash outflow after more than one 
year are discounted to present value if the impact is material. The increase in the provision due to the discount 
unwinding over the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Provision for distribution
Provision is made for the amount of any distribution declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at 
the  discretion  of  the  entity,  on  or  before  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  but  not  distributed  at  the  end  of  the 
reporting period.

(s) Employee benefits

Short-term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave and short-term incentives, and 
long service leave expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period, are recognised in respect 
of employees' services up to the reporting date. They are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when 
the liabilities are settled. The liability for annual leave and short-term incentives, and long service leave expected 
to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date is recognised in the provision for employee benefits. All other 
short-term employee benefit obligations are presented as payables. An expense for non-accumulating sick leave 
is recognised when the leave is taken and measured at the rates paid or payable.

Long-term employee benefit obligations
The liability for long service leave which is not expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period 
is  recognised  in  the  provision  for  employee  benefits.  It  is  measured  as  the  present  value  of  expected  future 
payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is 
given  to  expected  future  wage  and  salary  levels,  experience  of  employee  departures  and  periods  of  service. 
Expected  future  payments  are  discounted  using  market  yields  at  the  reporting  date  on  national  government 
bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

76

76 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(s) Employee benefits (continued)

Equity-based compensation benefits
Equity-based compensation benefits have been provided to some employees.

The  fair  value  of  units  granted  under  the  plans  are  recognised  as  an  employee  benefit  expense  with  a 
corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and recognised over the period during 
which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the units.

The fair value of units granted under cash settled share-based compensation plans is recognised as an expense 
over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in liabilities. The fair value of the liability is remeasured at 
each reporting date with any changes in fair value recognised in the income statement for the period.

The fair value is independently determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account 
the exercise price, the term, the impact of dilution, the security price at grant date and expected price volatility of 
the underlying security, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the plan.

The fair value granted is adjusted to reflect the market vesting conditions, but excludes the impact of any non-
market  vesting  conditions  (for  example,  profitability  and  growth  targets).  Non-market  vesting  conditions  are 
included in assumptions about the number of units that are expected to become exercisable. At each reporting 
date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of units that are expected become exercisable. The employee 
benefit expense recognised each reporting period takes into account the most recent estimate. The impact of the 
revision to original estimates, if any, is recognised in the income statement with a corresponding adjustment to 
equity.

Superannuation
Superannuation  is  contributed  to  plans  as  nominated  by  the  employee.  The  contribution  is  not  less  than  the 
statutory minimum. The superannuation plans are all accumulation funds.

The cost of current and deferred employee compensation  and contributions to employee superannuation plans 
were charged to the income statement.

Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an 
employee  accepts  voluntary  redundancy  in  exchange  for  these  benefits.  The  Group  recognises  termination 
benefits  when  it  is  demonstrably  committed  to  either  terminating  the  employment  of  current  employees 
according  to  a  detailed  formal  plan  without  possibility  of  withdrawal  or  to  providing  termination  benefits  as  a 
result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.

(t) Contributed equity

Stapled securities are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new stapled securities are shown in equity as a deduction, 
net of tax, from the proceeds.

If  the  Group  reacquires  its  own  securities,  those  securities  are  deducted  from  equity.  No  gain  or  loss  is 
recognised  in  the  profit or  loss  and  the  consideration  paid  including  any  directly  attributable  incremental costs 
(net of income taxes) is recognised directly in equity.

(u) Parent entity financial information

The  financial  information  for  the  parent  entity,  Transurban  Holdings  Limited,  disclosed  in  note  30  has  been 
prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.

77

77

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(u) Parent entity financial information (continued)

Investments in subsidiaries and associates
Investments in subsidiaries and associates are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of  Transurban 
Holdings Limited. Dividends received from associates are recognised in the parent entity's profit or loss, rather 
than being deducted from the carrying amount of these investments.

Tax consolidation legislation
Transurban  Holdings  Limited  and  its  wholly-owned  Australian  controlled  entities  have  implemented  the  tax 
consolidation legislation effective 1 July 2005.

The head entity, Transurban Holdings Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group account 
for  their  own  current  and  deferred  tax  amounts.  These  tax  amounts  are  measured  as  if  each  entity  in  the  tax 
consolidated group is a separate taxpayer within the tax consolidated group.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Transurban Holdings Limited also recognises the current 
tax  liabilities  (or  assets)  and  the  deferred  tax  assets  arising  from  unused  tax  losses  and  unused  tax  credits 
assumed from controlled entities in the tax consolidated group.

Assets  or  liabilities  arising  under  tax  funding  agreements  with  the  tax  consolidated  entities  are  recognised  as 
amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in the Group.

Any  difference  between  the  amounts  assumed  and  amounts  receivable  or  payable  under  the  tax  funding 
agreement are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly owned tax consolidated entities.

(v) Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred 
is not recoverable from the taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the 
asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of 
GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the 
balance sheet.

Cash  flows  are  presented  on  a  gross  basis.  The  GST  components  of  cash  flows  arising  from  investing  or 
financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to  the taxation authority, are presented as operating 
cash flows.

(w) New accounting standards and interpretations

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 30 June 
2014 reporting periods. The Group's assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set 
out below.

(i) AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from 

AASB 9 and AASB 2010-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 
(December 2010) (effective from 1 January 2017)

AASB 9 Financial Instruments addresses the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets 
and  financial  liabilities.  The  standard  is  not applicable  until 1  January  2017  but  is  available  for early  adoption. 
Management  are  in  the  process  of  assessing  the  impact  on  financial  assets  but  do  not  believe  this  will  be 
significant.

There will be no impact on the Group's accounting for financial liabilities, as the new requirements only affect the 
accounting for financial liabilities that are designated at fair value through  profit or loss and the Group does not 
have any such liabilities. The Group has not yet decided when to adopt AASB 9.

78

78 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(w) New accounting standards and interpretations (continued)

(ii)

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (effective 1 January 2017)

IFRS 15 establishes principles for reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, 
amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers.

IFRS 15 supersedes:

(a) IAS 11 Construction Contracts
(b) IAS 18 Revenue
(c) IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes
(d) IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate
(e) IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets from Customers
(f) SIC-31 Revenue-Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services

The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity recognises revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or 
services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in 
exchange  for those  goods  or services.  An  entity  recognises  revenue in  accordance  with  that  core  principle  by 
applying the following steps:

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer
Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract
Step 3: Determine the transaction price
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract
Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

Although a formal assessment has not been completed, the impact of the application of the new standard is not 
expected to be material.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that are expected to have a material impact on the 
entity in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

79

79

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2 Segment information

Segment information - Proportional Income Statement

The segment information provided to the Executive Committee is presented on a proportional basis.

The CEO and Executive Committee assess the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of 
underlying proportional EBITDA. EBITDA excludes the impact of interest income, interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation expenses which have been presented by segment where applicable. Interest income and expense 
are  allocated  across  segments  where  the  charges  are  related  specifically  to  the  assets.  Otherwise  they  have 
been allocated to the Corporate function.

The  Group  operates  in  one  business  sector  only,  being  the  development,  operation  and  maintenance  of  toll 
roads,  therefore  it  has  been  determined  that  the  segment  information  provided  to  the  CEO  and  Executive 
Committee shall be defined by geographical regions, being Victoria and New South Wales in Australia and the 
USA.

The  table  below  lists  the  assets  included in each  operating segment,  together  with  the proportional  ownership 
interests held by the Group for both the current and previous financial year:

Proportional ownership %

Segment

Victoria, Australia

New South Wales, 
Australia

Assets

CityLink

Hills M2 Motorway

2014

100%

100%

Lane Cove Tunnel

100%

Cross City Tunnel

26 June to 30 June 2014 - 100%

M1 Eastern Distributor

75.1%

Equity investments in:

M5

M7

USA

Transurban DRIVe

50%

50%

75%

Pocahontas 895

1 July 2013 to 14 May 2014 - 75%

15 May to 30 June 2014 - nil%

2013

100%

100%

100%

N/A

75.1%

50%

50%

75%

75%

495 Express Lanes

1 July 2013 to 11 April 2014 - 67.5%

67.5%

12 April to 4 June 2014 - 77.5%

5 June to 30 June 2014 - 94%

95 Express Lanes

1 July 2013 to 11 April 2014 - 67.5%

67.5%

12 April to 30 June 2014 - 77.5%

The tolling businesses of Roam and Tollaust have also been included in the NSW operating  segment as they 
are managed together with each of the assets and contribute tolling services to all NSW assets.

80

80 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2 Segment information (continued)

Segment information - Proportional Income Statement (continued)

The  Group's  corporate  function,  which  includes  costs  incurred  in  relation  to  the  Queensland  Motorways 
acquisition  which  did  not  complete  until  2  July  2014,  is  not  an  operating  segment  under  the  requirements  of 
AASB 8 as its revenue generating activities are only incidental to the business. Management have aggregated 
and disclosed the corporate business units as their contribution to the business is closely monitored. As of 2 July 
2014, the activities of Queensland Motorways will be disclosed as part of a Queensland geographical operating 
segment.

The information for the operating segments for the year ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 is detailed in the 
following  tables.  The  operating  segments  have  been  further  broken  down  by  asset  to  assist  with  external 
analysis of the financial statements.

81

81

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
l
a
t
o
T

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

l
a
t
o
T

A
S
U

5
9
4

A
S
U

A
S
U

s
e
n
a
L

5
9
8

n
a
b
r
u
s
n
a
r
T

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
s
e
r
p
x
E

s
a
t
n
o
h
a
c
o
P

l
a
t
o
T

W
S
N

&
m
a
o
R

t
s
u
a

l
l

o
T

7
M

5
M

r
o
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
D

i

l

e
n
n
u
T

l

e
n
n
u
T

2
M
s

l
l
i

H

1
M

n
r
e
t
s
a
E

y
t
i

C

s
s
o
r
C

e
n
a
L

e
v
o
C

i

k
n
L
y
t
i

C

s
e
l
a
W
h
t
u
o
S
w
e
N

a
i
r
o
t
c
i
V

7
1
1
,
1

5
1
1

2
3
2
,
1

4
3
9

7
2
1

)
3
7
6
(

0
5
2

)
7
9
3
(

-

8

8

)
0
2
(

6
1
1

)
1
3
2
(

-

)
1
2
(

1
3

5

6
3

4

-

)
0
4
1
(

)
6
1
(

0
5
2

1
4
2

)
6
5
1
(

8
9

)
6
2
1
(

9
2

4
1
1

)
4
6
3
,
1
(

1
2
1

)
7
2
1
(

)
5
1
1
(

)
7
1
(

)
0
2
(

-

-

-

)
4
(

-

)
5
(

-

-

)
9
(

9
5

0
5

)
0
5
(

0
2

5

5
2

2

-

)
0
2
1
(

-

)
6
1
(

1
1

-

1
1

6

-

)
5
1
(

-

0
5
2

1
5
5

9
4

0
0
6

6
6
4

6

)
3
6
2
(

-

)
6
1
2
(

)
4
3
1
(

2
4
2

)
7
(

-

9
0
1

)
4
3
1
(

)
4
7
1
(

7
6

)
9
7
(

9

2

-

6
2

6
2

5
1

-

-

-

)
1
(

4
1

)
4
(

0
1

)
0
2
6
(

)
5
3
(

2
8

5
1
1

3

8
1
1

6
9

1

)
3
5
1
(

-

)
4
3
(

4
9

9

3
0
1

9
8

1

)
4
1
(

-

)
4
3
(

9
7

2

1
8

2
5

-

)
9
2
(

-

)
9
3
(

)
0
9
(

2
4

)
6
1
(

5

)
5
8
(

)
5
5
(

)
0
2
(

2
2

8
1

2

)
5
2
1
(

)
4
8
(

1

-

1

1

2

-

-

-

3

)
1
(

2

)
2
(

9
6

3

2
7

1
5

1

)
4
1
(

-

)
5
2
(

3
1

)
5
(

8

3
9
1

6

9
9
1

2
6
1

1

)
3
5
(

-

)
3
8
(

7
2

6
1

3
4

)
9
7
(

)
2
4
2
(

5
3
5

3
5

8
8
5

3
8
4

5

)
9
3
(

-

)
4
4
1
(

6
0
3

)
0
5
(

6
5
2

)
3
4
8
(

4
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

M
$

r
e
h
t

o

d
n
a
e
e
F

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

l
l

o
T

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

A
D
T
B
E

I

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

t
s
e
r
e

t

n

I

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

t
s
e
r
e

t

n

I

r
e
f
s
n
a
r
t

n
o

i

n
a
G

n
o
i
t

a
s
i
t
r
o
m
a

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

)
s
s
o
l
(

t
i
f
o
r
p

x
a
t

e
r
o
f
e
b

t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a

t

e
m
o
c
n

I

)
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
(

t
e
n

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

)
s
s
o
l
(

t
i
f
o
r
p

d
n
a
n
o
i
t

i

a
c
e
r
p
e
D

d
e
t
i

i

i

l

m
L
s
g
n
d
o
H
n
a
b
r
u
s
n
a
r
T

)
d
e
u
n

i
t

n
o
c
(

4
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

a

i

c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
c

e
h
t
o
t

s
e
t
o
N

)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
m
o
c
n

I

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

-
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

t
n
e
m
g
e
S

2

)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
m
o
c
n

I

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

-
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

t
n
e
m
g
e
S

82 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d
e
t
i

i

l

i

m
L
s
g
n
d
o
H
n
a
b
r
u
s
n
a
r
T

)
d
e
u
n

i
t

n
o
c
(

4
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

a

i

c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
c

e
h
t
o
t

s
e
t
o
N

l
a
t
o
T

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

A
S
U

s
e
l
a
W
h
t
u
o
S
w
e
N

a
i
r
o
t
c
i
V

)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
m
o
c
n

I

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

-
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

t
n
e
m
g
e
S

2

)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(

t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
e
m
o
c
n

I

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

-
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
n

i

t
n
e
m
g
e
S

1
9
9

3
1
1

4
0
1
,
1

8
2
8

1
1
1

)
9
3
5
(

)
8
7
3
(

2
2

2
7

4
9

)
7
9
1
,
1
(

-

4
2

3
2

)
2
(

0
0
1

)
1
8
1
(

)
3
2
(

)
6
0
1
(

4
4

8
3

)
2
6
(

6
1

1

7
1

)
3
(

1

)
4
4
(

)
1
1
(

)
7
5
(

0
3

1
1

)
7
2
(

-

-

-

)
4
(

-

)
2
(

-

)
6
(

2
2

6
1

)
5
1
(

5

1

6

)
5
(

1

)
8
2
(

)
8
(

)
0
4
(

-

4
3

)
0
4
(

1
1

-

1
1

6

-

)
4
1
(

)
3
(

)
1
1
(

8

)
3
(

)
8
(

9
7
4

2
4

1
2
5

2
9
3

5

)
2
5
2
(

)
7
9
1
(

)
2
5
(

0
3

)
2
2
(

)
9
9
4
(

-

6
2

6
2

1
1

-

-

)
1
(

0
1

)
3
(

7

)
3
3
(

3
8

5
0
1

2

7
0
1

5
8

2

)
6
4
1
(

)
4
3
(

)
3
9
(

2
1

)
1
8
(

)
6
2
(

4
9

7

1
0
1

8
8

1

)
5
1
(

)
4
3
(

0
4

)
1
2
(

9
1

5
7

-

5
7

4
5

-

)
3
3
(

)
9
3
(

)
8
1
(

-

8
1

2
6

2

4
6

7
3

1

)
1
2
(

)
5
2
(

)
8
(

)
1
(

)
9
(

3
4
1

5

8
4
1

7
1
1

1

)
7
3
(

)
4
6
(

7
1

5
2

2
4

)
0
2
1
(

)
5
7
(

)
5
5
(

)
0
9
1
(

6
9
4

6
4

2
4
5

1
4
4

5

)
2
6
(

)
7
4
1
(

7
3
2

)
2
3
(

5
0
2

)
7
4
7
(

A
S
U

l
a
t
o
T

n
a
b
r
u
s
n
a
r
T

A
S
U

s
e
n
a
L

5
9
8

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
s
e
r
p
x
E
5
9
4

s
a
t
n
o
h
a
c
o
P

l
a
t
o
T

W
S
N

&
m
a
o
R

t
s
u
a

l
l

o
T

7
M

5
M

1
M

n
r
e
t
s
a
E

e
n
a
L

e
v
o
C

r
o
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
D

i

l

e
n
n
u
T

2
M
s

l
l
i

H

i

k
n
L
y
t
i

C

3
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

M
$

r
e
h
t
o

d
n
a
e
e
F

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

l
l

o
T

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

A
D
T
B
E

I

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

t
s
e
r
e

t

n

I

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

t
s
e
r
e

t

n

I

d
n
a
n
o
i
t

i

a
c
e
r
p
e
D

n
o

i
t

a
s
i
t
r
o
m
a

t
i
f
o
r
p

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

x
a
t

e
r
o
f
e
b
)
s
s
o
l
(

t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a

t

e
m
o
c
n

I

t
e
n

l
a
n
o
i
t
r
o
p
o
r
P

)
s
s
o
l
(

t
i
f
o
r
p

)
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
(

83

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2 Segment information (continued)

Other segment information - Proportional income statement

Proportional basis of presenting results
The  CEO  and  the  Executive  Committee  receive  information  for  assessing  the  business  on  an  underlying 
proportional  basis  reflecting  the  contribution  of  individual  assets  in  the  proportion  of  Transurban's  equity 
ownership.

The  Group's  proportional  EBITDA  result  reflects  business  performance  and  permits  a  more  appropriate  and 
meaningful analysis of the Group's underlying performance on a comparative basis. This method of presentation 
differs from the statutory accounting format and has been reconciled below.

EBITDA is earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation.

Segment revenue
Revenue  from  external  customers  is  through  toll  and  fee  revenues  earned  on  toll  roads.  There  are  no  inter-
segment revenues.

Segment revenue reconciles to total statutory revenue as follows:

Total segment revenue (proportional)

Add: Revenue attributable to non-controlling interest
Less: Revenue of equity accounted assets
Construction revenue recognised in accordance with AASB Interpretation 12 
Service Concession Arrangements
Business development revenue (offset against business development costs for 
proportional result)
Other
Total revenue (note 4)

2014
$M
1,232

27
(253)

106

35
3
1,150

Interest revenue
Interest revenue is earned through bank interest revenue and held-to-maturity investment interest income.

Interest revenue reconciles to total statutory finance income as follows:

Total segment interest revenue (proportional)
Less: Interest revenue of non-controlled assets
Total statutory finance income (note 6)

2014
$M
127
(2)
125

2013
$M
1,104

25
(225)

256

30
5
1,195

2013
$M
111
(3)
108

84

84 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2 Segment information (continued)

Other segment information - Proportional income statement (continued)

Reconciliation of proportional EBITDA to statutory profit for the year

Proportional EBITDA reconciles to statutory net profit as follows:

Proportional EBITDA

Add: Proportional EBITDA (including M1 Eastern Distributor and 495 Express 
Lanes) attributable to non-controlling interest
Less: Proportional EBITDA of M5
Less: Proportional EBITDA of M7
Less: Proportional EBITDA of Pocahontas
Less: Proportional EBITDA of Capital Beltway (pre 4 June 2014)
Less: Proportional EBITDA of DRIVe
Statutory profit before depreciation and amortisation, net finance costs, 
equity accounted investments and tax

Statutory net finance costs
Statutory depreciation and amortisation
Share of net losses of equity accounted investments
Income tax benefit
Profit for the year
Profit from discontinued operations
Profit for the year

3 Business combinations

2014
$M
934

14
(89)
(96)
(6)
(1)
4

759

(345)
(330)
115
45
244
8
252

2013
$M
828

17
(88)
(85)
(6)
5
4

676

(237)
(312)
(10)
58
175
-
175

During  and  subsequent  to  the  end  of  the  financial  year  the  Group  completed  business  acquisitions,  details  of 
which are set out below.

(a) Cross City Tunnel

On 30 December 2013 the Group acquired the secured senior debt of the Cross City Tunnel Group (CCT Group) 
which was in receivership. The receivers and managers subsequently conducted a sale process and at the time 
of  the  acquisition  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  CCT  Group  were  considered  held-for-sale.  Transurban 
subsequently  purchased  the  concession  asset  on  26  June  2014.  The  operations  of  the  CCT  Group  were 
presented as a discontinued operation for the period between the acquisition date and 26 June 2014. 

As a result of the debt acquisition the Group was deemed in accordance with AASB 10 Consolidated Financial 
Statements  to  have  gained  control  of  the  CCT  Group  being  Cross  City  Motorway  Pty  Ltd,  CCT  Motorway 
Finance Pty Limited, CM Holdings Trust Pty Limited, CCT Motorway Company Nominees Pty Limited, Cross City 
Motorway  Nominees  No.  2  Pty  Ltd  and  CCT  Motorway  Group  Holdings  Pty  Ltd,  who  collectively  operate  the 
Cross  City  Tunnel,  a  2.1 kilometre toll  road  located  in  Sydney,  Australia.  The  Group  achieved  control  via  the 
acquisition of 100 per cent of the senior secured debt to the CCT Group from The Royal Bank of Scotland plc., 
Australian Branch and The Royal Bank of Scotland N.V., Australian Branch (together RBS).

At the time of the acquisition, receivers and managers had been appointed to each of the CCT Group entities by 
RBS. The Group’s acquisition of the senior secured debt gave it the right to remove and appoint the receivers 
and  managers  and  therefore  significant  rights  (power)  in  relation  to  the  relevant  activities  of  the  CCT  Group 
entities, notwithstanding that the Group had no equity ownership interest in the CCT Group entities. CCT Group 
has been treated as a controlled entity with a 100 per cent non-controlling interest from the date of acquisition. 

85

85

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
3 Business combinations (continued)

(a) Cross City Tunnel (continued)

(i) Purchase consideration

Cash paid
Contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

$M

491
-
491

In  the  event  of  material  CCT  Group  traffic  outperformance  relative  to  the  Transurban  base  case  assumptions 
and if certain other conditions are satisfied, a further payment will be made to RBS over four years of up to $27.5 
million (year four nominal dollars). As of 30 December 2013, a value of $nil has been ascribed to this contingent 
consideration. This assessment has not changed as at 30 June 2014. 

(ii) Purchase consideration – cash outflow

Cash consideration
Less: cash acquired
Outflow of cash – investing activities

$M

491
(16)
475

(iii) Acquisition related costs
The Group incurred acquisition related costs of $3 million relating to external legal fees and due diligence costs. 
These  costs  have  been  included  within  business  development  costs  in  the  Group’s  Consolidated  income 
statement. 

(iv) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Intangible assets
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Net identifiable assets acquired

Fair Value
$M

16
4
514
(4)
(39)
491

At 31 December 2013 the assets and liabilities of the CCT Group entities were measured at fair value less costs 
to sell at the acquisition date with fair values having been determined on a provisional basis. No changes to the 
provisional fair values recorded at 31 December 2013 were made during the period and are deemed final. 

No goodwill has been recognised on the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

86

86 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
  
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

3 Business combinations (continued)

(a) Cross City Tunnel (continued)

(v) Revenue and profit contribution

From 30 December 2013 (acquisition date) to 30 June 2014 the results of CCT Group have been classified as 
discontinued operations in the Group’s Income Statement. 

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2013, consolidated revenue and loss before tax for the year ended 30 
June  2014  would  have  been  $52.9  million  and  $7.1  million  respectively.  These  amounts  have  been  calculated 
using the subsidiaries’ results and adjusting them for receiver costs and other one-offs not related to the ongoing 
operations of the business.

(b) DRIVe, 495 Express Lanes and 95 Express Lanes

Transurban DRIVe Holdings LLC (DRIVe) has historically been reported by the Group as an equity accounted 
investment. Transurban owns 75 per cent of DRIVe, but although the ownership represents greater than half of 
the voting rights of DRIVe, it was determined that Transurban did not have power to govern its key activities and 
it was therefore accounted for as a joint venture. 

At 1 July 2013 DRIVe owned 100 per cent of Pocahontas 895, 90 per cent of 495 Express Lanes and 90 per 
cent of 95 Express Lanes, all located in Virginia, USA. 

During the year several transactions have occurred impacting the investments held by DRIVe, resulting in a 
reassessment of control over the assets and DRIVe.

(i)   On 11 April 2014 Transurban purchased a 10 per cent interest directly in each of 495 Express Lanes and 

95 Express Lanes from Fluor Enterprises LLC  

(ii)  On 14 May 2014 Pocahontas was transferred to lenders (refer note 10) 
(iii) On 4 June 2014 Transurban contributed additional equity into Capital Beltway Express LLC, giving it an 

additional 66 per cent direct interest in 495 Express Lanes  

Transurban now holds 10 per cent of 95 Express Lanes and 76 per cent of 495 Express Lanes directly, and 67.5 
per  cent  of  95  Express  Lanes  and  18  per  cent  of  495  Express  Lanes  through  DRIVe,  resulting  in  effective 
interests in 95 Express Lanes of 77.5 per cent and 495 Express Lanes of 94 per cent.

The  direct  holding  of  76  per  cent  gives  Transurban  power  over  all  relevant  activities  of  495  Express  Lanes.
When 95 Express Lanes is complete, 495 Express Lanes and 95 Express Lanes will be directly connected and 
will  be  operated  as  if  they  were  a  single  road.  As  a  result,  control  of  495  Express  Lanes  has  also  given 
Transurban  the  power  to  direct  the  most  significant  activities  of  95  Express  Lanes.  As  DRIVe  is  primarily  a 
holding entity  for  95  Express Lanes  and  495  Express  Lanes,  its  relevant  activities  are identical  to  those  of  95 
Express Lanes and 495 Express Lanes. Therefore Transurban assumed control of DRIVe on 4 June 2014 and 
accounted  for  the  acquisition  of  DRIVe,  including  95  Express  Lanes  and  495  Express  Lanes  as  a  business 
combination on that date. 

(i) Purchase consideration

Cash paid
Fair value of DRIVe at 4 June 2014

Contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

87

$M

345
358
-
703

87

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

3 Business combinations (continued)

(b) DRIVe, 495 Express Lanes and 95 Express Lanes (continued)

(ii) Purchase consideration – cash outflow

Cash consideration
Less: cash acquired
Outflow of cash – investing activities

(iii) Acquisition-related costs

$M

345
(113)
232

The Group did not incur any costs directly in the purchase of equity in either 495 Express Lanes or 95 Express 
Lanes during the year.  

(iv) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

495 Express Lanes

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Intangible assets
Other assets
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Borrowings
Net identifiable assets
Less: non-controlling interest share of net assets
Net identifiable assets acquired

DRIVe and 95 Express Lanes

Cash and cash equivalents
Intangible assets
Held-to-maturity investments
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Net identifiable assets
Less: non-controlling interest share of net assets
Net identifiable assets acquired

Fair Value
$M

57
1
1,290
3
(25)
(41)
(10)
(40)
(828)
407
(98)
309

Fair Value
$M

69
667
98
80
12
(56)
(346)
(2)
(9)
513
(119)
394

At  4  June  2014  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  495  Express  Lanes  and  DRIVe  /  95  Express  Lanes  were 
measured at fair value at the acquisition date with fair values having been determined on a provisional basis.

No goodwill has been recognised on the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. 

88

88 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

3 Business combinations (continued)

(b) DRIVe, 495 Express Lanes and 95 Express Lanes (continued)

(v) Revenue and profit contribution

From the date of acquisition to 30 June 2014, revenue of $4 million and a loss after taxation of $79.8 million was 
included  in  the  Consolidated  Income  Statement  with  regards  to  DRIVe,  495  Express  Lanes  and  95  Express 
Lanes. The loss included $73.1 million of break costs incurred on early termination of swaps included in finance 
costs. 

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2013, consolidated revenue and  loss before tax for the year ended 30 
June 2014 would have been $33.4 million and $166.5 million respectively. These values exclude the impact of 
Pocahontas 895 and change in investment values within DRIVe that do not relate to the ongoing operations of 
the business. 

(vi) Accounting policy for non-controlling interests

The Group recognises non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either at fair value or at the non-controlling 
interests’ proportionate  share  of  the  acquired  entity’s  net  identifiable  assets.  This  decision  is  made  on  an 
acquisition by acquisition basis. For the non-controlling interest in DRIVe, 495 Express Lanes and 95 Express 
Lanes, the Group elected to recognise the non-controlling interests in its proportionate share of the acquired net 
identifiable assets. 

(c) Queensland Motorways (subsequent event)

On  24  April  2014  the  Group  announced  that  a  consortium  (in  which  the  Group  holds  a  62.5  per  cent  equity 
interest)  had  reached  agreement  to  acquire  Queensland  Motorways  through  an  all  cash  offer  to  the  existing 
shareholder. Subsequent to year end the acquisition was completed on 2 July 2014.  

The Queensland Motorways portfolio is a motorway network in Brisbane comprising four concessions covering 
(i)  the  Logan  and  Gateway  motorways,  (ii)  CLEM7,  (iii)  Go  Between  Bridge  and  (iv)  Legacy  Way,  which  is 
expected to open in the second half of financial year 2015.  This urban motorway network is complementary to 
the  Group’s  existing  networks  in  Sydney  and  Melbourne,  and  contributes  additional  scale,  long  dated 
concessions, investment potential and strategic value to the Group’s current portfolio. 

(i) Purchase consideration

Cash paid
Contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

$M

6,403
-
6,403

(ii) Purchase consideration – cash outflow
The consideration was paid on 2 July 2014 and will be reflected in the Group’s financial statements for the 2015 
financial year. 

(iii) Acquisition related costs
Acquisition costs included in the Group’s Consolidated Income Statement for the current year are $9.5 million.

Acquisition  related  costs  of  $407.3  million  are  expected  to  be  included  in  the  Group’s  financial  results  for  the 
2015 financial year, inclusive of $383.6 million of stamp duty.

89

89

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

3 Business combinations (continued)

(c) Queensland Motorways (subsequent event) (continued)

(iv) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

The provisionally determined fair values of the assets and liabilities of Queensland  Motorways as at acquisition 
date are as follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Other assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Intangible assets
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Borrowings
Other liabilities
Net identifiable assets
Less: non-controlling interest share of net assets
Net identifiable assets acquired

(v) Fair values measured on a provisional basis

Fair Value
$M

22
14
4
168
548
6,733
(52)
(732)
(270)
(32)
6,403
(2,401)
4,002

Due to the timing of the completion of the acquisition two days after the completion of the Group’s financial year, 
the Group has not yet completed its final assessment of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired. 

If new information is obtained within one year of the acquisition date about facts and circumstances that existed 
at  the  acquisition  date  that  require  adjustments  to  the  above  amounts,  or  any  additional  provisions  to  be 
recognised, then the accounting for the acquisition will be revised. 

(vi) Fair values measured on a provisional basis

No goodwill has been recognised on the provisional fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. 

90

90 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
4 Revenue

Toll revenue
Fee revenue
Other road revenue

Total toll, fee and other road revenue

Construction revenue

Management and business development revenue

Other revenue

Total business development and other revenue

Total revenue

(a) Toll and fee revenue

Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Notes
4(a)
4(a)
4(b)

4(c)

4(d)

2014
$M
906
79
16

1,001

110

38

1

39

2013
$M
801
67
19

887

267

39

2

41

1,150

1,195

Toll revenue and associated fees are recognised when the charge is incurred by the user.

(b) Other road revenue

Other road revenue includes advertising, rental and other associated revenue.

(c) Construction revenue

Construction revenue is recognised during the construction phase of an intangible asset, and the development of 
assets for sale to third parties.

(d) Management and business development revenue

Management  and  business  development  revenue  relates  to  the  provision  of  management  and  development 
services to related and third parties.

91

91

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

5 Expenses

Profit before income tax includes the following specific 
expenses:

Provision for impairment of trade receivables recognised during the year
Rental expenses relating to operating leases
Employee benefit expense
Defined contribution superannuation expense
Share based payment expense

Provision for maintenance recognised during the year

Concession fees (road operating cost) are attributable to:
Hills M2 Motorway
M1 Eastern Distributor

Depreciation and amortisation expense
Road operating cost
Corporate cost

2014
$M

2013
$M

1
4
96
5
7

32

2014
$M

2
2

4

307
23

330

1
4
91
4
7

22

2013
$M

2
2

4

290
22

312

92

92 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

6 Net finance costs

Finance income
Interest income on held-to-maturity investments
Interest income on bank deposits
Net foreign exchange gains
Total finance income

Finance costs
Interest and finance charges paid/payable
Unwind of discount on liabilities
Total finance costs

Net finance costs

7

Income tax benefit

Income tax benefit

Current tax
Deferred tax
Under provision in prior years

Deferred income tax benefit included in income tax benefit comprises:
(Increase) in deferred tax assets (note 14)
(Decrease) in deferred tax liabilities (note 14)

93

2014
$M

106
18
1
125

(463)
(7)
(470)

(345)

2014
$M

(4)
(44)
3

(45)

(56)
12

(44)

2013
$M

98
10
-
108

(328)
(17)
(345)

(237)

2013
$M

1
(61)
2

(58)

(34)
(27)

(61)

93

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

7

Income tax benefit (continued)

Numerical reconciliation of income tax benefit to prima facie tax payable

Profit before income tax benefit

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30.0% (2013 - 30.0%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable)
in calculating taxable income:

Income not subject to tax
Accounting depreciation on non tax depreciable assets
Non-deductible interest
Equity accounted results
Sundry items
Tax differential

Under (over) provision in prior years
Income tax benefit

Tax expense (income) relating to items of other comprehensive income

Cash flow hedges (note 21)
Foreign currency translation (note 21)

Tax consolidation legislation

2014
$M

199

-
60

(81)
(1)
10
(47)
(4)
15

(48)

3
(45)

(154)

(23)
2

(21)

2013
$M

117

-
35

(115)
6
7
3
4
-

(60)

2
(58)

(61)

6
1

7

The Transurban Group elected to implement tax consolidation legislation for Transurban Holdings Limited and 
its  wholly  owned  Australian  entities  with  effect  from  1  July  2005.  The  accounting  policy  in  relation  to  this 
legislation is set out in note 1(f).

The  entities  in  the  Transurban  Holdings  Limited  tax  consolidated  group  entered  into  a  tax  sharing  agreement 
(TSA) effective from 29 April 2009. The TSA, in the opinion of the Directors, limits the joint and several liability of 
the wholly-owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity, Transurban Holdings Limited (THL).

The  entities  in  the  Transurban  Holdings  Limited  tax  consolidated  group  have  also  entered  into  a  tax  funding 
agreement (TFA) effective from 1 July 2008. Under the TFA the wholly-owned entities fully compensate THL for 
any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by THL for any current tax receivable and deferred tax 
assets  relating  to  tax  losses. The  funding  amounts are determined by  reference  to  the amounts  recognised  in 
the wholly-owned entities financial statements.

The amount receivable/payable under the TFA is calculated as soon as practicable after the end of the financial 
year  for  each  wholly-owned  entity.  THL  communicates  the  funding  amount  to  each  wholly-owned  entity  along 
with the method of calculation and any other information deemed necessary.

94

94 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

8 Current assets - Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

All cash balances are interest bearing. 

2014
$M

2,879

2,879

2013
$M

259

259

The  cash  at  bank  and  in  hand  includes  $2,314  million  which  has  been  used  to  complete  the  acquisition  of 
Queensland Motorways on 2 July 2014.

Funds not for general use

The amount shown in Cash at Bank includes $124 million not available for general use at 30 June 2014 (2013: 
$66.2  million).  This  comprises  amounts  required  to  be  held  under  maintenance  and  funding  reserves,  and 
prepaid tolls, which are restricted from general use.

9 Current assets - Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Provision for impairment of receivables

Other receivables 
Prepayments

2014
$M

2013
$M

40
(1)

39

36
9

84

38
(1)

37

45
7

89

Provision for impaired trade and other receivables

As at 30 June 2014 current trade receivables of the Group with a nominal value of $1 million (2013: $1 million) 
were  considered  impaired  and  accordingly  the  Group  held  a  provision  for  impairment  of  $1  million  (2013:  $1 
million). As at 30 June 2014, trade receivables of $6 million (2013: $6 million) were past due but not impaired.

The ageing of these receivables is as follows:

For the year ended 30 June 2014 

Trade and other receivables
Current (not past due)
less than 30 days overdue
more than 90 days overdue

Not Impaired
$M

Impaired
$M

Allowance for
Doubtful
Debts
$M

33
5
1

39

-
-
1

1

-
-
1

1

95

95

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

9 Current assets - Trade and other receivables (continued)

Provision for impaired trade and other receivables (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2013

Trade and other receivables
Current (not past due)
less than 30 days overdue
more than 90 days overdue

Not Impaired
$M

Impaired
$M

Allowance for
Doubtful
Debts
$M

31
5
1

37

-
-
1

1

-
-
1

1

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets and are not past due. Based 
on the credit history of these other classes, it is expected that these  amounts will be received when due. The 
Group does not hold any collateral in relation to these receivables.

10 Equity accounted investments

Name of company

Westlink M7:
WSO Co Pty Limited
Westlink Motorway Limited
WSO Finance Pty Limited
Westlink Motorway Partnership
Interlink Roads Pty Ltd (M5 Motorway)
Transurban DRIVe Holdings LLC (Transurban 
DRIVe)

Ownership interest

Carrying amounts

2014
%

50
50
50
50
50

75

325

2013
%

50
50
50
50
50

75

325

2014
$M

-
-
-
-
268

-

268

2013
$M

-
-
-
-
303

229

532

All  entities  listed  above  are  incorporated  in  Australia  with  the  exception  of  Transurban  DRIVe  which  is 
incorporated in the United States of America.

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows: 

Share of net profits (losses) of joint ventures
For the year ended 30 June

           Total

2014
$M
115
115

2013
$M
(10)
(10)

96 

96

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

10 Equity accounted investments (continued)

(a) Joint ventures

(i) Westlink M7

Transurban owns a 50 per cent interest in the Westlink Group which holds the concession to design, construct, 
finance and operate the Westlink M7 Motorway in Sydney for a period of 34 years until February 2037. All were 
incorporated in Australia.

WSO Co Pty Limited is the operator of the Motorway.

Westlink Motorway Limited is the nominee manager of the Westlink Motorway Partnership.

WSO Finance Pty Limited is the financier of the Motorway.

Westlink Motorway Partnership was responsible for the construction of the Motorway. The Motorway opened for 
operation on 16 December 2005.

The Motorway is a fully electronically tolled motorway with distance-based tolling charges. Tolls are escalated or 
deescalated quarterly by quarterly CPI.

Transurban also holds the right to provide tolling and customer management services to the M7.

(ii) M5 Motorway

Transurban holds a 50 per cent ownership interest in the M5 Motorway in Sydney. Tolls are collected on the M5 
in  both  directions,  with  four  toll  collection  points.  The  concession  for  the  M5  Motorway  extends  to  December 
2026  following  completion  of  the  M5  widening  when  all  concession  assets  will  be  returned  to  the  NSW  State 
Government.

The  M5  has  two  tolling  categories,  cars  and  similar  vehicles  and  all  other  vehicles  (for  example,  trucks  and 
buses).  Toll  increases  for  the  M5  are  based  on  CPI  in  $0.50  increments.  The  M5  is  a  participant  in  the NSW 
State  Government  Cashback  Scheme.  Motorists  with  ETC  (Electronic  Toll  Collection)  accounts  and  driving 
privately registered vehicles on the M5 are able to claim the full amount of tolls paid (excluding GST) from the 
NSW State Government.

(iii) Transurban DRIVe

On 14 May 2014, Pocahontas 895 was transferred to lenders. The non-cash profit realised on the transfer was 
A$103.1  million,  inclusive  of  Transurban’s  75  per  cent  share  of  the  profit  after  tax  (US$128.1  million), 
unrecognised  losses  from  operations  (A$104.2  million),  and  unrecognised  profits  on  the  2007  transfer  of 
Pocahontas  into  the  DRIVe  vehicle  (A$69.4  million).  Tax  losses  in  the  Pocahontas  Group  were  sufficient  to 
offset the tax payable on the gain made on disposal. 

Until 4 June 2014 the Group equity accounted for its investment in DRIVe. On 4 June 2014 it was determined 
that the Group had control of DRIVe and from this date equity accounting ceased and DRIVe was consolidated 
by the Group (refer note 3). Post the cessation of equity accounting for DRIVe the Group’s investment in DRIVe 
was reduced to $nil. 

In  addition,  on  consolidation  of  DRIVe  as  of  4  June  2014  (as  disclosed  in  note  3)  DRIVe’s  cashflow  hedge 
reserve and foreign currency translation reserve were required to be reversed to the Income Statement, resulting 
in a $15 million charge. 

Both  of  these  items  have  been  included  within  Share  of  net  profits  of  equity  accounted  investments  in  the 
Income Statement. 

97

97

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

10 Equity accounted investments (continued)

(b) Summarised financial information of equity accounted investments 
Set out below is the summarised financial information for the Group’s investments accounted for using the equity 
method.

Westlink M7
50%

M5 Motorway
50%

Transurban DRIVe
75%

Total

Summarised balance sheet

Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Non-current assets
Held for sale assets

Current financial liabilities
Other current liabilities
Non-current financial 
liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Held for sale liabilities
Net assets

2014
$M
86
8
1,798
-
-
(45)

2013
$M
74
9
1,856
-

-
(25)

(3,139)
(62)
-
(1,354)

(3,056)
(55)
-
(1,197)

Summarised income statement

Revenue
Depreciation and 
amortisation
Other expenses
Gain on transfer of 
Pocahontas
Interest expense
Income tax expense
Profit / (loss)
Other comprehensive 
income
Total comprehensive 
income
Proportional total 
comprehensive income
Amortisation of fair value 
uplift
Group's share of 
comprehensive income
Losses not recognised
Unrecognised gain on 
transfer
Transfer of reserves
Group's recognised share 
of total comprehensive 
income
Dividends received 

98 

2014
$M
-
-
-
-

-
-

-
-
-
-

42

(9)
(32)

326
(69)
(104)
154

37

191

143

-

143
(104)

70
(15)

94
-

2013
$M
357
1
1,916
370
-
(78)

2014
$M
117
9
2,216
-

(4)
(127)

2013
$M
460
14
4,061
370

-
(182)

(1,434)
(328)
(544)
260

(3,925)
(77)
-
(1,791)

(5,140)
(394)
(544)
(1,355)

23

(16)
(27)

-
(57)
39
(38)

(1)

(39)

(28)

-

(28)
-

-
-

(28)
-

484

(94)
(107)

326
(393)
(134)
82

49

131

113

(27)

86
(26)

70
(15)

115
57

438

(99)
(99)

-
(370)
24
(106)

13

(93)

(56)

(27)

(83)
73

-
-

(10)
50

2014
$M
31
1
418
-

(4)
(82)

(786)
(15)
-
(437)

206

(15)
(28)

-
(26)
(41)
96

(1)

95

48

2013
$M
29
4
289
-

-
(79)

(650)
(11)
-
(418)

202

(13)
(29)

-
(26)
(42)
92

(1)

91

45

236

(70)
(47)

-
(298)
11
(168)

213

(70)
(43)

-
(287)
27
(160)

13

15

(155)

(145)

(78)

(73)

-

(78)
78

-
-

-
-

-

(27)

(27)

(73)
73

-
-

-
-

18
-

-
-

18
50

21
-

-
-

21
57

98

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

10 Equity accounted investments (continued)

(b) Summarised financial information of equity accounted investments (continued)

Westlink M7
50%

M5 Motorway
50%

Transurban DRIVe
75%

Total

Reconciliation of summarised financial information

2014
$M

2013
$M

2014
$M

2013
$M

Opening net assets on 
1 July
Investments in subsidiary
Profit / (loss) for the period
Other comprehensive 
income
Foreign exchange 
differences
Dividends paid
Closing net assets
Proportional interest in 
associates
Uplift on acquisition
Losses not recognised
Cessation of equity 
accounting on gain of 
control
Carrying value

2014
$M

2013
$M

(1,198)
-
(169)

(1,052)
-
(161)

2014
$M

(418)
-
96

2013
$M

(409)
-
92

13

15

(1)

(1)

-
-
(1,354)

-
-
(1,198)

(677)
-
677

(599)
-
599

-
(114)
(437)

(218)
486
-

-
(100)
(418)

(209)
512
-

260
53
154

37

(26)
-
478

358
-
-

-
-

-
-

-
268

-
303

(358)
-

Share of expenditure commitments

Capital commitments
Operating commitments

-
182

182

-
186

186

Contingent liabilities

Share of contingent 
liabilities incurred jointly 
with other investments

-
-

-
-

40
-

40

-
-

108
-

108

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

(41)
275
(37)

36

28
-
260

195
(70)
104

-
229

311
229

540

(1,356)
53
81

(1,502)
275
(106)

49

50

(26)
(114)
(1,313)

28
(100)
(1,355)

(537)
486
677

(358)
268

40
182

222

(613)
442
703

-
532

419
415

834

-
-

-
-

-
-

99

99

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
11 Non-current assets – Held-to-maturity investments

Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Term loan notes
M5 debt notes

(a) Term loan notes

Notes

11(a)
11(b)

2014
$M
887
58

945

2013
$M
832
31

863

Term  Loan  Notes  (TLN's)  represent  Transurban's  debt funding contribution  to Westlink  M7.  The  fixed  maturity 
date of the TLN's is the earlier of 34 years and the termination of the "Agreement to Lease" between the Roads 
and  Maritime  Services  (RMS)  (formerly  known  as  the  Roads  and  Traffic  Authority)  of  New  South  Wales  and 
Westlink Motorway Limited.

The  interest  rate  charged  on  these  notes  is  11.93  per  cent  and  any  unpaid  interest  capitalises  into  additional 
notes. During the year ended 30 June 2014 the Group capitalised interest of $55.0 million (2013: $49.0 million).

(b) M5 debt notes

The  M5  debt  notes  are  Transurban’s  debt  funding  contribution  to  the  M5  West  Widening  Project.  The  fixed 
maturity  date  of  the  notes  is  10  years  after  financial  close  of  the  Project.  The  interest  rate  charged  on  these 
notes is fixed at 5.0 per cent for the first three years following financial close.

Impairment and risk exposure
None  of  the  held-to-maturity  investments  are  either  past  due  or  impaired.  All  held-to-maturity  investments  are 
denominated in Australian currency. As a result, there is no exposure to foreign currency risk. There is also no 
exposure to price risk as the investments will be held to maturity.

100

100 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

12 Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Forwards exchange contracts - cash flow hedges

Non-current assets
Cross-currency interest rate swap contracts - net investment hedge
Forwards exchange contracts - cash flow hedges

Total derivative financial instrument assets

Current liabilities
Interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges
Cross-currency interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges

Non-current liabilities
Interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges
Cross-currency interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges

Total derivative financial instrument liabilities

Instruments used by the Group

2014
$M

2013
$M

-

-

16
-

16
16

7
28

35

219
179

398
433

1

1

9
1

10
11

7
-

7

222
136

358
365

The  Group  is  party  to  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  normal  course  of  business  in  order  to  hedge 
exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  and  foreign  exchange  rates  in  accordance  with  the  Group  financial  risk 
management policies (refer to note 40).

The instruments used by the Group are as follows:

Interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges
The Group uses interest rate swap contracts for hedging purposes to convert variable rate borrowings to fixed. 
Variable  rate  borrowings  of  the  Group  currently  bear  an  average  interest  rate  of  3.4  per  cent  (2013:  3.9  per 
cent).  It is policy  to  protect  part  or  all of  the loans  from exposure  to increasing  interest  rates.  Accordingly,  the 
Group has entered into interest rate swap contracts under which it receives interest at variable rates and pays 
interest at fixed rates.

Interest rate swap contracts currently in place cover 93 per cent (2013: 96 per cent) of long term variable debt 
excluding  working capital  facilities.  The  average all-in  rate after  hedging  on the hedged portion  of  the  Group's 
variable rate borrowings is 6.1 per cent (2013: 6.6 per cent).

Forward exchange contracts - cash flow hedges
In order to protect against exchange rate movements, the Group currently uses forward exchange contracts to 
hedge a portion of the Group's USD interest commitments.

The  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  hedging  instrument  that  is  determined  to  be  an  effective  hedge  is 
recognised in other comprehensive income.

101

101

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

12 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Instruments used by the Group (continued)

Cross-currency interest rate contracts - cash flow hedges
The Group has raised fixed rate foreign currency debt through several U.S. Private Placements, a Maple Bond 
and  a  Euro  Bond  issue.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  Group  to  protect  foreign  currency  facilities  from  exposures  to 
unfavourable  exchange  rate  movements.  Accordingly  the  Group  has  entered  into  cross-currency  interest  rate 
swap contracts under which it is obliged to receive foreign currency at fixed rates and pay AUD at either fixed or 
floating rates. The Group then uses interest rate swap contracts to convert the floating rate commitments back to 
fixed. A portion of the Euro bond was swapped into US dollars as part of the hedge of the net investment in the 
foreign entity.

Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
The  Group  has  not  settled  any  financial  assets  or  financial  liabilities  on  a  net  basis  during  the  financial  year. 
Currently  there  is no  right  or basis  to present  any  financial  assets  or financial  liabilities on  a  net basis, and as 
such no financial assets or financial liabilities have been presented on a net basis in the Group's balance sheet at 
the end of the financial year. 

13 Non-current assets - Property, plant and equipment

At 1 July 2012
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 June 2013
Opening net book amount
Additions
Depreciation charge
Closing net book amount

At 30 June 2013
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

At 1 July 2013
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 June 2014
Opening net book amount
Additions
Depreciation charge
Closing net book amount

At 30 June 2014
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

102 

102

Equipment, 
fittings and 
operating 
systems
$M

352
(160)
192

192
17
(29)
180

368
(188)
180

368
(188)
180

180
73
(27)
226

441
(215)
226

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

14 Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The balance comprises
temporary differences
attributable to:
Accrued expenses
Provisions
Current and prior year losses
Unearned income
Fixed Assets/Intangibles
Interest receivable
Unrealised foreign exchange
Prepayments
Concession fees and promissory 
notes
Cash flow hedges
Other
Tax assets/(liabilities)
Set-off of tax
Net tax assets/(liabilities)

Movements:
Opening balance at 1 July
Credited to the income statement
Credited/(charged) to equity
Acquired on acquisition
Foreign exchange movements
Transfer from deferred tax 
assets/liabilities
Closing balance at 30 June
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) to be 
recovered after more than 12 
months

Assets

Liabilities

Net

2014
$M

2013
$M

2014
$M

2013
$M

2014
$M

2013
$M

9
102
638
3
27
-
1
-

-
118
2
900
(836)
64

770
56
4
80
(14)

4
900

2
82
565
2
17
-
9
-

1
90
2
770
(761)
9

769
34
(36)
-
-

3
770

-
-
-
-
(1,041)
(2)
(11)
(13)

(370)
(69)
4
(1,500)
836
(664)

(1,391)
(11)
(49)
(49)
4

(4)
(1,500)

-
-
-
-
(963)
(2)
(10)
(8)

(344)
(64)
-
(1,391)
761
(630)

(1,443)
27
28
-
-

(3)
(1,391)

9
102
638
3
(1,014)
(2)
(10)
(13)

(370)
49
6
(600)
-
(600)

(621)
45
(45)
31
(10)

-
(600)

2
82
565
2
(946)
(2)
(1)
(8)

(343)
26
2
(621)
-
(621)

(674)
61
(8)
-
-

-
(621)

900

770

(1,500)

(1,391)

(600)

(621)

The set off of deferred tax assets and liabilities relates to deferred tax balances for Australian domiciled entities 
that are levied tax by the Australian Taxation Office, and separately, the deferred tax balances for United States 
domiciled entities that are levied tax by the Internal Revenue Service.

103

103

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
d
e
t
i

i

i

l

m
L
s
g
n
d
o
H
n
a
b
r
u
s
n
a
r
T

)
d
e
u
n

i
t

n
o
c
(

4
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

a

i

c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
c

e
h
t
o
t

s
e
t
o
N

M
$

l
a
t
o
T

5
3
8
,
0
1

)
1
6
6
,
2
(

4
7
1
,
8

3

5
3
2

4
7
1
,
8

)
3
8
2
(

9
2
1
,
8

3
7
0
,
1
1

)
4
4
9
,
2
(

9
2
1
,
8

M
$

-

1
2
4

1
2
4

-

-

1
2
4

5
3
2

6
5
6

-

6
5
6

6
5
6

M
$

8
4
6

)
6
4
(

2
0
6

-

-

2
0
6

)
5
2
(

7
7
5

8
4
6

)
1
7
(

7
7
5

2

2

-

-

-

2

9
7
1

)
7
7
1
(

2

9
7
1

)
7
7
1
(

r
e
d
n
u
s
t
e
s
s
A

e
v
o
C
e
n
a
L

4
M

n
r
e
t
s
a
E
1
M

n
o
i
t
c
u
r
t
s
n
o
c

l
e
n
n
u
T

y
a
w
r
o
t
o
M

r
o
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
D

M
$

M
$

M
$

2
M
s
l
l
i

H

y
a
w
r
o
t
o
M

4
5
1
,
2

)
6
7
2
(

8
7
8
,
1

8
1
5
,
2

)
2
8
5
(

6
3
9
,
1

8
7
8
,
1

6
3
9
,
1

5
7
0
,
3

0
6
2

t
n
u
o
m
a

k
o
o
b

t

e
n
g
n
n
e
p
O

i

-

-

)
2
5
(

6
2
8
,
1

4
5
1
,
2

)
8
2
3
(

6
2
8
,
1

-

-

)
4
6
(

2
7
8
,
1

8
1
5
,
2

)
6
4
6
(

2
7
8
,
1

-

3

)
2
4
1
(

6
3
9
,
2

8
5
6
,
4

)
2
2
7
,
1
(

6
3
9
,
2

-

-

-

0
6
2

-

0
6
2

0
6
2

4
0
1

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
a

l

d
e
t
a
u
m
u
c
c
A

t
n
u
o
m
a
k
o
o
b

t

e
N

t
s
o
C

t
n
u
o
m
a
k
o
o
b
t

e
n
g
n
s
o
C

l

i

e
g
r
a
h
c
n
o
i
t

a
s
i
t
r
o
m
A

s
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
d
a

j

r
e
h
O

t

s
n
o

i
t
i

d
d
A

M
$

5
5
6
,
4

)
0
8
5
,
1
(

5
7
0
,
3

M
$

-

0
6
2

0
6
2

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
a

l

d
e
t
a
u
m
u
c
c
A

t
n
u
o
m
a

k
o
o
b

t

e
N

2
1
0
2
y
u
J

l

1

t

A

t
s
o
C

3
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3
d
e
d
n
e

r
a
e
Y

i

k
n
L
y
t
i

C

l
l
i

w
d
o
o
G

s
t
e
s
s
a

i

e
l
b
g
n
a
t
n

I
–

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

5
1

104 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d
e
t
i

i

i

l

m
L
s
g
n
d
o
H
n
a
b
r
u
s
n
a
r
T

)
d
e
u
n

i
t

n
o
c
(

4
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

a

i

c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d

i
l

o
s
n
o
c

e
h
t
o
t

s
e
t
o
N

M
$

l

a
t
o
T

-

9
2
1
,
8

2
0
1

)
5
1
(

1
7
4
,
2

)
1
0
3
(

6
8
3
,
0
1

M
$

2
8

6
5
6

7
6
6

1

-

0
1
8

)
6
9
5
(

1
3
6
,
3
1

)
5
4
2
,
3
(

6
8
3
,
0
1

-

0
1
8

0
1
8

r
e
d
n
u
s
t
e
s
s
A
s
s
e
r
p
x
E

y
t
i

C

5
9
4

s
s
o
r
C

e
n
a
L

e
v
o
C

4
M

n
r
e
t
s
a
E
1
M

2
M
s
l
l
i

H

n
o
i
t
c
u
r
t
s
n
o
c

s
e
n
a
L

l

e
n
n
u
T

l

e
n
n
u
T

y
a
w
r
o
t
o
M

r
o
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
D

y
a
w
r
o
t
o
M

i

k
n
L
y
t
i

C

l
l
i

w
d
o
o
G

)
d
e
u
n
i
t
n
o
c
(
s
t
e
s
s
a

i

e
l
b
g
n
a
t
n

I
–

s
t
e
s
s
a
t
n
e
r
r
u
c
-
n
o
N

5
1

M
$

-

-

-

-

0
9
2
,
1

)
2
(

8
8
2
,
1

)
2
(

0
9
2
,
1

8
8
2
,
1

M
$

-

9
1

4
1
5

-

-

-

3
3
5

-

3
3
5

3
3
5

M
$

7
7
5

-

-

-

-

)
4
2
(

3
5
5

8
4
6

)
5
9
(

3
5
5

M
$

M
$

M
$

M
$

2

-

-

-

-

1

)
1
(

1

9
7
1

)
8
7
1
(

6
2
8
,
1

2
7
8
,
1

6
3
9
,
2

-

-

-

-

)
2
5
(

4
7
7
,
1

4
5
1
,
2

)
0
8
3
(

4
7
7
,
1

-

-

-

6
9
5

)
2
8
(

6
8
3
,
2

4
1
1
,
3

)
8
2
7
(

6
8
3
,
2

-

-

-

)
6
1
(

)
0
4
1
(

0
8
7
,
2

2
4
6
,
4

)
2
6
8
,
1
(

0
8
7
,
2

M
$

0
6
2

1

-

-

-

-

1
6
2

-

1
6
2

1
6
2

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
s
i
t
r
o
m
a

l

d
e
t
a
u
m
u
c
c
A

t
n
u
o
m
a
k
o
o
b

t

e
N

4
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3

t

A

t
s
o
C

t
n
u
o
m
a
k
o
o
b
t

e
n
g
n
s
o
C

i

l

s
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
d
a

j

r
e
h
O

t

s
r
e

f
s
n
a
r
T

e
g
r
a
h
c
n
o
i
t

a
s
i
t
r
o
m
A

i

y
r
a
d
s
b
u
s

i

f
o
n
o

i

i
t
i
s
u
q
c
A

4
1
0
2

e
n
u
J

0
3
d
e
d
n
e

r
a
e
Y

t
n
u
o
m
a

k
o
o
b

t

e
n
g
n
n
e
p
O

i

s
n
o

i
t
i

d
d
A

5
0
1

105

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

15 Non-current assets – Intangible assets (continued)

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to the  Group's Sydney Network and has arisen from the acquisition of Hills Motorway Group, 
Tollaust Pty Limited and the Sydney Roads Group.

Concession assets

Service  Concession  Arrangements  have  been  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  AASB  Interpretation  12  and 
therefore the concession assets have been classified as Intangible Assets.

CityLink concession asset
Transurban holds the Concession for Melbourne’s CityLink tollway which grants the Group the right to design, 
build,  operate  and  maintain  CityLink  for  the  concession  period  ending  on  14  January  2034.  At  the  end  of  the 
concession period, all concession assets are to be returned to the Victorian State Government.

Transurban  has  the  right  to  collect  tolls  from  CityLink  for  the  duration  of  the  Concession  Arrangement  and 
maintains the tollway to ensure continuous availability for public use.

Tolls  are  escalated  in  accordance  with  the  maximum  allowable  increases  in  the  Concession  Deed,  being  a 
quarterly escalation at the greater of quarterly CPI or 1.1065 per cent (equivalent to an annual escalation rate of 
4.5 per cent) for the first 15 years then quarterly by CPI, but no greater than annual CPI plus 2.5 per cent.

Hills M2 concession asset
Transurban has the right to toll the Hills M2 Motorway until May 2046. At the end of the concession period, the 
concession asset will be returned to the New South Wales State Government.

The Concession Deed requires Transurban to maintain the Motorway to specified conditions.

Toll  increases  for  the  Motorway  are  based  on  a  maximum  toll  increase  as  defined  in  the  Concession  Deed, 
being a quarterly escalation at the greater of quarterly CPI or 1 per cent, subject to integer rounding. 

M1 Eastern Distributor concession asset
Transurban has the right to toll the M1 Eastern Distributor (ED) until 24 July 2048. At the end of the concession 
period, all concession assets will be returned to the New South Wales State Government.

The Concession Deed requires Transurban to maintain the Motorway to specified conditions.

Toll  increases  for  the  ED  are based  on  a maximum  toll  increase as  defined  in  the  Concession  Deed,  being a 
quarterly escalation at the greater of a weighted sum of quarterly AWE and quarterly CPI or 1 per cent subject to 
integer rounding.

M4 concession asset
Transurban held an investment of 100 per cent in the M4 Motorway in Sydney via the concessionaire, Statewide 
Roads  Limited.  The  M4  Motorway  opened  in  1992  and  was  handed  back  to  the  New  South  Wales  State 
Government on 15 February 2010.

The  concession  asset  relating  to  the  Group  is  the  right  to  operate  the  service  centres  located  on  the  M4 
Motorway  until  December  2017,  at  which  time  the  concession  asset  will  be  returned  to  the  New  South Wales 
State Government.

106

106 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

15 Non-current assets – Intangible assets (continued)

Concession assets (continued)

Lane Cove Tunnel
Transurban has the right to toll the Lane Cove Tunnel until January 2037. At the end of the concession period, 
all concession assets will be returned to the New South Wales State Government.

The Concession Deed requires Transurban to maintain the tunnel to specified conditions.

Toll increases for the Lane Cove Tunnel are based on the maximum toll increase as defined in the Concession 
Deed, being a quarterly escalation of CPI. 

Cross City Tunnel
During the year Transurban acquired the right to toll the Cross City Tunnel until December 2035. At the end of 
the concession period, the concession asset is returned to the New South Wales State Government.

The Concession Deed requires Transurban to maintain the tunnel to specified conditions.

Toll increases for the tunnel are based on a maximum toll increase as defined in the Concession Deed, being a 
quarterly escalation at the greater of quarterly CPI or 0.74 per cent until December 2017, and CPI thereafter.

495 Express Lanes
Transurban has the right to toll the 495 Express Lanes on the Capital Beltway until December  2087. At the end 
of the concession period, the concession asset is returned to the Virginia State Government (USA).

The  Concession  Deed  requires  Transurban  to  maintain  and  operate  the  495  Express  Lanes  to  specified 
conditions.

Tolling for the 495 Express Lanes is variable, allowing the operator to adjust pricing to manage congestion and 
provide road users with predictable travel times.

Assets under construction
Assets  under  construction  relate  to  the  remaining  upgrade  work  on  the  Lane  Cove  Road  On-Ramps  and  the 
Vimiera Road embankment works in New South Wales, Australia, and the construction of the I95 Express Lanes 
in USA.

Construction  costs  relating  to  completed  works  under  the  M2  Widening  Project  were  transferred  to  the 
concession  asset  during  the  year.  Remaining  costs  will  be  transferred  to  the  concession  asset  upon  final 
completion.

The I95 Express Lanes are being constructed under a Concession Arrangement and are due to be completed in 
late 2014.

Impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets

Impairment testing
The  Group  tests  whether  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  have  suffered  any  impairments,  in  accordance 
with the accounting policy stated in note 1(i). The recoverable amount of assets and cash-generating units have 
been  determined  based  on  the  greater  of  value-in-use  and  fair  value  less  cost  to  sell  calculations.  These 
calculations require the use of assumptions regarding traffic flows, discount rates, growth rates and other factors 
affecting operating activities of cash-generating units.

107

107

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

15 Non-current assets – Intangible assets (continued)

Impairment testing of goodwill and other intangible assets (continued)

Key assumptions used for calculating the recoverable amount of goodwill
The  Group  makes  assumptions  in  calculating  the  recoverable  amount  of  its  goodwill,  based  on  the  greater  of 
value-in-use  and  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  calculations.  These  include  assumptions  around  expected  traffic 
flows and forecast operational costs. In performing the value in use calculation, the Group has applied a pre-tax 
discount rate of 8.2 per cent (2013: 8.2 per cent), representing the implied discount rate applicable to the risk 
profile of the Group's assets, to discount the forecast future attributable cash flows. In determining future cash
flows,  the  Group  has also  applied  rates  of  growth  to underlying  operating assumptions to  reflect the expected 
performance  of  the  assets  beyond  the  budget  period  in  accordance  with  the  respective  concessions.  The 
operating  costs  have  been  escalated  in  line  with  a  combination  of  Consumer  Price  Index  (CPI)  and  Average 
Weekly Earnings (AWE) forecasts. A long term CPI rate of 2.5 per cent (2013: 2.5 per cent) and AWE of 3.0 per 
cent (2013: 4.0 per cent) have been used. Management does not consider that any reasonable possible change 
in the assumptions will result in the carrying value of a CGU exceeding its recoverable amount.

16 Current liabilities – Trade and other payables

Trade payables and accruals

2014
$M

181

181

2013
$M

106

106

108

108 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
17 Borrowings

Current
Capital markets debt
Working capital facilities
Term debt
U.S. private placement
Syndicated facilities

Non-current
Capital markets debt
Working capital facilities
Term debt
U.S. private placement
Syndicated facilities
TIFIA

Total borrowings

Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Notes

17(a)
17(b)
17(c)
17(d)
17(e)

17(a)
17(b)
17(c)
17(d)
17(e)
17(f)

2014
$M

-
-
400
106
215

721

2,550
245
1,095
1,126
383
678

6,077

6,798

2013
$M

250
188
-
-
-

438

1,048
97
1,505
1,250
599
-

4,499

4,937

Description of borrowings - Financing arrangements and credit facilities

Credit facilities are provided as part of the overall debt funding structure of the Transurban Group. Each facility is 
described below.

(a) Capital markets debt

These facilities comprise the following: 

  $600.0 million credit wrapped floating rate bonds raised in November 2005 with terms of ten  years ($300.0 
million)  and  twelve  years  ($300.0  million)  with  interest  currently  payable  at  3.0  per  cent  at  30  June  2014. 
These  facilities  are  fully  hedged  with  all-in  rates  of  7.4  and  5.0  per  cent  respectively.  These  facilities  are 
secured by a first ranking charge over the cash flows of the Group. 

  $200.0 million fixed rate bonds raised in June 2011 with a term of five years. Interest is payable at 6.8 per 

cent. This facility is secured by a first ranking charge over the cash flows of the Group. 

  $300.0 million fixed rate bonds raised in November 2013 with a term of seven years. Interest is payable at 5.5 
per  cent.  This  facility  is  fully  secured  against  the  respective  rights  of  Airport  Motorway  Limited  and  Airport 
Motorway Trust and their assets. 

The Group established a secured EMTN program in October 2011 with a program limit of US $2 billion. Under 
the program the Group may from time to time issue notes denominated  in any currency. The Group has issued 
the following notes under the program: 

  $248.6 million of Canadian dollar denominated ($250.0 million CAD) secured fixed rate medium term notes 
raised  in  March  2012  with  a  term  of  seven  years.  Interest  is  payable  at  3.4  per  cent.  This  facility  is  fully 
hedged  and  swapped  into  Australian  dollars  with  an  all-in  rate  after  hedging  of  6.7  per cent.  This  facility  is 
secured by a first ranking charge over the cash flows of the Group. 



$724.0  million  of  €  denominated  (€500.0  million)  secured  fixed  rate  medium  term  notes  raised  in  October 
2013 with a term of seven years. Interest is payable at 2.5 per cent. This facility is fully hedged with €225.0 
million swapped into US Dollars and €275.0 million into Australian dollars at all-in rates after hedging of 3.5 
per cent and 5.8 per cent respectively. This facility is secured by a first ranking charge over the cash flows of 
the Group. 

109

109

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

17 Borrowings (continued)

(a) Capital markets debt (continued)

The Group’s US entities have issued Private Activity Bonds (PABs) comprising the following: 

  $238.5 million of US dollar denominated ($224.7million USD) PABs raised by Capital Beltway Express LLC 

(CBE) 

  $256.8  million  of  US  dollar  denominated  ($242.0million  USD)  PABs  raised  by  95  Express  Lanes  LLC  (95 

Express). 

The Capital Beltway Express LLC Private Activity Bonds (CBE PABs) were issued in June 2008 and mature in 
December  2047.  They  are  marketed  weekly  on  the  SIFMA  index  at  a  variable  interest  rate.  The  Group  has 
entered into interest rate hedging to provide protection from movements in the variable interest rate. The CBE 
PABs  are  supported  by  bank-issued  irrevocable  direct-pay  letters  of credit  (maturing  June  2016).  Agreements 
are in place for the letter of credit issuers to purchase the bonds should they fail to market. The collateral against 
the bonds is a first ranking pledge of toll revenues generated from the operation of the 495 Express Lanes. 

The Virginia Small Business Financing Authority Senior Lien Revenue Bonds (95 Express Lanes LLC Project), 
Series 2012 PABs were issued in July 2012 at a fixed interest rate of 5 per cent. The term bonds mature July 1, 
2034 ($71.7 million USD) and January 1, 2040 ($170.3 million USD). The collateral against the bonds is a first 
ranking pledge of toll revenues generated from the operation of the 95 Express Lanes.

The  above  facilities  have  deferred  borrowing  costs  of  $18.0  million,  which  are  amortised  over  the  life  of  the 
facility on a straight line basis.

(b) Working capital facilities

The Group has the following facilities in place: 

  $125.0  million  facility  which  is  for  a  term  of  three  years,  maturing  August  2016.  At  30  June  2014,  $115.7 
million  of  the  facility  was  drawn.  Guarantees  to  the  value  of  $0.3  million  have  also  been  issued  under  this 
multi-option facility. 

  $125.0  million  facility  which  is  for  a  term  of three  years,  maturing  August 2016.  At 30 June  2014, letters of 

credit to the value of $22.7 million have been issued under this multi-option facility. 

  $100.0  million  facility  which  is  for  a  term  of  three  years,  maturing  December  2016.  At  30  June  2014,  the 

facility was undrawn. 

  $150.0  million  facility  which  is  for  a  term  of  three  years,  maturing  January  2016.  At  30  June  2014,  $131.2 

million of the facility was drawn. 

  $50.0 million facility which is  for a term of three years, maturing January 2016. At 30 June 2014, the facility 

was undrawn. 

  $75.0 million facility which is for a term of three years, maturing January 2016. At 30 June 2014, guarantees 

to the value of $33.7 million have been issued under this multi-option facility. 

  $100.0 million facility which is for a term of three years, maturing April 2017. At 30 June 2014, the facility was 

undrawn. 

These  facilities  are  secured  by  a  first  ranking  charge  over  the  cash  flows  of  the  Group.  The  facilities  have 
deferred borrowing costs of $1.7 million.

110

110 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

17 Borrowings (continued)

(c) Term debt

The term debt facilities are comprised of: 

  A $225.0 million facility entered into by AMT Management Limited (as trustee for Airport Motorway Trust). The 

facility has deferred borrowing costs of $1.8 million. 

  A  $740.0  million  facility  entered  into  by  Hills  Motorway  Management  Limited  (as  trustee  for  Hills  Motorway 

Trust), of which $400 million is current. The facility has deferred borrowing costs of $1.4 million. 

  A $260.0 million facility entered into by LCT-MRE Nominees Pty Limited (as trustee for LCT-MRE Trust). The 

facility has deferred borrowing costs of $1.1 million. 

  A  $276.5  million  facility  entered  into  by  Transurban  CCT  Nominees  Pty  Limited  (as  trustee  for  Transurban 

CCT Trust). The facility has deferred borrowing costs of $1.9 million. 

The  Airport  Motorway  facility  was  refinanced  in  July  2011 and  is  fully  secured  against  the  respective  rights  of 
Airport  Motorway  Limited  and  Airport  Motorway  Trust  and  their  assets.  The  facility  is  a  $225.0  million  non-
recourse syndicated facility with a term of seven years. The current floating interest rate applicable to the facility 
is 2.7 per cent (2013: 2.8 per cent). The facility is currently fully hedged to an all-in rate after hedging of 7.5 per 
cent.

The Hills M2 facility was refinanced in November 2010 and is fully secured against the respective rights of Hills 
Motorway  Limited  and  Hills  Motorway  Trust  and  their  assets.  The  facility  is  a  non-recourse  syndicated  facility 
totaling $740.0 million. The financing comprised: the refinancing of $465.0 million of existing debt with terms of 
four years ($400.0 million), and six years ($65.0 million); and a construction capex facility of $275.0 million with a 
term  of  six  years.  As  at  30  June  2014,  the  construction  capex  facility  was  fully  drawn.  The  current  floating 
interest rate applicable to the total facility is 2.7 per cent (2013: 2.9 per cent). The total facility is currently 86 per 
cent hedged with an all-in rate after hedging of 7.1 per cent.

The Lane Cove Tunnel facility was refinanced in June 2013 and is fully secured against the respective rights of 
LCT-MRE  Pty  Limited  and  LCT-MRE  Trust  and  their  assets.  This  facility  is  a  non-recourse  syndicated  facility 
with a term of approximately three years. The current floating rate applicable to the facility is 2.7 per cent (2013: 
2.9 per cent). The facility is currently fully hedged to an all-in rate after hedging of 4.2 per cent.

The Cross City Tunnel facility was established in June 2014 to partially finance the acquisition of the Cross City 
Tunnel. The facility is fully secured against the respective rights of Transurban CCT Pty Limited and Transurban 
CCT  Trust  and  their  assets.  This  facility  is  a  non-recourse  syndicated  facility  with  a  term  of  three  years.  The 
current floating rate applicable to the facility is 2.7 per cent. The facility is currently fully hedged to an all-in rate 
after hedging of 4.3 per cent.

(d) U.S. private placement

The composition of the three US Private Placements is outlined below:

111

111

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

17 Borrowings (continued)

(d) U.S. private placement (continued)

Fixed Interest Rate

Current
Dec 04 - Tranche A

Non-current
Dec 04 - Tranche B
Dec 04 - Tranche C
Aug 05 - Tranche A
Aug 05 - Tranche B
Aug 05 - Tranche C
Nov 06 - Tranche A
Nov 06 - Tranche B
Nov 06 - Tranche C
Nov 06 - Tranche D

Floating Interest Rate

Dec 04 - Tranche D

Total US Private Placement

Deferred borrowing costs

Total

Rate

5.02%

5.17%
5.47%
5.04%
5.19%
5.35%
5.71%
5.86%
5.95%
6.06%

3.45%

USD

$M

100

39
109
98
125
157
57
182
162
67

AUD Maturity

$M

106

Dec 2014

41
115
104
133
166
61
193
172
72

Dec 2016
Dec 2019
Aug 2015
Aug 2017
Aug 2020
Nov 2016
Nov 2018
Nov 2021
Nov 2026

Dec 2019

1,096

1,163

72

72

1,235

(3)

1,232

Note that the Dec 04 - Tranche D facility is fully hedged with an all in rate after hedging of 6.7 per cent.
These facilities are secured by a first ranking charge over the cash flows of the Group.

Hedge of net investment in foreign entity
Transurban's  investment  in  Transurban  DRIVe  Holdings  LLC  acts  as  a  natural  hedge  against  exposure  to
foreign currency movements in a portion of the Group’s US denominated liabilities. Exchange differences arising 
on  the  revaluation  of  the  USD  liabilities  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  in  the  separate  financial  report  of 
Transurban Finance Company Pty  Limited. In the consolidated financial report, such exchange differences are 
recognised initially in a separate component of equity and will be recognised in the profit or loss on disposal of 
the net foreign investment.

As at 30 June 2014, the Group has deferred $50.5 million in gains (2013: $29.7 million).

(e) Syndicated facility

These facilities comprise syndicated bank debt issued by Transurban Finance Company Pty Limited. At 30 June 
2014, the following amounts were drawn: 

  $215.0 million established in December 2011 which is for a term of circa three years, maturing February 2015. 
  $160.0 million established in December 2011 which is for a term of circa five years, maturing February 2017. 

  $125.0 million established in August 2007 which is for a term of ten years, maturing August 2017. 

  $98.5  million  of  US  denominated  ($92.8  million  USD)  established  in  May  2014  which  is  for  a  term  of  three 

years, maturing May 2017. 

Applicable interest rates on the Australian dollar facilities range between 3.3 and 4.5 per cent. These facilities 
are fully hedged with an all-in rate after hedging of 6.0 per cent. The current floating rate applicable to the US 
facility is 0.3 per cent.

These facilities have deferred borrowing costs of $0.8 million and are secured by a first ranking charge over the 
cash flows of the Group.

112

112 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

17 Borrowings (continued)

(f) Transportation Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act (TIFIA)

The  TIFIA  program  provides  US  federal  credit  assistance  to  transport  infrastructure  projects  in  the  form  of 
secured loans from the United Stated Department of Transport.

These facilities comprise the following: 

  $589.2 million of US dollar denominated (face value $686.2 million USD) TIFIA funding raised by Capital Beltway 

Express LLC (CBE). This debt has been recorded at fair value on acquisition on 4 June 2014 (refer note 3). 

  $88.7 million of US dollar denominated (face value $198.0 million USD) TIFIA funding raised by 95 Express Lanes 

LLC (95 Express). This debt has been recorded at fair value on acquisition on 4 June 2014 (refer note 3). 

The CBE TIFIA facility limit is $589.0 million USD (plus accreting interest), of which $589.0 million USD is drawn 
and  $97.2  million  USD  of  interest  has  accreted  against  the  facility.  Interest  accrues  at  4.45  per  cent  and  is 
initially accretive until five years post substantial completion of the project construction. Substantial completion 
was  achieved  on  16  November  2012  per  the  Amended  and  Restated  Comprehensive  Agreement.  The  facility 
matures on 31 December 2047 and is second ranking in priority to the CBE PABs.

The 95 Express TIFIA facility limit is $300 million USD (excluding capitalised interest). At 30 June 2014, $195.9 
million USD is drawn and $2.1 million USD of interest has accreted against the facility. Interest accrues at 2.77 
per cent and is accretive until five years post substantial completion of the project construction. The 95 Express 
TIFIA facility matures on 1 January 2048 and is second ranking in priority to the 95 Express PABs.

Letters of credit and corporate credit facilities

The Group has a $60 million letter of credit facility which is for a term of 3 years, maturing November 2016. As at 
30 June 2014, letters of credit and bank guarantees to the value of $51.3 million have been issued under this 
facility. Additionally, letters of credit and bank guarantees to the value of $56.8 million have been issued under 
multi-option facilities (refer to note 17(b)). All letters of credit are currently undrawn and therefore no liability has 
been recorded.

A $7.1 million general credit facility is in place covering corporate requirements including letters of credit, bank 
guarantees,  credit  card  facilities,  online  banking  and  an  overdraft  facility.  As  at  30  June  2014,  $5.1  million  of 
bank guarantees have been issued. The six month facility matures December 2014.

Covenants

The Group's consolidated borrowings have the following Interest Coverage Ratio (ICR) default covenants: 

  CityLink - ICR greater than 1.1 times 
  Corporate – senior ICR greater than 1.25 times 

There have been no breaches of any of these covenants during the year.

In  addition,  the  Group  has  a  market  capitalisation  based  clause  where  gearing  must  not  exceed  60  per  cent. 
Based on the balance sheet as at 30 June 2014, the Group's security price would need to close below $2.16 per 
Security for 20 consecutive business days to trigger this clause.

In addition, the non-recourse debt at M1 Eastern Distributor, Hills M2 Motorway, Lane Cove Tunnel and Cross 
City Tunnel has the following default covenants: 

  M1 Eastern Distributor - ICR greater than 1.15 times 
  Hills M2 Motorway - ICR greater than 1.2 times 
  Lane Cove Tunnel - ICR greater than 1.15 times 
  Cross City Tunnel – ICR greater than 1.15 times 

113

113

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

17 Borrowings (continued)

Covenants (continued)

In the United States, the non-recourse debt has the following default covenant ratios: 




495 Express Lanes – senior DSCR greater than 1.15 times *
95 Express Lanes – non applicable

* The first relevant calculation date for this ratio is 31 December 2015. 

18 Provisions

Current
Employee benefits 
Onerous lease and restructuring provision
Distribution to security holders
Distribution to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
Maintenance provision

Non-current
Employee benefits
Maintenance provision
Provision for contingent consideration

Total provisions

Movements in provisions

Notes

18(a)
18(b)
18(c)
18(c)
18(d)

18(a)
18(d)
18(e)

2014
$M

2013
$M

20
3
341
39
77

480

6
211
-

217

697

23
4
230
33
44

334

2
185
15

202

536

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year, other than employee benefits, are set out below:

Current

Non-current

Onerous 
lease and 
restructuring 
provision
$M

Distribution 
to security 
holders
$M

Distributions to 
non-controlling 
interest in 
subsidiaries
$M

Current 
maintenance 
provision
$M

Non-current 
maintenance 
provision
$M

Provision for 
contingent 
consideration
$M

Consolidated - 2014
Balance at 1 July
Acquisition of subsidiary
Additional provision 
recognised
Amounts paid/utilised
Amounts unutilised
Unwinding of discount
Transfer
Balance at 30 June

4
-

2
(3)
-
-
-
3

230
-

594
(483)
-
-
-
341

33
-

8
(2)
-
-
-
39

44
30

32
(39)
-
-
10
77

185
23

-
-
-
13
(10)
211

15
-

-
-
(15)
-
-
-

114

114 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

18 Provisions (continued)

(a) Employee benefits

Employee benefits  relate  to  the  provision  for  annual leave,  bonuses, long  service  leave  and  cash settled long 
term incentives.

(b) Onerous lease and restructuring provision

An  onerous  lease  is  recognised  when  the  Group  has  lease  commitments  on  property  no  longer  used.  A 
restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has a detailed formal plan for restructuring.

(c) Distribution to security holders and non-controlling interests

These distributions are provided for once approved by the board and are announced to equity holders.

(d) Maintenance provision

A  maintenance  provision  is  recognised  for  the  present  value  of  the  Group's  obligations  to  maintain  the  tolling 
assets as required under the Service Concession Arrangements.

(e) Provision for contingent consideration

As part of the M1 CityLink Upgrade project agreement with the Victorian State Government, Transurban agreed 
to share any increased toll revenue above the investment case for the project. 

Based  on  costs  and  reported  toll  revenue  for  the  calculation  period  the  revenue  share  amount  under  the 
agreement has not been triggered and the provision has been reduced to $nil at 30 June 2014. 

19 Other liabilities

Current
Prepaid tolls
Unearned income

Other

Non-current
Concession and promissory notes

Lease incentive

Other

Total other liabilities

Notes

19(a)
19(b)

19(c)

2014
$M

2013
$M

67
9

-

76

55

1

1

57

133

63
6

3

72

58

1

1

60

132

115

115

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

19 Other liabilities (continued)

(a) Prepaid tolls

Prepaid tolls represent amounts received from customers and held on deposit until the charge is incurred by the 
user.

(b) Unearned income

Unearned income represents amounts received in advance and will be recognised when the income is earned.

(c) Concession and promissory notes

M1 Eastern Distributor
The Eastern Distributor Project Deed between  Airport Motorway Limited, Airport Motorway Trust and the RMS 
provides for annual concession fees of $15.0 million during the construction phase and for the first 24 years after 
construction completion of the M1 Eastern Distributor. Until a certain threshold return is achieved, payments of 
concession  fees  due  under  the  Project  Deed  will  be  satisfied  by  means  of  the  issue  of  non-interest  bearing 
Concession Notes.

Concession Notes are recognised at the present value of expected future repayments. As the timing and profile 
of these repayments is largely determined by the available equity cash flows of the motorway, the present value 
of  the  expected  future  repayments  is  determined  using  a  discount  rate  of  12  per  cent  which  recognises  their 
subordinate nature.

The face value of Concession Notes on issue at 30 June 2014 is $255.0 million (2013: $240.0 million). The net 
present value at 30 June 2014 of the redemption payments relating to these Concession Notes is $31.3 million 
(2013: $35.4 million).

M2 Motorway
The Hills Motorway Trust has entered into leases with the RMS). Annual lease liabilities under these leases total 
$7.0 million, indexed annually to the Consumer Price Index over the estimated period that the M2 Motorway will 
be used. Until such time as a threshold return is achieved, payments under these leases can be made at any 
time  at  the  discretion  of  the  trustee  of  the  Hills  Motorway,  by  means  of  the  issue  of  non-interest  bearing 
Promissory Notes to the RMS.

Promissory Notes are recognised at the present value of expected future repayments. As the timing and profile 
of these repayments is largely determined by the available equity cash flows of the M2 Motorway, the present 
value  of  the  expected  future  repayments  is  determined using  a  discount  rate  of  12  per  cent  which  recognises 
their subordinated nature.

The face value of Promissory Notes on issue at 30 June 2014 is $158.6 million (2013: $147.6 million). The net 
present value at 30 June 2014 of the redemption payments relating to these Promissory Notes  is $24.6 million 
(2013: $22.9 million).

20 Contributed equity

Share capital

Fully paid stapled securities

Fully paid stapled securities

116 

2014
$M

10,680

10,680

2014
Number
M
1,896

1,896

2013
$M

7,976

7,976

2013
Number
M
1,482

1,482

116

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

20 Contributed equity (continued)

Stapled securities

The number of stapled securities on issue is 1,896,384,073 (2013: 1,481,594,818).

Stapled securities entitle the holder to participate in distributions and on winding up of the Group in proportion to 
the number of and amounts paid on the securities held. On a show of hands every holder of stapled securities 
present at a meeting in person or by proxy, is entitled to one vote.

Capital risk management

The Group is subject to a gearing ratio covenant imposed by senior secured lenders. The Group monitors capital 
on the basis of the gearing ratio to ensure compliance with the covenant. There have been no breaches of the 
covenant. For further information refer to note 17.

The Group's objectives when managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that 
it  can  continue  to  provide  returns  to  security  holders  and  benefits  for  other  stakeholders  and  to  maintain  an 
optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In  order  to  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital  structure,  the  Group  may  adjust  the  amount  of  distributions  paid  to 
security holders, return capital to security holders, issue new securities or sell assets to reduce debt.

Movements in ordinary share capital:

Opening balance at 1 July 2012

Distribution reinvestment plan
Transfer vesting portion of LTI from share-based 
payment reserve

Purchase of Performance Awards Plan units

Placement to Unisuper Limited

Deferred Short Term Incentives issued
Less: Amounts attributable to Transurban 
International Limited

Closing balance at 30 June 2013

Opening balance at 1 July 2013

Distribution reinvestment plan
Transfer vesting portion of LTI from share-based 
payment reserve

Deferred Short Term Incentives issued

Share placement (AustralianSuper / Tawreed)

Share issue
Less: Amounts attributable to Transurban 
International Limited

Closing balance at 30 June 2014

Notes

20(a)

20(c)

20(d)

20(b)

20(a)

20(d)

20(e)

20(e)

20(b)

Number of 
units
M

Consolidated
$M

1,458

7,848

6

2

-

16

-

-

1,482

1,482

9

-

-

58

347

-

1,896

34

3

(1)

100

3

(11)

7,976

7,976

64

2

2

400

2,296

(60)

10,680

(a) Distribution reinvestment plan

The Transurban Group has established a distribution reinvestment plan under which holders of stapled securities 
may elect to have all or part of their distribution entitlements satisfied by the issue of new stapled securities rather 
than by cash.

117

117

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

20 Contributed equity (continued)

(b) Non-controlling interest - Transurban International Limited

THL has been identified as the parent entity of the post-date of transition stapling arrangement of THL, THT and 
TIL. AASB Interpretation 1002 requires the equity of TIL to be classified as a non-controlling interest.

(c) Placement to Unisuper Limited

On  7  January  2013  Transurban  issued  16,260,163  ordinary  stapled  securities  under  a  placement  to  Unisuper 
Limited (as trustee of the superannuation fund known as UniSuper).

(d) Deferred Short Term Incentives

Mandatory  STI  deferral  of  a  portion  of  the  overall  STI  award,  as  detailed  in  the  Remuneration  Report,  was 
introduced  for  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives  in  the  year  ended  30  June  2012.  For  Australian  Senior 
Executives deferral is into securities.

(e)

Institutional and retail entitlement offer and placement

On  1  May  2014,  the  Group  successfully  completed  the  fully  underwritten  institutional  component  of  its 
accelerated  renounceable  10  for  43  pro  rata  entitlement  offer  at  an  offer  price  of  $6.75, raising  approximately 
$1.8  billion.  The  retail  component  of  the  offer  was  successfully  completed  on  29  May  2014  and  raised  gross 
proceeds of approximately $557 million.

As  part  of  the  entitlement  offer,  the  Group  also  completed  a  placement  of  securities  to  its  Queensland 
Motorways consortium bid partners AustralianSuper and Tawreed, raising gross proceeds of approximately $400 
million. 

The  total  gross  proceeds  from  the  entitlement  offer  and  placement  were  approximately  $2.7  billion,  and  were 
used to fund the Group’s equity contribution for the Queensland Motorways acquisition, which completed on 2 
July 2014. 

21 Reserves and accumulated losses

Reserves

Cash flow hedges
Share-based payments
Foreign currency translation
Transactions with non-controlling interests

2014
$M
(95)
7
8
1

(79)

2013
$M
(95)
6
(9)
(6)

(104)

118

118 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

21 Reserves and accumulated losses (continued)

Movements:

Cash flow hedges
Balance 1 July
Revaluation - gross
Deferred tax
Amount attributable to non-controlling interest
Movement in equity accounted investment's reserve
Movement in equity accounted investment's reserve attributable to non-
controlling interest
Transfer to net profit
Balance 30 June

Share-based payments
Balance 1 July
Employee share plan expense
Transfer vesting portion of LTI to contributed equity
Deferred short term incentives
Balance 30 June

Foreign currency translation
Balance 1 July
Currency translation differences arising during the year
Deferred tax (note 14)
Currency translation differences arising during the year attributable to non-
controlling interest
Transfer to net profit
Balance 30 June

Transactions with non-controlling interests
Balance 1 July
Acquisition of additional ownership in subsidiary
Transfer of values on acquisition
Balance 30 June

Accumulated losses

Movements in (accumulated losses) were as follows:

2014
$M

(95)
25
(23)
(2)
40

(77)
37
(95)

6
7
(2)
(4)
7

(9)
(18)
22

35
(22)
8

(6)
-
7
1

2013
$M

(129)
42
(6)
(2)
27

(27)
-
(95)

8
7
(6)
(3)
6

(12)
(22)
(1)

26
-
(9)

(5)
(1)
-
(6)

Balance 1 July
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the stapled group
Distributions to ordinary security holders
Transfer of profit (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest - Transurban 
International Limited
Balance 30 June

2014
$M
(4,469)
282
(594)

(20)
(4,801)

2013
$M
(4,232)
172
(456)

47
(4,469)

119

119

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

21 Reserves and accumulated losses (continued)

Nature and purpose of reserves

Cash flow hedges
The cash flow hedges reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge 
that are recognised in other comprehensive income, as described in note 1(l). Amounts are reclassified to profit 
or loss when the associated hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

Share-based payments
The  share-based  payments  reserve  is  used  to  recognise  the  fair  value  of  long-term  incentives  issued  but  not 
exercised.

Foreign currency translation
Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled entities are recognised in other comprehensive 
income as described in note 1(d) and accumulated in this reserve within equity.

Transactions with non-controlling interests
The transactions with non-controlling interests reserve was created as a result of the acquisition of an additional 
3.75 per cent of the Airport Motorway Group, and the acquisition of the remainder of Statewide Roads Limited 
and  Devome  Pty  Limited  in  prior  years,  as  the  Group  uses  the  economic  entity  approach  to  transactions  with 
non-controlling interests.

120

120 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
22 Distributions

Distribution payable

Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2014
$M

2013
$M

Final distribution for 2014 financial year payable and recognised as a liability:
18.0 cents (2013: 15.5 cents) per fully paid Stapled Security payable
14 August 2014
Fully franked final dividend based on tax paid at 30% - 1 cent (2013: 3.5 cents) 
per fully paid Stapled Security
Unfranked final distribution – 14.5 cents (2013: 12.0 cents) per fully paid Stapled 
Security
Fully franked (2013: nil) final distribution based on tax paid at 30% - 2.5 cents 
(2013: nil) per fully paid Stapled Security

Distributions paid during the year

Final distribution for 2013 financial year of 15.5 cents (2012: 15.0 cents)
per fully paid Stapled Security paid 14 August 2013
Fully franked dividend based on tax paid at 30% - 3.5 cents (2012: 3.5 cents) per 
fully paid Stapled Security
Unfranked final distribution - 12 cents (2012: 11.5 cents) per fully paid Stapled 
Security

Interim distribution for 2014 financial year of 17.0 cents (2013: 15.5 cents) per
fully paid Stapled Security paid 14 February 2014
Fully franked interim dividend based on tax paid at 30% - 3.5 cents (2013: 3.5 
cents) per fully paid Stapled Security
Unfranked interim distribution - 13.5 cents (2013: 12.0 cents) per fully paid 
Stapled Security

Total distributions paid during the year

Distributions paid in cash or satisfied by the issue of Stapled Securities under the 
distribution reinvestment plan
Paid in cash
Satisfied by issue of Stapled Securities

19

275

47

341

52

178

230

52

201

253

483

418
65

483

121

52

178

-
230

51

168

219

51

176

227

446

411
35

446

121

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

22 Distributions (continued)

Distribution policy and free cash calculation

The Group's distribution policy is to align distributions with free cash from operations. The Group calculates free 
cash as follows:

Cash flows from operating activities
Less M7 Term Loan Note interest received
Less M5 Term Loan Note interest received
Add back payments for maintenance and intangibles
Less cash flows from operating activities – consolidated non 100 per cent owned 
entities
Controlled cash

Adjust: dividends and distributions received and maintenance expenditure
M1 Eastern Distributor – Distribution
M5 Interlink – Distribution
M7 Term Loan Note interest
M5 Term Loan Note interest
Allowance for maintenance of capital expenditure for CityLink, Hills M2 and Lane 
Cove Tunnel and e-Tag expenditure
Free cash

Weighted average securities on issue (millions) *
Underlying free cash per security (cents) - weighted average securities
Free cash per security (cents) - weighted average securities

Securities on issue (millions)

Underlying free cash per security (cents) - securities on issue 
Free cash per security (cents) - securities on issue 

2014
$M

521
(47)
(2)
36

(47)
461

26
57
47
2

(21)
572

1,690
33.9
33.9

1,896

30.2
30.2

2013
$M

411
(46)

10

(39)
336

30
50

46

(19)
443

1,470
30.1
30.1

1,482

29.9
29.9

* Weighted average securities on issue 
In calculating the weighted average securities on issue, securities issued on or before 31 December  have been 
given  100  per  cent  weighting  for  the  full  financial  year  and  securities  issued  after  31  December  have  been 
weighted for the second half of the financial year. 

Franking credits

Franking credits available for subsequent reporting periods based on a tax rate of 
30.0% (2013 - 30.0%)

259

307

122

122 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

23 Remuneration of auditors

During the year the following fees were paid or payable for services  provided by the auditor of the parent entity 
and its related practices:

Amounts received or due and receivable by PricewaterhouseCoopers

Audit and other assurance services
Audit and review of financial reports
Other assurance services
Total remuneration for PricewaterhouseCoopers
Total auditors' remuneration

24 Contingencies

Contingent liabilities

2014
$

2013
$

1,337,000
594,000
1,931,000
1,931,000

1,100,000
124,800
1,224,800
1,224,800

As part of the Group’s acquisition of the senior secured debt exposure to the CCT Group in December 2013, the 
Group  will  make  a  further  payment  to  the  Royal  Bank  of  Scotland  in  the  event  that  CCT’s  traffic  performance 
materially  exceeds  the  Group’s  base  case  assumptions  and  if  certain  other  conditions  are  met.  The  amount 
concerned is up to $27.5 million (year four nominal dollars) over four years.

25 Intra-group Guarantees

As at 30 June 2014, the Transurban Group comprises Transurban Holdings Limited, Transurban Holding Trust 
and Transurban International Limited, traded and quoted on the ASX as one triple stapled security.

Under  the  stapling  arrangement,  each  entity  directly  and/or  indirectly  supports  each  entity  and  its  controlled 
entities within the Group on a continual basis.

123

123

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

26 Commitments

Capital and operating commitments

Expenditure contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:

Operating commitments payable:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

Intangible assets payable:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years

Lease commitments

Commitments in relation to leases contracted for at the reporting date but not 
recognised as liabilities, payable:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

2014
$M

52
92
297

441

152
-

152

2014
$M

-
10
21

31

2013
$M

58
109
295

462

62
1

63

2013
$M

4
9
-

13

Promissory Notes

Hills Motorway Management limited, as trustee of the Hills Motorway Trust, has entered into an agreement with 
the RMS. Annual liabilities under this agreement total $7.0 million indexed annually to the Consumer Price Index 
over the estimated period that the M2 Motorway will be used. Until such time as a threshold return is achieved, 
payments under this agreement can be made at the discretion of the Responsible Entity, by means of  the issue 
of non-interest bearing promissory notes to the RMS. For further information refer to note 19.

Concession Notes

The Eastern Distributor Project Deed between Airport Motorway Limited, Airport Motorway Trust and the RMS 
provides for annual concession fees of $15.0 million during the construction phase and for the first 24 years after 
the construction completion date of the Eastern Distributor.

Other operating leases

The Group leases various offices under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within ten years. The leases 
have varying terms, escalating clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. 

124

124 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
27 Related party transactions

Transactions with joint ventures

The following transactions occurred with joint ventures:  

Revenue from services
Operating electronic tolling system for Westlink M7
Management and business development fees

Interest earned
Term Loan Notes
M5 debt notes

Loans to/from joint ventures

Receivable from joint venture

Term loan notes
Beginning of the year
Net interest capitalised
End of the year

M5 debt notes
Beginning of the year
Amount paid
End of the year

Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

2014
$’000

3,158
36,344
39,502

103,437
2,101

105,538

2014
$’000

-

831,646
55,100
886,746

31,220
27,098
58,318

2013
$’000

4,674
39,828
44,502

97,386
843

98,229

2013
$’000

5,787

782,667
48,979
831,646

8,725
22,495
31,220

No  provision  for  doubtful  debts  has  been  raised  in  relation  to  any  outstanding  balances,  and  no  expense  has 
been recognised in respect of bad or doubtful debts from related parties. 

125

125

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

27 Related party transactions (continued)

M5 debt notes

The  M5  debt  notes  are  Transurban’s  debt  funding  contribution  to  the  M5  West  Widening  Project.  The  fixed 
maturity  date  of  the  notes  is  10  years  after  financial  close  of  the  Project.  The  interest  rate  charged  on  these 
notes is fixed at 5.0 per cent for the first three years following financial close.

Term loan notes

The Term Loan Notes (TLN) earn interest at a fixed rate of 11.93 per cent until the earlier of 34 years and the 
termination of the Agreement to Lease between the RMS and Westlink Motorway Limited.

Any  unpaid  interest  is  capitalised  and  deemed  to  subscribe  for  further  loan  notes  with  an  aggregate  principal 
amount equal to that unpaid interest.

The TLN are classified as a held-to-maturity receivable. It is not classified as an investment for equity accounting 
purposes, and therefore has not been affected by equity accounting losses from the associate.

28 Subsidiaries

(a)

Investments in subsidiaries

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  assets,  liabilities  and  results  of  the  following  material 
subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting policy described in note 1(b):

Name of entity

Country of 

incorporation Class of shares

Equity
holding

Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

2014
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
75.1
75.1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
67.5
67.5
100
100
94
77.5
75
75
75

2013
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
75.1
75.1
100
100
100
100
-
-
-
-
-
100
-
67.5
67.5
75
75
75

CityLink Trust
CityLink Melbourne Ltd
Transurban Infrastructure Management Ltd
Transurban Ltd
Transurban Finance Trust
Transurban Finance Company Pty Ltd
Roam Tolling Pty Ltd
The Hills Motorway Ltd
Hills Motorway Trust
Transurban International Holdings Ltd
Sydney Roads Ltd
Sydney Roads Trust
Airport Motorway Trust
Airport Motorway Ltd
Statewide Roads Ltd
Tollaust Pty Ltd
LCT-MRE Pty Ltd
LCT-MRE Trust
Transurban CCT Pty Ltd
Transurban CCT Trust
TransLink Operations Pty Ltd
Sun Group Holdings 1 Pty Ltd
Sun Group Invest Trust
Transurban (USA) Operations Inc.
Transurban Express Lanes LLC
Capital Beltway Express LLC *
95 Express Lanes LLC *
Transurban DRIVe Holdings LLC *
Transurban DRIVe USA LLC *
DRIVe USA Investment LLC *

* These entities were equity accounted for in prior financial years

126

126 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

29 Non-controlling interests

Set out below is summarised financial information for each subsidiary that has non-controlling interests that are 
material to the Group. The amounts disclosed for each subsidiary are before inter-company eliminations.

Airport 
Motorway 
Group
24.9%

Transurban 
DRIVe

25%

Capital 
Beltway 
Express LLC
6% 1

95 Express 
Lanes

Sun Group 3

22.5% 2

37.5%

30
June
2014

$M

30
June
2013

$M

10
2,664
(186)
(1,949)
539

23
2,255
(166)
(1,525)
587

30
June
2014

$M

15
83
(58)
(8)
32

(135)

(146)

(8)

30
June
2013

$M

–
–
–
–
–

–

30
June
2014

$M

57
1,289
(11)
(878)
457

(27)

30
June
2013

$M

–
–
–
–
–

–

30
June
2014

$M

61
689
(44)
(388)
318

(72)

30
June
2013

$M

30
June
2014

$M

30
June
2013

$M

–
–
–
–
–

–

21
–
–
–
21

(8)

–
–
–
–
–

–

Summarised 
balance sheet
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets
Carrying amount of 
NCI

Airport 
Motorway 
Group
24.9%

Transurban 
DRIVe

25%

Capital 
Beltway 
Express LLC
6% 1

95 Express 
Lanes

Sun Group 3

22.5% 2

37.5%

Summarised 
statement of 
comprehensive 
income
Revenue
Expenses
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive 
income
Total comprehensive 
income
(Profit) loss allocated 
to NCI
OCI allocated to NCI

30
June
2014

$M

108
(105)
3

(8)

(5)

(1)
2

30
June
2013

$M

30
June
2014

$M

30
June
2013

$M

30
June
2014

$M

30
June
2013

$M

30
June
2014

$M

30
June
2013

$M

30
June
2014

$M

30
June
2013

$M

101
(89)
12

(16)

–
(104)
(104)

–

(4)

(104)

(3)
4

26
–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

4
(84)
(80)

–

(80)

5
–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–
(20)
(20)

–

(20)

8
–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

127

127

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

29 Non-controlling interests (continued)

Airport 
Motorway 
Group
24.9%

Transurban 
DRIVe

25%

Capital 
Beltway 
Express LLC
6% 1

95 Express 
Lanes

Sun Group 3

22.5% 2

37.5%

Summarised cash 
flows
Cash flows from 
operating activities
Cash flows from 
investing activities
Cash flows from 
financing activities
Net increases in 
cash and cash 
equivalents

30
June
2014

30
June
2013

30
June
2014

30
June
2013

30
June
2014

30
June
2013

30
June
2014

30
June
2013

30
June
2014

$M

$M

$M

$M

33

–

35

–

(34)

(40)

(1)

(5)

$M

(4)

–

(6)

(10)

$M

$M

$M

–

–

–

–

–

(34)

32

(2)

–

–

–

–

$M

(20)

40

–

20

1

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

30
June
2013

$M

–

–

–

–

* Carrying  amount of  non-controlling interests and  (profit) loss allocated to non-controlling interests  also includes $8  million relating to the CCT 
Group as described in note 3.
1 Non-controlling interest of 6 per cent is derived as Transurban has a direct interest of 76 per cent and indirect interest of 18 per cent through 
DRIVe, thus giving the Group effective interest of 94 per cent. 
2  Non-controlling  interest  of  22.5  per  cent  is  derived  through  Transurban’s  direct  interest  of  10  per  cent  and  indirect  interest  of  67.5  per  cent 
through DRIVe, thus giving the Group effective interest of 77.5 per cent. 
3 Sun Group refers to the group of holding companies set up for the purpose of investing in Queensland Motorways. 

30 Parent entity financial information

Summary financial information

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets

Shareholders' equity
Contributed equity
Reserves
Retained earnings

Profit (loss) for the year

Total comprehensive income (loss)

128

128 

2014
$M

1,352
4,743
6,095
100
4,699
4,799
1,296

2013
$M

994
2,381
3,375
183
2,307
2,490
885

(3,747)

(2,654)

1,208
1
87

1,296

(85)

(85)

640
2
243

885

307

307

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

30 Parent entity financial information (continued)

Guarantees entered into by the parent entity

There  are  cross  guarantees  given  by  Transurban  Holdings  Limited,  Transurban  Limited,  Tollaust  Pty  Limited, 
Roam  Tolling  Pty  Limited,  Sydney  Roads  Limited,  Sydney  Roads  Management  Limited,  Statewide  Roads 
Limited and M5 Holdings Pty Limited as described in note 31.

Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

For details of contingent liabilities of the parent entity, refer to note 24.

31 Deed of cross guarantee

Transurban  Holdings  Limited,  Transurban  Limited,  Tollaust  Pty  Limited,  Roam  Tolling  Pty  Limited,  Sydney 
Roads Limited, Sydney Roads Management Limited, Statewide Roads Limited and M5 Holdings Pty Limited are 
party to a deed of cross guarantee under which each company guarantees the debts of the others. By entering 
into the deed, the wholly-owned entities have been relieved from the requirement to prepare a financial report 
and  Directors’  report  under  Class  Order  98/1418  (as  amended)  issued  by  the  Australian  Securities  and 
Investments Commission.

Consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income and summary of 
movements in consolidated retained earnings

The above companies represent a 'closed group' for the purposes of the Class Order, and as there are no other 
parties to the deed of cross guarantee that are controlled by Transurban Holdings Limited, they also represent 
the 'extended closed group'.

Set  out  below  is  a  consolidated  income  statement  and  a  summary  of  movements  in  consolidated  retained 
earnings for the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 for the parties to the deed of the cross guarantee.

Income statement
Revenue
Operating costs
Depreciation and amortisation expense
Net finance costs
Loss before income tax
Income tax benefit
Loss for the year

Statement of comprehensive income
Profit (loss) for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
Total comprehensive income for the year

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings
Accumulated losses at the beginning of the financial year
Profit (loss) for the year
Dividends provided for or paid
Adjustment for opening retained earnings of entities that joined the 'closed group'
Retained earnings at the end of the financial year

129

2014
$M

208
(136)
(22)
(131)
(82)
34
(48)

(48)
–
(48)

(478)
(48)
(74)
–
(600)

2013
$M

173
(115)
(23)
(132)
(97)
41
(56)

(56)
–
(56)

(320)
(56)
(103)
1
(478)

129

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

31 Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

Consolidated balance sheet

Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 for the parties to the deed 
of cross guarantee.

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Total current assets

Non-current assets
Other financial assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Payables
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Contributed equity
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

2014
$M

2,347
867
3,214

1,709
215
557
2,481

5,695

3,191
35
3,226

1,814
39
7
1,860

5,086

609

1,208
1
(600)
609

2013
$M

55
586
641

1,560
168
565
2,293

2,934

1,339
65
1,404

1,320
36
10
1,366

2,770

164

641
1
(478)
164

Under  the  stapling  arrangement,  each  entity  directly  and/or  indirectly  supports  each  entity  and  its  controlled 
entities within the Transurban Group on a continual basis.

32 Events occurring after the reporting period

The financial close on the acquisition of Queensland Motorways was completed on 2 July 2014. On this date the 
Group raised $2,900 million in non-recourse debt to fund the acquisition, of which $2,500  million was drawn on 
that date.

The financial effects of this transaction have not been brought to account at 30 June 2014. The operating results 
and assets and liabilities of Queensland Motorways will be consolidated from 2 July 2014. Refer to note 3.

130

130 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

33 Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating 

activities 

Profit for the year
Depreciation and amortisation
Non-cash share-based payments expense
Non-cash finance costs
Share of net (profits) losses of equity accounted investments

Change in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in debtors
Increase (decrease) in concession and promissory note liability
Increase in capitalised held-to-maturity investment interest
Increase (decrease) in operating creditors and accruals
Increase (decrease) in other operating provisions
Increase (decrease) in provision for income taxes payable
Movement in deferred taxes
Increase (decrease) in maintenance provision
Net cash inflow (outflow) from operating activities

34 Earnings per stapled security

Basic earnings per security

Earnings per security attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the stapled 
group

Diluted earnings per security

Earnings per security attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the stapled 
group

131

2014
$M

252
330
7
10
(115)

6
(2)
(55)
14
(1)
8
34
33
521

2014
Cents

18.3

18.3

2014
Cents

18.3

18.3

2013
$M

175
312
7
8
10

(10)
7
(49)
(9)
5
(9)
(62)
26
411

2013
Cents

11.7

11.7

2013
Cents

11.7

11.7

131

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

34 Earnings per stapled security (continued)

Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per security

Basic and diluted earnings per security
Profit from continuing operations
Profit from discontinued operation
(Profit) loss attributable to non-controlling interests

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the stapled group used in 
calculating earnings per security

2014
$M

236
8
38

282

2013
$M

175
–
(3)

172

Profit from discontinued operation
Profit  from  discontinued  operation  is  fully  attributable  to  non-controlling  interests  as  it  was  related  to  the  CCT 
Group entities that were considered to be held-for-sale. Refer to note 3 for further details.

Weighted average number of securities used as denominator

2014
Number

2013
Number

Weighted average number of securities used as the denominator in calculating 
basic and diluted earnings per security

1,539,476,092

1,470,495,508

Basic earnings per stapled security
Basic  earnings  per  stapled  security  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  profit  (loss)  attributable  to  members  of  the 
stapled security excluding any non-controlling interest and costs of servicing equity other than distributions, by 
the weighted average number of securities outstanding during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per stapled security
Diluted earnings per stapled security adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per stapled 
security  to  take  into  account  the  after  income  tax  effect  of  interest  and  other  financing  costs  associated  with 
dilutive potential stapled securities and the weighted average number of additional stapled securities that would 
have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential stapled securities.

132

132 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
35 Net tangible asset backing

Net tangible asset backing per stapled security*

Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2014
$

3.00

2013
$

2.10

* Net tangible assets used as the basis for this calculation include the concessions and permits relating to the 
operational assets of the Group. Assets of this type are characterised as intangibles under Australian Accounting 
Standards. 

36 Share-based payments

Performance Awards Plan

Under  the  Performance  Awards  Plan  (PAP), eligible  executives  receive  a  grant  of  Performance  Awards  which 
entitles participants to receive securities at no cost subject to the achievement of performance conditions. The 
Board  has  discretion  as  to  the  form  of  the  award  at  the  end  of  the  performance  period  and  may  grant  cash 
payments of equivalent value at vesting. No dividends or distributions on securities are payable to participants 
prior to vesting.

Dual  performance  measures  (Free  Cash  Flow  (FCF)  (from  1  July  2011)  or  earnings  before  interest,  tax, 
depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) (pre 1 July 2011) and relative total security holder return (TSR)) apply to 
Performance Awards, each representing 50 per cent of the award. The use of dual measures balances the need 
to both improve the underlying performance of the business over the long term as well as generate appropriate 
returns relative to the market.

Grant date

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value at grant date

Balance at 
start of the 
year

Granted 
during the 
year

Vested 
during the 
year

Forfeited 
during the 
year

Balance at 
end of the 
year

TSR

EBITDA

FCF

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

2014
1 Nov 2010
1 Nov 2013
23 Dec 2010 1 Nov 2013
26 Sep 2011 30 Jun 2014
11 Nov 2011 30 Jun 2014
15 Aug 2012 30 Jun 2015*
19 Oct 2012 30 Jun 2015*
14 Aug 2013 30 Jun 2016*
30 Jun 2016*
1 Nov 2013

$3.23
$3.33
$3.37
$3.27
$2.72
$2.95
$3.24
$3.13

$4.62
$4.97
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
$4.63
$4.81
$4.99
$5.43
$6.07
$6.21

Total

x

922,476
684,683
420,872
715,024
480,102
448,400
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
728,380
382,292

(789,978)
(592,320)
(267,256)
(511,886)
–
–
–
–

(132,498)
(92,363)
(153,616)
(203,138)
(113,537)
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
366,565
448,400
728,380
382,292

3,671,557

1,110,672 (2,161,440)

(695,152)

1,925,637

*  vesting  /  expiry  date  refers  to  the  ending  date  of  the  performance  period.  Actual  vesting  /  expiry  date  is  determined  within  30  days  of  the 
release of Transurban Group's financial results for that performance period.

133

133

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

36 Share-based payments (continued)

Performance Awards Plan (continued)

Grant date

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value at grant date

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

TSR

EBITDA

FCF

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

2013
11 Dec 2009 11 Dec 2012
1 Nov 2010
1 Nov 2013
23 Dec 2010 1 Nov 2013
26 Sep 2011 30 Jun 2014
11 Nov 2011 30 Jun 2014
15 Aug 2012 30 Jun 2015*
30 Jun 2015*
19 Oct 2012

Total

$3.33
$3.23
$3.33
$3.37
$3.27
$2.72
$2.95

$4.97
$4.62
$4.97
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
$4.63
$4.81
$4.99
$5.43

1,625,994
1,201,077
684,683
661,932
715,024
–
–

– (1,624,766)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
747,201
–
448,400

(1,228)
(278,601)
–
(241,060)
–
(267,099)
–

–
922,476
684,683
420,872
715,024
480,102
448,400

4,888,710

1,195,601 (1,624,766)

(787,988)

3,671,557

*  vesting  /  expiry  date  refers  to  the  ending  date  of  the  performance  period.  Actual  vesting  /  expiry  date  is  determined  within  30  days  of  the 
release of Transurban Group's financial results for that performance period.

Assessed fair value

The assessed fair value at grant date of the plans above has been independently determined in accordance with 
AASB 2.

The  TSR  component  of  the  Performance  Awards  has  been  valued  applying  a  Monte-Carlo  simulation  (of  a 
geometric  Brownian  motion  process,  as  used  in  the  Black-Scholes  framework)  to  model  Transurban's  future 
security price and TSR performance against the comparator group performance at vesting date. The valuation 
model takes into account the term of the award, the security price at grant date and expected price volatility of 
the underlying security, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the award.

The  Free  Cash  Flow  component  of  the  Performance  Awards  has  only  a  non-market  based  vesting  condition 
which is not considered in the valuation. The valuation of these awards takes into account the security price at 
grant date, and the expected dividend yield which represents the dividends over the life of the Awards that the 
rights holder does not receive. A discounted cash flow model is used to perform this valuation. 

The  Group  is  currently  transitioning  to  a  face  value  approach  (discounted  for  distributions)  for  the  FCF 
component. The transition is over 3 years and all things being equal there will be a decrease in the number of 
awards  recipients  receive  until  the  new  methodology  is  achieved.  This  transition  will  be  completed  for  grants 
made during FY2016. 

Performance Awards Plan - CEO Sign On Award Plan

Scott Charlton received a one-off grant of equity as a sign-on award in recognition of the incentives forfeited with 
his former employer by joining Transurban. The awards were awarded at no cost to Scott and will vest, subject 
to his continued employment with Transurban as described in his employment contract, in three equal tranches 
on the first, second and third anniversaries of his employment date. Upon vesting, the awards will automatically 
exercise and settle in securities. No dividends or distributions on securities are payable prior to vesting.

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

16 Jul 2013
16 Jul 2014
16 Jul 2015

$5.71
$5.71
$5.71

78,752
78,752
78,752

236,256

–
–
–
–

(78,752)
–
–

(78,752)

–
–
–
–

–
78,752
78,752

157,504

134

Grant date

2014
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012

Total

134 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

36 Share-based payments (continued)

Performance Awards Plan - CEO Sign On Award Plan (continued)

Grant date

2013
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012

Total

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

16 Jul 2013
16 Jul 2014
16 Jul 2015

$5.71
$5.71
$5.71

–
–
–
–

78,752
78,752
78,752

236,256

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

78,752
78,752
78,752

236,256

Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan

For the 2014 financial year, the CEO and other Senior Executives had a target STI opportunity of 30 per cent of 
their total remuneration package. Mandatory STI deferral of 50 per cent of the overall STI award now applies for 
all grants to the CEO and other Senior Executives. STI payouts can vary between zero (if targets are not met) 
and 150 per cent (for exceptional outperformance). 

The  deferral  period  is  two  years.  For  Australian  Senior  Executives,  deferral  is  into  securities.  Due  to  legal 
restrictions  on  the  issue  of  securities  to  USA  residents,  the  USA  resident  Senior  Executives  receive  deferred 
cash awards. STI deferral grants are made in the form of awards. Each award is an entitlement to receive a fully 
paid security, or an equivalent cash payment, on terms and conditions determined by the Board. This deferred 
component of remuneration may, at the discretion of the Board, be subject to forfeiture or clawback (e.g. in the 
event of misconduct or the material misstatement of financial results). 

Grant date

2014
15 Aug 2012
15 Aug 2013

Total

Grant date

2013
15 Aug 2012

Total

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

1 Jul 2014
1 Jul 2015

$5.68
$6.81

642,388
–

–
443,736

642,388

443,736

–
–
–

(79,668)
–

562,720
443,736

(79,668)

1,006,456

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

1 Jul 2014

$5.68

–
–

642,388

642,388

–
–

–
–

642,388

642,388

The  fair  value  at  grant  dates  in  both  the  deferred  STI  plan  and  the  CEO  sign-on  awards  plan  have  been 
determined  in  accordance  with  AASB  2  by  using  a  volume  weighted  average  price  (VWAP)  over  a  specified 
period of time.

135

135

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

36 Share-based payments (continued)

Employee security scheme

The Transurban Employee Security Ownership Plan (the Plan) provides employees with an opportunity to be a 
part owner of Transurban and partner in its continued success.

All Australian based permanent employees  were eligible to participate in the Investment Tax Exempt Plan and 
the  Investment  Tax  Deferred  Plan  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014.  Under  the  plans,  Transurban  provides 
participants with a matching component toward the acquisition of the Stapled Securities. For the period  1 July 
2013  to  30  June  2014,  the  cost  of  company  matches  was  $139,918  (2013:  $132,162)  for  the  Investment  Tax 
Exempt Plan and $314,667 (2013: $450,374) for the Investment Tax Deferred Plan.

The third element under the Plan is the Incentive Plan. Subject to Board approval and the performance of the 
Group,  eligible  employees  may  receive  a  certain  number  of  Transurban  securities  at  no  cost  to  them.  In 
February 2014, each participant was allocated 100 stapled securities at a value of $6.94 per security. Stapled 
securities provided under the Plan were acquired on the open market. Eligible US based participants received 
an equivalent cash award.

Shares purchased on market under the plan and provided to participating 
employees

2014
Number

2013
Number

50,800

45,900

Expenses arising from share-based payments

Total  expenses  arising  from  share-based  payment  transactions  recognised  during  the  period  as  part  of 
employee benefit expense was $6.6 million (2013: $6.6 million).

37 Key management personnel compensation

Directors

The following persons were Directors of THL, TIML and TIL during the financial year and up until the date of this 
report:

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director
Scott Charlton

Non-executive Directors
Lindsay Maxsted (Chairman)
Neil Chatfield
Robert Edgar
Samantha Mostyn
Christine O'Reilly
Rodney Slater
Ian Smith

136

136 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

37 Key management personnel compensation (continued)

Other key management personnel

The following persons also had authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of 
the Group, directly or indirectly, during the financial year:

J Aument
W Ballantine

A Head
S Hogg
S Johnson
M Kulper
T Steinhilber
L Tobin
V Vassallo

Group General Manager, North America
Group General Manager, Strategy (appointed Group General Manager, Queensland, from 4 
June 2014)
Group General Manager, New South Wales
Chief Financial Officer (departed 14 July 2014)
Group General Manager, Human Resources
President, Transurban North America (departed 3 September 2013)
Group General Manager, Project Delivery and Operational Excellence (until 14 July 2014)
Group General Manager, Technology
Group General Manager, Victoria

Key management personnel compensation

The remuneration amounts below represent the entire amounts paid by the Transurban Group.

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Long-term benefits
Share-based payments
Deferred STIs
Termination benefits

2014
$

11,056,992
257,966
73,043
3,645,461
1,620,545
333,356

2013
$

10,755,270
232,743
25,335
9,208,279
1,128,897
–

16,987,363

21,350,524

Detailed remuneration disclosures are made in the remuneration report in the Directors' report.

137

137

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

38 Non-cash investing and financing activities

Distributions satisfied by the issue of stapled securities under the distribution 
reinvestment plan

2014
$M

65

65

2013
$M

35

35

39 Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, 
including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by 
definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are 
discussed below.

Income taxes
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and USA. Significant judgement is required in determining the 
provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course 
of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated 
tax audit issues based on whether additional taxes will be due. Where  the final tax outcome of these matters is 
different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred tax 
assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.

The  Group  has  recognised  deferred  tax  assets  relating  to  carried  forward  tax  losses  to  the  extent  there  are 
sufficient  taxable  temporary  differences  relating  to  the  same  taxation  authority  against  which  the  unused  tax 
losses can be utilised. However, the utilisation of tax losses also depends on the ability of the Group to satisfy 
certain tests at the time the losses are recouped. In the USA tax losses generally expire after a 20 year period. 
Management has reviewed the potential future taxable profits and has therefore recognised deferred tax assets 
in relation to tax losses.

Useful lives of plant and equipment
The  Group  determines  the  estimated  useful  lives  and  related  depreciation  for  its  plant  and  equipment.  This 
estimate  is  based  on  expected  useful  lives  of  technology.  It  could  change  significantly  as  a  result  of  technical 
innovations.  The  Group  will  increase  the  depreciation  charge  where  useful  lives  are  less  than  previously 
estimated lives, or will write off or write down technically obsolete or non-strategic assets.

The  Group  depreciates  the  assets  associated  with  the  various  toll  road  infrastructure  over  the  life  of  the 
respective concession arrangements.

Estimated impairment of intangible assets and cash generating units
The  Group  tests  whether  goodwill,  other  intangible  assets  and  cash  generating  units  have  suffered  any 
impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 1(i). The recoverable amount of each cash 
generating  unit  has  been  determined  based  on  the  greater  of  value-in-use  and  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell 
calculations. As disclosed in note 15, these calculations require the use of assumptions regarding traffic flows, 
discount rates, growth rates and other factors affecting operating activities of the cash generating units.

The  Group  does  not  consider  that  there  have  been  any  indicators  of  impairment  in  relation  to  any  of  its  cash 
generating units during the year.

138

138 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

39 Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued)

Valuation of Promissory Notes and Concession Notes
The Group holds non-interest bearing long term debt, represented by promissory notes and concession notes, 
that are included in the financial statements at the present value of expected future payments. The calculations 
to discount these notes to their present value are based on the estimated timing and profile of the repayments. 
Assumptions are made in determining the timing and profile, based on expected available equity cash flows of 
the Group's cash generating units.

A  discount  rate  is  used  to  value  the  promissory  notes  and  concession  notes  to  their  present  value,  which  is 
determined through reference to other facilities in the market with similar characteristics.

Fair value of derivatives and other financial instruments
The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  is  determined  using  valuation 
techniques.  The  Group  uses  its  judgement  to  select  a  variety  of  methods  and  makes  assumptions  that  are 
mainly based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date.

Provision for future major maintenance expenditure
The  Group  records  a  provision  for  its  present  obligation  to  maintain  the  Motorways  held  under  Concession 
Deeds. The provision is included in the financial  statements at the present value of expected future payments. 
The calculations to discount these amounts to their present value are based on the estimated timing and profile 
of expenditure occurring on the roads.

A discount rate is used to value the maintenance expenditure provision at its present value, which is determined 
through reference to the nature of the provision and the risks associated with the expenditure.

Assessment of control

The Group considered that, up to 4 June 2014, it jointly controlled (and therefore equity accounted) Transurban 
DRIVe Holdings LLC (“DRIVe”) even though it owned 75 per cent  of the equity, as at least 80 per cent of the 
membership interests were required to pass key decisions relating to operating and financing of the entity.

As  disclosed  in  Note  3,  as  of  4  June  2014,  following  the  acquisition  of  Capital  Beltway  (and  its  subsequent 
recapitalisation), as  well as  the  purchase of  Fluor’s  10 per cent  equity  interest in  both  Capital  Beltway  and 95 
Express Lanes, the Group re-assessed its control over DRIVe. Due to the operations of the Capital Beltway and 
the  95  Express  Lanes  (which  DRIVe  already  had  a  direct  ownership  interest  in)  being  closely  linked,  it  was 
determined that the acquisition of Capital Beltway, along with the purchase of Fluor’s 10 per cent interest in both 
Capital Beltway and the 95 Express Lanes, gave the Group control over DRIVe and the 95 Express Lanes.

The Group considers that control was gained over the Cross City Tunnel holding and operating entities  (“CCT 
Group”)  as  of  30  December  2013,  following  the  acquisition  of  the  group’s  debt  from  Royal  Bank  of  Scotland, 
even  though  the  Group’s  equity  ownership  was  nil.  The  CCT  Group  was  therefore  consolidated  as  of  30 
December 2013. The subsequent acquisition of the concession asset by the Group (from the CCT Group) on 26 
June 2014 had no impact on the assessment of control. See note 3 for further details.

139

139

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

40 Financial risk management

The  Group’s  activities  expose  it  to  a  variety  of  financial  risks:  market  risk  (including  currency  risk  and  interest 
rate  risk),  credit  risk  and  liquidity  risk.  The  financial  risk  management  function  is  carried  out  centrally  by  the 
Transurban Group Treasury team (Treasury) under policies approved by the Board. Treasury work closely with 
the  Group’s  operating  units  to  actively  identify  and  monitor  all  financial  risks,  and  put  hedging  in  place  where 
appropriate. The Board are informed on a regular basis of any material exposures to financial risks.

The Group’s hedging strategies are detailed below, and include the use of derivative financial instruments. The 
Group's policies allow derivative transactions to be undertaken only for the purpose of reducing risk, and do not 
permit speculative trading. Treasury continuously monitor risk exposures over time through review of cash flows, 
price movements, market analysis and ongoing communication within the Group. When measuring financial risk, 
Treasury  consider  positive  and  negative  exposures,  existing  hedges  and  the  ability  to  offset  exposures  where 
possible.

Market risk

Foreign exchange risk
The  Group  operates  internationally  and  is  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  risk  when  future  commercial 
transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional 
currency.

Foreign currency exposures are viewed as either investment exposures or operating exposures. Exposures from 
investment  in foreign assets are  generally  managed  using foreign  currency  debt.  All  known  material  operating 
exposures out to 12 months are hedged, using hedging instruments, offsetting exposures or drawing on foreign 
currency funds.

The Group's exposure to foreign currency risk at the reporting date, denominated in the currency in which the 
risk arises, was as follows:

USD$M

30 June 2014
CAD$M

EUR$M

USD$M

30 June 2013
CAD$M

EUR$M

Cash and cash 
equivalents
Net investment in 
foreign operation
Borrowings
Cross-currency 
interest rate swaps
Trade creditors
Net exposure

145

872
(1,421)

629
–
225

–

–
(250)

250
–
–

–

–
(500)

500
–
–

4

474
(1,361)

933
(4)
46

–

–
(250)

250
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

Exposure to other foreign exchange movements is not material.

140

140 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

40 Financial risk management (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Foreign exchange risk (continued)
Sensitivity
Based on the financial instruments held at end of the period, had the Australian dollar strengthened/weakened 
by 10 cents against the U.S. dollar with all other variables held constant, the Group’s post-tax profit for the year 
would have been $10,329,000 lower (2013: $24,000 lower) or $12,783,000 higher (2013: $30,000 higher), as a 
result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of US dollar denominated financial instruments as detailed 
in the above table. The Group’s post-tax profit is more sensitive to movements in the Australian dollar/US dollar 
exchange rate in the current year due to an increase in US dollar cash holdings.

Had the Australian dollar strengthened by 10 cents against the U.S. dollar with all other variables held constant, 
the  Group's  equity  would  have  been  $17,209,000  lower  (2013:  $28,683,000  lower).  Had  the  Australian  dollar 
weakened  by  10 cents  against  the  U.S.  dollar  with  all  other  variables  held constant,  the Group's  equity  would 
have been $22,160,000 higher (2013: $38,898,000 higher). The Group revalues its U.S. dollar borrowings each 
period using market spot rates and, where a qualifying hedge is in place, defers these movements in equity. The 
volatility in equity is caused mainly by fair value movements of the cross currency interest rate swaps, which are 
affected by changes in forward Australian dollar/U.S. dollar foreign exchange rates.

Based on the financial instruments held at 30 June 2014, had the Australian dollar strengthened/weakened by 
10  cents  against  the  Canadian  dollar  with  all  other  variables  held  constant,  the  Group’s  post-tax  profit  for  the 
year  would  have  been  unchanged  (2013:  unchanged),  as  a  result  of  foreign  exchange  gains/losses  on 
translation of Canadian dollar denominated financial instruments as detailed in the above table.

Had  the  Australian  dollar  strengthened  by  10  cents  against  the  Canadian  dollar  with  all  other  variables  held 
constant,  the  Group's  equity  would  have  been  $2,232,000 lower  (2013:  $2,824,000  lower).  Had  the  Australian 
dollar  weakened  by  10  cents  against  the  Canadian  dollar  with  all  other  variables  held  constant,  the  Group's 
equity  would have  been $3,023,000  higher  (2013:  $3,972,000  higher).The  Group  revalues  its  foreign currency 
denominated borrowings each period using market spot rates and, where a qualifying hedge is in place, defers 
these  movements  in  equity.  The  volatility  in  equity  is  caused  mainly  by  fair  value  movements  of  the  cross 
currency  interest  rate  swaps,  which  are  affected  by  changes  in  forward  Australian  dollar/foreign  currency 
exchange rates.

Based on the financial instruments held at 30 June 2014, had the Australian dollar strengthened/weakened by 5 
cents against the Euro with all other variables held constant, the Group’s post-tax profit for the year would have 
been  unchanged,  as  a  result  of  foreign  exchange  gains/losses  on  translation  of  Euro  denominated  financial 
instruments as detailed in the above table.

Had  the  Australian  dollar  strengthened  by  5  cents  against  the  Euro  with  all  other  variables  held  constant,  the 
Group's equity would have been $15,436,000 lower. Had the Australian dollar weakened by 5 cents against the 
Euro with all other variables held constant, the Group's equity would have been $19,526,000 higher. The Group 
revalues  its  foreign  currency  denominated  borrowings  each  period  using  market  spot  rates  and,  where  a 
qualifying hedge is in place, defers these movements in equity. The volatility in equity is caused mainly by fair 
value movements of the cross currency interest rate swaps, which are affected by changes in forward Australian 
dollar/foreign currency exchange rates.

Price risk
The Group is not exposed to price risk.

141

141

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

40 Financial risk management (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Cash flow interest rate risk
The  Group’s  main  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk  arises  from  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  and  long-term 
borrowings.  Treasury  manages  interest  rate  risk  by  entering  into  fixed  rate debt facilities  or  using interest  rate 
swaps to convert floating rate debt. Generally, the Group raises long term borrowings at floating rates and swaps 
them  into  fixed  rates  that  are  lower  than  those  available  if  the  Group  borrowed  at  fixed  rates  directly.  The 
Group’s policy is to hedge interest rate exposure at a minimum in compliance with the covenant requirements of 
funding facilities and up to 100 per cent. Covenant requirements vary by debt facility, and require a minimum of 
between  50  per  cent  and  80  per  cent  of  interest  rate  exposure  to  be  hedged.  At  30  June  2014,  86  per  cent 
(2013: 87 per cent) of the Group’s interest rate exposure on variable rate borrowings was hedged.

As at the reporting date, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap contracts 
outstanding:

Cash and cash equivalents
Floating rate borrowings
Interest rate swaps (notional principal amount)

Weighted
average
interest rate
%
2.4%
3.4%
2.5%

Net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk
An analysis by maturities is provided in Liquidity risk below.

2014

2013

Weighted
average
interest rate
%
3.6%
3.9%
2.9%

Balance
$M
(2,879)
3,257
(2,808)

(2,430)

Balance
$M
(259)
3,072
(2,686)

127

Sensitivity
At  30  June  2014,  if  interest  rates  had  changed  by  +/-100  basis  points  from  the  year-end  rates  with  all  other 
variables  held  constant,  post-tax  profit  for  the  year  would  have  been  $24,296,000  higher/lower  (2013: 
$1,270,000 lower/higher). Profit is more sensitive to movements in interest rates in 2014 than 2013, due mainly 
to an increase in cash holding, as a result of the acquisition of Queensland Motorways  which completed on 2 
July 2014.

Credit risk

The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk from  operating activities, and has policies in place to 
ensure that transactions are made with commercial customers with an appropriate credit history. However as an 
operator  of  large  infrastructure  assets,  the  Group  is  exposed  to  credit  risk  with  its  financial  counterparties 
through  undertaking  financial  transactions  intrinsic  to  its  business.  These  include  funds  held  on  deposit,  cash 
investments and the market value of derivative transactions.

Treasury  assesses  the  credit  strength  of  potential  financial  counterparties  using  objective  ratings  provided  by 
multiple independent rating agencies. Board approved limit allocation rules ensure higher limits are granted to 
higher rated counterparties. The Group also seeks to mitigate its total credit exposure to counterparties by only 
dealing with credit worthy counterparties, limiting the exposure to any one counterparty, minimising the size of 
the exposure where possible through netting offsetting exposures, diversifying exposures across counterparties, 
closely monitoring changes in  total credit  exposures  and  changes  in credit status,  and  taking  mitigating action 
when necessary.

The  Group’s  investment  in  the Westlink  Motorway  is  through  Term  Loan  Notes  (see  note  11  for  details).  The 
return  on  these  Notes  is  ultimately  dependent  on  the  performance  of  the  Motorway.  The  Group  continually 
monitors the performance and expected cash flows of the Motorway.

142

142 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

40 Financial risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk

The Group maintains sufficient cash and undrawn facilities to maintain short term flexibility and enable the Group 
to  meet  financial  commitments  in  a  timely  manner.  Treasury  assesses  liquidity  over  the  short  term  (up  to  12 
months)  and  medium  term  (one  to  five  years)  by  maintaining  accurate  forecasts  of  operating  expenses, 
committed capital expenditure and payments to security holders. Long term liquidity requirements are reviewed 
as part of the annual strategic planning process.

Short term liquidity is managed by maintaining a strategic liquidity reserve. This reserve is based on the Group’s 
forecast annual operating costs and certain risk exposure scenarios as maintained by the Group’s strategic risk 
register,  and  is  maintained  as  cash  and  undrawn  facilities.  The  reserve  is  maintained  on  a  rolling  12  month 
basis. Medium term liquidity forecasting is maintained on a rolling five year horizon.

Financing arrangements
The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:

Floating rate
- Expiring within one year
- Expiring beyond one year

2014
$M

–
421

421

2013
$M

16
202

218

The Group also has a letter of credit facility and  a general credit facility in place with undrawn capacity of $8.7 
million at 30 June 2014 (refer to note 17).

The facilities are committed for the term of the facility and cannot be withdrawn by the lenders without notice.

Maturities of financial liabilities
The tables below analyse the Group's financial liabilities, net and gross settled derivative financial instruments 
into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months 
equal  their  carrying  balances  as  the  impact  of  discounting  is  not  significant.  For  interest  rate  swaps  the  cash 
flows have been estimated using forward interest rates applicable at the end of the reporting period.

Contractual 
maturities of 
financial liabilities

At 30 June 2014

Non-derivatives

Non-interest 
bearing
Variable rate
Fixed rate
Total non-
derivatives

1 year 
or less
$M

Over 1 to 
2 years
$M

Over 2 to
3 years
$M

Over 3 to 
4 years
$M

Over 4 to 
5 years
$M

Over 5 
years
$M

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
$M

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/
liabilities
$M

497
723
225

1,445

–
521
422

943

–
1,310
204

1,514

–
447
234

681

–
232
601

405
488
5,339

902
3,721
7,025

554
3,257
3,541

833

6,232

11,648

7,352

143

143

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

40 Financial risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk (continued)

Contractual 
maturities of 
financial liabilities

At 30 June 2014

Derivatives

Net settled (interest 
rate swaps)
Net settled (cross-
currency interest 
rate swaps/fx 
forwards)
Total derivatives

At 30 June 2013

Non-derivatives

Non-interest 
bearing
Variable rate
Fixed rate
Total non-
derivatives
Derivatives

1 year 
or less
$M

Over 1 to 
2 years
$M

Over 2 to 
3 years
$M

Over 3 to
4 years
$M

Over 4 to 
5 years
$M

Over 5 
years
$M

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
$M

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/
liabilities
$M

86

65

55
141

48
113

41

52
93

24

11

32

259

227

48
72

38
49

(26)
6

215
474

190
417

1 year 
or less
$M

Over 1 to 
2 years
$M

Over 2 to 
3 years
$M

Over 3 to 
4 years
$M

Over 4 to 
5 years
$M

Over 5 
years
$M

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
$M

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/
liabilities
$M

322
304
358

984

–
1,168
225

–
653
414

1,393

1,067

–
537
199

736

–
445
226

390
303
1,287

712
3,410
2,709

380
3,072
1,866

671

1,980

6,831

5,318

Net settled (interest 
rate swaps)
Net settled (cross-
currency interest 
rate swaps/fx 
forwards)
Total derivatives

97

72

7
104

30
102

41

27
68

22

11

8

251

228

32
54

24
35

15
23

135
386

126
354

144

144 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holdings Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

40 Financial risk management (continued)

Fair value measurements

The  carrying  value  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  brought  to  account  at  balance  sheet  date 
approximates fair value.

The  fair  value  of  these  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  must  be  estimated  for  recognition  and 
measurement or for disclosure purposes.

The Group has adopted the amendment to AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures which requires disclosure 
of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

(a) quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1)
(b)

inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  included  within  level  1  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability, 
either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices) (level 2), and
inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (level 
3).

(c) 

The following table presents the Group's assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value at 30 June 
2014 and 30 June 2013:

30 June 2014

Assets
Derivatives used for hedging
Total assets
Liabilities
Derivatives used for hedging
Total liabilities

30 June 2013

Assets
Derivatives used for hedging
Total assets
Liabilities
Derivatives used for hedging
Total liabilities

Level 1
$M

Level 2
$M

Level 3
$M

–
–

–
–

16
16

433
433

–
–

–
–

Level 1
$M

Level 2
$M

Level 3
$M

–
–

–
–

11
11

365
365

–
–

–
–

Total
$M

16
16

433
433

Total
$M

11
11

365
365

The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  (for  example,  over-the-counter 
derivatives)  is  determined  using  valuation  techniques.  The  Group  uses  a  variety  of  methods  and  makes 
assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of 
both  cross-currency  interest  rate  swaps  and  interest  rate  swaps  is  calculated  as  the  present  value  of  the 
estimated future cash flows. The fair value of forward exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange 
market rates at the end of the reporting period. All these instruments are included in level 2.

145

145

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
In the Directors' opinion:

Transurban Holdings Limited
Directors' declaration
30 June 2014

(a)

(b)

(c)

the financial statements and notes set out on pages 56 to 145 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001, including:
(i)

complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory 
professional reporting requirements, and
giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 30 June 2014 and of its 
performance for the year ended on that date, and

(ii)

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they 
become due and payable, and
at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended 
Closed Group identified in note 31 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or 
may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross guarantee described in note 31.

Note 1(a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The  Directors  have  been  given  the  declarations  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 
required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with separate resolutions of the Directors of Transurban Holdings 
Limited, Transurban Infrastructure Management Limited and Transurban International Limited.

Lindsay Maxsted
Director

Scott Charlton
Director

Melbourne
5 August 2014

146

146 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
147

2014 Transurban Annual Report23 to 52

148 

2014 Transurban Annual ReportTransurban Holding Trust and
Controlled Entities

ARSN 098 807 419

Annual report
for the year ended 30 June 2014

149

2014 Transurban Annual ReportTransurban Holding Trust ARSN 098 807 419
Annual report - 30 June 2014

Directors' report

Auditor's Independence Declaration

Financial statements

Directors' declaration

Independent auditor's report to the members

Page

151

164

165

248

249

150 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014

Directors' report

The  Directors  of  Transurban  Infrastructure  Management  Limited  ("the  Company"),  the  responsible  entity  of 
Transurban Holding Trust, present their report on the consolidated entity, consisting of Transurban Holding Trust 
("the Trust") and the entities it controls (collectively "the Group"), for the year ended 30 June 2014.

The  Trust  forms  part  of  the  triple  staple  that  is  Transurban  ("the  Transurban  Group").  A  Stapled  Security 
comprises  one  share  in  Transurban  Holdings  Limited,  one  share  in  Transurban  International  Limited  and  one 
unit in the Trust. None of the components of the Stapled Security can be traded separately.

Responsible entity
The Trust is registered as a managed investment scheme under Chapter 5C of the  Corporations Act 2001, and 
as a result requires a responsible entity. The Company is the responsible entity of the Trust and is responsible 
for performing all functions that are required under the Corporations Act 2001 of a responsible entity.

Directors
The following persons were Directors of the Company during the whole of the financial year and up to the date of 
this report:

Non-executive Directors

Lindsay Maxsted

Neil Chatfield

Robert Edgar

Samantha Mostyn

Christine O'Reilly

Rodney Slater

Ian Smith

Executive Director

Scott Charlton

Result
The consolidated net profit for the Group was $352 million (2013: $393 million). The profit attributable to ordinary 
equity holders of Transurban Holding Trust was $345 million (2013: $378 million).

Principal activities
The  principal  activities  of  the  Group  during  the  financial  year  were  the  leasing  of  assets  and  the  provision  of 
funding to the Transurban Group.

151 

151

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Distributions - Transurban Holdings Trust
Distributions paid to members during the financial year were as follows:

Final distribution for 2014 financial year payable and recognised as a liability: 17.0 
cents (2013: 12.0 cents) per fully paid Stapled Security payable 14 August 2014:
Final unfranked distribution payable and recognised as a liability: 14.5 cents 
(2013: 12.0 cents) per fully paid Stapled Security payable 14 August 2014
Fully franked final distribution based on tax paid at 30%: 2.5 cents (2013: nil) per 
fully paid Stapled Security

Distributions paid during the year

Final distribution for 2013 financial year of 12.0 cents (2012: 11.5 cents) per fully 
paid Stapled Security paid 14 August 2013
Interim distribution for 2014 financial year of 13.5 cents (2013: 12.0 cents) per 
fully paid Stapled Security paid 14 February 2014
Total distributions paid during the year

Distributions paid in cash or satisfied by the issue of Stapled Securities
under the distribution reinvestment plan during the years ended 30 June 2014 and 
30 June 2013
Paid in cash
Satisfied by issue of stapled securities                                                             (a)

Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

2014
$M

2013
$M

275

47

322

178

201
379

327
52

379

178

-

178

168

176
344

317
27

344

(a)  The  value  of  stapled  securities  represents  the  total  value  of  securities  issued;  however,  this  value  is 
apportioned between Transurban Holdings Limited ($7.7 million),  Transurban Holding Trust ($43.3 million), and 
Transurban International Limited ($1.0 million).

Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014

As  a  member  of  the  Transurban  Group  triple  staple,  the  Group  operates  under  a  business  framework 
(incorporating strategy and value drivers) consistent with the wider Transurban Group. 

Business review 

Business Framework and Strategy 

At the heart of our business strategy is our desire to be a ‘partner of choice’ for our government clients and an 
organisation  that  meets  the  needs  of  our  customers.  To  do  that,  we  have  to  provide  and  be  part  of  effective 
transportation solutions to support the growth and well-being of our cities. 

At  Transurban  we  do  this  through  the  effective  management  of  our  existing  road  networks,  through  our  active 
involvement  in  the  transport  policy  debate,  and by  applying  our  unique skills  to  the  infrastructure  challenges  in 
our markets. 

152 

152 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

In delivering on this objective our business has fostered core capabilities in the following areas:  

Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

  Network planning and forecasting 
  Operations and customer management 
  Project development and delivery 
  Application of technology, and 
  Community engagement. 

Transurban's  target  markets  are  the  eastern  seaboard  of  Australia  and  Virginia  in  the  USA,  part  of  the 
Washington, DC metro area.

Value drivers 

The  investment  proposition  for  high  quality  toll  road  assets  is  access  to  long  dated,  predictable,  growing  cash 
flows  generated  over  the  life  of  the  concessions  through  effective  management  and  development  of  the  road 
corridors these concessions govern. 

The organic growth in the business, which is derived from traffic growth and inflation linked toll escalation across 
the portfolio of assets, is supported by effective maintenance of operations and customers. It is further enhanced 
by the effective application of technology in key areas including traffic management and tolling. In addition, value 
can  be  unlocked  through  the  development  of  the  portfolio  through  a  range  of  activities  including  asset 
enhancements  such  as  Sydney’s  Hills  M2  Upgrade  and  M5 West Widening,  and  new  projects  negotiated  with 
governments such as the NorthConnex project in Sydney and the upgrade  to the western section of CityLink in 
Melbourne. 

Financial performance 

Performance indicators 

Underlying  proportional  EBITDA  (earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation  and  amortisation)  is  the  primary 
measure the Transurban Board uses to assess the operating performance of Transurban, with an aim to focus on 
operating  results  and  associated  cash  generation.  It  reflects  the  contribution  from  individual  assets  to 
Transurban’s  operating  performance  and  permits  a  meaningful  assessment  of  the  underlying  performance  of 
Transurban’s assets.

To  arrive  at  the  proportional  result,  non-controlling  interests  in  Transurban’s  controlled  roads  are  removed  and 
Transurban’s interests in non-controlled assets are included, in proportion to Transurban’s ownership.

Year ended 30 June 2014 Highlights 

Transurban  Holding  Trust’s  net  profit  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  was  $352  million,  a  10.4  per  cent 
decrease on the prior year. 

153 

153

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

The Group generates revenue from two primary sources: rental income and construction revenue.  

Rental income is generated from property held by the Group and leased to entities within the wider Transurban 
Group. In the current year this increased 2.6 per cent to $272 million. 

Construction revenue is  recognised during the construction phase of an intangible asset. In the year ended 30 
June  2014  $55  million  was  generated  through  the  M2  Upgrade  project.  This  construction  revenue  is  offset  by 
construction costs. 

Total EBITDA versus the prior corresponding period was the same at $286 million. 

Financial position 

Transurban  Group  has  a  market  capitalisation  of  around  $14.5  billion.  At  30  June  2014  1,896  million  stapled 
securities were on issue. During the year, Transurban issued 405 million stapled securities as part of the capital 
raising to fund the acquisition of Queensland Motorways. 

The Group represents one component of the Transurban triple staple and has total assets of $13,941 million, a 
25 per cent increase on the prior year. This increase was driven by the Transurban Group’s equity entitlement 
offer and share placement undertaken in May 2014 to fund the acquisition of Queensland Motorways (discussed 
below). 

The  concession  assets  held  by  THT  are  primarily  long-life  intangible  assets,  representing  the  provision  by  the 
Victorian and New South Wales State Governments of the right to toll customers for the use of the assets. The 
duration  of  the  asset  concessions  range  from  30  years  to  50  years  and  for  accounting  purposes  the  carrying 
values are amortised on a straight line basis over the duration of the concession. 

Details of the Group’s borrowings are discussed in Financing Activities below.

Operations and performance of Transurban’s portfolio of assets – Year ended 30 June 2014 

The operations and performance of the assets held within the Group is dependent on the operating activities of 
the Transurban Group as a whole. The tolling of the assets is conducted within a separate section of the triple 
staple and provides the revenue to fund the lease payments to the Group, and thereby recover the carrying value 
of the assets. 

Transurban considers that to understand the performance and operations of the Group, reference must be made 
to the wider Transurban Group and in particular the Australian based assets. The performance of those assets is 
discussed below. 

CityLink (Melbourne) 

CityLink had continued traffic growth on all parts of the Asset. Toll revenue increased by 7.9 per cent, driven by a 
1.6 per cent increase in traffic and a 4.7 per cent increase in toll prices. Western Link performed particularly well, 
seeing growth of 2.1 per cent, however both sections of the Asset were mildly affected by the re-sheeting of the 
Domain  and  Burnley  tunnels  in  late  December  and  early  January,  which  required  the  closure  of  those  tunnels 
during works.  

Changes to the operational structure of the call centre, and a shift to electronic channels for communications led 
to a reduction in tolling expenses and direct employee costs.  

154 

154 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Total CityLink costs have increased by $4 million to $105 million. CityLink’s EBITDA margin continued to improve 
from 89.0 per cent to 90.3 per cent.   

Hills M2 (Sydney) 

The M2 Upgrade project was completed in August 2013 and resulted in a significant uplift in traffic year-on-year. 
The  completion  of  the  M2  Upgrade  saw  the  majority  of  the  Hills  M2  return  to  normal  lane  configurations  and 
operational status which contributed to overall traffic growth across the Hills M2. In addition to the M2  Upgrade, 
works  were  commenced  on  the  maintenance  of  the  Vimiera  Road  Embankment  and  construction  of  the  Lane 
Cove Road eastbound on-ramp.  

Year on year traffic growth on the Hills M2 was 13.8 per cent, which included traffic growth following completion 
of the M2 Upgrade project. This traffic increase, in addition to the toll price increase of 19.3 per cent  effected on 
completion of the upgrade on the asset, resulted in a toll revenue increase of $50 million. 

Costs  on  the  Hills  M2  increased  in  comparison  to  the  previous  year,  however  the  asset’s  EBITDA  margin 
increased to 84.1 per cent. 

Lane Cove Tunnel / MRE (Sydney) 

Lane  Cove  Tunnel  has  observed  strong  traffic  growth  during  the  financial  year  as  the  constraints  from  the 
ongoing upgrade works on the connecting Hills M2 Motorway dissipated following completion of the M2 Upgrade 
Project. 

Traffic growth for the tunnel was 9.6 per cent compared to the prior corresponding period, and 6.6 per cent on the 
Military Road e-Ramps, resulting in a $7 million increase in toll revenue in 2014. Tollaust Pty Limited (a Group 
company) continued to provide Operations and Maintenance services to Lane Cove Tunnel, and since April 2014 
has  taken  on  the  role  of  Operator,  using  in-house  resources.  The  EBITDA  margin  on  Lane  Cove  Tunnel 
increased from 60.0 per cent to 73.0 per cent. 

Cross City Tunnel (Sydney) 

On 30 December 2013 Transurban acquired the senior debt exposure of the Cross City Tunnel Group which was 
in receivership. As a result of the debt acquisition Transurban was deemed to have gained control of the Cross 
City Tunnel Group and its controlled entities.  

The  acquisition  reached  financial  close  on  26  June  2014,  when  Transurban  purchased  the  Cross  City  Tunnel 
concession  asset  from  the  receivers  and  managers.  Transurban acquired  this  concession  for $475  million plus 
stamp duty and transaction costs totalling $27 million. As at the end of the financial year work was well advanced 
on the integration of this asset into the broader Transurban portfolio. 

M1 Eastern Distributor (Sydney)  

The Eastern Distributor commenced three major capital works projects in 2014, which has resulted in elevated 
levels of maintenance capital expenditure on the asset: 

1)  New  Roadside  Tolling  Equipment  was  installed  during  2014  and  user  acceptance  testing  of  this  equipment 

commenced;  

2)  Resurfacing of the motorway, which was commenced as a part of a two year program of resurfacing works; 

and

3)  Upgrade of the Operations Management and Control System (“OMCS”). The OMCS upgrade is scheduled for 

completion in 2016. 

On 4 November 2013, the Eastern Distributor moved to quarterly integer tolling increases (previously 50 cent 
increments). This has contributed to an increase in toll revenue of $5 million.

155 

155

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Westlink M7 (Sydney)  

The performance of Westlink M7, particularly the northern section, has improved in 2014 due to the completion of 
the  M2  Upgrade,  with  an  increase  in  traffic  of  8.1  per  cent  and  an  increase  in  revenue  of  $21  million  to  $231 
million. The M7’s EBITDA margin increased from 81.0 per cent to 83.6 per cent. 

Free cash and cash flows from operations 

Free cash is calculated as: 

Cash  flow  from  operations  of  100%  owned  assets  and  operating  companies  (CityLink,  Hills  M2,  Lane 
Cove  Tunnel  /  MRE,  Cross  City  Tunnel,  Statewide  Roads,  Roam  Tolling,  Tollaust  and  Transurban 
corporate); 

Excluding Payments for Maintenance of Intangible Assets (concession assets); 

Excluding Interest received from Term Loan Notes (Westlink M7 & M5 South West Motorway 
Investment returns captured as interest payments); 

Plus  distributions  received  from  non-100%  owned  assets  (M5  South  West  Motorway,  M1  Eastern 
Distributor) 

Plus  Term  Loan  Note  repayments  from  Westlink  M7  and  M5  South  West  Motorway  (as  50%  equity 
accounted investments) 

Less Provision for Maintenance of Intangible Assets and payments for e-TAGs. 

Free  cash  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  was  $572  million.  Free  cash  per  security  was  33.9  cents.  The 
calculation of free cash can be found at note 22 to the statutory accounts. Free cash per security was impacted in 
the year by the issue of new securities to fund the acquisition of Queensland Motorways. All securities issued are 
entitled to the full final distribution and this dilutes the free cash. The distribution of 35 cent per security is 96.9 
per cent cash covered for the year. 

Business development activities 

Acquisition of Queensland Motorways 

In  April  2014,  a  Transurban-led  consortium  (62.5%  Transurban,  25%  AustralianSuper  and  12.5%  Tawreed,  a 
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Abu  Dhabi  Investment  Authority)  reached  agreement  to  acquire  Queensland 
Motorways  for  $6,673  million,  plus  stamp  duty  and  transaction  costs  totalling  $447  million.  Transurban  will 
operate the network on behalf of the owners. Financial close was achieved on 2 July 2014. 

Acquisition of Cross City Tunnel 

The process to acquire Cross City Tunnel began when Transurban acquired the secured senior debt of the Cross 
City Tunnel Group from Royal Bank of Scotland in December 2013. Cross City Tunnel was in receivership at the 
time, with receivers and managers appointed to conduct a sale process.  

The debt acquisition gave Transurban the right to remove and appoint the receivers and managers and therefore 
significant rights over the relevant activities of the Cross City Tunnel entities.  In May 2014, Transurban entered 
into  an  agreement  with  members  of  the  Cross  City  Tunnel  Group  (subject  to  deeds  of  company  arrangement) 
(CCT  Vendors),  acting  by  their  Receivers  and  Managers,  to  acquire  CCT  for  approximately  $475  million  plus 
stamp duty and transaction costs. Financial close was achieved on 26 June 2014. 

156 

156 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

NorthConnex 

Having reached agreement with the New South Wales Government in May 2013 to work together to procure the 
design  and  construction  price,  in  March  2014  Transurban  announced  the  preferred  contractor  for  the 
NorthConnex project. This project has now moved into the planning approval stage with the public display of the 
Environmental  Impact  Assessment.  If  approved,  it  is  expected  that  work  on  NorthConnex  would  begin  in  2015 
with the project open for use in 2019.  

CityLink – Tullamarine Widening 

In  April  2014,  Transurban  announced  an  in-principle  agreement  with  the  Victorian  Government  under  the 
Government’s  Unsolicited  Proposals  framework  for  a  major  co-ordinated  upgrade  to  the  western  section  of 
CityLink,  the  Bolte  Bridge-West  Gate  Freeway  interchange  and  the  Tullamarine  Freeway  (“CityLink  –  Tulla 
Widening”).  The  project  is  subject  to  the  State  and  Transurban  reaching  final  agreement  on  terms  (including 
scope) and documentation (expected by late 2014). 

Financing activities 

As discussed above, Transurban Holding Trust provides funding to certain assets within the Transurban Group. 
The following financing activities were undertaken in the year ended 30 June 2014: 

December 2013 

Financed  tranche  A  of  Airport  Motorway’s  bank  debt  with  $300  million  domestic 
MTNs. 

June 2014 

Raised A$277 million non-recourse debt on Cross City Tunnel.   

On  2  July  2014,  the  Group  raised  $2,900  million  in  non-recourse  debt  to  fund  the  acquisition  of  Queensland 
Motorways, of which $2,500 million was drawn on that date. 

Debt maturity profiles 

The following chart shows the Group’s current external debt maturity profile related to assets through which the 
Trust provide funding to the wider Transurban Group. The charts show the debt in the financial year it matures 
and the full value of the debt facilities has been shown as this is the value of debt for refinancing purposes. 

600

500

400

300

n
o

i
l
l
i

m
$
A

200

400

340

100

0

260

277

225

300

D ec-14

Jun-15

D ec-15

Jun-16

D ec-16

Jun-17

D ec-17

Jun-18

D ec-18

Jun-19

D ec-19

Jun-20

D ec-20

Jun-21

D ec-21

Hills M2

Lane Cove Tunnel

Cross City Tunnel

M1

157 

157

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Financial risk management 

Transurban Group’s and the Trust’s exposure to financial risk management and its policies for managing that risk 
can be found in the Financial Risk Management notes of the attached accounts  – Note 38. That note discusses 
Transurban’s hedging policies, credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity and funding policies. 

Corporate activities

Equity entitlement offer and share placement 

In May 2014, Transurban completed a fully underwritten accelerated renounceable entitlement offer. 

The Institutional Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $1.8 billion and resulted in the issue of 
approximately  264  million  new  Transurban  stapled  securities.  Entitlements  not  taken  up  by  eligible  institutional 
security  holders  and  entitlements  of  ineligible  institutional  security  holders  were  sold  and  cleared  in  the 
institutional shortfall book build at $7.00 per security, a $0.25 per security premium over the offer price of $6.75 
and a 2.4 per cent discount to the theoretical ex-rights price as of 23 April 2014 of $7.17 per security.  

The Retail Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $557 million from the issue of approximately 
83  million  new  securities  at  an  issue  price  of  $6.75  per  security.  Approximately  28.6  million  of  these  new 
securities were sold in the bookbuild at a price of $7.21 per security, a $0.46 per security premium over the issue 
price  of  $6.75,  a  $0.21  per  security  premium  over  the  institutional  bookbuild  price  of  $7.00,  and  a  $0.10  per 
security discount to the last traded price of $7.31 per security.  

A  further  $400  million  was  raised  from  placement  of  58  million  securities  at  a  price  of  $6.95  per  security  to 
AustralianSuper and Tawreed.  

Changes in Executive Management 

On 4 June 2014, Transurban appointed Wes Ballantine, Group General Manager, Strategy, to the role of Group 
General Manager, Queensland 

On  14  July  2014,  Samantha  Hogg,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  left  Transurban.  Until  a  permanent  replacement  is 
appointed, Leigh Petschel, currently General Manager, Finance, will serve as Acting Chief Financial Officer. 

Tim  Steinhilber,  Group  General  Manager,  Project  Delivery  and  Operational  Excellence,  transferred  back  to  the 
USA in July 2014  and will support the delivery of the I95 project that is scheduled for completion at the end of 
2014. Tony Adams, previously Vice President, Infrastructure, Major Projects, and based in the USA, will transfer 
to Australia as he assumed the role of Group General Manager, Project Delivery and Operational Excellence in
July 2014. 

People 

Transurban’s People Strategy focuses on the four areas of Leadership, Capability, Performance, and Wellbeing. 
These areas are underpinned by the Group values, as well as safety, diversity and sustainability. 

Leadership 

Transurban conducts a bi-annual talent review with the Executive team. This review helps identify high potential 
individuals who may have the ability to move into a Senior Leadership or Executive role, or those who may be 
able to move laterally outside of their area of technical expertise. It also identifies successors for the Executive 
team and other future leaders. Development activities for this group are monitored throughout the year. 

158 

158 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Senior Leaders participated in a three day offsite in February 2014. The key theme of the program was driving for 
high performance and it is intended that this will become an annual event for the leadership group. 

There has been a focus on building greater leadership capability through the middle management group during 
the  reporting  period.  Activities  to  support  this  include  the  implementation  of  a  Group  Coaching  program; 
cascading of activities from the Senior Leadership Program and the continuation of the Coaching and Mentoring 
program for female managers. 

Capability 

A  framework  identifying  both  behavioural  and  technical  capabilities  has  been  developed  and  is  being  used  to 
assist  in  identifying  key  talent  for  future  roles  and  determining  potential  gaps.  This  assists  in  developing 
strategies to build future capability. A technical career pathway program has also been developed. One area of 
continued  focus  is  the  Traffic  Forecasting  Group  which  is  deemed  fundamental  to  the  ongoing  success  of  the 
Group. Steps to enhance capability in this area have progressed. 

Performance 

Changes  were  made  to  the  Short  Term  Incentive  program  aimed  at  enhancing  this  through  increased 
performance differentiation, the introduction of formal performance comparisons against peers, and strengthening 
the  link  between  individual  and  Group  performance.  A  review  of  the  Group’s  Benefits  program  was  also 
undertaken, benchmarking current programs against market practice.   

Wellbeing 

A new Wellbeing framework has been developed, identifying the key areas of health; work; financial; values and 
staying  connected.  A  suite  of  initiatives  to  support  the  framework  are  being  introduced  across  Transurban.  An 
employee  volunteer  program  has  been  launched  which  includes  the  introduction  of  volunteer  leave  for  all 
employees. 

Office  moves  in  Melbourne  and  Sydney  occurred  with  a  focus  on  increasing  collaboration  and  ensuring  a 
healthier workspace. Activity based working was also introduced as part of this, which enables greater flexibility 
for employees in the way in which they work. 

It  has  been  twelve  months  since  the  launch  of  the  refreshed  Vision  and  Values.  A  Group  wide  Values  Health 
Check was rolled out to see how and where teams are using the values and to ensure that behaviours continue 
to  be  aligned.  This  provided  positive  feedback  as  did  the  Employee  pulse  survey  that  was  conducted  in  May 
2014.

Sustainability 

Transurban is committed to taking a sustainable approach to its operations, projects and business practices to 
create the best outcomes for its government clients, communities and customers. 

Transurban’s  Sustainability  Strategy  highlights  three  key  focus  areas:  be  good  neighbours,  use less,  and  think 
long  term.  By  adopting  and  working  to  these  principles,  Transurban  reinforces  its  ‘licence  to  operate’  and 
strengthens  its  ability  to  deliver  efficient  and  integrated  transport  networks  that  support  productivity  and  the 
wellbeing of its communities. 

During  the  period,  Transurban  put  into  action  the  Sustainability  Strategy.  Some  important  highlights  include 
developing  a  community  investment  strategy  which  saw  the  launch  of  the  first  corporate  grants  program, 
embedding sustainability requirements in the NorthConnex tender process and committing to reduce operational 
energy consumption by 10 per cent by 2023. 

Transurban provides regular progress reports to the Board on the focus areas. The annual Sustainability Report 
summarises the year’s activities, while also outlining commitments for the coming years. 

The 2014 Sustainability Report will be published in October. 

159 

159

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Business risks and opportunities 

The following are key opportunities that may impact Transurban’s financial and operating result in future periods: 

  Negotiation  of  new  business  opportunities  to  develop  projects  and  enhance  the  motorway  networks  in 

Transurban’s target markets

 Higher traffic volumes across Transurban’s assets resulting in stronger cashflows across the Group 

 

Integration  of  technology  and  systems  across  Transurban  assets,  including  tolling  systems,  to  leverage 
economies of scale available from Transurban’s network footprint.

  Policy change in approach to network pricing to drive efficiencies and improvements in capacity utilisation on 

Transurban’s assets

 Development of connecting infrastructure to drive improved traffic volumes on Transurban’s assets; and 
  Realisation of benefits associated with financing arrangements and financial transactions, including sourcing 
new  financing,  the  refinancing  of  existing  indebtedness  and  credit  exposures  on  transactions  with  financial 
counterparties. 

The following are key risks that may impact Transurban’s financial and operating result in future periods:

  Reduced traffic volumes or an inability to grow traffic volumes 
  The loss of a toll road concession for non-performance or default under a concession agreement, financing 

arrangement or as a result of government action 

  Existence and development of, or changes to, competing roads, feeder roads and other means of transport 

  A failure of key operating systems, including tolling systems, which impacts the ability to collect revenue 
  Changes  in  law  or  regulation,  including  the  imposition  of  new  or  increased  taxes  or  other  governmental 

charges or levies 

  Adverse  tax  developments,  including  as  a  result  of  legislative  change  or  interpretation,  and  changes  to 

accounting standards 

  Dependency on the services of key contractors and counterparties for development and construction activities 
and for the provision of tolling, customer services, operations and maintenance services, road management 
and control systems 

  Exposure to risks associated with financing arrangements and financial transactions, including sourcing new 
financing,  the  refinancing  of  existing  indebtedness  and  credit  exposures  on  transactions  with  financial 
counterparties 

  Risks  of  accidents,  incidents  and  other  events  relating  to  the  assets  and  insurance  policies  not  providing 

adequate protection against those risks 

  Potential for involvement in legal, regulatory and other proceedings and disputes arising from business and 

operations; and 

  Reliance on dividends, interest on and repayments of shareholder loans from  joint ventures and subsidiaries 

for funding. 

160 

160 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review - Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Risk Management 

Managing risk is an essential part of our business. Key risks are regularly reviewed by the Board, the Audit and 
Risk Committee and our Executive Committee. 

Transurban has a business-wide risk framework to help create a consistent and rigorous approach to identifying, 
analysing  and  evaluating  risks.  This  framework  has  various  policies,  standards  and  guidelines  attached  to  it, 
including the Risk Management Policy which can be found in the Corporate Governance section of our website 
(www.transurban.com).  

The  framework  is  overseen  by  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  and  is  actively  managed  by  the  Executive 
Committee.  It is consistent  with  AS/NZ31000:2009  and  is  subject  to  regular review  by  internal audit.  Our  Audit 
and Risk Committee Charter is also available in the Corporate Governance section of our website. 

Significant changes in the entity’s state of affairs

Other  than  those  matters  already  discussed  in  the  operating  and  financial  review,  no other  significant changes 
have occurred in Transurban’s state of affairs in the year ended 30 June 2014.

Matters subsequent to the end of the financial year 

On  2  July  2014,  the  Group  announced  that  the  consortium  comprising  Transurban  (62.5%),  AustralianSuper 
(25%)  and  Tawreed  Investments  Limited  (a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Abu  Dhabi  Investment  Authority) 
(12.5%) had reached financial close on the acquisition of Queensland Motorways for $6,673 million, plus stamp 
duty and transaction costs of $447 million.  

As  at  the  date of  this  report  the  Directors are  not  aware  of  any  other  circumstances  that  have  arisen  since  30 
June  2014  that  have significantly  affected, or may  significantly  affect,  the  Group's  operations  in  future financial 
years;  the  results  of  those  operations in  future  financial  years;  or the  Group's  state of  affairs in  future  financial 
years, that have not otherwise been disclosed in the financial report. 

Likely developments in future financial years and the expected results of operations 

Other  than  matters  already  discussed  above,  any  other  potential  likely  developments  in  the  operations  of  the 
Group and the expected results of operations have not been included in these financial statements because the 
Directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group. 

Environmental regulation 

The Group is subject to environmental regulations under  Australian Commonwealth and State laws and certain 
applicable laws in the USA. The Group maintains a comprehensive environmental management plan to monitor 
the  performance  of  its  motorways,  and  any  external  parties  responsible  for  operating  any  of  the  Group’s 
motorways, and takes remedial steps where necessary. 

There were no significant breaches reported during the financial year on the Group’s assets.

161 

161

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Indemnification and insurance

Each  officer  (including  each  director)  of  the  Group  is  indemnified,  to  the  maximum  extent  permitted  by  law, 
against any liabilities incurred as an officer of the Group pursuant to agreements with the Group. Each  officer is 
also  indemnified  against  reasonable  costs  (whether  legal  or  otherwise)  incurred  in  relation  to  relevant 
proceedings in which the officer is involved because the officer is or was an officer.

The  Group  has  arranged  to  pay  a  premium  for  a  Directors  and  officers  liability  insurance  policy  to  indemnify 
Directors and officers in accordance with the terms and conditions of the policy.

The policy is subject to a confidentiality clause which prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability covered, 
the name of the insurer, the limit of liability and the premium paid for this policy.

Fees paid to and interest held in the Trust by the responsible entity or its associates
Fees paid to the responsible entity out of Trust property during the year are disclosed in note 27.

No fees were paid to the Directors of the responsible entity during the year out of Trust property.

Interests in the Group issued during the financial year
Balance at 1 July
Units issued during the year
Balance at 30 June

Value of assets
Value of group assets at 30 June

2014
Number
$M

2013
Number
$M

1,482
414
1,896

2014
$M

1,458
24
1,482

2013
$M

13,941

11,155

The  value  of  the  Group's  assets  is  derived  using  the  basis  of  accounting  set  out  in  Note  1  to  the  financial 
statements.

Current Directors' interests

Non-Executive Directors
Lindsay Maxsted
Neil Chatfield
Robert Edgar
Samantha Mostyn
Christine O'Reilly
Rodney Slater
Ian Smith

.

Executive Director
Scott Charlton

Number of stapled 
securities

66,559
50,424
30,324
17,256
13,972
-
92,742

213,374

162 

162 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Auditor's independence declaration
A copy of the auditor's independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is 
set out on page 164.

Rounding of amounts
The Group is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission,  relating  to  the  'rounding  off'  of  amounts  in  the  Directors'  report.  Amounts  in  the  Directors'  report 
have been rounded off in accordance with that Class Order to the nearest million dollars, or in certain cases, to 
the nearest dollar.

Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers continues in office in accordance with section 327 of the Corporations Act 2001.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors.

Lindsay Maxsted
Director

Scott Charlton
Director

Melbourne
5 August 2014

163 

163

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
164 

2014 Transurban Annual ReportTransurban Holding Trust ARSN 098 807 419 
Annual report - 30 June 2014

Contents

Financial statements
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Directors' declaration
Independent auditor's report to the members

Page

166
167
168
169
170
171
248
249

This  financial  report  covers  Transurban  Holding  Trust  and  its  subsidiaries.  The  financial  report is  presented  in 
the Australian currency.

Transurban Holding Trust is a Trust registered and domiciled in Australia. Its registered office and principal place 
of business is:

Level 23
727 Collins Street
Docklands VIC 3008 

The financial report was authorised for issue by the Directors on 5 August 2014. The Directors have the power to 
amend and reissue the financial report.

We have ensured that our corporate reporting is timely, complete and available globally. All releases to the ASX 
and the media, financial reports and other information are available on our website: www.transurban.com

165 

165

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Revenue

Other income
space

Administration costs

Promissory notes

Construction costs

Transurban Holding Trust
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Notes

4

5

2014
$M

327

28

(12)

(2)

(55)

(69)

2013
$M

477

26

(4)

(2)

(211)

(217)

Profit before depreciation and amortisation, net finance costs, equity 
accounted investments and income taxes

286

286

Depreciation and amortisation expense
space

Finance income

Finance costs
Net finance income

Share of net profits of equity accounted investments

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Profit is attributable to:

Unit holders of Transurban Holding Trust

Non-controlling interests

6

7

12

8

(123)

573

(381)
192

-

355

(3)

352

345

7

352

(109)

551

(332)
219

-

396

(3)

393

378

15

393

Cents

Cents

Earnings per unit for profit attributable to the ordinary unit holders:
Basic earnings per unit
Diluted earnings per unit

33
33

22.4
22.4

25.7
25.7

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

166 

166 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2014

2014
$M

352

19

19

2013
$M

393

22

22

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax
Blank
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

371

415

Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:

Unit holders of Transurban Holding Trust
Non-controlling interest

362
9

371

398
17

415

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

167 

167

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Receivables
Term loan notes
Deferred tax assets
Intangible assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities

Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Current tax liabilities
Provisions
Other liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments
Other liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

UNIT HOLDERS' FUNDS
Issued units
Reserves
Accumulated losses
Non-controlling interests

Total unit holders' funds

Transurban Holding Trust
Consolidated balance sheet
As at 30 June 2014

2014
$M

75
2,421

2,496

6,912
887
5
3,641

11,445

13,941

172
751
4
-
361
46

1,334

5,013
41
25

5,079

6,413

7,528

2013
$M

29
371

400

6,592
832
4
3,327

10,755

11,155

234
438
7
1
211
27

918

4,615
57
23

4,695

5,613

5,542

9,472
(35)
(1,958)
49

7,528

7,336
(52)
(1,780)
38

5,542

Notes

9
10

11
13
15
16

17
18
14

19
20

18
14
20

21
22
22
29

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

168 

168 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Attributable to unit holders of 
Transurban Holding Trust

Notes

Issued units
$M

Reserves
$M

Accumulated 
losses
$M

Non-
controlling
interests
$M

Total unit 
holders' 
funds
$M

Balance at 1 July 2012 

Comprehensive income

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners in their capacity 
as owners:
Distribution reinvestment plan
Changes in value of share-based payment 
reserve
Distributions provided for or paid
Distributions paid to non-controlling interests
Placement to Uni Super
Deferred short term incentives issued

21

22
22

Balance at 30 June 2013

Balance at 1 July 2013 

Comprehensive income

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners in their capacity 
as owners:
Treasury units
Distribution reinvestment plan
Changes in value of share-based payment 
reserve
Distributions provided for or paid
Equity contributions
Distributions paid to non-controlling interests
Deferred short term incentives issued

21
21

22

22

7,241

(70)

(1,805)

-

-

-

24

1
-
-
68
2

95

7,336

7,336

-

-

-

2,092
42

1
-
-
-
1

2,136

-

20

20

-

(2)
-
-
-
-

(2)

(52)

(52)

-

17

17

-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-

378

-

378

-

-
(353)
-
-
-

(353)

(1,780)

(1,780)

345

-

345

-
-

-
(523)
-
-
-

(523)

36

15

2

17

-

-
-
(15)
-
-

(15)

38

38

7

2

9

-
-

-
(14)
16
-
-

2

5,402

393

22

415

24

(1)
(353)
(15)
68
2

(275)

5,542

5,542

352

19

371

2,092
42

1
(537)
16
-
1

1,615

Balance at 30 June 2014

9,472

(35)

(1,958)

49

7,528

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

169 

169

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)

Payments to suppliers (inclusive of GST)

Interest received

Interest paid

Income taxes paid
Net cash (outflow) inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for intangible assets

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Loans (to)/from related parties

Repayment of loans to/from related parties
Distributions paid to Transurban Group's security holders

Distributions paid to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

Payments for establishing borrowing facilities

Proceeds from non-controlling interests

Net cash inflow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

Transurban Holding Trust
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Notes

32

23

9

2014
$M

240

(21)

121

(341)

(4)
(5)

(441)

(441)

582

(295)

(354)

907
(327)

(9)

(28)

16

492

46

29
75

2013
$M

296

(28)

131

(314)

(5)
80

(211)

(211)

399

(312)

(472)

868
(317)

(10)

-

-

156

25

4
29

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

170 

170 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014

Contents of the notes to the consolidated financial statements

Summary of significant accounting policies
1
Trust formation and termination
2
Segment information
3
Revenue
4
Other income
5
Expenses
6
Net finance income
7
Income tax expense
8
9
Current assets - Cash and cash equivalents
10 Current assets - Trade and other receivables
11 Non-current assets - Receivables
12 Equity accounted investments
13 Non-current assets - Term loan notes
14 Derivative financial instruments
15 Deferred tax assets and liabilities
16 Non-current assets - Intangible assets
17 Current liabilities - Trade and other payables
18 Borrowings
19 Current liabilities - Provisions
20 Other liabilities
21 Issued units
22 Reserves and accumulated losses
23 Distributions
24 Remuneration of auditors
25 Intra-group guarantees
26 Commitments
27 Related party transactions
28 Subsidiaries 
29 Non-controlling interests
30 Parent entity financial information
31 Events occurring after balance sheet date
32 Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities
33 Non-cash investing and financing activities
34 Earnings per unit
35 Share-based payments
36 Critical accounting estimates and judgements
37 Key management personnel disclosures
38 Financial risk management

Page

172
183
183
183
184
184
184
185
185
186
186
187
189
189
190
191
193
193
195
196
196
198
200
200
200
201
201
203
               204
205
205
206
206
206
207
211
212
243

171 

171

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

The  principal  accounting  policies  adopted  in  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  report  are  set  out 
below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

The financial report includes the consolidated entity consisting of Transurban Holding Trust and its subsidiaries 
(the Group).

(a) Basis of preparation

These  general  purpose  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  Australian  Accounting 
Standards,  other  authoritative  pronouncements  of  the  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board,  Urgent  Issues 
Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.

The  Group's  current  assets  exceed  its  current  liabilities  by  $1,162  million  as  at  30  June  2014.  As  at  30  June 
2014, the Transurban Group comprises Transurban Holdings Limited, Transurban Holding Trust and Transurban 
International Limited, traded and quoted on the Australian Stock Exchange as one triple stapled security. Under 
the  stapling  arrangement,  each  entity  directly  and/or  indirectly  supports  each  entity  and  its  controlled  entities 
within the Transurban Group on a continual basis. The financial  report has been prepared on a going concern 
basis,  which  contemplates  the  continuity  of  normal  operations,  as  the  Group  is  trading  profitably  and  has 
continually  been  able  to  refinance  maturing  debt.  In  addition,  as  at  30  June  2014  the  Transurban  Group  has 
available a total of $493.4 million of unused working capital facilities with a number of financial institutions.

Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Transurban  Holding  Trust  also  comply  with  IFRS  as  issued  by  the 
International Accounting Standards Board.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group has amended some of its accounting policies as the result of new or revised accounting standards 
which became effective for the annual reporting period commencing on 1 July 2013.

The affected policies and standards are:

(i)  AASB  2012-2  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  -  Disclosures  -  Offsetting  Financial  Assets 
and Financial Liabilities. 

AASB  2012-2  resulted  in  amendments  being  made  to  AASB  7  Financial  Instruments  -  Disclosure,  requiring 
additional  disclosures  when  entities  offset  financial  assets and  liabilities  within  their  financial  statements.  As a 
result  of  this  amendment  to  AASB  7  the  Group  has  expanded  its  disclosures  about  the  offsetting  of  financial 
assets and liabilities (see Note 14). 

172 

172 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(a) Basis of preparation (continued)

New and amended standards adopted by the Group (continued)
(ii) AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, AASB 11 Joint Arrangements, AASB 12 Disclosure of Interests 
in Other Entities, revised AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements, AASB 128 Investments in Associates and 
Joint  Ventures,  AASB 2011-7  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  arising  from  the  Consolidation 
and  Joint  Arrangements  Standards  and  AASB  2012-10  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  - 
Transition Guidance and Other Amendments.

AASB  10  replaces  all  of  the  guidance  on  control  and  consolidation  in  AASB  127  Consolidated  and  Separate 
Financial Statements, and Interpretation 112 Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities. The core principle that a 
consolidated  entity  presents  a  parent  and  its  subsidiaries  as  if  they  are  a  single  economic  entity  remains 
unchanged, as do the mechanics of consolidation. However the standard introduces a single definition of control 
that applies to all entities. It focuses on the need to have both power and rights or exposure to variable returns 
before  control  is  present.  Power  is  the  current  ability  to  direct  the  activities  that  significantly  influence  returns. 
Returns must vary and can be positive, negative or both.

In accordance with the transitional provisions of AASB 10, the Group reassessed the control conclusions for its 
investments  at  1 July  2013.  Based on  this  reassessment  no  changes  have  been  made  regarding  the  Group’s
assessment of control over any entities where the Group has an equity interest.

AASB 11 introduces a principles based approach to accounting for joint arrangements. The focus is no longer on 
the legal structure of joint arrangements, but rather on how rights and obligations are shared by the parties to the 
joint arrangement. AASB 11 also provides guidance for parties that participate in joint arrangements but do not 
share joint control.

The  Group  has  re-evaluated  its  involvement  in  its  joint  arrangements  at  1  July  2013  and  has  re-classified  its 
investments  from  jointly  controlled  entities  to  joint  ventures.  Notwithstanding  the  reclassification,  these 
investments continue to be accounted for using the equity method and accordingly there has been no impact on 
the recognised assets, liabilities and comprehensive income of the Group.

AASB  12  sets  out  the  required  disclosures  for  entities  reporting  under  the  two  new  standards,  AASB  10  and 
AASB 11, and replaces the disclosure requirements currently found in AASB 127 and AASB 128. As a result of 
IFRS  12,  the  Group  has  expanded  its  disclosures  about  its  interests  in  subsidiaries  (see  Note  28)  and  equity 
accounted investees (see Note 12).

Amendments to AASB 128 provide clarification that an entity continues to apply the equity method and does not 
re-measure its retained interest as part of ownership changes where a joint venture becomes an associate, and 
vice versa. The amendments also introduce a ‘partial disposal’ concept. The Group has determined that these 
amendments have no impact on the financial statements of the Group.

173 

173

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(a) Basis of preparation (continued)

New and amended standards adopted by the Group (continued)
(iii)  AASB  13  Fair  Value  Measurement  and  AASB  2011-8  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards 
arising from AASB 13

AASB  13  establishes  a  single  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  and  making  disclosures  about  fair  value 
measurements, when such measurements are required or permitted by other AASBs. In particular, it unifies the 
definition of fair value as the price at which an orderly transaction to sell an asset or to transfer a liability would 
take place between market participants at the measurement date. It also replaces and expands the disclosure 
requirements  about  fair  value  measurements  in  other  AASBs,  including  AASB  7  Financial  Instruments: 
Disclosures. 

In  accordance  with  the  transitional  provisions  of  AASB  13,  the  Group  has  applied  the  new  fair  value 
measurement  guidance  prospectively,  and  has  not  provided  any  comparative  information  for  new  disclosures.
Notwithstanding  the  above,  the  change  has  not  had  a  material  impact  on  the  measurement  of  the  Group’s 
assets and liabilities.

(iv)  AASB  2011-4  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  to  Remove  Individual  Key  Management 
Personnel Disclosure Requirements 

The  AASB  has  decided  to  remove  the  individual  key  management  personnel  (KMP)  disclosure  requirements 
from AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures, to achieve consistency with the international equivalent standard and 
remove  a  duplication  of  the  requirements  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001.  This  amendment  has  reduced  the 
disclosures  required  in  the  notes  to  the  financial  statements  however  it  has  not  affected  any  of  the  amounts 
recognised in the financial statements. 

Early adoption of standards
The  Group  has  elected  to  early  adopt  AASB  2013-3  Amendments  to  AASB  136  -  Recoverable  Amount 
Disclosures  for  Non-Financial  Assets,  which  amends  the  disclosure  requirements  in  AASB  136  Impairment  of 
Assets.  The  amendments  include  the  requirement  to  disclose  additional  information  about  the  fair  value 
measurement when the recoverable amount of impaired assets is based on fair value less costs of disposal, and 
may result in additional disclosures if the group recognises an impairment loss or the reversal of an impairment 
loss during the year. The application date for the Group would have been 1 July 2014, but the Group has early 
adopted as of 1 July 2013. 

The  adoption  of  this  new  standard  has  not  had  a  significant  impact  on  the  disclosure  within  the  financial 
statements.

Historical cost convention
These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  under  the  historical  cost  convention,  as  modified  by  the 
revaluation of other financial assets and liabilities (including derivative financial instruments).

Rounding of amounts
The Group is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission,  relating  to  the  'rounding  off'  of  amounts  in  the  financial  statements.  Amounts  in  the  financial 
statements have been rounded off in accordance with that Class Order to the nearest million dollars, or in certain 
cases, to the nearest dollar. 

174 

174 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(b) Principles of consolidation

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries  are  all  those  entities  which  the  Group  controls.  The  Group  controls  an  entity  when  the  group  is 
exposed  to,  or  has  rights  to,  variable  returns  from  its  involvement  with  the  entity  and  has  the  ability  to  affect 
those returns through its power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity.

Subsidiaries  are  fully  consolidated  from  the  date  on  which  control  is  transferred  to  the  Group.  They  are  de-
consolidated from the date that control ceases.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  an  elimination  of  inter-entity  transactions  and  balances  and 
other adjustments necessary to present the financial statements on a combined basis. The accounting policies 
adopted  in  preparing  the  financial  statements  have  been  consistently  applied  by  the  individual  entities 
comprising the Group except as otherwise indicated.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Group (refer to  note 
1(g)).

Non-controlling  interests  in  the  results  and  equity  of  subsidiaries  are  shown  separately  in  the  consolidated 
income  statement,  statement  of  comprehensive  income,  balance  sheet  and  statement  of  changes  in  equity 
respectively.

Associates and joint arrangements
Associates  are  all  entities  over  which  the  Group  has  significant  influence  but  not  control.  Interests  in  joint 
arrangements are where the Group jointly controls an entity with another party (refer to note 12).

Under AASB 11 Joint Arrangements investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or 
joint ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than 
the  legal  structure  of  the  joint  arrangement.  The  Group  has  joint  ventures  and  does  not  have  any  joint 
operations. 

The  Group's  share  of  its  associates'  and  joint  ventures'  post-acquisition  profits  or  losses  is  recognised  in  the 
income  statement,  and  its  share  of  post-acquisition  movements  in  reserves  is  recognised  in  reserves.  The 
cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the 
Group’s share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the associate or joint 
venture,  the  Group  does  not  recognise  further  losses.  Dividends  received  from  associates  and  joint  ventures 
reduce the carrying amount of the investment.

Changes in ownership interests
The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions 
with equity owners of the Group. A change in ownership interest results in an adjustment between the carrying 
amounts  of  the  controlling  and  non-controlling  interests  to  reflect  their  relative  interests  in  the  subsidiary.  Any 
difference  between  the  amount  of  the  adjustment  to  non-controlling  interests  and  any  consideration  paid  or 
received is recognised in a separate reserve within equity.

(c) Segment reporting

Financial  results  of  the  operating  segment  are  reported  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  internal  reporting 
provided to the Chief Executive Officer (the chief operating decision maker) and the Executive Committee, who 
report  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO).  This  includes  a  proportional  income  statement  per  operating 
segment and consolidated financial statements for the Group.

(d) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows:

175 

175

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

(d)  Revenue recognition (continued) 

  Rental revenue is recognised as earned in accordance with the lease contract. 
 

Interest income is recognised using the effective interest rate method. 

  During  the  construction  phase  of  service  concession  infrastructure  assets,  the  Group  records  an  intangible 
asset  representing  the  right  to  charge  users  of  the  infrastructure  and  recognises  revenue  from  the 
construction  of  the  infrastructure.  Revenue  and  expenses  associated  with  construction  contracts  are 
recognised in accordance with the percentage of completion method. 

 Distribution revenue is recognised when the Trust’s right to receive payment is established

(e)  Income tax 

Pursuant to the provisions of the Income Tax Legislation, Trusts are not liable to income tax provided that  their 
taxable income (including assessable realised capital gains) is fully distributed to unit holders.

Income tax is brought to account in the financial statements to the extent it relates to companies in the Group. 
The  income  tax  expense  or  benefit  for  the  period  is  the  tax  payable  or benefit  on  the current  period’s  taxable 
income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets 
and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
end of the reporting period in the countries where the Trust's subsidiaries and associates operate and generate 
taxable  income.  Management  periodically  evaluates  positions  taken  in  tax  returns  with  respect  to  situations  in 
which  applicable  tax  regulation  is  subject  to  interpretation.  It  establishes  provisions  where  appropriate  on  the 
basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the 
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, 
the  deferred  income  tax  is  not  accounted  for  if  it  arises  from  initial  recognition  of  an  asset  or  liability  in  a 
transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor 
taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantially  enacted  by  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  and  are  expected  to  apply  when  the  related  deferred 
income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  unused  tax  losses  only  if  it  is 
probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and 
tax bases of investments in foreign operations where the Trust is able to control the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Current  and  deferred  tax  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement,  except  to  the  extent  that  it  relates  to  items 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

(f) Leases

Leases  in  which  a  significant  portion  of  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  are  retained  by  the  lessor  are 
classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the 
lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.

Lease  incentives  are  recognised  as  a  reduction  of  the  rental  expense  over  the  lease  term  on  a  straight  line 
basis.

176 

176 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(g) Business combinations

The  acquisition  method  of  accounting  is  used  to  account  for  all  business  combinations,  including  business 
combinations involving entities or businesses under common control, regardless of whether equity instruments 
or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair 
values  of  the  assets  transferred,  the  liabilities  incurred  and  the  equity  interests  issued  by  the  Trust.  The 
consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement and the fair 
value  of  any  pre-existing  equity  interest  in  the  subsidiary.  Acquisition-related  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred. 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with 
limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition 
basis,  the  Trust  recognises  any  non-controlling  interest  in  the  acquiree  either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-
controlling interest's proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the 
acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Trust's share of 
the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the 
net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the 
difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted 
to their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity's incremental borrowing 
rate,  being  the  rate  at  which  a  similar  borrowing  could  be  obtained  from  an  independent  financier  under 
comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent  consideration  is  classified  either  as  equity  or  a  financial  liability.  Amounts  classified  as  a  financial 
liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

(h) Impairment of assets

At  each  reporting  date,  the  Group  assesses  whether  there  is  any  indication  that  an  asset  may  be  impaired. 
Where an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes an  estimate of the recoverable amount. Where the 
carrying  amount  of  an  asset  exceeds  its  recoverable  amount  the  asset  is  considered  impaired  and  is  written 
down  to  its  recoverable  amount  through  the  income  statement.  The  decrement  in  the  carrying  amount  is 
recognised as an expense in the income statement in the reporting period in which the impairment occurs.

Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purpose of assessing 
impairment,  assets  are  grouped  at  the  lowest  levels  for  which  there  are  separately  identifiable  cash  inflows 
which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units).

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
asset.

(i) Cash and cash equivalents

For statement of cash flow presentation purposes, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits 
held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three 
months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject  to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities 
on the balance sheet.

177 

177

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(j)

Investments and other financial assets

Classification
The Group classifies its investments and other financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair 
value through profit or loss, loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investments. The classification depends 
on  the  purpose  for  which  the  investments  were  acquired.  The  classification  of  the  Group's  investments  are 
determined at initial recognition and re-evaluated at each reporting date.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  financial  assets  held  for  trading.  A  financial  asset  is 
classified  in  this  category  if  acquired  principally  for  the  purpose  of  selling  in  the  short-term.  Derivatives  are 
classified  as  held  for  trading  unless  they  are  designated  as  hedges.  Assets  in  this  category  are  classified  as 
current assets.

Loans and receivables
Loans  and  receivables  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not 
quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 
months after the reporting date which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are included 
in trade and other receivables (current) (note 10) and in receivables (non-current) (note 11) in the balance sheet.

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less allowance for impairment. Trade receivables are due for settlement no more than 
30 days from revenue recognition.

Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectible 
are  written  off  by  reducing  the  carrying  amount  directly.  An  impairment  allowance  account  (provision  for 
impairment  of  trade  receivables)  is  used  when  there  is  objective  evidence  that  the  Group  will  not  be  able  to 
collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  original  terms  of  the  receivables.  The  amount  of  the  impairment 
allowance is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash 
flows. The amount of the impairment allowance is recognised in the income statement.

Held-to-maturity investments (term loan notes)
Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed 
maturities  that  the  Group's management  has  the  positive  intention  and  ability  to  hold  to  maturity.  If  the  Group 
were to sell other than an insignificant amount of held-to-maturity financial assets, the whole category would be 
tainted  and  reclassified  as  available-for-sale.  Held-to-maturity  financial  assets  are  included  in  non-current 
assets,  except  for  those  with  maturities  less  than  12  months  from  the  reporting  date,  which  are  classified  as 
current assets.

Recognition and derecognition
Investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair 
value through profit or loss. Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognised at 
fair  value  and  transaction  costs  are  expensed  in  the  income  statements.  Financial  assets  are  derecognised 
when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the 
Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

When securities classified as available-for-sale are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in 
other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.

178 

178 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(j)

Investments and other financial assets (continued)

Subsequent measurement
Loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method.

Available-for-sale  financial  assets  and  financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  subsequently 
carried at fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of  the 'financial assets at fair value 
through profit or loss' category are presented in profit or loss within other income or other expenses in the period 
in  which  they  arise.  Dividend  income  from  financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  is  recognised  in 
profit  or  loss  as  part  of  revenue  from  continuing  operations  when  the  Trust's  right  to  receive  payments  is 
established.

Impairment
The Group assesses at each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group 
of  financial  assets  is  impaired.  In  the  case  of  equity  securities  classified  as  available-for-sale,  a  significant  or 
prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its cost is considered as an indicator that the securities are 
impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss  - measured as 
the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial 
asset previously recognised in the income statement - is reclassified from equity and recognised in the income 
statement  as  a  reclassification  adjustment.  Impairment  losses  recognised  in  the  income  statement  on  equity 
instruments classified as available-for-sale are not reversed through the income statement.

(k) Derivatives and hedging activities

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are 
subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent 
changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the 
nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either: 

  hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges), or 
  hedges  of  a  particular  risk  associated  with  the  cash  flows  of  recognised  assets  and  liabilities  and  highly 

probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges). 

At the inception of the hedging transaction, the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments 
and  hedged  items,  as  well  as  its  risk  management  objective  and  strategy  for  undertaking  various  hedge 
transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of 
whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective 
in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in note 14. 
Movements in the hedging reserve in shareholder's equity are shown in note 22. The full fair value of a hedging 
derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more 
than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is 
less than 12 months. Trading derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability.

Cash flow hedge
The  effective  portion  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  cash  flow 
hedges  is  recognised  in  the  hedging  reserve.  The  gain  or  loss  relating  to  the  ineffective  portion  is  recognised 
immediately in the income statement.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the periods when the hedged item will 
affect profit or loss. The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging variable rate 
borrowings is recognised in the income statement.

179 

179

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(k) Derivatives and hedging activities (continued)

Cash flow hedge (continued)
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for 
hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised 
when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer 
expected  to  occur,  the  cumulative  gain  or  loss  that  was  reported  in  equity  is  immediately  reclassified  to  the 
income statement.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative 
instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

(l)

Intangible assets

Concession assets
Concession  assets  represent  the  Group's  rights  to  operate  roads  under  Service  Concession  Arrangements. 
Concession  assets  constructed  by  the  Group  are  recorded  at  the  fair  value  of  consideration  received  or 
receivable for the construction services delivered. Concession assets acquired by the Group are recorded at the 
fair value of the assets at the date  of acquisition. All concession assets are classified as intangible assets and 
are amortised over the term of the right to operate the asset on a straight line basis. For details of concession 
agreement dates refer to note 16.

Where work is in progress, it is classified as assets under construction.

(m) Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of 
the  financial  year  and  which  are  unpaid.  The  amounts  are  unsecured  and  are  usually  paid  within  30  days  of 
recognition.

Concession and promissory notes
The Group has non-interest bearing long term debt, represented by concession and promissory notes, payable 
to the government, measured at the net present value of expected future payments.

(n) Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
measured  at  amortised  cost.  Any  differences  between  the  proceeds  (net  of  transaction  costs)  and  the 
redemption amount is recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using an effective 
interest method.

Borrowings  are  removed  from  the  balance  sheet  when  the  obligation  specified  in  the  contract  is  discharged, 
cancelled  or  expired.  The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  a  financial  liability  that  has  been 
extinguished  or  transferred  to  another  party  and  the  consideration  paid,  including  any  non-cash  assets 
transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in the income statement as finance income or finance costs.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of 
the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

180 

180 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(o) Borrowing costs

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption 
amount is recognised in the consolidated income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective 
interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan 
to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred 
until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility 
will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of 
the facility to which it relates.

Costs incurred in connection with the arrangement of borrowings are deferred and amortised over the effective 
period of the funding.

(p) Provisions

Provisions  are  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  present  legal  or  constructive  obligation  as  a  result  of  past 
events,  it is  probable  that  an outflow  of  resources  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation  and  the  amount  has 
been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions  are  measured  at  the  present  value  of  management's  best  estimate  of  the  expenditure  required  to 
settle the present obligation at the reporting date. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the 
provision due to the discount unwinding over the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Provision for distribution
Provision is made for the amount of any distribution declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at 
the  discretion  of  the  entity,  on  or  before  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  but  not  distributed  at  the  end  of  the 
reporting period.

(q) Contributed equity

Units in the Trust are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new stapled securities are shown in equity as a deduction, 
net of tax, from the proceeds.

If  the  Group  reacquires  its  own  securities,  those  securities  are  deducted  from  equity.  No  gain  or  loss  is 
recognised  in  the  profit or  loss  and  the  consideration  paid  including  any  directly  attributable  incremental costs 
(net of income taxes) is recognised directly in equity.

(r) Parent entity financial information

The financial information for the parent entity, Transurban Holding Trust, disclosed in note 30 has been prepared 
on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.

Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint venture entities
Investments in subsidiaries and associates are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Transurban 
Holding Trust. Dividends received from associates are recognised in the parent entity's profit or loss, rather than 
being deducted from the carrying amount of these investments.

181 

181

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(s) Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred 
is not recoverable from the taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the 
asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of 
GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the 
balance sheet.

Cash  flows  are  presented  on  a  gross  basis.  The  GST  components  of  cash  flows  arising  from  investing  or 
financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority, are presented as operating 
cash flows.

(t) New accounting standards and interpretations

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 30 June 
2014 reporting periods. The Group's assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set 
out below.

(i) AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from 

AASB 9 and AASB 2010-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 
(December 2010) (effective from 1 January 2017)

AASB 9 Financial Instruments addresses the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets 
and  financial  liabilities.  The  standard  is  not applicable  until 1  January  2017  but  is  available  for early  adoption. 
Management  are  in  the  process  of  assessing  the  impact  on  financial  assets  but  do  not  believe  this  will  be 
significant.

There will be no impact on the Group's accounting for financial liabilities, as the new requirements only affect the 
accounting for financial liabilities that are designated at fair value through profit or loss and the Trust does not 
have any such liabilities. The Group has not yet decided when to adopt AASB 9.

(ii)

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (effective 1 January 2017)

IFRS 15 establishes principles for reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, 
amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers.

IFRS 15 supersedes:

(a) IAS 11 Construction Contracts
(b) IAS 18 Revenue
(c) IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes
(d) IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate
(e) IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets from Customers
(f) SIC-31 Revenue-Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services

The core principle of IFRS  15 is that an entity recognises revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or 
services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in 
exchange  for those  goods  or services.  An  entity  recognises  revenue in  accordance  with  that  core  principle  by 
applying the following steps:

182 

182 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(t) New accounting standards and interpretations (continued)

(ii)

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (effective 1 January 2017) (continued)

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer
Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract
Step 3: Determine the transaction price
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract
Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

Although a formal assessment has not been completed, the impact of the application of the new standard is not 
expected to be material.

2 Trust formation and termination

The  Transurban  Holding  Trust  was  established on 15  November 2001.  The  Trust  was  due  to terminate on 20 
December 2081 unless terminated earlier. However, amendments made to the Trust Deed have extended the 
Trust to perpetuity.

The  Trust  was  registered  as  a  managed  investment  scheme  by  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments 
Commission on 28 November 2001.

3 Segment information

Business segment

Management has determined that Transurban Holding Trust has one operating segment, based on the review 
and management of the consolidated Group.

Transurban Holding Trust operations involve the leasing of assets and the provision of funding to the Transurban 
Group  or  associates  of  the  Transurban  Group.  All  revenues  and  expenses  are  directly  attributable  to  these 
activities. The management structure and internal reporting of the Trust are based on this operating segment.

4 Revenue

Rental income
Construction revenue

Other revenue

Total revenue

(a) Rental income

Notes

4(a)
4(b)

2014
$M

272
55

-

327

2013
$M

265
211

1

477

Rental  income  is  derived  from  property  held  by  the  Group  and  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement  in 
accordance with the lease contract.

(b) Construction revenue

Construction revenue is recognised during the construction phase of an intangible asset.

183 

183

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
5 Other income

Concession fees

(a) Concession fees

Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Notes

5(a)

2014
$M

28

28

2013
$M

26

26

Income  from  concession  fees  relates  to  the  CityLink  concession  notes.  Pursuant  to  the  Agreement  for  the 
Melbourne CityLink Concession Deed (the Concession Deed), CityLink Melbourne Limited (CityLink) (a member 
of  the  Transurban  Group), is required  to  pay  annual concession  fees  for the duration  of CityLink's  concession 
period. Until a certain threshold rate of return on the project is achieved, the payment of concession fees due 
under the Concession Deed can be satisfied by means of non-interest bearing concession notes.

Following agreements reached with the State of Victoria (the State), the Group paid a total of $765 million to the 
State  to  assign  all  current  concession  notes  issued  to  the  State  to  Transurban  Holding  Trust  and  the  State 
directed CityLink to pay future concession notes to Transurban Holding Trust. Accordingly, CityLink continues to 
issue notes semi-annually to Transurban Holding Trust, and the Group recognises concession note income from 
the issue of these notes, at the present value of expected future repayments.

6 Expenses

Profit before income tax includes the following specific
expenses:
Depreciation and amortisation expense

7 Net finance income

Finance income

Interest income from related parties

Other interest income

Net foreign exchange gains
Re-measurement of concession notes receivable

Total finance income

Finance costs

Interest and finance charges paid/payable

Net foreign exchange losses

Net movement in promissory note payable

Total finance costs

Net finance income

(a) Re-measurement of concession notes

Notes

7(a)

2014
$M

2013
$M

123

109

2014
$M

523

1

-
49

573

(379)

(1)

(1)

(381)

192

2013
$M

487

1

4
59

551

(331)

-

(1)

(332)

219

Re-measurement  of  concession  notes  represent  the  discount  unwinding  over  the  passage  of  time  on  these 
notes and the change in the payment profile of the concession notes.

184 

184 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

8 Income tax expense

Income tax expense

Current tax
Deferred tax

Deferred income tax (revenue) included in income tax expense comprises:
(Increase) in deferred tax assets (note 15)
Increase in deferred tax liabilities (note 15)

Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax 
payable

Profit before income tax expense
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2013 - 30%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable)
in calculating taxable income:
Trust income not subject to tax

Income tax expense

9 Current assets - Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

All cash balances are interest bearing.

2014
$M

4
(1)

3

(2)
1

(1)

2014
$M

355
107

(104)

3

2013
$M

4
(1)

3

(1)
-

(1)

2013
$M

396
119

(116)

3

(359)

(399)

2014
$M

75

75

2013
$M

29

29

185 

185

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
10 Current assets - Trade and other receivables

Loans to related parties
Prepayments
Other receivables

Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Notes

10(a)
10(b)

2014
$M

2,418
2
1

2,421

2013
$M

369
2
-

371

No class within trade and other receivables contains impaired or past due assets. Based on the credit history, it 
is  expected  these  amounts  will  be  received  when  due.  The  Group  does  not  hold  any  collateral  in  relation  to 
these receivables.

(a) Loans to related parties

Loans to related parties predominantly represent interest and finance charges on funds loaned from Transurban 
Finance Company Pty Limited, distributions receivable from its subsidiaries and accrued interest from a related 
party. There is no allowance for doubtful debts as the counterparties are related parties.

(b) Prepayments

Prepayments relate to expenses that have been paid but not yet incurred as at 30 June 2014. 

11 Non-current assets - Receivables

Concession notes
Loans to related parties

Notes

11(a)
11(b)

2014
$M

795
6,117

6,912

2013
$M

718
5,874

6,592

None of the non-current receivables are impaired or past due but not impaired.

(a) Concession notes

Following agreements reached with the State of Victoria (the State), the Group paid a total of $765 million for the 
State  to  assign  all  current  concession  notes  issued  to  the  State  to  Transurban  Holding  Trust  and  the  State 
directed CityLink to pay future concession notes to Transurban Holding Trust.

(b) Loans to related parties

Loans to related parties represent amounts advanced to other members of the Transurban Group. There is no 
allowance for doubtful debts as the counterparties are related parties.

186 

186 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
12 Equity accounted investments

Westlink M7:
Westlink Motorway Limited
WSO Finance Pty Limited
Westlink Motorway Partnership

Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2014
%

50
50
50

2013
%

50
50
50

150

150

2014
$M

2013
$M

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:

Joint operation
As at 30 June

Total

2014
$M

-
-

2013
$M

-
-

Summarised financial information of equity accounted investments

Set out below is the summarised financial information for the Group’s investments accounted for using the equity 
method.

Summarised Balance Sheet

Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Non-current assets
Current financial liabilities
Other current liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Net assets (100%)
Trust's share of net assets
Losses not recognised
Carrying amount of joint venture at June 30

Summarised Income Statement

Revenue
Depreciation and amortisation
Other expenses
Interest expense
Profit / (loss)
Other comprehensive income
Total profit and total comprehensive income
Proportional profit and total comprehensive income
Trust's share of profit and total comprehensive income

187 

Westlink M7

2014
$M
46
-
2,508
-
(42)
(3,139)
-
(627)
(314)
314
-

125
(54)
-
(159)
(88)
10
(78)
(39)
(39)

2013
$M
47
-
2,485
-
(25)
(3,056)
-
(549)
(275)
275
-

122
(52)
143
(287)
(74)
15
(59)
(30)
(30)

187

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
                                                                                                                   
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

12 Equity accounted investments (continued)

Reconciliation of summarised financial information
Reconciliation of the summarized financial information presented to the carrying amount of the Group’s interest 
in associates

Westlink M7

Summarised financial information
Opening net assets on 1 July
Investments in subsidiary
Profit / (loss) for the period
Other comprehensive income
Foreign exchange differences
Dividends paid
Closing net assets

Interest in associates (%)
Interest in joint ventures

Goodwill
Uplift on acquisition
Losses not recognised
Elimination of unrealized profit on intragroup transfer
Transfer of reserves to the income statement on gain of control
Cessation of equity accounting on gain of control
Carrying value

Share of expenditure
commitments
Capital commitments
Operating commitments

Contingent liabilities
Share of contingent liabilities incurred jointly with other investors

Associates and joint arrangements

Joint operation

2014
$M

(549)
-
(78)
-
-
-
(627)

(314)
-
-
314
-
-
-
-

-
182

182

-

-

50%

2013
$M

(490)
-
(59)
-
-
-
(549)

(275)

-
-
275
-
-
-
-

-
186

186

-

-

Westlink M7
Each  of  the  above  is  a  member  of  the  Westlink  Group,  established  to  invest  in,  construct  and  operate  the 
Westlink  M7  Motorway  in  Sydney  for  a  period  of  34  years  until  February  2037.  All  were  incorporated  in 
Australia.

Westlink Motorway Limited is the nominee manager of the Westlink Motorway Partnership.

WSO Finance Pty Limited is the financier of the Motorway.

Westlink Motorway Partnership was responsible for the construction of the Motorway.  The Motorway opened 
for operation on 16 December 2005.

188 

188 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
13 Non-current assets - Term loan notes

Term loan notes

Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2014
$M

887

887

2013
$M

832

832

Term Loan Notes (TLN's) represent Transurban’s debt funding contribution to the Westlink M7  Motorway.  The 
fixed  maturity  date  of  the  TLN's  is  the  earlier  of  34  years  and  the  termination  of  the  “Agreement  to  Lease” 
between  the  Roads  and  Maritime  Services  (formerly  known  as  the  Roads and  Traffic  Authority)  of  New  South 
Wales and Westlink Motorway Limited.

The  interest  rate  charged  on  these  notes  is  11.93  per  cent  and  any  unpaid  interest  capitalises  into  additional 
notes. During the year ended 30 June 2014 the Group capitalised interest of $55.0 million (2013: $49.0 million). 
The TLN's are accounted for as held-to-maturity investments.

Impairment and risk exposure

None of the TLN's are either past due or impaired. All TLN's are denominated in Australian currency. As a result, 
there is no exposure to foreign currency risk. There is also no exposure to price risk as the investments will be 
held to maturity. 

14 Derivative financial instruments

Current liabilities
Interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges

Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges
Total non-current derivative financial instrument liabilities

Total derivative financial instrument liabilities

2014
$M

2013
$M

4

4

41
41

45

7

7

57
57

64

189 

189

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

14 Derivative financial instruments (continued)

Instruments used by the Group

The  Group  is  party  to  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  normal  course  of  business  in  order  to  hedge 
exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  and  foreign  exchange  rates  in  accordance  with  the  Group's  financial  risk 
management policies (refer to note 38).

The instruments used by the Group are as follows:

Interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges
The Group uses interest rate swap contracts for hedging purposes to convert variable rate borrowings to fixed 
interest. Variable rate borrowings of the Group currently bear an average interest rate of 4.4 per cent (2013: 4.5 
per cent). It is policy to protect part or all of the loans from exposure to increasing interest rates. Accordingly, the 
Group has entered into interest rate swap contracts under which it receives interest at variable rates and pays 
interest at fixed rates.

Swaps taken out by the Group currently cover 93 per cent (2013: 93 per cent) of long term variable debt. The 
average all-in rate after hedging on the hedged portion of the Group's variable rate borrowings is 6.3 per cent 
(2013: 6.9 per cent).

Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
The  Group  has  not  settled  any  financial  assets  or  financial  liabilities  on  a  net  basis  during  the  financial  year. 
Currently there is no right or basis to present any financial assets or financial liabilities on a net basis, and as 
such no financial assets or financial liabilities have been presented on a net basis in the Group’s balance sheet 
at the end of the financial year.  

15 Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The balance comprises temporary difference
attributable to:
Current year and prior year losses
Receivables
Tax assets/(liabilities)
Set off of tax
Net tax assets/(liabilities)

Movements:
Opening balance at 1 July
Credited/(charged) to the income statement
Closing balance 30 June
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) to be recovered 
after more than 12 months

Assets

Liabilities

Net

2014
$M

2013
$M

2014
$M

2013
$M

2014
$M

2013
$M

7
-
7
(2)
5

5
2
7

7

7

5
-
5
(1)
4

4
1
5

5

5

-
(2)
(2)
2
-

(1)
(1)
(2)

(2)

(2)

-
(1)
(1)
1
-

(1)
-
(1)

(1)

(1)

7
(2)
5
-
5

4
1
5

5

5

5
(1)
4
-
4

3
1
4

4

4

The set off of deferred tax assets and liabilities relates to deferred tax balances for Australian domiciled  entities 
that are levied tax by the Australian Taxation Office.

190 

190 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

16 Non-current assets - Intangible assets

CityLink
$M

Hills M2 
Motorway
$M

Lane Cove 
Tunnel
$M

Cross City 
Tunnel
$M

Assets under 
construction
$M

At 1 July 2012
Cost
Accumulation 
amortisation
Net book amount
Year ended 30 June 
2013
Opening net book 
amount
Additions
Amortisation charge
Closing net book 
amount

At 30 June 2013
Cost
Accumulation 
amortisation
Net book amount
Year ended 30 June 
2014
Opening net book 
amount
Additions
Transfers
Amortisation charge
Closing net book 
amount

At 30 June 2014
Cost
Accumulation 
amortisation
Net book amount

Concession assets

1,208

(336)
872

872
-
(40)

832

1,208

(376)
832

832
-
-
(38)

794

1,208

(414)
794

2,116

(472)
1,644

1,644
-
(55)

1,589

2,116

(527)
1,589

1,589
-
596
(72)

2,113

2,712

(599)
2,113

348

(25)
323

323
-
(13)

310

348

(38)
310

310
-
-
(13)

297

348

(51)
297

-

-
-

-
-
-

-

-

-
-

-
382
-
-

382

382

-
382

385

-
385

385
211
-

596

596

-
596

596
55
(596)
-

55

55

-
55

Total
$M

4,057

(833)
3,224

3,224
211
(108)

3,327

4,268

(941)
3,327

3,327
437
-
(123)

3,641

4,705

(1,064)
3,641

Service  Concession  Arrangements  have  been  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  AASB  Interpretation  12  and 
therefore the concession assets have been classified as Intangible Assets.

191 

191

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

16 Non-current assets - Intangible assets (continued)

Concession assets (continued)

CityLink concession asset
Transurban holds the Concession for Melbourne’s CityLink tollway which grants the Group the right to design, 
build,  operate  and  maintain  CityLink  for  the  concession  period  ending  on  14  January  2034.  At  the  end  of  the 
concession period, all concession assets are to be returned to the Victorian State Government.

Transurban  has  the  right  to  collect  tolls  from  CityLink  for  the  duration  of  the  Concession  Arrangement  and 
maintains the tollway to ensure continuous availability for public use. 

Tolls  are  escalated  in  accordance  with  the  maximum  allowable  increases  in  the  Concession  Deed,  being  a
quarterly escalation at the greater of quarterly CPI or 1.1065 per cent (equivalent to an annual escalation rate of 
4.5 per cent) for the first 15 years then quarterly by CPI, but no greater than annual CPI plus 2.5 per cent. 

Hills M2 concession asset
Transurban has the right to toll the Hills M2 Motorway until May 2046. At the end of the concession period, the 
concession asset is returned to the New South Wales State Government.

The Concession Deed requires Transurban to maintain the Motorway to specified conditions.

Toll  increases  for  the  Motorway  are  based  on  a  maximum  toll  increase  as  defined  in  the  Concession  Deed, 
being a quarterly escalation at the greater of quarterly CPI or 1 per cent, subject to integer rounding.

Lane Cove Tunnel
Transurban has the right to toll the Lane Cove Tunnel until January 2037. At the end of the concession period, 
all concession assets will be returned to the New South Wales State Government.

The Concession Deed requires Transurban to maintain the tunnel to specified conditions.

Toll increases for the Lane Cove Tunnel are based on the maximum toll increase as defined in the Concession 
Deed, being a quarterly escalation of CPI.

Cross City Tunnel
During the year Transurban acquired the right to toll the Cross City Tunnel until December 2035. At the end of 
the concession period, the concession asset is returned to the New South Wales State Government.

The Concession Deed requires Transurban to maintain the tunnel to specified conditions.

Toll increases for the Tunnel are based on a maximum toll increase as defined in the Concession Deed, being a 
quarterly escalation at the greater of quarterly CPI or 0.74 per cent until December 2017, and CPI thereafter.

Assets under construction
The  Group  is currently  undertaking  upgrade  works  on  the Hills  M2  Motorway.  These  will  be  transferred  to  the 
respective intangible assets upon completion.

Impairment testing
The Group tests whether  intangible assets have suffered any impairments, in accordance with the accounting 
policy  stated  in  note  1(h).  The  recoverable  amount  of  assets  have  been  determined  based  on  the  greater  of 
value-in-use  and  fair  value  less  cost  to  sell  calculations.  These  calculations  require  the  use  of  assumptions 
regarding traffic flows, discount rates, growth rates and other factors affecting operating activities.

192 

192 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2014
$M

14
158

172

2014
$M

400
351

751

1,095
296
3,622

5,013

5,764

2013
$M

25
209

234

2013
$M

-
438

438

1,504
-
3,111

4,615

5,053

Notes

18(a)
18(c)

18(a)
18(b)
18(c)

17 Current liabilities - Trade and other payables

Trade payables and accruals
Related party payables

18 Borrowings

Current

Term debt
Loans from related parties

Non-current

Term debt
Capital Markets debt
Loans from related parties

Total borrowings

(a) Term debt

The term debt facilities are comprised of: 

  $225.0 million facility entered into by AMT Management Limited (as trustee for Airport Motorway Trust). The 

facility has deferred borrowing costs of $1.8 million. 

  $740.0  million  facility  entered  into  by  Hills  Motorway  Management  Limited  (as  trustee  for  Hills  Motorway 
Trust)  of  which  $400  million  is  current  at  30  June  2014.  The  facility  has  deferred  borrowing  costs  of  $1.4 
million. 

  $260.0 million facility entered into by LCT-MRE Nominees Pty Limited (as trustee for LCT-MRE  Trust). The 

facility has deferred borrowing costs of $1.1 million. 

  A  $276.5  million  facility  entered  into  by  Transurban  CCT  Nominees  Pty  Limited  (as  trustee  for  Transurban 

CCT Trust). The facility has deferred borrowing costs of $1.9 million.  

The  Airport  Motorway  facility  was  refinanced  in  July  2011 and  is  fully  secured  against  the  respective  rights  of 
Airport  Motorway  Limited  and  Airport  Motorway  Trust  and  their  assets.  The  facility  is  a  $225.0  million  non-
recourse syndicated facility with a term of seven years. The current floating interest rate applicable to the facility 
is 2.7 per cent (2013: 2.8 per cent). The facility is currently fully hedged to an all-in rate after hedging of 7.5 per 
cent.

193 

193

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

18 Borrowings (continued)

The Hills M2 facility was refinanced in November 2010 and is fully secured against the respective rights of Hills 
Motorway  Limited  and  Hills  Motorway  Trust  and  their  assets.  The  facility  is  a  non-recourse  syndicated  facility 
totaling $740.0 million. The financing comprised: the refinancing of $465.0 million of existing debt with terms of 
four years ($400.0 million), and six years ($65.0 million); and a construction capex facility of $275.0 million with a 
term  of  six  years.  As  at  30  June  2014,  the  construction  capex  facility  was  fully  drawn.  The  current  floating 
interest rate applicable to the total facility is 2.7 per cent (2013: 2.9 per cent). The total facility is currently 86 per 
cent hedged with an all-in rate after hedging of 7.1 per cent.

The Lane Cove Tunnel facility was refinanced in June 2013 and is fully secured against the respective rights of 
LCT-MRE  Pty  Limited  and  LCT-MRE  Trust  and  their  assets.  This  facility  is  a  non-recourse  syndicated  facility 
with a term of approximately three years. The current floating rate applicable to the facility is 2.7 per cent (2013: 
2.9 per cent). The facility is currently fully hedged to an all-in rate after hedging of 4.2 per cent.

The Cross City Tunnel facility was established in June 2014 to partially finance the acquisition of the Cross City 
Tunnel. The facility is fully secured against the respective rights of Transurban CCT Pty Limited and Transurban 
CCT  Trust  and  their  assets.  This  facility  is  a  non-recourse  syndicated  facility  with  a  term  of  three  years.  The 
current floating rate applicable to the facility is 2.7 per cent. The facility is currently fully hedged to an all-in rate 
after hedging of 4.3 per cent.

(b) Capital markets debt

This facility comprises of the following: 

  $300.0 million fixed rate bonds raised in November 2013 with a term of seven years. Interest is payable at 5.5 
per  cent.  This  facility  is  fully  secured  against  the  respective  rights  of  Airport  Motorway  Limited  and  Airport 
Motorway Trust and their assets. 

The above facility has deferred borrowing costs of $4.2 million. 

(c) Loans from related parties

The Group receives funding from a related party, Transurban Finance Company Pty Limited, which is used to 
finance its activities. Borrowing costs are also passed down.

Covenants

The Group's consolidated external debt has the following Interest Coverage Ratio ("ICR") covenants: 

  M1 Eastern Distributor - ICR greater than 1.15 times 

  Hills M2 Motorway - ICR greater than 1.2 times 

  Lane Cove Tunnel - ICR greater than 1.15 times 

  Cross City Tunnel - ICR greater than 1.15 times 

194 

194 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19 Current liabilities - Provisions

Distribution to security holders
Distribution to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Notes

19(a)
19(a)

2014
$M

322
39

361

2013
$M

178
33

211

(a) Distributions to security holders and non-controlling interests

These distributions are provided for once approved by the Board and are announced to equity holders.

Movements in provisions

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year are set out below:

2014

Carrying amount at 1 July
Provision recognised
Amounts paid/utilised during the year
Carrying amount at 30 June

Distribution to 
non-
controlling
interests in 
subsidiaries
$M

Distribution 
to security 
holders
$M

178
523
(379)
322

33
15
(9)
39

195 

195

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
20 Other liabilities

Current
Unearned income (related parties)

Non-current
Promissory notes

Total other liabilities

(a) Unearned income

Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Notes

20(a)

20(b)

2014
$M

2013
$M

46

46

25

25

71

27

27

23

23

50

Unearned income represents amounts received in advance and will be recognised when the income is earned.

(b) Promissory Notes

The  Hills  Motorway  Trust  has  entered  into  leases  with  Roads  and  Maritime  Services  of  New  South  Wales 
(RMS). Annual lease liabilities under these leases total $7.0 million, indexed annually to consumer price index 
(CPI)  over  the  estimated  period  that  the  M2  Motorway  will  be  used.  Until  such  time  as  a  threshold  return  is 
achieved,  payments  under  these  leases  can  be  made  at  any  time  at  the  discretion  of  the  trustee  of  the  Hills 
Motorway Trust, by means of the issue of non-interest bearing Promissory Notes to the RMS.

Promissory Notes are recognised at the present value of expected future repayments. As the timing and profile 
of these repayments is largely determined by the available equity cash flows of the M2 Motorway, the present 
value of the expected future repayments is determined using a discount rate of 12 per cent (2013: 12 per cent) 
which recognises their subordinated nature.

The face value of Promissory Notes on issue at 30 June 2014 is $158.6 million (2013: $147.6 million). The net 
present value at 30 June 2014 of the redemption payments relating to these Promissory Notes is $24.6  million 
(2013: $22.9 million). 

21 Issued units

The  issued  units  of  the  Trust  are  a  component  of  a  parcel  of  stapled  securities,  each  parcel  comprising  one 
share  in  Transurban  Holdings  Limited,  one  unit  in  Transurban  Holding  Trust  and  one  share  in  Transurban 
International Limited.

The individual securities comprising a parcel of stapled securities cannot be traded separately.

Issued 
units

Ordinary units fully paid

2014
Number
M
1,896

1,896

2013
Number
M
1,482

1,482

2014
$M
9,472

9,472

2013
$M
7,336

7,336

196 

196 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

21 Issued units (continued)

Units in trust
The number of units on issue is 1,896,384,073 (2013: 1,481,594,818).

Units  entitle  the  holder  to  participate  in  distributions  and  the  winding  up  of  Transurban  Holding  Trust  in 
proportion  to  the  number  of  and  amounts  paid  on  the  units  held.  On  a  show  of  hands  every  holder  of  units 
present at a meeting in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote.

All units issued form part of the Transurban Group stapled securities issued. The amounts above represent the 
value  apportioned  to  Transurban  Holding  Trust,  with  the  remaining  value  apportioned  to  Transurban  Holdings 
Limited and Transurban International Limited.

Capital risk management

The Group is subject to a gearing ratio covenant imposed by senior secured lenders. The Group monitors capital 
on the basis of the gearing ratio to ensure compliance with the covenant. There have been no breaches of the 
covenant. For further information refer to note 18.

The Group's objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that 
they can continue to provide returns to security holders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an 
optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In  order  to  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital  structure,  the  Group  may  adjust  the  amounts  of  distributions  paid  to 
security holders, return capital to security holders, issue new securities or sell assets to reduce debt.

Movements in issued units

Opening balance at 1 July 2012
Distribution reinvestment plan

Transfer vesting portion of LTI from share-based payment reserve
Placement to UniSuper Limited
Deferred Short Term Incentives issued

Closing balance at 30 June 2013

Opening balance at 1 July 2013
Distribution reinvestment plan

Transfer vesting portion of LTI from share-based payment reserve
Deferred Short Term Incentives issued
Institutional Share offer
Share Placement 
Retail Share offer 

Closing balance at 30 June 2014

(a) Distribution reinvestment plan

Notes

21(a)

21(c)
21(d)

21(a)

21(d)
21(e)
21(e)
21(e)

Number of 
units
M

1,458
6

1
16
1

1,482

1,482
10

-
-
264
57
83

1,896

$M

7,241
24

1
68
2

7,336

7,336
42

1
1
1,360
310
422

9,472

The  Transurban  Group  has  established  a  distribution  reinvestment  plan  under  which  holders  of  Stapled 
Securities  may  elect  to  have  all  or  part  of  their  distribution  entitlements  satisfied  by  the  issue  of  new  stapled 
securities rather than by cash.

197 

197

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

21 Issued units (continued)

(b) Treasury units

Stapled  Securities  (including  units  in  the  Trust)  were  issued  to  executives  under  share-based  payment  plans. 
The stapled securities are held by the executive but will only vest  in accordance with the terms of the plans. The 
acquired  securities  cannot  be  transferred  or  sold  prior  to  vesting  date.  On  forfeit  the  securities  are  sold  on 
market.

(c) Placement to UniSuper Limited

On  7  January  2013  Transurban  issued  16,260,163  ordinary  stapled securities  under  a placement  to  UniSuper 
Limited (as trustee of the superannuation fund known as UniSuper).

(d) Deferred Short Term Incentives

Mandatory  STI  deferral  of  a  portion  of  the  overall  STI  award,  as  detailed  in  the  Remuneration  Report,  was 
introduced  for  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives  in  the  year  ended  30  June  2012.  For  Australian  Senior 
Executives deferral is into securities.

(e)

Institutional and retail offer and placement

On 1 May 2014, the Transurban Group successfully completed the fully underwritten institutional component of 
its accelerated renounceable 10 for 43 pro rata entitlement offer at an offer price of $6.75, raising approximately 
$1.79  billion.  The  retail component  of  the  offer  was  successfully  completed  on  29  May  2014 and raised  gross 
proceeds of approximately $557 million.

As  part  of  the  entitlement  offer,  the  Transurban  Group  also  completed  a  placement  of  securities  to  its 
Queensland  Motorways  consortium  bid  partners  AustralianSuper  and  Tawreed,  raising  gross  proceeds  of 
approximately $400 million.  

The total gross proceeds for the Transurban Group from the entitlement offer and placement were approximately 
$2.74 billion, and were used to fund the Transurban Group’s equity contribution for the Queensland Motorways 
acquisition, which completed on 2 July 2014.  

22 Reserves and accumulated losses

Reserves

Cash flow hedges
Share-based payments

Movements:

Cash flow hedges
Balance 1 July
Revaluation - gross (note 14)
Amount attributable to non-controlling interests
Balance 30 June

198 

198 

2014
$M

(40)
5

(35)

2014
$M

(57)
19
(2)
(40)

2013
$M

(57)
5

(52)

2013
$M

(76)
21
(2)
(57)

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

22 Reserves and accumulated losses (continued)

Reserves (continued)

Share-based payments
Balance 1 July
Employee share plan expense
Transfer vesting portion of LTI to issued units
Deferred Short Term Incentives issued
Balance 30 June

Nature and purpose of other reserves

2014
$M

5
2
(1)
(1)
5

2013
$M

7
4
(4)
(2)
5

Cash flow hedges
The cash flow hedges reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge 
that are recognised in other comprehensive income, as described in note 1(k). Amounts are reclassified to profit 
or loss when the associated hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

Share-based payments
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the fair value of long-term incentives issued but not 
exercised.

Accumulated losses

Movements in accumulated losses were as follows:

Balance 1 July 
Profit for the year attributable to unit holders of Transurban Holding Trust
Distributions to unit holders
Balance 30 June

2014
$M

(1,780)
345
(523)
(1,958)

2013
$M

(1,804)
378
(354)
(1,780)

199 

199

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

23 Distributions

Distribution payable

Final distribution for 2014 financial year payable and recognised as a liability: 
17.0 cents (2013: 12.0 cents) per fully paid Stapled Security payable 14 August 
2014
Final unfranked distribution payable and recognised as a liability: 14.5 cents 
(2013: 12.0 cents) per fully paid Stapled Security payable 14 August 2014
Fully franked final distribution based on tax paid at 30%: 2.5 cents (2013: nil) per 
fully paid Stapled Security

Distributions paid during the year

Final distribution for 2013 financial year of 12.0 cents (2012: 11.5 cents) per fully 
paid Stapled Security paid 14 August 2013
Interim distribution for 2014 financial year of 13.5 cents (2013: 12.0 cents) per 
fully paid Stapled Security paid 14 February 2014
Total distributions paid during the year

Distributions paid in cash or satisfied by the issue of Stapled Securities
under the distribution reinvestment plan during the years ended 30 June 2014 
and 30 June 2013
Paid in cash
Satisfied by issue of Stapled securities (a)

2014
$M

2013
$M

275

47

322

178

201
379

2014
$M

327
52

379

178

-

178

168

176
344

2013
$M

317
27

344

(a) The value of stapled securities represents the total value of securities issued; however, this value is 

apportioned between Transurban Holdings Limited ($7.7 million), Transurban Holding Trust ($43.3 million), 
and Transurban International Limited ($1.0 million).

24 Remuneration of auditors

The audit fee for the current and prior year has been borne and paid by a related party, Transurban Limited. 

25 Intra-group guarantees

As at 30 June 2014, the Transurban Group comprises Transurban Holdings  Limited, Transurban Holding Trust 
and Transurban International Limited, traded and quoted on the ASX as one triple stapled security.

Under  the  stapling  arrangement,  each  entity  directly  and/or  indirectly  supports  each  entity  and  its  controlled 
entities within the group on a continual basis. 

200 

200 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

26 Commitments

Capital commitments

Capital expenditure contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:

Intangible assets
Payable:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years

Promissory Notes

2014
$M

20
-

20

2013
$M

55
1

56

Hills Motorway Management Limited, as trustee of the Hills Motorway Trust, has entered into an agreement with 
the Roads and Maritime Services of New South Wales (RMS). Annual liabilities under this agreement total $7.0 
million  indexed  annually  to  the  Consumer  Price  Index  over  the estimated  period  that  the  M2  Motorway  will  be 
used.  Until  such  time  as  a  threshold  return  is  achieved,  payments  under  this  agreement  can  be  made  at  the 
discretion of the trustee, by means of the issue of non-interest bearing promissory notes to the RMS. For further 
information refer to note 20. 

27 Related party transactions

Transactions with related parties

All of the directors of Transurban Infrastructure Management Limited are also directors of Transurban Holdings 
Limited (THL) and Transurban International Limited (TIL). The following services  are provided by the Group to 
THL and TIL and/or their subsidiaries: 

  Financial support through interest bearing and non-interest bearing loans; and/or 

  The rental of land. 

Financial support is received from Transurban Finance Company Pty Limited in the form of an interest bearing 
loan. The Group pays interest and related finance charges for such loan.

Transurban Infrastructure Management Limited is the Responsible Entity of Transurban Holding Trust, CityLink 
Trust and CARS Trust and receives Responsible Entity and Management Fees.

201 

201

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

27 Related party transactions (continued)

The following transactions occurred with related parties:

Amounts recognised as revenue
Rental income
Interest income
Term loan note interest revenue

Amounts recognised as expenses
Interest and other related charges paid
Responsible Entity fees
Other administration costs

Aggregate amounts of related party assets at balance date
Current receivables
Term loan notes (loan to associate)
Non-current receivables
Concession notes

Aggregate amounts of related party liabilities at balance date
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

2014
$M

2013
$M

272
419
103

794

267
3
9

279

2,418
887
6,117
795

10,217

509
3,622

4,131

266
389
97

752

245
3
-

248

369
832
5,874
718

7,793

648
3,110

3,758

Loans to/from related parties

No  provision  for  doubtful  debts  has  been  raised  in  relation  to  any  outstanding  balances,  and  no  expense  has 
been recognised in respect of bad or doubtful debts from related parties. 

Loans to associate

The “loan to associate” is via Term Loan Notes (“TLN’s”). The TLN’s represent the Group’s funding contribution 
to the Westlink Motorway Partnership and earn interest at a fixed rate of 11.93 per cent until the earlier of 34 
years and the termination of the “Agreement to Lease” between the Roads and Maritime Services of New South 
Wales and Westlink Motorway Limited.

Any  unpaid  interest  is  capitalised  and  deemed  to  subscribe  for  further  loan  notes  with  an  aggregate  principal 
amount equal to that unpaid interest.

The TLN’s have not been affected by equity accounting losses from the associate.

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties other than key management personnel or 
entities

All transactions were made on normal terms and conditions and at market rates.

202 

202 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

28 Subsidiaries 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries 
in accordance with the accounting policy described in note 1(b):

Country of 

incorporation Class of shares

Equity holding

Name of entity

CityLink Trust
Transurban Finance Trust
Transurban AL Trust
Transurban CARS Trust
Transurban WSO Trust
Hills Motorway Trust
T (895) Finance Trust
Sydney Roads Trust
Airport Motorway Trust
LCT-MRE Trust
LCT-MRE Holdings Trust
Transurban CCT Holdings Trust
Transurban CCT Trust
Abigroup Westlink Partner Holding No.4 Pty Ltd
Abigroup Westlink Partner No.4 Pty Ltd
LMI Westlink Partner Holding No.4 Pty Ltd
LMI Westlink Partner No.4 Pty Ltd
Abigroup Westlink Partner Holding No.2 Pty Ltd
Abigroup Westlink Partner No.2 Pty Ltd
LMI Westlink Partner Holding No.2 Pty Ltd
LMI Westlink Partner No.2 Pty Ltd
Sun Group Invest Trust

Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

2014
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
75.1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
62.5

The proportion of ownership interest is equal to the proportion of voting power held.

203 

2013
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
75.1
100
100
-
-
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
-

203

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

29 Non-Controlling interests

(a) Non-controlling interests (NCI)

Set out below is summarised financial information for each subsidiary that has non-controlling interests that are 
material to the Group. The amounts disclosed for each subsidiary are before inter-company eliminations.

Summarised balance sheet

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Carrying amount of NCI

Summarised statement of comprehensive income

Revenue

Profit (loss) for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Profit allocated to NCI

OCI allocated to NCI

Airport Motorway 
Trust

Sun Group 
Invest Trust*

24.9%

37.5%

30 June
2014

30 June
2013

30 June
2014

30 June
2013

$M

21

837

(158)

(537)

163

(41)

$M

21

812

(135)

(544)

154

(38)

$M

21

-

-

-

21

(8)

$M

-

-

-

-

-

-

Airport Motorway 
Trust

24.9%

Sun Group 
Invest Trust*

37.5%

30 June
2014
$M

30 June
2013
$M

30 June
2014
$M

30 June
2013
$M

100

58

-

58

(14)

-

97

59

-

59

(15)

-

-

(19)

-

(19)

7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Airport Motorway 
Trust

24.9%

Sun Group 
Invest Trust*

37.5%

30 June
2014

30 June
2013

30 June
2014

30 June
2013

Summarised cash flow

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net increases in cash and cash equivalents

$M

$M

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Distributions paid to NCI

(9)

(10)

*Sun Group Invest Trust is the subsidiary of the Trust for the purpose of investing in Queensland Motorways 

$M

(20)

40

-

20

-

$M

-

-

-

-

-

204 

204 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

30 Parent entity financial information

Summary financial information

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities

Unit holders' funds
Issued units
Reserves
Accumulated losses

Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income

Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities.

31 Events occurring after balance sheet date

2014
$M

3,442
9,135
12,577
473
3,776
4,249

2013
$M

1,013
8,181
9,194
323
2,854
3,177

(25,125)

(18,051)

9,472
5
(1,149)

8,328

697
697

7,336
4
(1,323)

6,017

445
445

The financial close on the acquisition of Queensland Motorways was completed on 2 July 2014. On this date the 
Group raised $2,900 million in non-recourse debt to fund the acquisition of which $2,500 million was drawn on 
that  date.  The  financial  effects  of  this  transaction  have  not  been  brought  to  account  at  30  June  2014.  The 
operating results and assets and liabilities of Queensland Motorways will be consolidated from 2 July 2014.

As  at  the  date of  this  report  the  Directors are  not  aware  of  any  other  circumstances  that  have  arisen  since  30 
June  2014  that  have significantly  affected, or may  significantly  affect,  the  Group's  operations  in  future financial 
years;  the  results  of  those  operations in  future  financial  years;  or the  Group's  state of  affairs in  future  financial 
years, that have not otherwise been disclosed in the financial report.

205 

205

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

32 Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

Profit for the year
Depreciation and amortisation
Capitalised term loan note interest
Non-cash concession notes income
Non-cash finance costs

Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease/(Increase) in receivables and prepayments
Decrease in payables
(Increase) in operating related party balances
Movement in current tax liabilities and deferred taxes
Increase  in unearned income
Increase in promissory note liability

Net cash inflow from operating activities

33 Non-cash investing and financing activities

Distributions satisfied by the issue of units under the distribution reinvestment 
plan

34 Earnings per unit

Basic earnings per unit

Earnings attributable to the ordinary unit holder
Total basic earnings per unit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
Trust

Diluted earnings per unit

Earnings attributable to the ordinary unit holder
Total diluted earnings per unit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
Trust

2014
$M

352
123
(55)
(77)
10

(1)
11
(387)
(2)
19
2

(5)

2014
$M

42

2014
Cents

22.4

22.4

2014
Cents

22.4

22.4

2013
$M

393
109
(49)
(86)
10

1
-
(305)
(2)
6
3

80

2013
$M

24

2013
Cents

25.7

25.7

2013
Cents

25.7

25.7

206 

206 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

34 Earnings per unit (continued)

Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per unit

Basic and diluted earnings per unit
Profit for the year
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
Profit attributable to ordinary unit holders of the trust and used in calculating 
basic and diluted earnings per unit

Weighted average number of units used as the 
denominator

2014
$M

352
(7)

345

2013
$M

393
(15)

378

Weighted average number of units used as the denominator in calculating 
basic and diluted earnings per unit

2014
Number

2013
Number

1,539,476,092

1,470,495,508

Basic earnings per unit
Basic  earnings  per  unit  is  determined  by  dividing  the  profit  attributable  to  unit  holders  excluding  any  non-
controlling interest and costs of servicing equity other than distributions, by the weighted average number of units 
outstanding during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per unit
Diluted  earnings  per  unit  adjusts  the  figures  used  in  the  determination  of  basic  earnings  per  unit  to  take  into 
account  the  after  income  tax  effect  of  interest  and  other  financing  costs  associated  with  dilutive  potential  units 
and  the  weighted  average  number  of  units  that  would  have  been  outstanding  assuming  the  conversion  of  all 
dilutive potential units.

35 Share-based payments

Performance Awards Plan

Under  the  Performance  Awards  Plan  (PAP),  eligible  executives  receive  a  grant  of  Performance  Awards  which 
entitles participants  to  receive  securities  at  no cost  subject  to  the  achievement  of performance  conditions.  The 
Board  has  discretion  as  to  the  form  of  the  award  at  the  end  of  the  performance  period  and  may  grant  cash 
payments  of equivalent  value  at  vesting.  No  dividends  or distributions on securities are payable  to  participants 
prior to vesting.

Dual  performance  measures  (Free  Cash  Flow  (FCF)  (from  1  July  2011)  or  earnings  before  interest,  tax, 
depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) measure (pre 1 July 2011) and relative total security holder return (TSR) 
apply to Performance Awards, each representing 50 per cent of the award. The use of dual measures balances 
the need to both improve the underlying performance of the business over the long term as well as appropriate 
returns relative to the market.

207 

207

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

35 Share-based payments (continued)

Performance Awards Plan 
(continued)

Grant date

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value at grant date ($)

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance 
at end of
the year

TSR

EBITDA

FCF

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

2014
1 Nov 2010
1 Nov 2013
23 Dec 2010 1 Nov 2013
26 Sep 2011 30 Jun 2014
11 Nov 2011 30 Jun 2014
15 Aug 2012 30 Jun 2015*
30 Jun 2015*
19 Oct 2012
14 Aug 2013 30 Jun 2016*
30 Jun 2016*
i Nov 2013

3.23
3.33
3.37
3.27
2.72
2.95
3.24
3.13

4.62
4.97
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
4.63
4.81
4.99
5.43
6.07
6.21

Total

a

922,476
684,683
420,872
715,024
480,102
448,400
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
728,380
382,292

(789,978)
(592,320)
(267,256)
(511,886)
-
-
-
-

(132,498)
(92,363)
(153,616)
(203,138)
(113,537)
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
366,565
448,400
728,380
382,292

3,671,557 1,110,672 (2,161,440)

(695,152)

1,925,637

*  vesting  /  expiry  date  refers  to  the  ending  date  of  the  performance  period.  Actual  vesting  /  expiry  date  is  determined  within  30  days  of  the 
release of Transurban Group's financial results for that performance period.

Grant date

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value at grant date ($)

Balance
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

TSR

EBITDA

FCF

Number Number

Number

Number

Number

2013
11 Dec 2009
1 Nov 2010
23 Dec 2010
26 Sep 2011
11 Nov 2011
15 Aug 2012
19 Oct 2012

Total

a

11 Dec 2012
1 Nov 2013
1 Nov 2013
30 Jun 2014
30 Jun 2014
30 Jun 2015
30 Jun 2015

3.33
3.23
3.33
3.37
3.27
2.72
2.95

4.97
4.62
4.97
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
4.63
4.81
4.99
5.43

1,625,994
1,201,077
684,683
661,932
715,024
-
-

- (1,624,766)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
747,201
-
448,400

(1,228)
(278,601)
-
(241,060)
-
(267,099)
-

-
922,476
684,683
420,872
715,024
480,102
448,400

4,888,710 1,195,601 (1,624,766)

(787,988) 3,671,557

Assessed fair value

The assessed fair value at grant date of the plans above has been independently determined in accordance with 
AASB 2.

The  TSR  component  of  the  Performance  Awards  has  been  valued  applying  a  Monte-Carlo  simulation  (of  a 
geometric  Brownian  motion  process,  as  used  in  the  Black-Scholes  framework)  to  model  Transurban's  future 
security  price  and  TSR  performance  against  the  comparator  group  performance  at  vesting  date.  The  valuation 
model takes into account the term of the award, the security price at grant date and expected price volatility of the 
underlying security, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the award. 

The  Free  Cash  Flow  component  of  the  Performance  Awards  has  only  a  non-market  based  vesting  condition 
which is not considered in the valuation. The valuation of these awards takes into account the security price at 
grant date, and the expected dividend yield which represents the dividends over the life of the Awards that the 
rights holder does not receive. A discounted cash flow model is used to perform this valuation. 

208 

208 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

35 Share-based payments (continued)

Assessed fair value (continued)

The  Group  is  currently  transitioning  to  a  face  value  approach  (discounted  for  distributions)  for  the  FCF 
component. The transition is over 3 years and all things being equal there will be  a decrease in the number of 
awards  recipients  receive  until  the  new  methodology  is  achieved.  This  transition  will  be  completed  for  grants 
made during FY2016. 

Performance Awards Plan - CEO Sign On Award Plan

Scott Charlton received a one-off grant of equity as a sign-on award in recognition of the incentives forfeited with 
his former employer by joining Transurban. The awards were awarded at no cost to Scott and will vest, subject to 
his continued employment with Transurban as described in his employment contract, in three equal tranches on 
the  first,  second  and  third  anniversaries  of  his  employment  date.  Upon  vesting,  the  awards  will  automatically 
exercise and settle in securities. No dividends or distributions on securities are payable prior to vesting.

Grant date

2014
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012

Total

x

Grant date

2013
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012

Total

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

16 Jul 2014
16 Jul 2015

$5.71
$5.71

78,752
78,752

157,504

-
-

-

(78,752)
-

(78,752)

-
-

-

-
78,752

78,752

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance 
at end of
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

16 Jul 2013
16 Jul 2014
16 Jul 2015

$5.71
$5.71
$5.71

78,752
78,752
78,752

236,256

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-

78,752
78,752
78,752

236,256

Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan

For the 2014 financial year, the CEO and other Senior Executives had a target STI opportunity of 30 per cent of 
their total remuneration package. Mandatory STI deferral of 50 per cent of the overall STI award now applies for 
all grants to the CEO and other Senior Executives. STI payouts can vary between zero (if targets are not met) 
and 150 per cent (for exceptional outperformance). 

The  deferral  period  is  two  years.  For  Australian  Senior  Executives,  deferral  is  into  securities.  Due  to  legal 
restrictions  on  the  issue  of  securities  to  USA  residents,  the  USA  resident  Senior  Executives  receive  deferred 
cash awards.  STI deferral grants are made in the form of awards.  Each award is an entitlement to receive a fully 
paid security, or an equivalent cash payment, on terms and conditions determined by the Board.  This deferred 
component of remuneration may, at the discretion of the Board, be subject to forfeiture or clawback (e.g. in the 
event of misconduct or the material misstatement of financial results).

209 

209

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

35 Share-based payments (continued)

Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan (continued) 

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

1 Jul 2014
1 Jul 2014

$5.68
$5.68

642,388
-

443,736

642,388

443,736

(79,668)
-

562,720
443,736

(79,668)

1,006,456

-

-

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during
the year

Vested 
during
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

1 Jul 2014

$5.68

-

-

642,388

642,388

-

-

-

-

642,388

642,388

Grant date

2014

15 Aug 2012
15 Aug 2012

Total

Grant date

2013
15 Aug 2012

Total

Fair value

x

x

The  fair  value  at  grant  dates  in  both  the  deferred  STI  plan  and  the  CEO  sign-on  awards  plan  have  been 
determined  in  accordance  with  AASB  2  by  using  a  volume  weighted  average  price  (VWAP)  over  a  specified 
period of time.

Employee security scheme

The Transurban Employee Security Ownership Plan (the Plan) provides employees with an opportunity to be a 
part owner of Transurban and partner in its continued success.

All  Australian  based  permanent  employees  were  eligible  to  participate in the Investment Tax  Exempt  Plan and 
the  Investment  Tax  Deferred  Plan  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014.  Under  the  plans,  Transurban  provides 
participants  with  a  matching  component  toward  the  acquisition  of  the  stapled  securities.  For  the  period  1  July 
2013  to  30  June  2014,  the  cost  of  company  matches  was  $139,918  (2013:  $132,162)  for  the  Investment  Tax 
Exempt Plan and $314,667 (2013: $450,374) for the Investment Tax Deferred Plan.

The  third  element under  the Plan  is  the  Incentive  Plan.  Subject  to  Board  approval  and  the  performance  of  the 
Group, eligible employees may receive a certain number of Transurban securities at no cost to them. In February 
2014, each participant was allocated 100 stapled securities at a value of $6.94 per security. Stapled Securities 
provided  under  the  Plan  were  acquired  on  the  open  market.  Eligible  US  based  participants  received  an 
equivalent cash award.

Shares purchased on the market under the plan and provided to participating 
employees

2014
Number

50,800

2013
Number

45,900

Expenses arising from share-based payment transactions

Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions recognised for the Transurban Group during the 
period as part of employee benefit expense was $6.6 million (2013: $6.6 million). 

210 

210 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

36 Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, 
including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by 
definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are 
discussed below.

Valuation of Promissory Notes and Concession Notes
The Group holds non-interest bearing long term debt, represented by promissory notes and concession notes, 
that are included in the financial statements at the present value of expected future payments. The calculations 
to discount these notes to their present value are based on the estimated timing and profile of the repayments. 
Assumptions are made in determining the timing and profile, based on expected available equity cash flows of 
the Group's cash generating units.

A  discount  rate  is  used  to  value  the  promissory  notes  and  concession  notes  to  their  present  value,  which  is 
determined through reference to other facilities in the market with similar characteristics.

Fair value of derivatives and other financial instruments
The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  is  determined  using  valuation 
techniques.  The  Group  uses  its  judgement  to  select  a  variety  of  methods  and  makes  assumptions  that  are 
mainly based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date. 

Estimated impairment of intangible assets and cash generating units
The  Group  tests  whether  intangible  assets  and  cash  generating  units  have  suffered  any  impairment,  in 
accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 1(h). The recoverable amount of each cash generating unit 
has  been  determined  based  on  the  greater  of  value-in-use  and  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  calculations.  As 
disclosed  in  Note  16,  these calculations  require  the  use  of assumptions  regarding  traffic flows,  discount  rates, 
growth rates and other factors affecting operating activities of the cash generating units.

The  Group  does  not  consider  that  there  have  been  any  indicators  of  impairment  in  relation  to  any  of  its  cash 
generating units during the year.

211 

211

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

37 Key management personnel disclosures

Directors

With  the  exception  of  the  changes  noted  below,  the  following  persons  were  Directors  of  Transurban 
Infrastructure Management Limited, the responsible entity of the Trust during the financial year.

Executive Director
Scott Charlton

Non-executive Directors
Lindsay Maxsted (Chairman)
Neil Chatfield
Robert Edgar
Samantha Mostyn
Christine O'Reilly
Rodney Slater
Ian Smith

Other key management personnel

The following persons also had authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of 
the Group, directly or indirectly, during the financial year:

J Aument
W Ballantine
A Head
S Hogg
L Petschel
S Johnson
T Steinhilber
L Tobin
V Vassallo

Group General Manager, North America
Group General Manager, Strategy
Group General Manager, New South Wales
Chief Financial Officer (departed 14 July 2014)
Acting Chief Financial Officer (from 14 July 2014)
Group General Manager, Human Resources
Group General Manager, Project Delivery and Operational Excellence (until 14 July 2014)
Group General Manager, Technology
Group General Manager, Victoria

212 

212 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

2014 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) 

Introduction 

This report, prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, contains detailed information regarding the 
remuneration arrangements for the Directors and Senior Executives who were the 'key management personnel' 
(KMP) of the Transurban Group (Group) during the year ended 30 June 2014 (FY2014).

The KMP disclosed in this report are listed in the table below: 

Current Non-executive Directors

Lindsay Maxsted, Chair

Neil Chatfield

Robert Edgar

Samantha Mostyn

Christine O'Reilly

Rodney Slater

Ian Smith

Current Senior Executives

Scott Charlton, Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Jennifer Aument, Group General Manager, North America

Wesley Ballantine, Group General Manager, Queensland (from 4 June 2014, formerly Group General Manager, Strategy)

Andrew Head, Group General Manager, New South Wales
Samantha Hogg, Chief Financial Officer (1)

Sue Johnson, Group General Manager, Human Resources
Tim Steinhilber, Group General Manager, Delivery and Operational Excellence (1)

Lisa Tobin, Group General Manager, Technology

Vin Vassallo, Group General Manager, Victoria

Former Senior Executives

Michael Kulper, President North America (departed 3 September 2013)

(1) On 14 July 2014, the Group announced changes to KMP.  Samantha Hogg departed the Group and Tim Steinhilber has transferred back to the 
USA.  Refer to section 1B for further details.     

Contents

1  Remuneration snapshot 

2 Remuneration governance 

3 Remuneration in context 

4 CEO / Senior Executive remuneration for FY2014  

5 Link between Group performance, security holder wealth and remuneration 

6 Non-executive director remuneration  

All values in this report are in Australian dollars, unless otherwise stated. 

213 

214 

216 

217 

218 

238 

240 

213

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

1  Remuneration snapshot 

The  Transurban  Board  is  committed  to  an  executive  remuneration  framework  that  is  focused  on 
driving  a  performance  culture  and  linking  pay  to  the  achievement  of  the  Group’s  strategy  and 
business objectives and, ultimately, generating security holder value. 

Transurban’s remuneration framework is reviewed annually taking into consideration security holder  and 
other stakeholder feedback, market expectations and regulatory developments.

At the 2013 Annual General Meeting (AGM), the framework received strong support from security holders, 
with a 98.8% vote in favour of the resolution to adopt the 2013 Remuneration Report.  

There  were  no  substantive  changes  to  the  framework  in  FY2014,  but  some  refinements  were  made  to 
further align remuneration with the creation of sustainable security holder value, business outcomes, and 
the Group’s organisational values: integrity, collaboration, accountability, ingenuity and respect.  

In  particular,  changes  were  made  to  the  Short  Term  Incentive  (STI)  program  for  all  eligible  employees, 
which were aimed at enhancing this variable pay element through increased performance differentiation, 
the  introduction  of  formal  performance  comparisons  against  peers,  and  strengthening  the  link  between 
individual and Group performance.  

A 

TRANSURBAN’S REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK 

The  key  elements of  the  remuneration  framework  for  the CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives  for  FY2014 
were as follows: 

Remuneration mix 

The remuneration of the CEO and other Senior Executives was structured as a mix of fixed remuneration 
and variable ('at risk') remuneration through short term and long term incentive components. The relative 
weightings of the three components were as follows: 

Total remuneration % (annualised at target)

Fixed TEC

Variable (performance based)

CEO

Senior Executives

40

45

STI

30 (50% deferred)

30 (50% deferred)

LTI

30

25

* All Senior Executives moved to 50% STI deferral effective 1 July 2013.  

Fixed total employment cost (TEC) 

Fixed TEC was set with reference to the market median, using the ASX 20-50 as the primary reference, 
with  consideration  also  given  to  the  ASX  100.  Remuneration  packages  (including  TEC  levels)  are 
reviewed  annually  by  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  with  reference  to  an 
individual's role, experience and performance, as well as relevant comparative market data provided by an 
independent remuneration consultant. TEC levels are also reviewed on a change in role. 

214 

214 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Short term incentive (STI) 

During  FY2014,  changes  were  made  to  the  STI  program  to  achieve  greater  performance  differentiation. 
The  link  between  Group  and  individual  performance  was  also  strengthened  by  using  individual 
performance as a multiplier when calculating reward for Group performance.  

Group  performance  measures  under  the  new  STI  program  were  again  linked  to  growth  in  proportional 
EBITDA, cost management based on proportional net costs, and safety. See section 5 for further details.  

Individual performance continues to be measured against  key performance indicators (KPIs). Under the 
new STI program, each individual’s assessment will be used in determining a rating relative to peers. The 
overall  rating  will  derive  an  individual’s  STI  using  a  payment  schedule  as  determined  by  the  Board 
designed to encourage high performance.

During FY2014, the proportion of the STI award subject to mandatory deferral was aligned for the CEO 
and all Senior Executives, so that all members of KMP now have 50 per cent of their STI award deferred 
for  two  years.  Increasing  the  level  of  STI  deferral  (from  30%  when  it  was  first  introduced  in  FY2012)
strengthens the link between KMP performance and security holder value and provides a greater retention 
element. 

For Australian Senior Executives, STI deferral is into securities. Due to legal restrictions on the issue of 
securities  to  USA  residents,  the  USA  resident  Senior  Executives  receive  deferred  cash  awards.  The 
deferred  component  of  remuneration  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board,  be  subject  to  forfeiture  or 
clawback (eg. in the event of misconduct or material misstatement of financial results). 

Long term incentive (LTI) 

For FY2014, LTI performance measures were as follows:  

  50 per cent relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measured against a bespoke comparator group 
comprising  companies  in  the  transport,  utilities,  real  estate,  telecommunications  and  construction 
Global Industry Classification Standards (GICS) sectors of the ASX 150; and 

  50  per cent  Free  Cash Flow  (FCF)  per  security,  reflecting  the  Group's focus on  the  maximising  free 
cash flow to drive security holder return. The definition of FCF per security is set out  on page 227 of 
the  audited  financial  statements.  The  FCF  calculation  is  included  in  note  22  of  the  Transurban 
Holdings Limited audited financial statements. 

B  

OTHER EVENTS / ACTIONS IMPACTING REMUNERATION IN FY2014 

USA restructure 

As  previously  disclosed, the  Group’s  New  York  office  was closed  in  FY2014.  As a consequence,  it  was 
determined that the position of President, North America was no longer required. As no suitable positions 
were  available  for  Michael  Kulper  (the  incumbent),  his  employment  with  the  Group  ceased  on  3 
September 2013. 

On  ceasing  employment  as  President,  North  America,  Michael  Kulper  received  a  sum  equivalent  to  3 
months TEC as a payment in lieu of notice (USD 247,450), and he was paid (USD 304,554) (equivalent to 
16 weeks TEC) severance payment. 

The following arrangements also applied to Michael Kulper: 

  he  retained  the  deferred  securities  granted  to  him  under  the  FY2012  and  FY2013  STI  plans  in 

accordance with their original terms; and 

  he  retained  a  pro-rated  proportion  of  his  LTI  awards  granted  to  him  under  the  FY2011  (161,103 
Performance  Awards),  FY2012  (111,721  Performance  Awards)  and  FY2013  (65,293  Performance 
Awards) LTI plans in accordance with their original terms, with the applicable performance measures 
for  each  grant  to  be  tested  at  the  end  of  the  applicable  original  performance  period.  Michael  Kulper 
was not eligible to participate in the FY2014 LTI plan.  

215 

215

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Queensland Motorways  

In  April  2014,  a  Transurban-led  consortium  was  announced  as  the  successful  bidder  for  Queensland 
Motorways, which operates a network of toll roads in and around Brisbane. Financial close was achieved 
on 2 July 2014. 

Wesley  Ballantine,  Group  General  Manager,  Strategy,  was  appointed  to  the  position  of  Group  General 
Manager, Queensland on 4 June 2014. Wesley Ballantine has been employed by the Group since 2006.  
Wesley  Ballantine’s  remuneration  was  reviewed  on  this  change  in  role,  taking  into  account  benchmark 
data and internal relativities.  Refer to section 4.  

Changes to KMP 

On  14  July  2014,  Transurban  announced  changes  to  its  Executive  Committee.    Samantha  Hogg,  Chief 
Financial Officer, left the Group on 14 July 2014 after six years with the business.  Tim Steinhilber, Group 
General  Manager,  Project  Delivery  and  Operational  Excellence,  transferred  back  to  the  USA  to  support 
the  delivery  of  the  I95  project  that  is  scheduled  for  completion  at  the  end  of  2014.    The  remuneration 
arrangements applying to Samantha Hogg on her departure, will be disclosed in the 2015 report. 

Anthony  Adams,  currently  Vice  President,  Infrastructure,  Major  Projects,  and  based  in  the  USA,  will 
transfer back to Australia to assume the role of Group General Manager, Project Delivery and Operational 
Excellence. Anthony joined Transurban in June 2003.   

Leigh  Petschel,  currently  General  Manager,  Finance,  is  Acting  Chief  Financial  Officer.    Leigh  joined 
Transurban in October 2013.    

2  Remuneration governance 

A 

BOARD AND REMUNERATION AND HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITY 

The  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  assists  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  responsibilities 
relating  to  the  remuneration  of  Directors,  the  remuneration  of,  and  incentives  for,  the  CEO  and  other 
Senior Executives, and remuneration practices, strategies and disclosures generally.  

It  is  critical  that  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  is  independent  of  management 
when  making  decisions  affecting  employee  remuneration.  Accordingly,  the  Committee  comprises  Non-
executive  Directors,  all  of  whom  are  independent. Where  appropriate,  the  CEO  and  the  Group  General 
Manager,  Human  Resources  attend  Committee  meetings,  however  they  do  not  participate  in  formal 
decision making. 

The membership of the Remuneration and Human Resources Committee was unchanged in FY2014. The 
members  of  the  Committee  continue  to  be  Robert  Edgar  (Chair),  Samantha  Mostyn  and  Neil  Chatfield. 
Further details regarding the Committee are set out in the Directors’ report.

The  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  reviews  gender  pay  equity  annually.  The  Group 
has  focused  on  achieving  pay  equity  at  all  work  levels  in  the  organisation  and  the  FY2014  outcomes 
indicate that this objective has substantially been achieved.  

216 

216 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

B 

ENGAGEMENT OF REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS 

To  ensure  that  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  has  all  relevant  information  at  its 
disposal  when  making  remuneration  decisions,  it  may  seek  and  consider  advice  from  independent 
remuneration consultants where appropriate. Any advice from consultants is used to guide the Committee 
and the Board, but does not serve as a substitute for thorough consideration by Directors. 

Those  consultants  who  provided  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  with  a 
remuneration recommendation relating to KMP during FY2014, and who have been deemed by the Group 
to be ‘remuneration consultants’, are listed below: 

Consultant

Fees for remuneration 
recommendations

Ernst & Young 

$10,000

Fees for other advice provided to the 
Group during FY20141
$768,079

1 Fees for other advice includes the review of USA tax returns, expatriate taxation requirements, audit of various undertakings and 
general consulting 

Ernst & Young was selected by the Remuneration and Human Resources Committee and commissioned 
and instructed by the Chair of the Committee in accordance with the applicable protocol. Ernst & Young’s 
appointment  terms  specified  that  all  remuneration  recommendations  and  advice  be  sent  directly  to  the 
Committee through the Chair, and prohibited the provision of such material or other information directly to 
management.  The  appointment 
their 
recommendations,  both  a  declaration  of  independence  from  the  KMP  to  whom  their  recommendations 
related,  and  also  confirmation  of  the  Committee’s conditions  for contact  and  dialogue  with  management 
had  been  observed.  Ernst  &  Young  provided  such  a  declaration  and  confirmation  in  relation  to  their 
remuneration recommendations.  

that  Ernst  &  Young  provide,  with 

terms  also  required 

In  this  way,  the  Committee  and  the  Board  have  been  assured  and  are  satisfied  that  Ernst  &  Young’s 
remuneration  recommendations  and  advice  were  made  free  from  undue  influence  from  management 
generally and from KMP specifically.  

3  Remuneration in context 

Transurban  is  a  top  20  Australian  Securities  Exchange  listed  business  and  is  the  largest  transport 
infrastructure  entity  in  Australia,  and  one  of  the  largest  toll  road  entities  in  the  world. Transurban  is 
focused on providing effective and innovative urban transport solutions in road infrastructure, through the 
management and development of urban networks of toll road concessions.  

The  effective  management  of  toll  road  concessions  involves  leveraging  a  network  footprint  in  our 
markets, taking a leading role in shaping policy, and utilising our core capabilities in the following areas: 

  Network planning and forecasting; 

  Operations and customer management; 

  Project development and delivery; 

  Application of technology; and 

  Community engagement. 

217 

217

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

The investment proposition for high quality toll road assets lies in providing investors with access to long 
dated,  predictable,  growing  cash  flows  generated  over  the  life  of  the  concessions  through  effective 
management and development of the road corridors they govern. 

The  Board  and  management  are  focused  on  ensuring  security  holder  value  is  enhanced  through  the 
strong  performance  of  the  Group’s  asset  portfolio.  Development  activities  also  provide  opportunities  to 
further  expand  the  portfolio  and  unlock  further  value  in  the  concessions.  The  Group  is  focused  on  the 
long term management of toll road assets at various stages of maturity to achieve the best outcomes for 
investors,  government  partners  and  the  community.  In  Australia,  the  Group’s  interests  include  100  per 
cent ownership of CityLink in Melbourne, and the  Hills M2, Lane Cove Tunnel and Cross City Tunnel in 
Sydney. The Group has partial interests in a further three roads on the Sydney orbital network, being the 
M1 Eastern Distributor (75.1 per cent), the M5 (50 per cent), and the Westlink M7 (50 per cent) and, from 
2 July 2014, Queensland Motorways in Brisbane (62.5 per cent). 

In North America, the Group currently has interests in two assets, the 495 Express Lanes (94.0 per cent), 
and the 95 Express Lanes project (77.5 per cent), which is currently under construction and remains on 
schedule for completion in late 2014.

4  CEO / Senior Executive remuneration for FY2014 

A 

REMUNERATION STRATEGY AND POLICY 

The Group's executive remuneration strategy is designed to attract, retain and motivate a highly qualified 
and experienced management team with the necessary skills and attributes to lead the Group in achieving 
its  business  objectives.  The  strategy  also  aims  to  encourage  management  to  strive  for  superior 
performance by rewarding the achievement of targets that are challenging, clearly understood, and within 
the control of individuals to achieve through their own actions. 

218 

218 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
The Group's remuneration strategy and policy as set by the Board is summarised below: 

Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Creating Security Holder Value



Remuneration Strategy

Attract, retain, motivate and reward executives critical to the Group's growth and success by:

 Offering competitive remuneration that is benchmarked against the external market

 Providing a balance of fixed and variable (or 'at risk') remuneration

Align executive reward with individual and Group performance by:

 Making short and long term components of remuneration 'at risk' based on performance

 Assessing rewards against appropriate financial and non-financial performance measures

 Encouraging executive security holdings



Remuneration Structure

Fixed remuneration

Total Employment Cost (TEC):

 Comprises cash salary, superannuation and other prescribed benefits

 Provides a base level of reward for effective completion of Group and specific accountabilities

 Appropriately benchmarked and set with reference to role, responsibilities, skills and experience

Variable ('at risk') remuneration

Short term incentive (STI):

 Annual rewards tied to pre-determined individual and Group performance measures, and includes a 

deferred element (into securities)





Individual performance against targets and comparable performance against peers are used to determine 
an outcome

Individual targets reflect individual specific accountabilities and key drivers for growth and success

 Group performance targets linked to earnings, cost management and safety



Individual performance outcome provides a multiplier for the Group performance element (linking the two 
elements)

 Maximum potential STI is capped at 150 per cent

Long term incentive (LTI):

 Equity rewards to align executive and security holder interests (using indeterminate rights)

 Vest after three years, subject to achievement of pre-determined internal and external performance 

measures

 Encourages sustainable performance in the medium to longer term, and provides a retention element

 Maximum LTI opportunity is capped at 100%

219 

219

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

B 

REMUNERATION MIX 

For FY2014, the remuneration of the CEO and other Senior Executives was structured as a mix of fixed 
remuneration  and  variable  (or  'at  risk')  remuneration  through  short  term  and  long  term  incentive 
components.  The  relative  weightings  of  the  three  components  were  determined  by  the  Board  (on  the 
recommendation  of  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee)  and  are  set  out  in  the  table 
below: 

Total remuneration % (annualised at target)*

Fixed TEC

Variable (performance based)

CEO

Senior Executives

40

45

STI**

30 (50% deferred)

30 (50% deferred)

LTI

30

25

* These figures may not necessarily reflect the relative value derived from each of the components, which depends on actual performance against 
targets for the variable components. The STI percentages are based on achieving the relevant performance targets. The LTI percentages are based 
on the maximum LTI available at the time of grant to each Senior Executive if the awards granted vest at the end of the performance period. 

**All Senior Executives moved to 50% STI deferral for grants made in FY2014. 

C 

FIXED REMUNERATION - TOTAL EMPLOYMENT COST (TEC) 

What is TEC? 

Fixed remuneration is represented by total employment cost comprising base salary and superannuation 
contributions (or pension plans in the case of USA based employees). 

Fixed  remuneration  is  not  'at  risk'  but  is  set  by  reference  to  appropriate  benchmark  information  for  an 
individual’s  responsibilities,  performance,  qualifications  and  experience.  There  are  no  guaranteed  TEC 
increases in the service agreement of the CEO or any Senior Executive. 

How is TEC determined? 

Remuneration packages (including TEC levels) are reviewed annually by the Remuneration and Human 
Resources  Committee  with  reference  to  an  individual’s  role,  experience  and  performance,  as  well  as 
relevant comparative market data. Independent remuneration consultants and surveys, internal relativities 
and  market  conditions  also  provide  guidance.  TEC  levels  are  also  reviewed  on  a  change  in  role.  Any 
changes to TEC levels recommended by the Committee must be approved by the Board. 

The  CEO's  and  other  Senior  Executives'  TEC  is  determined  with  reference  to  the  market  median.  The 
primary reference for determining the market median is the ASX 20-50, with  consideration also given to 
the ASX 100. Consideration is given to sizing factors including market capitalisation and revenue. A range 
around the median provides flexibility to recognise individual experience and capabilities.  

D 

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE (STI) 

How does the STI plan operate? 

Eligible permanent Group employees, including the CEO and other Senior Executives, participate in the 
annual  STI  plan.  The  STI  plan  puts  a  significant  proportion  of  remuneration  'at  risk'  subject  to  meeting 
specific pre-determined Group, team and individual performance measures linked to corporate objectives. 
This  aligns  employee  interests  with  the  Group's  financial  performance,  as  well  as  the  Group’s 
organisational values. 

220 

220 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

For  FY2014,  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives  had  a  target  STI  opportunity  of  30  per  cent  of  their 
total remuneration package. Mandatory STI deferral of 50 per cent of the overall STI award now applies 
for all grants to the CEO and other Senior Executives. STI payouts can vary between zero (if targets are 
not met) and 150% (for exceptional outperformance). 

The deferral period is two years. For Australian Senior Executives, deferral is into securities. Due to legal 
restrictions  on  the  issue  of  securities  to  USA  residents,  the  USA  resident  Senior  Executives  receive 
deferred cash awards.  STI deferral grants are made in the form of awards.  Each award is an entitlement 
to receive a fully paid security, or an equivalent cash payment, on terms and conditions determined by the 
Board. This  deferred  component  of  remuneration  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board,  be  subject  to 
forfeiture or clawback (e.g. in the event of misconduct or the material misstatement of financial results). 

What were the STI performance measures for FY2014? 

The STI performance measures for the CEO and other Senior Executives for the year ended 30 June 
2014 were chosen to provide a balance between corporate, individual, operational, strategic, financial and 
non-financial aspects of performance and are described below:  

Measure

Group 
performance 
target

(1) Growth in proportional EBITDA (20% weighting)

The  proportional  EBITDA  targets  were  set  against  the  previous  year's  results 
and the Group's FY2014 budget. The EBITDA target excluded the 495 Express 
Lanes.

Proportional EBITDA result

% STI that vests^

Less than 10% above underlying result for FY2013

10% above underlying result for FY2013

Budget EBITDA for FY2014 ($926 million)

16% above underlying result for FY2013

zero

50

100

150

^ Straight line vesting applies between 50-100% and 100-150%.

(2) Cost management based on proportional net costs (20% weighting)

The proportional net costs targets were set against the  previous year’s results 
and the Group’s FY2014 budget. The proportional net costs target included the 
495 Express Lanes.

Proportional net costs result

Over FY2014 budget

FY2014 budget ($201 million)

FY2014 budget less $5 million

FY2014 budget less $15 million

% STI that vests^

zero

50

100

150

^ Straight line vesting applies between 50-100% and 100-150%.

(3) Safety targets (10% weighting)

The  safety  target  was  a  lead  indicator  that  required  the  completion  of  safety 
development  action  plans.  The  target  is  split  with  equal  weighting  between 
employee/contractor (5%) and customer (5%) safety targets.

Safety target result

% STI that vests^

Less than 60% safety action plan items implemented

60% safety action plan items implemented

75% safety action plan items implemented

90% safety action plan items implemented
^ Straight line vesting applies between 50-100% and 100-150%.

zero

50

100

150

221 

221

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Individual key 
performance 
indicators 
(KPIs)

Individual  KPIs  (50%  weighting),  were  unique  to  the  individual's  area  of 
accountability,  and  in  FY2014  related  to  critical  business  sustainability 
measures,  including:  operational  excellence,  strategy,  people  and  leadership, 
operational  performance,  cost 
reduction,  customer  satisfaction,  project 
outcomes,  succession  planning,  risk  management,  growth  and  business  plan 
implementation.  Individuals have a clear line of sight to KPIs and are able to 
directly affect outcomes through their own actions.

Who sets the STI performance measures? 

STI performance measures are set at the beginning of the financial year. The CEO's individual KPIs are 
set  by  the  Board.  All  other  Senior  Executives’  individual  KPIs  are  set  by  the  CEO  and approved  by  the 
Board. The Board sets the Group performance targets. 

What is proportional EBITDA and why is it used as an STI performance measure? 

EBITDA  (earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortisation)  is  a  common  operational 
performance measure used by many companies. 

Proportional  EBITDA  is  one  of  the  primary  measures  that  the  Board  uses  to  assess  the  operating 
performance  of  the  Group,  with  an  aim  to  maintain  a  focus  on  the  Group’s  operating  results  and 
associated  cash  generation.  It  reflects  the  contribution  from  individual  assets  to  the  Group's  operating 
performance and focuses on elements of the result that management can influence to drive improvements 
in short term earnings. Proportional EBITDA is the aggregation of EBITDA from each asset multiplied by 
the Group's percentage ownership, as well as any contribution from Group functions. The Board believes 
proportional EBITDA provides a better reflection of the underlying performance of the Group’s assets than 
statutory EBITDA. The EBITDA calculation from the statutory accounts for FY2014 does not include the 
EBITDA contribution for those assets which are equity accounted (M5 and M7). DRIVe’s EBITDA is also 
excluded  from  the  statutory  results  for  the  period  that  it  was  equity  accounted  (1  July  2013  to  4  June 
2014). Proportional EBITDA figures used to assess performance are included in note 2 of the Transurban 
Holdings Limited audited financial statements. 

The Board can decide to exclude specific items from proportional EBITDA to provide an underlying result 
when  determining performance  incentives.  For  FY2014,  the  Board  resolved  to  exclude the  495  Express 
Lanes  from  the  proportional  EBITDA  measure  as  this  is  a  period  of  ramp-up  for  this  asset.  The  495 
Express  Lanes  opened  to  traffic  in  November  2012  giving  the  Group  limited  toll  revenue  historical  data 
when setting targets for FY2014.  

Proportional EBITDA has been used by the Group as an STI performance measure since 2009. 

What are proportional net costs and why is this used as a performance measure? 

Proportional net costs are calculated as fee and other revenue less total costs of the Group. Costs after 
fee  and  other  revenues  encourage  and  allows  management  to  incur  additional  costs  where  these  are 
justified by increased revenue results. 

The  use  of  a  cost  related  STI  performance  measure  reflects  management’s  ability  to  influence  the 
expenditure  of  the  business.  Strong  cost  management  throughout  the  business  drives  an  increase  in 
proportional EBITDA and free cash flow and ultimately security holder value. 

Proportional net costs have been used by the Group as an STI performance measure since 2010.  

The  proportional  net  costs  measure  for  FY2014  includes  costs  associated  with  495  Express  Lanes,  as 
there is a known cost base to work from and drive efficiencies. 

222 

222 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

What were the changes to the STI program introduced in FY2014? 

The STI program was reviewed in FY2014 and changes implemented to achieve a program that provides 
greater  performance  differentiation  between  participants.  The  link  between  Group  and  individual 
performance  has  been  strengthened  by  using  individual  performance  as  a  multiplier  when  calculating 
reward for Group performance.  

In  FY2014,  Group  performance  measures  under  the  new  STI  program  were  again  linked  to  growth  in 
proportional EBITDA, cost management based on proportional net costs, and safety.  

Individual performance continues to be measured against KPIs, with an overall outcome reached for each 
participant against target. Under the new program, this information is used to assist with providing a rating 
which  will consider  performance comparative both  to  peers  and  against the  Group’s  values.  The  overall 
rating will derive a STI using a payment schedule as determined by the Board designed to encourage and 
reward high performance. 

How is performance assessed? 

Performance  against  the  Group  performance  targets  is  assessed  by  the  Board.  The  results  are 
independently reviewed. 

The  CEO's  performance  against  his  individual  KPIs  is  assessed  by  the  Remuneration  and  Human 
Resources  Committee,  which  then  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board.  The  performance  of  other 
Senior Executives against their individual KPIs is assessed by the CEO, who confers with the Committee 
and then the Board regarding his assessment. 

Once  KPIs  have  been  assessed,  the  Board  considers  the  appropriate  rating  for  each  Senior  Executive, 
taking into account their comparable performance and behaviours against the Group’s values. The Board 
then  approves  STI  awards.  STI  cash  awards  for  FY2014  will  be  paid  in  August  2014.  The  STI  deferred 
component for FY2014 will be awarded in August 2014 and will vest, subject to continuity of employment 
(unless otherwise determined by the Board) and clawback provisions, on 1 July 2016. 

The  Board  believes  the  method  of  assessment  is  rigorous  and  provides  a  balanced  evaluation  of  the 
performance of the CEO and each other Senior Executive. 

What if a Senior Executive ceases employment before the STI targets are assessed? 

Under  the  service  agreements  for  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives,  if  the  CEO  or  other  Senior 
Executive ceases employment with the Group before performance against STI targets is assessed, they 
would generally not be entitled to receive any STI award, unless otherwise determined by the Board. 

How is the annual STI pool determined? 

The  Board  approves  a  pool  to  be  distributed  for  the  annual  STI  program  (cash  and  deferred 
securities/cash).    The  pool  is  the  sum  of  all  eligible  employee’s  possible  STI  outcomes  at  100  per  cent 
target (TEC multiplied by their STI opportunity).  This value is divided by two and each half is treated as 
follows:  one  half  represents  the  individual  component  of  the  STI  and  is  capped  at  100  per  cent,  the 
second  half  is  multiplied  by  the  Group’s  performance  outcome  to  represent  the  Group’s  performance 
component and is capped at 150 per cent. The overall pool is capped at 125 per cent.  

The Board has discretion as to the proportion of the pool that will be distributed in any given year.

What is the maximum and minimum payment an individual can receive under the STI plan? 

The minimum payment an individual can receive is 0% and the maximum is 150% of their STI opportunity. 

What were the changes to the STI deferral? 

During FY2014, those Senior Executives who had been on the old arrangement of 30 per cent deferral (S 
Hogg  and  A  Head)  were  moved  to  50 per  cent  deferral.  This  applies  for grants  made  from  1  July  2013 
onwards. 

223 

223

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

What were the Group STI performance outcomes for FY2014? 

Group  performance  in  respect  of  the  proportional  EBITDA,  proportional  net  costs  and  safety  STI 
performance  measures  for  FY2014  was  assessed  by  the  Board  as  125.5%  of  the  possible  STI 
opportunity.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  transaction  costs  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  Queensland 
Motorways  ($5.9  million)  and  Cross  City  Tunnel  ($3.1  million)  were  included  in  both  the  proportional 
EBITDA and proportional net cost outcomes.  

Measure

Proportional EBITDA

Proportional net costs

Safety action plan items implemented

Overall Group Performance

Performance
$931.2 million1
$182.6 million

76%

-

1 For FY2014 the 495 Express Lanes are excluded from the Proportional EBITDA measure.  

Outcome

113.7%

150.0%

100.0%

125.5%

What were the individual STI performance outcomes and awards for the CEO and Senior 
Executives for FY2014? 

1

O
n
-
t
a
r
g
e
t

Current Senior 
Executives
S Charlton

J Aument

W Ballantine

A Head

S Hogg

S Johnson

1

T Steinhilber

O
n
1

1

L Tobin

V Vassallo

STI outcome (%)

Actual STI awarded1 ($)

Individual 
KPIs
131.0

Group 
performance2
164.4

90.0

131.0

125.0

50.0

88.0

75.0

88.0

115.0

113.0

164.4

156.9

62.8

110.4

94.1

110.4

144.3

Total 
147.7

101.5

147.7

140.9

56.4

99.2

84.6

99.2

Cash3
1,039,250

162,394

207,225

294,000

131,100

136,800

145,700

174,675

129.7

228,275

Deferred into 
securities

1,039,250

162,394

207,225

294,000

131,100

136,800

145,700

174,675

228,275

STI 
forfeited 
(%)

-

-

-

-

43.6

0.8

15.4

0.8

-

1 On-target performance must be achieved before any STI is awarded. Therefore, the minimum potential value of the STI in respect of 
FY2014 was nil.

2 The Group performance outcome is determined by multiplying the individual percentage outcome by the Group’s percentage outcome
of 125.5%. 

3 The cash STI payments will be paid in August 2014. The STI deferred component (50 per cent of the STI awarded) will vest, subject to 
continuity of employment (unless otherwise determined by the Board) and clawback provisions, on 1 July 2016.

224 

224 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

What was the grant and movement in the number of STI deferred awards? 

Mandatory  STI  deferral  was  introduced  in  FY2012,  with  the  first  grant  of  awards  made  in  August  2012. 
Grants were also made in August 2013 as detailed below: 

Balance
at start
of year

Granted during 
year as 
remuneration

Matured
and paid 
during year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance 
at the end 
of year

Current Senior Executives*
S Charlton2
J Aument

W Ballantine

A Head

S Hogg

S Johnson

-

14,789

15,212

22,449

18,973

16,540

108,486

14,282

17,328

15,202

17,944

21,288

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

108,486

29,071

32,540

37,651

36,917

37,828

-

-

6,612

21,192

19,356

T Steinhilber
L Tobin2
V Vassallo2
Former Senior Executives
M Kulper1
1 M Kulper was employed for the full FY2013 performance year, and received 22,813 awards in respect of that period. He has retained 
his deferred cash awards in the STI plans in accordance with their original terms.
2 Scott Charlton, Lisa Tobin and Vin Vassallo had a zero opening balance at the beginning of FY2014, as they joined the Group after the 
FY2012 STI performance period and therefore were not entitled to receive an STI deferred award in respect of that period. They all 
received a grant during FY2014, in respect of the FY2013 performance period. 

22,813

59,277

40,548

36,464

6,612

6,612

6,612

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

E 

LONG TERM INCENTIVE (LTI) 

How does the LTI plan operate? 

The LTI plan aligns reward with security holder value by tying this component of executive remuneration 
to the achievement of performance measures that underpin sustainable long term growth. 

Participation  in  the  LTI  plan  is  offered  to  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives,  and  certain  other 
employees nominated by the CEO and approved by the Board. For FY2014, the CEO was offered an LTI 
grant equivalent to 30 per cent of his total remuneration package. Other eligible Senior Executives were 
offered grants equivalent to 25 per cent of their total remuneration package. 

LTI  grants  are  made  in  the  form  of  performance  awards  under  the  Group’s  Performance  Awards  Plan 
(PAP)  at  no  cost  to  the  recipient.  Each  performance  award  is  an  entitlement  to  receive  a  fully  paid 
security, or an equivalent cash payment, on terms and conditions determined by the Board, subject to the 
achievement of certain vesting conditions linked to performance over a three year period. 

LTI grants are generally made twice per annum – once following the annual performance review (August) 
for Senior Executives excluding the CEO, and at a later date in November for the CEO. This is to allow the 
CEO’s grant of performance awards to be put to security holder vote at the AGM.

Two performance measures are used to determine the number of performance awards that will vest at the 
end of the performance period. Total Shareholder Return (TSR) provides a comparison for Transurban’s 
performance against those companies with which the Group competes for capital. Additionally, growth in 
Free  Cash  Flow  (FCF)  helps  to  retain  a  focus  on  maximisation  of  free  cash.  The  maximum  opportunity 
following these tests is capped at 100%. 

The  performance  awards  will,  subject  to  achievement  of  the  two  performance  measures  against  the 
vesting schedules, vest and be automatically exercised at the vesting date with no exercise price payable 
by the recipient. The Board will determine in its absolute discretion whether the performance awards will 
be  settled  in  securities  or  a  cash  payment  of  equivalent  value.  Due  to  legal  restrictions  on  the  issue  of 
securities to USA residents, the USA Senior Executive receives a cash payment upon vesting. 

225 

225

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Performance awards that do not vest after  testing of the performance measures lapse without retesting. 
Performance awards are not transferable and do not carry voting or distribution rights. However securities 
allocated upon vesting of performance awards carry the same rights as other Transurban securities. 

What is the Group’s LTI allocation valuation methodology?

A fair value approach is applied for the TSR allocation. The Group is currently transitioning to a face value 
approach  (discounted  for  distributions)  for  the  FCF  component.  The  transition  is  over  3  years  and  all 
things  being  equal  there  will  be  a  decrease  in  the  number  of  awards  recipients  receive  until  the  new 
methodology is achieved. This transition will be completed for grants made during FY2016. 

What were the LTI performance measures for FY2014? 

Performance awards granted during the FY2014 are subject to a three year performance period and the 
following dual performance measures over that period:  

Measure

Description of measure

Relative TSR 
(50% weighting)

Relative TSR is measured against a bespoke comparator group comprising companies in 
the  transport,  utilities,  real  estate,  telecommunications  and  construction  Global  Industry 
Classification Standards (GICS) sectors of the ASX 150. The 42 companies in this group 
are:

Abacus  Property  Group,  AGL  Energy  Limited,  Auckland  International  Airport  Limited, 
Asciano Limited, Australand Property Group, APA Group, Aurizon Holdings Limited, BWP 
Trust,  CFS  Retail  Property  Trust  Group,  Charter  Hall  Group,  Commonwealth  Property 
Office  Fund,  Charter Hall  Retail  REIT,  DUET  Group,  Dexus  Property  Group,  Envestra 
Limited, Federation  Centres Limited,  Goodman Group,  GPT  Group, iiNet Limited, Investa 
Office Fund, Leighton Holdings Limited, Lend Lease Group, Mirvac Group, Monadelphous 
Group  Limited,  Macquarie  Atlas  Roads  Limited,  M2  Telecommunications  Group  Limited, 
Qantas  Airways  Limited,  Qube  Logistics  Holdings  Limited,  Shopping  Centres  Australasia 
Property  Group,  Stockland,  Spark  Infrastructure  Group,  SP  AusNet,  Sydney  Airport, 
Transurban  Group,  Telecom  Corporation  of  New  Zealand  Limited,  Telstra  Corporation 
Limited,  Toll  Holdings  Limited,  TPG  Telecom  Limited,  UGL  Limited,  Virgin  Australia 
Holdings Limited, Westfield Group, Westfield Retail Trust.

TSR  measures  total  return  on  investment  of  a  security,  taking  into  account  both  capital 
appreciation and distributed income which was reinvested on a pre-tax basis.

For  performance  awards  granted  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  the  relative  TSR 
component  will  vest  on  a  straight  line  basis  if  the  Group’s  relative  TSR  performance  is 
above the median of the bespoke comparator group at the end of the performance period, 
in accordance with the following table:

TSR vesting schedule:

The Group’s relative TSR ranking in 
the comparator group

% of performance awards that vest

At or below the 50% percentile

Nil

Above the 50th percentile but below
the 75th percentile

Straight line vesting between 50 and 100

At or above the 75th percentile

100

226 

226 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Measure

Description of measure

Growth in FCF 
per security 
(50% weighting)

Within Transurban, Free Cash Flow (FCF) per security is defined as:
 The Group’s cash flow from operating activities;


less: cash flows from operating activities of non 100% owned assets;











add back: maintenance capital expenditure for 100% owned assets;

less: accounting charge for maintenance provision for the year;

less: actual tag expenditure in 100% owned assets;

add: dividends received from non 100% owned assets;

divided by: weighted average number of securities issued.

The FCF calculation is included in note 22 of the Transurban Holdings Limited audited 
financial statements.

For  performance  awards  granted  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  the  FCF  per 
security  component  will  vest  based  on  the  Group's  compound  annual  growth  targets 
translated into annual FCF per security  over the three year performance period, as set 
out below:

Growth in FCF per security vesting schedule:

% annual growth in FCF per security 

% of performance awards that vest

Less than 12%

Nil

Between 12% and 15%

Straight line vesting between 50 and 100

15% or more

100

For  performance  awards  granted  during  FY2015,  the  performance  target  range  for 
growth in FCF per security is between 10.0 per cent and 13.0 per cent per annum.  This 
is calculated from a base of 35.0 cents per security for FY2014, which is aligned to the 
FY2014 distributions paid.  The Board has determined to use this base due to significant 
shifts  in  equity  issued  by  the  Group  during  the  period,  in  particular  404.5  million 
securities issued in  May 2014  associated  with  the  Queensland  Motorways  acquisition. 
The 35.0 cent per security base is considered the best point of alignment with security 
holders’ expectation for growth in free cash.  

Why were these LTI performance measures selected? 

The TSR target is a relative, external, market-based performance measure against those companies with 
which  the  Group  competes  for  capital.  It  provides  a  direct  link  between  executive  reward  and  security 
holder  return.  The  vesting  schedule  applied  is  in  line  with  market  practice,  with  straight  line  vesting 
between  50%  and  100%  for  performance  above  the  50th  percentile  up  to  the  75th  percentile  for 
performance against the comparator group. 

Growth  in  FCF  per security  reflects the  Group’s  continuing  focus  on  the  maximisation  of  free cash,  and 
has been used as an LTI performance measure since FY2013. 

Why has the FCF target for FY2014 of 12-15% increased from 6-9% in FY2013? 

Transurban  regularly  updates  its  corporate  model  to  reflect  the  latest  assumptions  regarding  traffic, 
operating  costs,  maintenance  costs,  discount  rates,  etc.  The  Transurban  Board  considers  the  Group’s 
potential  performance  over  any  given  three  year  period  and  relates  remuneration  incentives  to  these 
expectations.  Most  importantly,  it  is  the  Board’s  role  to  assess  the  realistic  nature  of  cash  flow 
expectations and set challenging but realistic targets. One target may be appropriate one year, but not so 
another  year.  The  completion  of  construction  for  the  M2  was  a  contributing  factor  for  the  change  in  the 
FCF target from FY2013 to FY2014.   

227 

227

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Why is a three year performance period used for LTIs? 

The three year performance period for LTI has been set in line with market practice. The Board continues 
to monitor market practice in this regard. 

How will the LTI performance targets be measured? 

Relative TSR 

The  Group  will  receive  an  independent  report  that  sets  out  the  Group's  TSR  growth  and  that  of  each 
company  in  the  bespoke  comparator  group.  A  volume  weighted  average  price  of  securities  for  the  20 
trading days up to and including the testing date is used in the calculation of TSR. 

The  level  of  TSR  growth  achieved  by  the  Group  will  be  given  a  percentile  ranking  having  regard  to  the 
Group’s  performance  compared  to  the  performance  of  other  companies  in  the  comparator  group  (the 
highest ranking company being ranked at the 100th percentile). This ranking will determine the extent to 
which performance awards subject to this target will vest. 

FCF per security 

The  Group's  FCF  per security  percentage  growth  rate  will  be  calculated  based  on  the FCF  per  security 
over the three year performance period. 

The Board considers these methods of measurement to be rigorous and transparent. 

What if a Senior Executive ceases employment? 

Under the terms of the service agreements for the CEO and other Senior Executives, if the CEO or other 
Senior Executive ceases employment with the Group before the performance measures are tested, their 
unvested performance awards would generally lapse, unless otherwise determined by the Board. 

What will happen in the event of a change in control? 

In the event of a takeover or change of control of the Group, the treatment of any unvested performance 
awards granted in FY2014 will be subject to the incumbent Board's discretion. 

228 

228 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

What was the grant, and movement in the number and value, of performance awards during 
FY2014? 

Eligible  Senior  Executives  (excluding  the  CEO)  received  performance  awards  with  a  grant  date  of  15 
August  2013.  Following  the  receipt  of  security  holder  approval  at  the  2013  AGM,  the  CEO  received 
performance awards with a grant date of 1 November 2013. All performance awards granted in FY2014 
vest subject to a performance period from 1 July 2013 through to 30 June 2016. 

The relevant values of the grants are as follows:  

Recipient

Grant date

Fair value of awards
at grant date1($)

Closing security 
price at grant 
date

Eligible Senior Executives 15 August 2013

Relative TSR
$3.24

FCF per security
$6.07

CEO

1 November 2013

$3.13

$6.21

$6.89

$6.97

1 An explanation of the pricing model used to calculate these values is set out in note 36 to the audited Transurban Holdings Limited 
financial statements.

Performance awards granted in FY2014  

Name

Current Senior Executives
S Charlton1

J Aument

W Ballantine

A Head

S Hogg

S Johnson

T Steinhilber

L Tobin

V Vassallo

Number of 
performance 
awards granted2

Value at 
grant date ($)

Maximum total value
of grant yet to vest3($)

382,292

74,494

62,630

94,767

105,633

62,630

78,267

79,980

79,980

1,713,466

1,713,466

334,159

280,940

425,098

473,841

280,941

351,084

358,768

358,768

334,159

280,940

425,098

473,841

280,941

351,084

358,768

358,768

1 The grant made to the CEO constituted his LTI entitlement for FY2014 and was made following security holder approval at the 2013 
AGM on the terms summarised above. Performance awards vest subject to performance over the period from 1 July 2013 through to 30 
June 2016.
2 The grants made to Senior Executives assume full vesting of their full LTI entitlement for FY2014 and were made on the terms 
summarised above. Performance awards vest subject to performance testing over the period from 1 July 2013 through to 30 June 2016. 
3 The maximum value of the grant has been estimated based on the fair value per award at date of grant. The minimum total value of the 
grant, if the applicable performance measures are not met, is nil.

229 

229

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

F 

LEGACY LTI PLANS 

The Group has a number of LTI plans that were offered in previous years, as detailed below:  

Plan

Grant date

FY2013 PAP

15 Aug 2012

FY2012 PAP

26 Sep 2011

FY2011 PAP

1 Nov 2010

19 Oct 2012 (CEO only)

11 Nov 2011 (CEO only)

Performance 
period

External 
performance 
measure (50% of 
grant)

1 Jul 2012 – 30 Jun 2015

1 Jul 2011 - 30 Jun 2014

TSR : 1 Nov 2010 -
1 Nov 2013

EBITDA : 1 Jul 2010 -
30 Jun 2013

Relative TSR

Relative TSR

Relative TSR

Comparator group 37 companies within 

a bespoke comparator 
group within the ASX150

Relative TSR

33 companies within 
a bespoke comparator 
group within the ASX150

The S&P/ASX 100

Vesting schedule

Above 50th percentile to 75th percentile

At or above the 75th percentile

% of performance awards that vest
Straight line vesting between 50%-
100%
100% vests

Internal 
performance 
measure (50% of 
grant)

Growth in free cash flow 
(FCF) per security

Growth in free cash flow 
(FCF) per security

Group's annual growth in 
proportional EBITDA

From 6% - 9%

From 7% - 10%

From 7% - 11%

Compound Growth

% of performance awards that vest

Vesting schedule

At target

From target % to stretch %

50% vests
Straight line vesting between 50% -
100%

At or above stretch %

100% vests

Current status

To be tested after 
30 Jun 2015

TESTED 71.59% vested 
on 30 Jun 2014

TESTED 86.51% vested 
on 1 Nov 2013

Awards on issue

814,965

–

–

Value of performance awards vested and lapsed in FY2014 

The FY2011 PAP vested on 1 November 2013.  

The outcome of the performance tests were as follows: 

Test type

TSR

Result of test

Transurban ranked 33 out of 93 companies (65.21%)

Proportional EBITDA

85% of the target EBITDA range was achieved

Overall vesting

% units vest

80.42%

92.60%

86.51%

230 

230 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

FY2011 PAP - Lapsed

FY2011 PAP - Vested

Number

Value ($)1

Number

Value ($)1

2,913

3,297

12,211

8,881

3,996

3,879

10,535

11,922

44,156

32,113

14,451

14,026

18,684

21,144

78,312

56,954

25,630

24,876

74,331

84,119

311,555

226,585

101,964

98,967

Current Senior Executives
J Aument2
W Ballantine2
A Head

S Hogg
S Johnson2
T Steinhilber2
Former Senior Executives

M Kulper

21,732

78,583

139,371

554,471

1 Based on the fair value at date of grant.
2 Awards granted prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP. Awards vested while the Senior Executive was a member 
of KMP. 

The FY2012 PAP vested on 30 June 2014.  

The outcome of the performance tests were as follows: 

Test type
TSR

Free Cash Flow

Overall vesting

Result of test
Transurban ranked 14 out of 31 companies (56.66%)

% units vest
63.32%

93.8 cents adjusted to 97.9 cents

79.86%

71.59%

Current Senior Executives

A Head

S Hogg

Former Senior Executives

FY2012 PAP - Lapsed

FY2012 PAP – Vested

Number

Value ($)1

Number

Value ($)1

30,616

28,785

116,784

109,799

77,150

72,535

314,102

295,314

M Kulper

31,739

121,070

79,982

325,629

1 Based on the fair value at date of grant.

The  Board  exercised  its  discretion  to  ensure  that  participants  in  the  FY2012  PAP  were  neither 
advantaged  nor  disadvantaged  as  a  result  of  the  Queensland  Motorways  (QM)  acquisition  and 
associated capital raising.  The issuance of 404.5 million new securities in May 2014 associated with the 
funding of the QM acquisition occurred in FY2014, while financial close of the QM acquisition occurred in 
FY2015.  The Board exercised its discretion to, in effect, exclude the new securities issued to fund the 
QM  acquisition from  the  number  of  securities  used  to  calculate  the  FY2014  Free  Cash Flow  (FCF)  per 
security  for  the  purposes  of  calculating  the  FCF  outcome  for  the  FY2012  PAP.  Interest  income  on  the 
equity  raised  prior  to  year  end  was  similarly  excluded  from  the  calculation.  The  targets  set  at  the 
beginning of the performance period (1 July 2011) were not adjusted.   

231 

231

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Number of performance awards on issue as at 30 June 2014 

The  number  of  performance  awards  held  by  members  of  KMP  as  at  30  June  2014  is  provided  below. 
Comparative data is shown for those Senior Executives who were members of KMP during both FY2014 
and FY2013.  

Balance at 
start of year

Granted 
during year as
remuneration

Matured 
and paid 
during year

Lapsed 
or forfeited 
during year

Balance at 
the end 
of year

Current Senior Executives*

S Charlton

2014

2013

J Aument

2014

2013

W Ballantine

2014

2013

A Head

2014

2013

S Hogg

2014

2013

S Johnson

2014

2013

T Steinhilber

2014

2013

L Tobin

2014

2013

V Vassallo

2014

2013

Former Senior Executives

M Kulper

2014

2013

684,6561
–

382,292
684,6561

(78,752)

–

–

–

988,196
684,6561

21,597
39,3652

24,441
44,4712

311,043

257,636

292,851

214,633

29,626
52,7712

28,755
53,7712

–

–

–

–

508,549

491,675

74,494

–

62,630

–

(18,684)
(17,768)3

(21,144)
(20,030)3

(2,913)

–

(3,297)

–

74,494

21,597

62,630

24,441

94,767

(155,462)

(42,827)

112,754

(59,347)

–

207,521

311,043

105,633

125,754

(129,489)

(37,666)

(47,478)

–

231,329

292,851

62,630

–

78,267

–

79,980

–

79,980

–

–

178,830

(25,630)
(23,145)3

(24,876)
(25,022)3

–

–

–

–

(3,996)

–

(3,879)

–

–

–

–

–

62,630

29,626

78,267

28,755

79,980

–

79,980

–

(219,353)

(161,956)

(223,903)4
–

65,293

508,549

All Performance Awards granted or matured in FY14 (where applicable) in the table above were issued by Transurban and resulted or 
will result in one ordinary Transurban stapled security (or cash equivalent, as determined by the Board) per Performance Award granted 
or matured. 
* Lisa Tobin and Vin Vassallo joined the Group in February 2013 and did not receive a pro rata LTI grant in respect of FY2013. 
1 Scott Charlton’s number of performance awards granted during FY2013 includes 236,256 performance awards granted in September 
2012 as  a  sign-on  award,  to  vest,  subject  to  his  continued  employment,  in  three  equal  tranches  on  the  first,  second  and  third 
anniversaries of his commencement with the Group. The first tranche (78,752) awards vested on 16 July 2013, and a second tranche 
(78,752) awards vested on 16 July 2014. Therefore as at the date of this report, Scott Charlton has 909,444 performance awards yet to 
vest of which 78,752 awards relate to his sign-on award.
2 Opening balance held prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP.
3 Awards matured and paid during the year occurred prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP.
4 Awards lapsed/forfeited includes pro rata forfeiture of grants made in FY2011, FY2012 and FY2013 in line with good leaver treatment.

232 

232 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

G 

REMUNERATION PAID TO THE CEO AND OTHER SENIOR EXECUTIVES 

Short-term employee benefits

Cash salary 
and fees

Cash 
STI2

Non-
monetary 
benefits3

Deferred 
STI4

Post-
employment 
benefits

Termination 
benefits

Super-
annuation

Shared 
based 
benefits5

Total

Long-
term 
benefits

Long
service 
leave

Current CEO

S Charlton

2014

2013

1,858,493

1,039,250

7,042

492,200

17,774

1,789,850

738,300

22,379

246,100

15,098

Current Other Senior Executives
J Aument1

2014

516,456

244,487

1,250

126,054

11,274

2013
W Ballantine1

2014

2013

A Head

2014

2013

S Hogg

2014

2013
S Johnson1

2014

2013
T Steinhilber1

2014

2013
L Tobin1

2014

2013
V Vassallo1

2014

2013

27,260

10,775

-

5,204

916

393,737

207,225

1,462

107,433

230,757

81,150

3,398

44,498

604,875

294,000

2,418

111,497

589,279

241,395

2,366

77,012

676,275

131,100

2,018

117,353

656,561

284,935

2,030

76,648

423,737

136,800

1,496

127,917

280,971

112,325

3,823

60,277

572,856

309,886

30,165

177,462

269,441

259,550

52,658

53,001

507,741

174,675

1,753

30,000

185,869

-

710

15,000

507,741

228,275

1,753

30,000

176,134

-

710

15,000

17,774

9,836

17,774

16,470

17,774

16,470

17,774

12,043

17,774

6,388

17,774

6,863

17,774

6,863

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,484,748

4,899,507

1,302,848

4,114,575

192,748

1,092,269

3,534

47,689

21,430

15,368

96,404

26,851

845,465

411,858

13,053

12,696

474,344

1,517,961

441,434

1,380,652

21,368

13,674

485,938

1,451,826

407,426

1,457,744

8,661

23,829

98,710

38,665

815,095

531,933

8,531

208,931

1,325,605

-

-

-

-

-

58,491

699,529

109,235

841,178

-

208,442

109,235

894,778

-

198,707

233 

233

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Short-term employee benefits

Cash salary 
and fees

Cash 
STI2

Non-
monetary 
benefits3

Deferred 
STI4

Post-
employment 
benefits

Termination 
benefits

Super-
annuation

Shared 
based 
benefits5

Total

Long-
term 
benefits

Long
service 
leave

Former CEO

C Lynch

2014

2013

-

-

-

-

-

144,951

178,652

555

504,275

5,490

Former Other Senior Executives

-

-

-

-

-

-
(62,121) 6,103,665(6)

-

6,875,467

-

-

-

8,346

(341,435)

499,569

K Daley

2014

2013

M Kulper

2014

2013

E Mildwater

2014

2013

-

816,330

583,403

-

-

-

-

-

-

53,262

(50,659)

13,725

2,912 300,6297

2,791

333,356

-

385,1687

1,608,259

1,067,296

362,264

15,482

120,168

10,997

-

485,161

-

-

-

-

-

1,525

(37,627)

13,725

-

-

-

28,977

1,441,431

3,046,615

-

-

-

(15,434)

(274,631)

172,719

1 The  dates  on  which  the  Senior  Executives  who  were  promoted  or  appointed  during  FY2013  are  the  dates  that  those  Senior  Executives 
commenced being a KMP. Their remuneration for the period during which they were members of KMP is disclosed in the table only.

2 The amount represents the cash STI payment to the Senior Executive for FY2014, which will be paid in August 2014.  Jennifer Aument and Tim 
Steinhilber also received a second and  final  payment in relation to the successful  delivery  of the 495 Express Lanes of $82,093  and $164,186 
respectively (paid in August 2013). 
3 Non-monetary benefits include Group insurance and expatriate allowances (where relevant).

4 A component of STI award is deferred into securities. In accordance with Accounting Standards, the deferred component will be recognised over 
the three year service period. The amount recognised in this table is the FY2014 accounting charge for unvested grants. 

5 In accordance with the requirements of the Accounting Standards, remuneration includes a proportion of the fair value of equity compensation 
granted or outstanding during the year (i.e. performance awards under the LTI plan). The fair value of equity instruments is determined as at the 
grant date and is progressively allocated over the vesting period. The amount included as remuneration may be different to the benefit (if any) that 
Senior Executives may ultimately realise should the equity instruments vest. The fair value of performance awards at the date of their grant has 
been independently determined in accordance with AASB 2. The fair value of the performance awards has been valued applying a  Monte Carlo 
simulation  to  model  Transurban’s  security  price  and  where  applicable,  the  TSR  performance  against  the  comparator  group  performance.  The 
assumptions underpinning these valuations are set out in note 36 to the Transurban Holdings Limited audited financial statements.

6 The value for share based benefits for C Lynch includes all unvested LTI awards. In accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 2, these have 
been accounted as an acceleration of vesting. The amount that would have been recognised for services received from Chris Lynch as CEO of 
the Group over the remainder of the vesting period has been included in the table above. These awards will continue on foot in accordance with
the original terms, with the applicable measures for each grant to be tested at the end of the applicable original performance period. These LTI 
awards may or may  not vest.  Also included is  a cash payment  of $1,060,000 which  was made to Chris  Lynch in lieu of an LTI earned but not 
received for a six month period during his tenure in line with his contractual entitlement to receive an LTI award for every day employed by the 
Group. This payment was made in cash in August 2012. 
7The value for Deferred STI and share based benefits for M Kulper includes all unvested awards. In accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 
2, these have been accounted as an acceleration of vesting. The amount that would have been recognised for services received from M Kulper 
as  President,  North  America  of  the  Group  over  the  remainder  of  the  vesting  period  has  been  included  in  the  table  above.  These  awards  will 
continue on foot in accordance with the original terms. The LTI awards may or may not vest.   

234 

234 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

H 

SERVICE AGREEMENTS 

The remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and other Senior Executives are formalised 
in service agreements which have no specified term. Under these agreements, the CEO and other Senior 
Executives are eligible to participate in STI and LTI plans. Some other key aspects of the agreements in 
place for FY2014 are outlined below:  

CEO

Other Senior Executives

Period of notice to 
terminate (Executive)

Period of notice to 
terminate (the Group*)

6 months

3 months

12 months

6 months

* Payment in lieu of the notice period may be provided (based on the executive's fixed remuneration). The Group may also terminate at any time 
without notice for serious misconduct.  

I 

ADDITIONAL REMUNERATION INFORMATION 

Employee Security Plans 

The Group operated the following broad employee based security plans in FY2014. 

ShareLink Incentive Plan 

Under the ShareLink Incentive Plan, subject to Board approval, an allocation of Transurban securities may 
be  made  to  eligible  employees  (excluding  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives)  in  recognition  of  the 
Group’s prior year performance. Eligible employees received a grant of 100 securities at no cost to them 
on  21  February  2014.  Due  to  legal  restrictions  on  the  issue  of  securities  to  USA  residents,  eligible 
employees in the USA received a cash payment of equivalent value in lieu of securities. 

Given  that  the  plan  is  designed  to  reward  employees  for the  Group's prior  year performance and is  not 
intended  to  serve  as  a  future  incentive,  there  are  no  performance  measures  attached  to  grants  of 
securities or cash payments under the plan. 

Securities  granted  under  the  plan  carry  a  three  year  holding  lock  from  the  grant  date  and  can  only  be 
traded once the holding lock expires or when employment with the Group ceases, whichever is earlier. 

ShareLink Investment Tax Exempt Plan and ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan 

The  ShareLink  Investment  Tax  Exempt  Plan  provides  eligible  employees  (excluding  the CEO  and  other 
Senior  Executives)  the  opportunity  to  invest  up  to  $1,000  per  year  in  Transurban  securities  on  a  tax 
exempt basis. Participants contribute up to $500 by way of salary sacrifice which is matched by the Group 
dollar for dollar. Security acquisitions are made quarterly in September, December, March and June each 
year. 

The ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan provides eligible employees (excluding the CEO and other 
Senior Executives) with the opportunity to contribute up to $5,000 per year by way of salary sacrifice to be 
invested  in  Transurban  securities.  The  Group  matches  participants’  contributions  dollar  for  dollar  up  to 
$3,000. The plan has a disposal restriction period of three years from the date of acquisition, including a 
12 month forfeiture period.  

Grants under both of these plans are designed to encourage employee security holdings and to align the 
interests of employees with those of the Group and are therefore not subject to performance measures. 

235 

235

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Dealing in Securities 

In accordance with the Group’s Dealing in Securities Policy, employees who have awards under a Group 
equity  plan may  not  hedge against  those  awards.  In  addition,  KMP  may  not  hedge  against  entitlements 
that have vested but remain subject to a holding lock. Employees and Directors are not permitted to obtain 
margin loans using Transurban securities (either solely or as part of a portfolio) as security for loans. 

Securities held by Senior Executives as at 30 June 2014 

The number of securities held by members of KMP as at 30 June 2014 is provided below. Comparative 
data is shown for those Senior Executives who were members of KMP during both FY2014 and FY2013. 

Current Senior Executives

Balance at 
start of year

Changes
during year

Balance at 
end of year

S Charlton

2014

2013

J Aument

2014

2013

W Ballantine

2014

2013

A Head

2014

2013

S Hogg

2014

2013

S Johnson

2014

2013

T Steinhilber

2014

2013

L Tobin

2014

2013

V Vassallo

2014

2013

10,000

–

–

–

3,988
2,8891

3,041

3,041

11,553

1,553

29,596
19,1291

–

–

–

–

10,538
10,0181

Former Senior Executives

M Kulper

2014
2013
1 Opening balance held prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP.
2 Balance removed on departure from the Group during FY2014.
3 Includes the FY2012 PAP awards which vested 30 June 2014. Refer section 4F. 

80,000
80,000

236 

236 

124,622

10,000

–

–

697

1,099

84,7193
–

129,4893
10,000

14,167

10,467

–

–

–

–

510

520

(80,000)2
–

134,622

10,000

–

–

4,685

3,988

87,760

3,041

141,042

11,553

43,763

29,596

–

–

–

–

11,048

10,538

–
80,000

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Securities held by Non-executive Directors as at 30 June 2014

Current Non-executive Directors

Balance at
start of year

Changes
during year

Balance at
end of year

L Maxsted

2014

2013

N Chatfield

2014

2013

R Edgar

2014

2013

S Mostyn

2014

2013

C O'Reilly

2014

2013

R Slater

2014

2013

I Smith

2014

2013

Former Non-executive Directors

R Officer

2014

2013

30,000

30,000

30,910

20,910

24,590

23,733

14,000

10,300

4,363

–

–

–

71,772

70,000

–

20,115

36,559

–

19,514

10,000

5,734

857

3,256

3,700

9,609

4,363

–

–

20,970

1,772

–
(20,115)1

1 Balance removed on resignation as a Director during the relevant year.

237 

66,559

30,000

50,424

30,910

30,324

24,590

17,256

14,000

13,972

4,363

–

–

92,742

71,772

–

–

237

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

5  Link between Group performance, security holder wealth 

and remuneration 

The variable (or 'at risk') remuneration of the CEO and other Senior Executives is linked to the Group’s 
performance through the use of measures based on the operating performance of the business. 

A 

GROUP PERFORMANCE AND STI 

For  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  20  per  cent  of  the  STI  award  was  determined  with  reference  to 
proportional EBITDA, 20 per cent with reference to proportional net costs, and 10 per cent with reference 
to safety, as discussed on page 221. 

STI  is  an  ‘at  risk’  component  of  remuneration  –  payments  are  determined  based  on  the  following  three 
measures, and could result in zero payout if targets are not met. The maximum payment available to any 
Senior Executive is 150% of target. 

Proportional EBITDA 

The  proportional  EBITDA  result  for  FY2014  was  $934.1  million.  Excluding  the  effect  of  495  Express 
Lanes,  this  resulted  in  the  payment  of  113.7  per  cent  of  STIs  attributable  to  proportional  EBITDA.  The 
growth in EBITDA  was driven by the completion of the Hills  M2 Upgrade in August 2013 and continued 
cost and revenue recovery initiatives across all assets in the portfolio. 

Proportional net costs 

The proportional net costs result for the year ended 30 June 2014 was $182.6 million, an 11.8 per cent 
increase  from  the  prior  year  result.  This  resulted  in  the  payment  of  150%  of  STIs  attributable  to 
proportional net costs. On an underlying basis, shown in the table below, net costs increased 7.5% from 
the prior year result. The increase includes the impact of project development and acquisitions work in the 
current financial year. 

Net costs as reported

Prior year one-off items

TTMS impact – both periods

Safety 

% increase

11.8%

FY14

182.6

-

4.2

FY13

163.4

1.0

9.4

186.9

173.8

7.5%

For  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  the  safety  performance  measure  resulted  in  a  100  per  cent  STI 
outcome. The target was a lead indicator that required the completion of safety development action plans.  
The target was split with equal weighting between employee/contractor (5 per cent) and customer (5 per 
cent) safety targets.  The Group achieved the completion of 76 per cent of the defined safety development 
action plans.

238 

238 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

B 

GROUP PERFORMANCE AND LTI 

For the year ended 30 June 2014, LTIs were linked to relative TSR and FCF per security. 

Relative TSR 

Relative  TSR  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  is  measured  against  a  bespoke  comparator  group 
comprising companies in the transport, utilities, real estate, construction and infrastructure Global Industry 
Classification Standards (GICS) sectors of the ASX150. 

FCF per security 

The  performance  target  for  performance  awards  granted  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  was  a 
range for compound growth in FCF per security of between 12 per cent and 15 per cent  per annum over 
three years. It was considered an appropriate target that reflects the Group’s focus on the maximisation of 
free cash to drive security holder return. For performance awards granted during the year ending 30 June 
2015, the performance target range for compound growth in FCF per security per annum is between 10.0 
per cent and 13.0 per cent. 

The table below summarises the Group’s five year results for the relevant performance measures. These 
results show that since the year ended 30 June 2010, Transurban’s distribution policy has been to align 
distributions  with  FCF  per  security.  Since  that  time,  Transurban  has  delivered  consistent  growth  on  this 
measure  based  on  consistent  revenue  and  EBITDA  growth.  Based  on  investor  feedback,  this  remains 
Transurban’s financial focus.

Group Performance  

Measure

Security price at year end

Distribution paid per security
Underlying proportional EBITDA - $m1
TSR performance2

TSR rank position3

2014

$7.39

35.0c

934.1

17%

2013

$6.76

31.0c

828.0

25%

33 / 934
14 / 315

12 / 896

2011

$5.23

27.0c

718.7

32%

2010

$4.24

24.0c

635.4

10%

n/a

n/a

2012

$5.69

29.5c

784.0

15%

35 / 86

6 / 86 
19 / 867
29.8c

33.9

FCF per security performance - weighted 
average
1 In the current and prior year, LTIs were linked to relative TSR and FCF per security. In earlier years, LTIs were linked to relative TSR 
and proportional EBITDA.
2 The TSR performance is the total security holder return for that financial year
3 This is the TSR ranking position for the LTI that vests during the financial year
4 FY2011 PAP that vested 1 November 2013
5 FY2012 PAP that vested 30 June 2014
6 FY2010 PAP that vested November 2012 (testing as at 30 June 2012) 
7 FY2009 PAP tested in three tranches 

27.5c

30.1c

27.4c

239 

239

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

6 Non-executive director remuneration 

A 

REMUNERATION POLICY 

The diagram below sets out the key objectives of the Group’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy 
and how they are achieved through the Group’s remuneration framework:

Securing and retaining talented, 
qualified Directors

Preserving independence and 
impartiality

Aligning Director and 
security holder interests







Director fee levels are set with 
regards to: the responsibilities and 
risks attached to the role, the time 
commitment and workload expected, 
the Director’s experience and 
expertise, and market benchmark 
data provided by remuneration 
consultants

Director remuneration consists of 
base (Director) fees and 
Committee fees. No element of 
Director remuneration is 'at risk' 
(i.e. fees are not based on the 
performance of the Group or 
individual Directors from year to 
year).

Directors are encouraged 
to hold Transurban 
securities

B 

REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS 

Maximum aggregate remuneration 

The amount of aggregate remuneration that may be paid to Non-executive Directors in any year is capped 
at a level approved by security holders. The current aggregate fee pool of $2,400,000 per year (inclusive 
of superannuation contributions) was approved by security holders at the 2010 Annual General Meeting. 
No change to this amount is proposed for FY2015.

The aggregate fee pool and the manner in which it is apportioned amongst Non-executive Directors are 
reviewed  annually.  The  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  undertakes  this  review  and 
makes  recommendations  to  the  Board.  In  conducting  the  review,  the  Committee  considers  market 
benchmark data from independent remuneration consultants. 

Non-executive Director fees for FY2014

Non-executive Director (base) fees have not increased since 2010.  

Current base fees and Committee fees per year are set out below: 

Board

Audit and Risk Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration and Human Resources Committee

Chair fee $

455,000

40,000

10,000

30,000

Member fee $

170,000

20,000

10,000

20,000

The Chair of the Board does not receive any additional fees for Committee responsibilities. The Chair of 
each Committee only receives the Chair fee (and not a member fee). 

Non-executive Directors are permitted to be paid additional fees for special duties or exertions. No such 
fees were paid during FY2014. Non-executive Directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for all business 
related expenses, including travel, as may be incurred in the discharge of their duties. 

240 

240 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Retirement benefits 

Non-executive Directors are not entitled to any retirement benefits.  

ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan 

Under the ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan, Non-executive Directors are able to sacrifice up to 50 
per  cent  of  their  pre-tax  fees  to  acquire  up  to  $5,000  of  Transurban  securities  each  year.  No  securities 
were issued to Non-executive Directors under the plan during FY2014.  

C 

REMUNERATION PAID TO NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 

Non-executive Director remuneration for FY2014 and FY2013 is set out below: 

Short-term benefits

Fees

Post-employment benefits
Superannuation1

Current Non-executive Directors

L Maxsted

2014

2013

N Chatfield

2014

2013

R Edgar

2014

2013

S Mostyn

2014

2013

C O'Reilly 

2014

2013

R Slater

2014

2013

I Smith 

2014

2013

Former Non-executive Directors

R Officer (resigned 7 August 2012)

2014

2013

Total

2014

2013

437,925

438,716

222,825

223,625

212,825

211,119

183,570

183,608

183,570

181,229

197,023

194,070

155,973

155,967

-

18,832

1,593,711

1,607,166

17,774

16,470

17,774

16,470

17,774

16,470

16,980

16,470

16,980

16,247

-

-

14,427

14,037

-

1,695

101,709

97,859

Total

455,699

455,186

240,599

240,095

230,599

227,589

200,550

200,078

200,550

197,476

197,023

194,070

170,400

170,004

-

20,527

1,695,420

1,705,025

1 Superannuation contributions made on behalf of Non-executive Directors to satisfy the Group’s obligations under applicable 
superannuation guarantee legislation.

241 

241

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

D 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR RELATED PARTY INFORMATION 

Rodney  Slater  is  a  partner  in  the  public  policy  practice  group  of  Squire  Patton  Boggs  (US)  LLP.
Transurban used Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP during the year ended 30 June 2014 for various lobbying 
activities  in  the  USA.  This  relationship  is  based  on  normal  commercial  terms.  US$180,144  was  paid  to 
Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP during FY2014.

Lindsay  Maxsted  is  Chairman  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of Westpac  Banking  Corporation. Westpac 
provides  transactional  banking  and  loan  facilities  to  Transurban.  This  relationship  is  based  on  normal 
commercial terms. 

Neil  Chatfield  is  Chairman  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Seek  Limited.  Seek  provides  employment 
advisory services to Transurban. This relationship is based on normal commercial terms. 

Neil Chatfield is also Chairman of, and Samantha Mostyn is a Non-executive Director of, Virgin Australia 
Holdings  Limited.  Transurban  uses  air  travel  services  provided  by  Virgin  Australia.  This  relationship  is 
based on normal commercial terms. 

Christine O’Reilly is a Non-executive Director of Energy Australia. Energy Australia is one of Transurban’s 
electricity providers in NSW and Queensland. This relationship is based on normal commercial terms. 

242 

242 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

38 Financial risk management

The  Group’s  activities  expose  it  to  a  variety  of  financial  risks:  market  risk  (including  currency  risk  and  interest 
rate  risk),  credit  risk  and  liquidity  risk.  The  financial  risk  management  function  is  carried  out  centrally  by  the 
Transurban Group Treasury team (Treasury) under policies approved by the Board. Treasury work closely with 
the  Group’s  operating  units  to  actively  identify  and  monitor  all  financial  risks,  and  put  hedging  in  place  where 
appropriate. The Board are informed on a regular basis of any material exposures to financial risks.

The Group’s hedging strategies are detailed below, and include the use of derivative financial instruments. The 
Group's policies allow derivative transactions to be undertaken only for the purpose of reducing risk, and do not 
permit speculative trading. Treasury continuously monitor risk exposures over time through review of cash flows, 
price movements, market analysis and ongoing communication within the Group. When measuring financial risk, 
Treasury  consider  positive  and  negative  exposures,  existing  hedges  and  the  ability  to  offset  exposures  where 
possible.

Market risk

Foreign exchange risk
The  Group  operates  internationally  and  is  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  risk  when  future  commercial 
transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional 
currency.

Foreign currency exposures are viewed as either investment exposures or operating exposures. Exposures from 
investment  in foreign assets are  generally  managed  using foreign  currency  debt.  All  known  material  operating 
exposures out to 12 months are hedged, using hedging instruments, offsetting exposures or drawing on foreign 
currency funds.

The Group's exposure to foreign currency risk at the reporting date, denominated in the currency in which the 
risk arises, was as follows:

Consolidated
Receivables
Borrowings
Net exposure

Exposure to other foreign exchange movements is not material.

30 June 2014 30 June 2013
USD$M

USD$M

946         

(909)
37

584
(547)
37

the 

financial 

Sensitivity
Based  on 
the  Australian  dollar 
strengthened/weakened  by  10  cents  against  the  U.S.  dollar  with  all  other  variables  held constant,  the  Group’s 
post-tax  profit  for  the  year  would  have  been  $3.8m  lower  (2013:  $3.9m  lower)  or  $4.7m  higher (2013:  $4.8m 
higher),  as  a  result  of  foreign  exchange  gains/losses  on  translation  of  US  dollar  denominated  financial 
instruments as detailed in the above table.

instruments  held  at 

the  period,  had 

the  end  of 

Equity  is  not  impacted  by  movements  in  foreign  exchange.  The  Group’s  exposure  to  other  foreign  exchange
movements is not material.

Price risk
The Group is not exposed to price risk.

243 

243

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

38 Financial risk management (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Cash flow interest rate risk
The  Group’s  main  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk  arises  from  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  loans  and  other 
receivables  with  variable  interest  rates,  and  long-term  borrowings.  Treasury  manages  interest  rate  risk  by 
entering  into  fixed  rate  debt  facilities  or  using  interest  rate  swaps  to  convert  floating  rate  debt.  Generally,  the 
Group  raises  long  term  borrowings  at  floating  rates  and  swaps  them  into  fixed  rates  that  are  lower  than  those 
available if the Group borrowed at fixed rates directly. The Group’s policy is to hedge interest rate exposure at a 
minimum  in  compliance  with  the  covenant  requirements  of  funding  facilities  and  up  to  100  per  cent.  Covenant 
requirements vary by debt facility, and require a minimum of between 50 per cent and 80 per cent of interest rate 
exposure to be hedged. At 30 June 2014, 93 per cent (2013: 93 per cent) of the Group’s interest rate exposure 
on variable rate borrowings was hedged.

As at the reporting date, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings and interest rate swap contracts 
outstanding:

Cash and cash equivalents
Floating rate borrowings
Interest rate swaps (notional principal amount)

Net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk

2014

2013

Weighted
average
interest rate
%
2.2%
4.4%
2.7%

Weighted
average
interest rate
%
3.6%
4.5%
2.9%

Balance
$M
(75)
1,502
(1,398)

29

Balance
$M
(29)
1,513
(1,413)

71

An analysis by maturities is provided in liquidity risk below.

Sensitivity
At  30  June  2014,  if  interest  rates  had  changed  by  +/-100  basis  points  from  the  year-end  rates  with  all  other 
variables  held  constant,  post-tax  profit  for  the  year  would  have  been  $0.3m  lower/higher  (2013:  $0.7m 
lower/higher).

Credit risk

The Group has no significant concentrations of credit risk from operating activities, and has policies in place to 
ensure that transactions are made with commercial customers with an appropriate credit history. However as an 
owner  and  operator  of  large  infrastructure  assets,  the  Group  is  exposed  to  credit  risk  with  its  financial 
counterparties  through  undertaking  financial  transactions  intrinsic to  its business.  These include  funds  held on 
deposit, cash investments and the market value of derivative transactions.

Treasury  assesses  the  credit  strength  of  potential  financial  counterparties  using  objective  ratings  provided  by 
multiple independent rating agencies. Board approved limit allocation rules ensure higher limits are granted to 
higher rated counterparties. The Group also seeks to mitigate its total credit exposure to counterparties by only 
dealing with credit worthy counterparties, limiting the exposure to any one counterparty, minimising the size of 
the exposure where possible through netting offsetting exposures, diversifying exposures across counterparties, 
closely monitoring changes in  total credit  exposures  and  changes  in credit status,  and  taking  mitigating action 
when necessary.

The Group’s investment in the Westlink Motorway is through term loan notes (see note 13 for details). The return 
on these notes is ultimately dependent on the performance of the Motorway. The Group continually monitors the 
performance and expected cash flows of the Motorway. 

244 

244 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

38 Financial risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk

The Group maintains sufficient cash and undrawn facilities to maintain short term flexibility and enable the Group 
to  meet  financial  commitments  in  a  timely  manner.  Treasury  assesses  liquidity  over  the  short  term  (up  to  12 
months)  and  medium  term  (1  -  5  years)  by  maintaining  accurate  forecasts  of  operating  expenses,  committed 
capital expenditure and payments to security holders. Long term liquidity requirements are reviewed as part of 
the annual strategic planning process.

Short term liquidity is managed by maintaining a strategic liquidity reserve. This reserve is based on the Group’s 
forecasted annual  operating costs  and  certain  risk exposure  scenarios  as  maintained  by  the  Group’s  strategic 
risk register, and is maintained as cash and undrawn facilities. The reserve is maintained on a rolling 12 month 
basis. Medium term liquidity forecasting is maintained on a rolling five year horizon.

Financing arrangements
The  Transurban  Group  had  access  to  the  following  undrawn  borrowing  facilities  at  the  end  of  the  reporting 
period:

Floating rate
- Expiring within one year 
- Expiring beyond one year

2014
$M

-
421

421

2013
$M

16
202

218

The  Transurban  Group  also  has  a  letter  of  credit  facility  and  a  general  credit  facility  in  place  with  undrawn 
capacity at 30 June 2014 of $8.7 million.

The facilities are committed for the term of the facility and cannot be withdrawn by the bank without notice.

Maturities of financial liabilities
The tables below analyse the Group's financial liabilities, net and gross settled derivative financial instruments 
into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months 
equal  their  carrying  balances  as  the  impact  of  discounting  is  not  significant.  For  interest  rate  swaps  the  cash 
flows have been estimated using forward interest rates applicable at the end of the reporting period.

245 

245

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

38 Financial risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk (continued)

1 year 
or less
$M

Over 1 to 2 
years
$M

Over 2 to 3 
years
$M

Over 3 to
4 years
$M

Over 4 to
5 years
$M

Over 5 
years
$M

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
$M

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/
liabilities
$M

526
469
581

-
193
831

1,576

1,024

-
1,125
437

1,562

22
22

16
16

7
7

-
11
728

739

3
3

-
225
528

148
-
1,868

674
2,023
4,973

551
1,836
3,927

753

2,016

7,670

6,314

-
-

-
-

48
48

45
45

Contractual 
maturities of 
financial liabilities

At 30 June 2014

Non-derivatives

Non-interest 
bearing
Variable rate
Fixed rate
Total non-
derivatives
Derivatives

Net settled (interest 
rate swaps)
Total derivatives

Contractual 
maturities of 
financial liabilities

1 year
or less

Over 1 to 
2 years

Over 2 to 
3 years

Over 3 to 
4 years

Over 4 to
5 years

Over 5 
years

At 30 June 2013

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

Total
contractual
cash flows
$M

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/
liabilities
$M

Non-derivatives

Non-interest 
bearing
Variable rate
Fixed rate
Total non-
derivatives
Derivatives

Net settled 
(interest rate 
swaps)
Total derivatives

437
261
464

-
813
634

-
323
780

1,162

1,447

1,103

-
351
386

737

-
12
677

147
225
1,235

584
1,985
4,176

461
1,791
3,262

689

1,607

6,745

5,514

83
83

19
19

10
10

5
5

1
1

-
-

118
118

64
64

Fair value measurements

The  carrying  value  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  brought  to  account  at  balance  sheet  date 
approximates fair value.

The  fair  value  of  these  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  must  be  estimated  for  recognition  and 
measurement or for disclosure purposes.

Transurban Holding Trust has adopted the amendment to AASB 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures which 
requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

246 

246 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

38 Financial risk management (continued)

Fair value measurements (continued)

(a) quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1)

(b)

inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices) (level 2), and

(c)  inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (level 3).

The following table presents the Group's assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value at 30 June 
2014 and 30 June 2013:

As at 30 June 2014

Assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Derivatives used for hedging
Total liabilities

As at 30 June 2013

Assets
Total assets
Liabilities
Derivatives used for hedging
Total liabilities

Level 1
$M

Level 2
$M

Level 3
$M

-

-
-

-

45
45

-

-
-

Level 1
$M

Level 2
$M

Level 3
$M

-

-
-

-

64
64

-

-
-

Total
$M

-

45
45

Total
$M

-

64
64

The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  (for  example,  over-the-counter 
derivatives)  is  determined  using  valuation  techniques.  The  Group  uses  a  variety  of  methods  and  makes 
assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of 
interest rate swaps are calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows. These instruments are 
included in level 2.

247 

247

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban Holding Trust
Directors' declaration
30 June 2014

In the Directors' opinion:

(a)

the financial statements and notes set out on pages 165 to 247 are in accordance with the Corporations 
Act 2001, including:

(i) complying  with  Accounting  Standards,  the  Corporations  Regulations  2001 and  other mandatory 

professional reporting requirements, and

(ii) giving  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  Group's  financial  position  as  at  30  June  2014  and  of  its 

performance for the year ended on that date, and

(b)

there  are  reasonable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  Group  will  be  able  to  pay  its  debts  as  and  when  they 
become due and payable.

Note 1(a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The  Directors  have  been  given  the  declarations  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 
required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

Lindsay Maxsted
Director

Scott Charlton
Director

Melbourne
5 August 2014

248 

248 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
249

2014 Transurban Annual Report250 

2014 Transurban Annual ReportTransurban International Limited and
Controlled Entities

ABN 90 121 746 825

Annual report
for the year ended 30 June 2014

251

2014 Transurban Annual ReportTransurban International Limited ABN 90 121 746 825
Annual report - 30 June 2014

Contents

Directors' report
Auditor's Independence Declaration
Financial statements
Directors' declaration
Independent auditor's report to the members

Page
253
299
300
356
357

252 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014

Directors' report

The Directors of Transurban International Limited (TIL or "the Company") present their report on the consolidated 
entity (and referred to hereafter as "the Group") consisting of TIL and the entities it controlled at the end of, or 
during, the year ended 30 June 2014.

TIL forms part of the triple staple that is Transurban ("the Transurban Group"). A Stapled Security comprises one 
share in Transurban Holdings Limited, one share in TIL and one unit in Transurban Holding Trust. None of the 
components of the Stapled Security can be traded separately.

Directors
The following persons were Directors of the Company during the whole of the financial year and up to the date of 
this report.

Non-executive Directors
Lindsay Maxsted
Neil Chatfield
Robert Edgar
Samantha Mostyn
Christine O'Reilly
Rodney Slater
Ian Smith

Executive Director
Scott Charlton 

Result
The consolidated net loss for the year ended 30 June 2014 for the Group was $11.0 million (2013: $47.2 million). 
The profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group was $19.5 million (2013: $47.2 million loss).

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the financial year were the development and operation of toll roads.

Dividends
No dividends were declared or paid during the financial year.

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 

As  a  member  of  the  Transurban  Group  triple  staple,  the  Group  operates  under  a  business  framework 
(incorporating strategy and value drivers) consistent with the wider Transurban Group. 

Business Framework and Strategy 

At the heart of our business strategy is our desire to be a ‘partner of choice’ for our government clients and an 
organisation  that  meets  the  needs  of  our  customers.  To  do  that,  we  have  to  provide  and  be  part  of  effective 
transportation solutions to support the growth and well-being of our cities. 

At  Transurban  we  do  this  through  the  effective  management  of  our  existing  road  networks,  through  our  active 
involvement  in  the  transport  policy  debate,  and by  applying  our  unique skills  to  the  infrastructure  challenges  in 
our markets. 

In delivering on this objective our business has fostered core capabilities in the following areas:  

  Network planning and forecasting 
  Operations and customer management 
  Project development and delivery 
  Application of technology, and 
  Community engagement. 

The Group’s target market is Virginia in the USA, part of the Washington, DC metro area. 

253 

253

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued) 

Value drivers 

The  investment  proposition  for  high  quality  toll  road  assets  is  access  to  long  dated,  predictable,  growing  cash 
flows  generated  over  the  life  of  the  concessions  through  effective  management  and  development  of  the  road 
corridors these concessions govern. 

Financial performance 

Performance indicators 

Underlying  proportional  EBITDA  (earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation  and  amortisation)  is  the  primary 
measure the Transurban Board uses to assess the operating performance of Transurban, with an aim to focus on 
operating  results  and  associated  cash  generation.  It  reflects  the  contribution  from  individual  assets  to 
Transurban’s  operating  performance  and  permits  a  meaningful  assessment  of  the  underlying  performance  of 
Transurban’s assets.

To  arrive  at  the  proportional  result,  non-controlling  interests  in  Transurban’s  controlled  roads  are  removed  and 
Transurban’s interests in non-controlled assets are included, in proportion to Transurban’s ownership.

Free cash is the primary measure used to assess Transurban’s cash generation. Free cash represents the cash 
available for distribution to security holders. 

Structure of the Group and relationship to the financial performance 

During  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  the  structure  of  investments  within  Transurban  International  Limited 
changed. 

The Group holds Transurban’s 75.0 per cent investment in Transurban DRIVe Holdings LLC (DRIVe). For the full 
year  ended  30  June  2013  and  for  the  current  year  to  11  April  2014,  DRIVe  in  turn  owned  100.0  per  cent  of 
Pocahontas  895  and  90.0  per  cent  of  each  of  495  Express  Lanes  and  95  Express  Lanes  (currently  under 
construction) 

On  11  April  2014  Transurban  Group  acquired  Fluor  Enterprises  Inc.’s  10.0  per  cent  ownership  in  each  of  495 
Express Lanes and 95 Express Lanes. These were acquired outside of the DRIVe Group, instead representing 
direct  investments  for  Transurban.  After  these  acquisitions,  Transurban’s  proportional  ownership  in  each  asset 
was 77.5 per cent. 

Also  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  a  review  of  495  Express  Lanes  was  completed  which  resulted  in 
downward adjustments to traffic and revenue projections, including the ramp-up profile of the project. As a result, 
Transurban  and  Capital  Beltway  Express  LLC  worked  with  key  stakeholders,  including  lenders,  to  implement 
changes  to  the  capital  structure  to  ensure  it  could  be  supported  by  the  emerging  revenue  profile.  On  5  June 
2014, Capital Beltway Express LLC repaid $432.8 million of debt and associated swap termination costs through 
$281.4  million  of  additional  equity  investment  from  Transurban  and  the  release  of  $151.4  million  of  existing 
finance reserves. After this recapitalisation, also conducted directly by Transurban rather than within the DRIVe 
Group, Transurban’s proportional ownership in Capital Beltway Express LLC increased to 94.0 per cent. 

The increase in ownership to 94.0 per cent led the Transurban Group to assess control of assets and operating 
entities  within  Transurban  International  Limited.  Capital  Beltway  Express  LLC  is  now  controlled  by  Transurban 
effective 4 June 2014 and is reflected in the consolidated results of the Group from that time. 

By  extension,  Transurban’s  control  over  Capital  Beltway  Express  LLC  has  led  to  the  Group  assessing  that 
Transurban DRIVe Holdings LLC is also controlled, including 95 Express Lanes LLC. 

254 

254 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued) 

On 14 May 2014, DRIVe also successfully transferred Pocahontas 895 back to lenders. It no longer forms part of 
the Transurban International Limited Group. 

The results of Transurban International Limited for the year ended 30 June 2014 therefore reflect a combination 
of equity accounted results of DRIVe to 4 June 2014, consolidated results from  4 June to 30 June 2014 and the 
results of the activities of the Group in providing management services to DRIVe. 

Year ended 30 June 2014 Highlights 

The Group’s loss for the year ended 30 June 2014 was $11.0 million, compared to $47.2 million in the prior year. 
The Group has toll revenue of $3.8 million, derived from 495 Express Lanes LLC from 4 June 2014, when it was 
consolidated into the Group. 

Management and Business Development revenue decreased to $37.9 million. Construction revenue and costs in 
the current year reflects the Group’s development of the Tolling and Traffic Management System (TTMS) for 95 
Express Lanes. In the prior period this included development work on the TTMS for 495 Express Lanes also. 

EBITDA on a statutory basis decreased to $2.9 million. 

The Group’s share of net profit of equity accounted investments was $93.8 million. In the prior period this was a 
loss of $28.2 million. The change is due to the prior year impairment of the carrying value of Pocahontas, offset in 
the current year by the gain recognised on the hand back of Pocahontas to lenders. 

Financial position 

Transurban Group has a market capitalisation of approximately $14.5 billion and at 30 June 2014, 1,896 million 
stapled securities were on issue. During the year, Transurban issued 405 million stapled securities as part of the 
capital raising to fund the acquisition of Queensland Motorways. 

Transurban  International  Limited  (TIL)  represents  one  component  of  the  Transurban  triple  staple  and  has  total 
assets  of  $2,133.6  million.  In  the  prior  year  total  assets  were  $263.9  million.  The  increase  represents  the 
recognition of Transurban DRIVe Holdings, and 495 Express Lanes, as consolidated assets at 30 June 2014. 

The  operating  assets  contained  within  the  Group  are  primarily  long-life  intangible  assets,  representing  the 
provision by  the  Virginian  Department of  Transportation  of the  right  to  toll customers  for the  use  of the  assets. 
495 Express Lanes has a concession life of 80 years and 95 Express Lanes has a concession life  of 75 years.
For  accounting  purposes  the  carrying  values  are  amortised  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  the  duration  of  the 
concession. 

Details of borrowings applicable to the Group and DRIVe are discussed in Financing Activities. 

Operations and performance of Transurban’s portfolio of assets – Year ended 30 June 2014 

Transurban considers the primary measure of operating performance to be its underlying proportional EBITDA. 
To  determine  the  proportional  EBITDA,  non-controlling  interests  are  removed  from  the  statutory  result  and 
Transurban’s interests in non-controlled assets are included in proportion to our ownership. 

Note 2 to the statutory accounts (Segment Information) presents the proportional result for the Group, including 
reconciliations to the statutory result. While management considers proportional EBITDA to be the best indicator 
of  asset  performance,  interest  expense  and  revenue,  depreciation  and  income  tax  are  also  included  in  the 
Segment Information disclosure. 

Pocahontas 895 (Virginia USA) 

Transurban  transferred ownership  of  Pocahontas  895  to  lenders  on  14  May  2014  and  now  has  no  financial  or 
operational interests in the asset. 

255 

255

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued) 

495 Express Lanes (Virginia USA) 

The  495  Express  Lanes  traffic  performance  and  share  of  corridor  volume  continued  to  increase  over  the  year. 
Average workday revenue for the month of June 2014 increased 98.8 per cent over the month of June 2013. The 
average daily toll revenue for the year grew 105.4 per cent from the prior year. Average daily trips increased 32.0 
per cent for the same period. 

The average dynamic toll charged increased by 56.3 per cent from US$1.51 in 2013 to US$2.36 for 2014. The 
maximum dynamic toll charged during the year was US$11.85 to travel the full length of the Express Lanes.  

On 29 May 2014, the 495 Express Lanes achieved record daily toll revenue. 

Free cash and cash flows from operations 

Free cash of the Transurban Group is calculated as: 

Cash  flow  from  operations  of  100%  owned  assets  and  operating  companies  (CityLink,  Hills  M2,  Lane 
Cove  Tunnel  /  MRE,  Cross  City  Tunnel,  Statewide  Roads,  Roam  Tolling,  Tollaust  and  Transurban 
corporate); 

Excluding Payments for Maintenance of Intangible Assets (concession assets); 

Excluding Interest received from Term Loan Notes (Westlink M7 & M5 South West Motorway 
Investment returns captured as interest payments); 

Plus  distributions  received  from  non-100%  owned  assets  (M5  South  West  Motorway,  M1  Eastern 
Distributor) 

Plus  Term  Loan  Note  repayments  from  Westlink  M7  and  M5  South  West  Motorway  (as  50%  equity 
accounted investments) 

Less Provision for Maintenance of Intangible Assets and payments for e-TAGs. 

Free cash of the Transurban Group for the year ended 30 June 2014 was $572 million. Free cash per security 
was  33.9  cents.  The  calculation  of  free  cash  can  be  found  at  note  22  to  the  Transurban  Holdings  Limited 
statutory accounts. Free cash per security was impacted in the year by  the issue of new securities to fund the 
acquisition of Queensland Motorways. All securities issued are entitled to the full final distribution and this dilutes 
the free cash. The distribution of 35 cent per security is 96.9 per cent cash covered for the year. 

For the year ended 30 June 2014, the Group’s cash flow from operations was an outflow of $5.5 million.

Business development activities 

95 Express Lanes (Virginia USA)  

Construction on the project, which connects to the 495 Express Lanes, is now 85.0 per cent complete (US$594 
million costs incurred to date), with the 95 Express Lanes due to open at the end of calendar year 2014. The 95 
Express Lanes have a 75 year operating concession and the project represents a 29-mile extension to the 495 
Express  Lanes.  Once  complete  the  95  and  495  Express  Lanes  network  will  include  more  than  40  miles  of 
Express Lanes. 

On 11 April 2014, Transurban acquired Fluor Enterprises Inc.’s 10% interest in 95 Express Lanes LLC. After this 
acquisition, Transurban owns 77.5% of 95 Express Lanes LLC. 

256 

256 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued) 

495 Express Lanes (Virginia USA) 

A  review  of  the  project  was  completed  during  the  year,  which  resulted  in  downward  adjustments  to  traffic  and
revenue  projections.  As  a  result,  Transurban  and  Capital  Beltway  Express  LLC  worked  with  key  stakeholders, 
including lenders, to implement changes to the capital structure to ensure it could be supported by the emerging 
revenue profile. On 11 April 2014, during the process to change the capital structure, Transurban acquired Fluor 
Enterprises  Inc.’s  10  per  cent  interest  in  Capital  Beltway  LLC.  On  4  June  2014,  Capital  Beltway  Express  LLC 
repaid US$433 million of debt and associated swap termination costs through US$281 million of additional equity 
investment from Transurban and the release of US$151 million of existing finance reserves. After this acquisition 
and the capital injection, Transurban owns 94 per cent of Capital Beltway Express LLC. 

Financing activities 

The  Group’s  financing  is  through  the  loans  from  related  parties  (specifically  the  wider  Transurban  Group)  and 
asset level debt related to the individual road projects.  

Related party loans increased by $367.8 million during the year due to the re-capitalisation of Capital Beltway, 
the  purchase  of  Fluor’s 10  per  cent  interest  in  Capital  Beltway  and  I95  and  DRIVe  capital  calls  (relating  to  the 
construction of the I95).   

Asset level debt increased due to the Group consolidating DRIVe and Capital Beltway during the year. 

Debt maturity profiles 

The following chart shows the Group’s current debt maturity profile. The chart shows the debt in the financial year 
it matures and in the case of the asset level debt, the full value of the debt facilities has been shown as this is the 
value of debt for refinancing purposes. 

The debt values are shown at 30 June 2014 and US dollar debt has been converted at the hedged rate where 
cross  currency  swaps  are  in  place.  Unhedged  US  dollar  debt  has  been converted  to  Australian  dollars  at  spot 
exchange rate ($0.942 at 30 June 2014). 

Asset level debt maturity profile  

1,200

1,000

)
t
n
e
l
a
v
i
u
q
e
(
n
o

i
l
l
i

m
$
A

800

600

400

200

0

1
4
2

7
7

3
8
1

2
2
3

2
3
6

1
4
2

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030

2031

2032

2033

2034

2035

2036

2037

2038

2039

2040

2041

2042

2043

2044

2045

2046

2047

2048

2049

95 Express Lanes TIFIA funding

95 Express Lanes private activity bonds

495 Express Lanes TIFIA funding

495 Express Lanes private activity bonds

495 Express Lanes letter of credit

257 

257

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued) 

Financial risk management 

Transurban Group’s exposure to financial risk management and its policies for managing that risk can be found in 
the Financial Risk Management note of the attached accounts – Note 35. 

This  section  discusses  Transurban’s  hedging  policies,  credit  risk,  interest  rate  risk  and  liquidity  and  funding 
policies. 

Corporate activities

Equity entitlement offer and share placement 

In May 2014, Transurban completed a fully underwritten accelerated renounceable entitlement offer. 

The Institutional Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $1.8 billion and resulted in the issue of 
approximately  264  million  new  Transurban  stapled  securities.  Entitlements  not  taken  up  by  eligible  institutional 
security  holders  and  entitlements  of  ineligible  institutional  security  holders  were  sold  and  cleared  in  the 
institutional shortfall book build at $7.00 per security, a $0.25 per security premium over the offer price of $6.75 
and a 2.4 per cent discount to the theoretical ex-rights price as of 23 April 2014 of $7.17 per security.  

The Retail Entitlement Offer raised gross proceeds of approximately $557 million from the issue of approximately 
83  million  new  securities  at  an  issue  price  of  $6.75  per  security.  Approximately  28.6  million  of  these  new 
securities were sold in the bookbuild at a price of $7.21 per security, a $0.46 per security premium over the issue 
price  of  $6.75,  a  $0.21  per  security  premium  over  the  institutional  bookbuild  price  of  $7.00,  and  a  $0.10  per 
security discount to the last traded price of $7.31 per security.  

A  further  $400  million  was  raised  from  placement  of  58  million  securities  at  a  price  of  $6.95  per  security  to 
AustralianSuper and Tawreed.

 Changes in Executive Management 

On  14  July  2014,  Samantha  Hogg,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  left  Transurban.  Until  a  permanent  replacement  is 
appointed, Leigh Petschel, currently General Manager, Finance, will serve as Acting Chief Financial Officer. 

Tim  Steinhilber,  Group  General  Manager,  Project  Delivery  and  Operational  Excellence,  transferred  back  to  the 
USA in July 2014  and will support the delivery of the I95 project that is scheduled for completion at the end of 
2014. Tony Adams, previously Vice President, Infrastructure, Major Projects, and based in the USA, will transfer 
to Australia as he assumed the role of Group General Manager, Project Delivery and Operational Excellence in
July 2014. 

People 

Transurban’s People Strategy focuses on the four areas of Leadership, Capability, Performance, and Wellbeing. 
These areas are underpinned by the Group values, as well as safety, diversity and sustainability. 

Leadership 

Transurban conducts a bi-annual talent review with the Executive team. This review helps identify high potential 
individuals who may have the ability to move into a Senior Leadership or Executive role, or those who may be 
able to move laterally outside of their area of technical expertise. It also identifies successors for the Executive 
team and other future leaders. Development activities for this group are monitored throughout the year. 

258 

258 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued)

Senior Leaders participated in a three day offsite in February 2014. The key theme of the program was driving for 
high performance and it is intended that this will become an annual event for the leadership group. 

There has been a focus on building greater leadership capability through the middle management group during 
the  reporting  period.  Activities  to  support  this  include  the  implementation  of  a  Group  Coaching  program; 
cascading of activities from the Senior Leadership Program and the continuation of the Coaching and Mentoring 
program for female managers. 

Capability 

A  framework  identifying  both  behavioural  and  technical  capabilities  has  been  developed  and  is  being  used  to 
assist  in  identifying  key  talent  for  future  roles  and  determining  potential  gaps.  This  assists  in  developing 
strategies to build future capability. A technical career pathway program has also been developed. One area of 
continued  focus  is  the  Traffic  Forecasting  Group  which  is  deemed  fundamental  to  the  ongoing  success  of  the 
Group. Steps to enhance capability in this area have progressed. 

Performance 

Changes  were  made  to  the  Short  Term  Incentive  program  aimed  at  enhancing  this  through  increased 
performance differentiation, the introduction of formal performance comparisons against peers, and strengthening 
the  link  between  individual  and  Group  performance.  A  review  of  the  Group’s  Benefits  program  was  also 
undertaken, benchmarking current programs against market practice.   

Wellbeing 

A new Wellbeing framework has been developed, identifying the key areas of health; work; financial; values and 
staying  connected.  A  suite  of  initiatives  to  support  the  framework  are  being  introduced  across  Transurban.  An 
employee  volunteer  program  has  been  launched  which  includes  the  introduction  of  volunteer  leave  for  all 
employees. 

Office  moves  in  Melbourne  and  Sydney  occurred  with  a  focus  on  increasing  collaboration  and  ensuring  a 
healthier workspace. Activity based working was also introduced as part of this, which enables greater flexibility 
for employees in the way in which they work. 

It  has  been  twelve  months  since  the  launch  of  the  refreshed  Vision  and  Values.  A  Group  wide  Values  Health 
Check was rolled out to see how and where teams are using the values and to ensure that behaviours continue 
to  be  aligned.  This  provided  positive  feedback  as  did  the  Employee  pulse  survey  that  was  conducted  in  May 
2014.

Sustainability 

Transurban is committed to taking a sustainable approach to its operations, projects and business practices to 
create the best outcomes for its government clients, communities and customers. 

Transurban’s  Sustainability  Strategy  highlights  three  key  focus  areas:  be  good  neighbours,  use less,  and  think 
long  term.  By  adopting  and  working  to  these  principles,  Transurban  reinforces  its  ‘licence  to  operate’  and 
strengthens  its  ability  to  deliver  efficient  and  integrated  transport  networks  that  support  productivity  and  the 
wellbeing of its communities. 

During  the  period,  Transurban  put  into  action  the  Sustainability  Strategy.  Some  important  highlights  include 
developing  a  community  investment  strategy  which  saw  the  launch  of  the  first  corporate  grants  program, 
embedding sustainability requirements in the NorthConnex tender process and committing to reduce operational 
energy consumption by 10 per cent by 2023. 

Transurban provides regular progress reports to the Board on the focus areas. The annual Sustainability Report 
summarises the year’s activities, while also outlining commitments for the coming years. 

The 2014 Sustainability Report will be published in October.

259 

259

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued) 

Business risks and opportunities 

The following are key opportunities that may impact Transurban’s financial and operating result in future periods:

  Negotiation  of  new  business  opportunities  to  develop  projects  and  enhance  the  motorway  networks  in 

Transurban’s target markets

 Higher traffic volumes across Transurban’s assets resulting in stronger cashflows across the Group
 

Integration  of  technology  and  systems  across  Transurban  assets,  including  tolling  systems,  to  leverage 
economies of scale available from Transurban’s network footprint.

  Policy change in approach to network pricing to drive efficiencies and improvements in capacity utilisation on 

Transurban’s assets 

 Development of connecting infrastructure to drive improved traffic volumes on Transurban’s assets; and 

  Realisation of benefits associated with financing arrangements and financial transactions, including sourcing 
new  financing,  the  refinancing  of  existing  indebtedness  and  credit  exposures  on  transactions  with  financial 
counterparties. 

The following are key risks that may impact Transurban’s financial and operating result in future periods:

  Reduced traffic volumes or an inability to grow traffic volumes 

  The loss of a toll road concession for non-performance or default under a concession agreement, financing 

arrangement or as a result of government action 

  Existence and development of, or changes to, competing roads, feeder roads and other means of transport 

  A failure of key operating systems, including tolling systems, which impacts the ability to collect revenue 

  Changes  in  law  or  regulation,  including  the  imposition  of  new  or  increased  taxes  or  other  governmental 

charges or levies 

  Adverse  tax  developments,  including  as  a  result  of  legislative  change  or  interpretation,  and  changes  to 

accounting standards 

  Dependency on the services of key contractors and counterparties for development and construction activities 
and for the provision of tolling, customer services, operations and maintenance services, road management 
and control systems 

  Exposure to risks associated with financing arrangements and financial transactions, including sourcing new 
financing,  the  refinancing  of  existing  indebtedness  and  credit  exposures  on  transactions  with  financial 
counterparties 

  Risks  of  accidents,  incidents  and  other  events  relating  to  the  assets  and  insurance  policies  not  providing 

adequate protection against those risks 

  Potential for involvement in legal, regulatory and other proceedings and disputes arising from business and 

operations; and 

  Reliance on dividends, interest on and repayments of shareholder loans from  joint ventures and subsidiaries 

for funding. 

Risk Management 

Managing risk is an essential part of our business. Key risks are regularly reviewed by the Board, the Audit and 
Risk Committee and our Executive Committee. 

Transurban has a business-wide risk framework to help create a consistent and rigorous approach to identifying, 
analysing  and  evaluating  risks.  This  framework  has  various  policies,  standards  and  guidelines  attached  to  it, 
including the Risk Management Policy which can be found in the Corporate Governance section of our website 
(www.transurban.com).

260 

260 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Operating and Financial Review – Year ended 30 June 2014 (continued) 

The  framework  is  overseen  by  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  and  is  actively  managed  by  the  Executive 
Committee.  It is consistent  with  AS/NZ31000:2009  and  is  subject  to  regular review  by  internal audit.  Our  Audit 
and Risk Committee Charter is also available in the Corporate Governance section of our website. 

Significant changes in the entity’s state of affairs

Other  than  those  matters  already  discussed  in  the  operating  and  financial  review,  no other  significant changes 
have occurred in Transurban’s state of affairs in the year ended 30 June 2014.

Matters subsequent to the end of the financial year 

As  at  the  date of  this  report  the  Directors are  not  aware  of  any  other  circumstances  that  have  arisen  since  30 
June  2014  that  have significantly  affected, or may  significantly  affect,  the  Group's  operations  in  future financial 
years;  the  results  of  those  operations in  future  financial  years;  or the  Group's  state of  affairs in  future  financial 
years, that have not otherwise been disclosed in the financial report.

Likely developments in future financial years and the expected results of operations 

Other  than  matters  already  discussed  above,  any  other  potential  likely  developments  in  the  operations  of  the 
Group and the expected results of operations have not been included in these financial statements because the 
Directors believe it would be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group. 

Environmental regulation 

The Group is subject to environmental regulations under Australian Commonwealth and State laws and certain 
applicable laws in the USA. The Group maintains a comprehensive environmental management plan to monitor 
the  performance  of  its  motorways,  and  any  external  parties  responsible  for  operating  any  of  the  Group’s 
motorways, and takes remedial steps where necessary. 

There were no significant breaches reported during the financial year on the Group’s assets.

261 

261

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Information on Directors
Lindsay Maxsted Dip Bus, FCA, FAICD
Chairman and independent Non-executive Director

Term of office
Director since 1 March 2008. Chair since 12 August 2010.

Lindsay  is  currently  Chairman  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Westpac  Banking  Corporation,  and  a  Non-
executive Director of BHP Billiton Limited and BHP Billiton plc. He is the Managing Director of Align Capital Pty 
Ltd and the Honorary Treasurer of Baker IDI Heart and Diabetes Institute.

Lindsay was formerly a partner of KPMG and was the CEO of that firm from 2001 to 2007. His principal area of 
practice prior to this was in the corporate recovery field managing a number of Australia’s largest insolvency / 
workout / turnaround engagements.

As at the date of this report Lindsay holds interests in 66,559 Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Chairman of the Nomination Committee and a member of the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Scott Charlton BSci, MBA (Texas)
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

Term of office
Director since 16 July 2012. CEO since 16 July 2012.

Scott  joined  Transurban  from  Lend  Lease,  where  he  was  Group  COO  (from  November  2011)  and  Group 
Director of Operations (from March 2010). Prior to this Scott held several senior appointments across a range of 
infrastructure  entities  and  financial  institutions,  including  as  CFO  of  Leighton  Holdings  Limited  (2007  to  2009) 
and as Managing Director of Deutsche Bank in Australia and Hong Kong (1995 to 2003).

As  at  the  date of  this  report Scott holds  interests  in  213,374  Stapled  Securities,  909,444  performance  awards 
(unlisted) and 108,486 STI deferred awards (unlisted).

Neil Chatfield M.Bus, FCPA, FAICD 
Independent Non-executive Director

Term of office
Director since 18 February 2012.

Neil  is  an  established  Executive  and  Non-executive  Director  with  extensive  experience  across  all  facets  of 
company  management,  and  with  specific  expertise  in  financial  management,  capital  markets,  mergers  and
acquisitions, and risk management.

Neil  is  currently  the  Chairman  of  Virgin  Australia  Holdings  Limited  and  of  Seek  Limited,  and  a  Non-executive 
Director  of  Recall  Holdings  Limited.  Neil  is  also  Honorary  Chairman  of  HomeGround  Services.  He  was 
previously  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Grange  Resources  Limited  (to  April  2014)  and  of  Whitehaven  Coal 
Limited (to May 2012).

Neil previously served as Executive Director and the CFO of Toll Holdings Limited (from 1997 to 2008).

As at the date of this report Neil holds interests in 50,424 Stapled Securities.

262 

262 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Information on Directors (continued)

Transurban Board Committee membership
Chairman  of  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  and  a  member  of  the  Nomination  and  Remuneration  and  Human 
Resources Committees.

Robert Edgar BEc (Hons), PhD, FAICD 
Independent Non-executive Director

Term of office
Director since 21 July 2009.

Bob has over 30 years’ experience as a senior executive, with 25 years at ANZ Banking Group in various senior 
roles, including Deputy CEO, Senior Managing Director, COO, and Chief Economist.

Bob  is  currently  the  Chairman  of  Federation  Centres  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Asciano  Group  and  of 
Linfox  Armaguard  Pty  Ltd.  He  is  also  Chairman  of  the  Prince  Henry’s  Institute  of  Medical  Research.  He  was 
previously  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Nufarm  Limited  (to  March  2012),  AMMB  Holdings  Berhad,  Shanghai 
Rural Commercial Bank and of the Bank of Tianjin.

As at the date of this report Bob holds interests in 30,324 Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Chairman  of  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  and  member  of  the  Audit  and  Risk  and 
Nomination Committees.

Samantha Mostyn BA, LLB 
Independent Non-executive Director

Term of office
Director since 8 December 2010.

Sam  has  significant  experience  in  the  Australian  corporate  sector  both  in  Executive  and  Non-executive 
capacities,  in  particular  in  the  areas  of  human  resources,  corporate  and  government  affairs,  sustainability 
management, and diversity.

Sam  is  currently  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Virgin  Australia  Holdings  Limited,  Citigroup  Pty  Ltd,  and  Cover-
More  Group  Limited.  She  is  President  of  the  Australian  Council  for  International  Development.  She  is  also  a 
Director  of  Australian  Volunteers  International,  Australia  Council  for  the  Arts,  Carriageworks,  St  James  Ethics 
Centre Foundation, and the NSW Climate Change Council.

Sam  is  currently  Deputy  Chair  of  the  Diversity  Council  Australia,  and  is  a  member  of  the  advisory  boards  of 
ClimateWorks  Australia  and  the  Crawford  School  of  Government  and  Economics,  ANU.  She  is  also  a 
Commissioner of the Australian Football League.

Sam has previously held senior executive positions at IAG, Optus and Cable & Wireless Plc.

As at the date of this report Sam holds interests in 17,256 Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Member of the Remuneration and Human Resources and Nomination Committees.

263 

263

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Information on Directors (continued)

Christine O'Reilly BBus
Independent Non-executive Director

Term of office
Director since 12 April 2012

Christine  has  30  years’  experience  in  the  finance  and  infrastructure  sectors  in  various  roles  including  as  Co-
Head  of  Unlisted  Infrastructure  at  Colonial  First  State  Global  Asset  Management  and  as  CEO  of  the  GasNet 
Australia Group.

Christine is currently a Non-executive Director of CSL Limited, Energy Australia, Medibank Private, and Baker 
IDI, and is the Deputy Chair of CARE Australia.

As at the date of this report Christine holds interests in 13,972 Stapled Securities.

Transurban Board Committee membership
Member of the Audit and Risk and Nomination Committees.

Rodney Slater J.D., BS
Independent Non-executive Director

Term of office
Director since 22 June 2009.

Rodney is a partner in the public policy practice group of Washington DC firm  Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP,
where  he  has  been  a  leader  of  its  transportation  practice  since  2001.  He  served  as  US  Secretary  of 
Transportation from 1997 until the end of the Clinton Administration in January 2001 and was the Administrator 
of the Federal Highway Administration between 1993 and 1996.

In  the  US,  Rodney’s  current  directorships  include  Kansas  City  Southern  (railroads),  Verizon  Communications 
Inc,  Atkins  Global,  and  Southern  Development  Bancorporation.  He  was  previously  a  Director  of  Parsons 
Brinckerhoff, Delta Airlines, Northwest Airlines, and ICx Technologies Inc. He also served on Transurban’s US 
Advisory Board until November 2008. Rodney is a Director of the Congressional Awards Foundation and United 
Way Worldwide.

As at the date of this report Rodney does not hold interests in any Stapled Securities

Transurban Board Committee membership
Member of the Nomination Committee.

264 

264 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Information on Directors (continued)

Ian Smith BE Mining (Hons), BFin Admin, MAICD
Independent Non-executive Director

Term of office
Director since 1 January 2012.

Ian  is  currently  the  Managing  Director  and  CEO  of  Orica  Limited  and  serves  as  President  of  The  Australian 
Mines and Metals Association. 

Previously,  Ian  was  the  Managing  Director and  CEO  of  Newcrest  Mining,  the  Global  Head  of  Operational and 
Technical Excellence at Rio Tinto, based in London, and Managing Director Comalco Aluminium Smelting within 
the  Rio  Tinto  Group.  Prior  to  this,  Ian  held  senior  operational  and  project  management  roles  with  WMC 
Resources, Pasminco Limited and CRA Limited.

He was previously the Chairman of the Minerals Council of Australia and a Director of the Australian Chamber of 
Commerce and Industry.

Ian is a Fellow of both the Institute of Engineers Australia and the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy 
- from which he was awarded its highest honour, the Institute Medal, in June 2012.

As at the date of this report Ian holds interests in 92,742 Stapled Securities.

Company Secretaries

Amanda Street LLB (Hons), BComm.
Amanda joined Transurban in September 2008 and was appointed as Company Secretary in February 2011.
Before joining Transurban, Amanda was Assistant Company Secretary at SP Ausnet and Senior Corporate
Counsel at National Australia Bank. She has over 14 years of legal, company secretariat and other relevant
experience. Prior to her in-house work, Amanda was a solicitor specialising in M&A work with Australian law
firm King & Wood Mallesons. 

Julie Galligan LLB, BA
Julie joined Transurban in November 2008 and was appointed  as General Counsel in February 2012. Julie has 
over 14 years' legal experience in private practice and in-house roles in both Australia and the United Kingdom. 
Prior to joining Transurban, Julie worked in-house at Associated British Ports.

Meetings of Directors
The numbers of meetings of the Company's  Board of Directors and of each  Board Committee held during the 
year ended 30 June 2014, and the numbers of meetings attended by each Director were:

Lindsay Maxsted
Scott Charlton
Neil Chatfield
Robert Edgar
Samantha Mostyn
Christine O'Reilly
Rodney Slater
Ian Smith

Attended
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
12

Held
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13

265 

265

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Information on Directors (continued) 

The number of meetings of each Board Committee held during the year ended 30 June 2014, and the number of 
meetings attended by each Director, are set out in the following table.

Audit and Risk
Committee(1)

Remuneration 
and Human 
Resources 
Committee(2)

Nomination
Committee(3)

Special
purpose Sub-
committees(4)

Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held Attended Held

6

6

6

6

*

6

*

1

6

*

6

6

*

6

*

*

5

5

5

5

5

3

*

2

*

*

5

5

5

*

*

*

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

2

*

2

2

2

2

2

*

12

12

11

*

*

11

*

*

12

12

12

*

*

11

*

*

Lindsay Maxsted

Scott Charlton

Neil Chatfield

Robert Edgar

Samantha Mostyn

Christine O'Reilly

Rodney Slater

Ian Smith

* = Not a member of the relevant Committee

(1) Scott Charlton and Ian Smith were not members of the Audit and Risk Committee but attended meetings during the year.
(2) Lindsay Maxsted, Scott Charlton, Christine O'Reilly and Ian Smith were not members of the Remuneration and Human Resources Committee 
but  attended  meetings  during  the  year.  Scott  Charlton  was  excluded  from  discussions  involving  his  remuneration  during  meetings  which  he 
attended.
(3) Ian Smith and Scott Charlton were not members of the Nomination Committee but attended meetings during the year.
(4) Special purpose sub-committees were formed during the year to deal with matters relating to the Queensland Motorways bid submission and 
the due diligence process undertaken in connection with the equity raising for the acquisition of Queensland Motorways.

266 

266 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

2014 REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) 

Introduction 

This report, prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, contains detailed information regarding the 
remuneration arrangements for the Directors and Senior Executives who were the 'key management personnel' 
(KMP) of the Transurban Group (Group) during the year ended 30 June 2014 (FY2014).

The KMP disclosed in this report are listed in the table below: 

Current Non-executive Directors

Lindsay Maxsted, Chair

Neil Chatfield

Robert Edgar

Samantha Mostyn

Christine O'Reilly

Rodney Slater

Ian Smith

Current Senior Executives

Scott Charlton, Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Jennifer Aument, Group General Manager, North America

Wesley Ballantine, Group General Manager, Queensland (from 4 June 2014, formerly Group General Manager, Strategy)

Andrew Head, Group General Manager, New South Wales
Samantha Hogg, Chief Financial Officer (1)

Sue Johnson, Group General Manager, Human Resources
Tim Steinhilber, Group General Manager, Delivery and Operational Excellence (1)

Lisa Tobin, Group General Manager, Technology

Vin Vassallo, Group General Manager, Victoria

Former Senior Executives

Michael Kulper, President North America (departed 3 September 2013)

(1) On 14 July 2014, the Group announced changes to KMP.  Samantha Hogg departed the Group and Tim Steinhilber has transferred back to the 
USA.  Refer to section 1B for further details.     

Contents
1 Remuneration snapshot  

2 Remuneration governance 

3 Remuneration in context  

4 CEO / Senior Executive remuneration for FY2014    

5 Link between Group performance, security holder wealth and remuneration  

6 Non-executive director remuneration  

All values in this report are in Australian dollars, unless otherwise stated. 

268

270

271

272

292

294

267 

267

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

1  Remuneration snapshot 

The  Transurban  Board  is  committed  to  an  executive  remuneration  framework  that  is  focused  on 
driving  a  performance  culture  and  linking  pay  to  the  achievement  of  the  Group’s  strategy  and
business objectives and, ultimately, generating security holder value. 

Transurban’s remuneration framework is reviewed annually taking into consideration security holder  and 
other stakeholder feedback, market expectations and regulatory developments.

At the 2013 Annual General Meeting (AGM), the framework received strong support from security holders, 
with a 98.8% vote in favour of the resolution to adopt the 2013 Remuneration Report.  

There  were  no  substantive  changes  to  the  framework  in  FY2014,  but  some  refinements  were  made  to 
further align remuneration with the creation of sustainable security holder value, business outcomes, and 
the Group’s organisational values: integrity, collaboration, accountability, ingenuity and respect.  

In  particular,  changes  were  made  to  the  Short  Term  Incentive  (STI)  program  for  all  eligible  employees, 
which were aimed at enhancing this variable pay element through increased performance differentiation, 
the  introduction  of  formal  performance  comparisons  against  peers,  and  strengthening  the  link  between 
individual and Group performance.  

A 

TRANSURBAN’S REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK

The  key  elements of  the  remuneration  framework  for  the CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives  for  FY2014 
were as follows: 

Remuneration mix 

The remuneration of the CEO and other Senior Executives was structured as a mix of fixed remuneration 
and variable ('at risk') remuneration through short term and long term incentive components. The relative 
weightings of the three components were as follows: 

Total remuneration % (annualised at target)

Fixed TEC

Variable (performance based)

CEO

Senior Executives

40

45

STI

30 (50% deferred)

30 (50% deferred)

LTI

30

25

* All Senior Executives moved to 50% STI deferral effective 1 July 2013.  

Fixed total employment cost (TEC) 

Fixed TEC was set with reference to the market median, using the ASX 20-50 as the primary reference, 
with  consideration  also  given  to  the  ASX  100.  Remuneration  packages  (including  TEC  levels)  are 
reviewed  annually  by  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  with  reference  to  an 
individual's role, experience and performance, as well as relevant comparative market data provided by an 
independent remuneration consultant. TEC levels are also reviewed on a change in role. 

268 

268 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Short term incentive (STI) 

During FY2014, changes were made to the STI program to achieve greater performance differentiation. 
The  link  between  Group  and  individual  performance  was  also  strengthened  by  using  individual 
performance as a multiplier when calculating reward for Group performance.  

Group performance measures under the new STI program were again linked to growth in proportional 
EBITDA,  cost  management  based  on  proportional  net  costs,  and  safety.  See  section  D  for  further 
details.  

Individual performance continues to be measured against key performance indicators (KPIs). Under the 
new  STI  program,  each  individual’s  assessment  will  be  used  in  determining  a  rating  relative  to  peers.
The overall rating will derive an individual’s STI using a payment schedule as determined by the Board 
designed to encourage high performance.

During FY2014, the proportion of the STI award subject to mandatory deferral was aligned for the CEO 
and all Senior Executives, so that all members of KMP now have 50 per cent of their STI award deferred 
for  two  years.  Increasing  the  level  of  STI  deferral  (from  30%  when  it  was  first  introduced  in  FY2012)
strengthens  the  link  between  KMP  performance  and  security  holder  value  and  provides  a  greater 
retention element. 

For Australian Senior Executives, STI deferral is into securities. Due to legal restrictions on the issue of 
securities  to  USA  residents,  the  USA  resident  Senior  Executives  receive  deferred  cash  awards.  The 
deferred  component  of  remuneration  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board,  be  subject  to  forfeiture  or 
clawback (eg. in the event of misconduct or material misstatement of financial results). 

Long term incentive (LTI) 

For FY2014, LTI performance measures were as follows:  

  50 per cent relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measured against a bespoke comparator group 
comprising  companies  in  the  transport,  utilities,  real  estate,  telecommunications  and  construction 
Global Industry Classification Standards (GICS) sectors of the ASX 150; and 

  50 per cent Free Cash Flow (FCF) per security, reflecting the Group's focus on the maximising free 
cash flow to drive security holder return. The definition of FCF per security is set  out on page 281.
The  FCF  calculation  is  included  in  note  22  of  the  audited  financial  statements  of  Transurban 
Holdings Limited. 

B  

OTHER EVENTS / ACTIONS IMPACTING REMUNERATION IN FY2014 

USA restructure 

As previously disclosed, the Group’s New York office was closed in FY2014. As a consequence, it was 
determined that the position of President, North America was no longer required. As no suitable positions 
were  available  for  Michael  Kulper  (the  incumbent),  his  employment  with  the  Group  ceased  on  3 
September 2013. 

On  ceasing  employment  as  President,  North  America,  Michael  Kulper  received  a  sum  equivalent  to  3 
months TEC as a payment in lieu of notice (USD 247,450), and he was paid (USD 304,554) (equivalent 
to 16 weeks TEC) severance payment. 

The following arrangements also applied to Michael Kulper: 

  he  retained  the  deferred  securities  granted  to  him  under  the  FY2012  and  FY2013  STI  plans  in 

accordance with their original terms; and 

  he  retained  a  pro-rated  proportion  of  his  LTI  awards  granted  to  him  under  the  FY2011  (161,103 
Performance  Awards),  FY2012  (111,721  Performance  Awards)  and  FY2013  (65,293  Performance 
Awards) LTI plans in accordance with their original terms, with the applicable performance measures 
for each grant to be tested at the end of the applicable original performance period. Michael Kulper 
was not eligible to participate in the FY2014 LTI plan.  

269 

269

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Queensland Motorways  

In  April  2014,  a  Transurban-led  consortium  was  announced  as  the  successful  bidder  for  Queensland 
Motorways, which operates a network of toll roads in and around Brisbane. Financial close was achieved 
on 2 July 2014. 

Wesley  Ballantine,  Group  General  Manager,  Strategy,  was  appointed  to  the  position  of  Group  General 
Manager, Queensland on 4 June 2014. Wesley Ballantine has been employed by the Group since 2006.  
Wesley  Ballantine’s  remuneration  was  reviewed  on  this  change  in  role,  taking  into  account  benchmark 
data and internal relativities.  Refer to section 4.  

Changes to KMP 

On  14  July  2014,  Transurban  announced  changes  to  its  Executive  Committee.    Samantha  Hogg,  Chief 
Financial Officer, left the Group on 14 July 2014 after six years with the business.  Tim Steinhilber, Group 
General  Manager,  Project  Delivery  and  Operational  Excellence,  transferred  back  to  the  USA  to  support
the  delivery  of  the  I95  project  that  is  scheduled  for  completion  at  the  end  of  2014.    The  remuneration 
arrangements applying to Samantha Hogg on her departure, will be disclosed in the 2015 report. 

Anthony  Adams,  currently  Vice  President,  Infrastructure,  Major  Projects,  and  based  in  the  USA,  will 
transfer back to Australia to assume the role of Group General Manager, Project Delivery and Operational 
Excellence. Anthony joined Transurban in June 2003.   

Leigh  Petschel,  currently  General  Manager,  Finance,  is  Acting  Chief  Financial  Officer.    Leigh  joined 
Transurban in October 2013.    

2  Remuneration governance 

A 

BOARD AND REMUNERATION AND HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITY 

The  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  assists  the  Board  in  fulfilling  its  responsibilities 
relating  to  the  remuneration  of  Directors,  the  remuneration  of,  and  incentives  for,  the  CEO  and  other 
Senior Executives, and remuneration practices, strategies and disclosures generally.  

It  is  critical  that  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  is  independent  of  management 
when  making  decisions  affecting  employee  remuneration.  Accordingly,  the  Committee  comprises  Non-
executive  Directors,  all  of  whom  are  independent. Where  appropriate,  the  CEO  and  the  Group  General 
Manager,  Human  Resources  attend  Committee  meetings,  however  they  do  not  participate  in  formal 
decision making. 

The membership of the Remuneration and Human Resources Committee was unchanged in FY2014. The 
members  of  the  Committee  continue  to  be  Robert  Edgar  (Chair),  Samantha  Mostyn  and  Neil  Chatfield. 
Further details regarding the Committee are set out in the Directors’ report.

The  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  reviews  gender  pay  equity  annually.  The  Group 
has  focused  on  achieving  pay  equity  at  all  work  levels  in  the  organisation  and  the  FY2014  outcomes 
indicate that this objective has substantially been achieved.  

270 

270 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

B 

ENGAGEMENT OF REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS 

To  ensure  that  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  has  all  relevant  information  at  its 
disposal  when  making  remuneration  decisions,  it  may  seek  and  consider  advice  from  independent 
remuneration  consultants  where  appropriate.  Any  advice  from  consultants  is  used  to  guide  the 
Committee and the Board, but does not serve as a substitute for thorough consideration by Directors. 

Those  consultants  who  provided  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  with  a 
remuneration  recommendation  relating  to  KMP  during  FY2014,  and  who  have  been  deemed  by  the 
Group to be ‘remuneration consultants’, are listed below: 

Consultant

Fees for remuneration 
recommendations

Ernst & Young 

$10,000

Fees for other advice provided to 
the Group during FY20141
$768,079

1 Fees for other advice includes the review of USA tax returns, expatriate taxation requirements, audit of various undertakings and 
general consulting 

Ernst & Young was selected by the Remuneration and Human Resources Committee and commissioned 
and instructed by the Chair of the Committee in accordance with the applicable protocol. Ernst & Young’s 
appointment  terms  specified  that  all  remuneration  recommendations  and  advice  be  sent  directly  to  the 
Committee through the Chair, and prohibited the provision of such material or other information directly to 
management.  The  appointment 
their 
recommendations,  both  a  declaration  of  independence  from  the  KMP  to  whom  their  recommendations 
related, and also confirmation of the Committee’s conditions  for contact and dialogue with management 
had  been  observed.  Ernst  &  Young  provided  such  a  declaration  and  confirmation  in  relation  to  their 
remuneration recommendations.  

that  Ernst  &  Young  provide,  with 

terms  also  required 

In  this  way,  the  Committee  and  the  Board  have  been  assured  and  are  satisfied  that  Ernst  &  Young’s 
remuneration  recommendations  and  advice  were  made  free  from  undue  influence  from  management 
generally and from KMP specifically.  

3  Remuneration in context 

Transurban  is  a  top  20  Australian  Securities  Exchange  listed  business  and  is  the  largest  transport 
infrastructure  entity  in  Australia,  and  one  of  the  largest  toll  road  entities  in  the  world.    Transurban  is 
focused on providing effective and innovative urban transport solutions in road infrastructure, through the 
management and development of urban networks of toll road concessions.  

The effective management of toll road concessions involves leveraging a network footprint in our markets, 
taking a leading role in shaping policy, and utilising our core capabilities in the following areas: 

  Network planning and forecasting; 

  Operations and customer management; 

  Project development and delivery; 

  Application of technology; and 

  Community engagement. 

271 

271

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

The investment proposition for high quality toll road assets lies in providing investors with access to long 
dated,  predictable,  growing  cash  flows  generated  over  the  life  of  the  concessions  through  effective 
management and development of the road corridors they govern. 

The  Board  and  management  are  focused  on  ensuring  security  holder  value  is  enhanced  through  the 
strong  performance  of  the  Group’s  asset  portfolio.  Development  activities  also  provide  opportunities  to 
further expand the portfolio and unlock further value in the concessions. The Group is focused on the long 
term  management  of  toll  road  assets  at  various  stages  of  maturity  to  achieve  the  best  outcomes  for 
investors,  government  partners  and  the  community.  In  Australia,  the  Group’s  interests  include  100  per 
cent ownership of CityLink in Melbourne, and the  Hills M2, Lane Cove Tunnel and Cross City Tunnel in 
Sydney. The Group has partial interests in a further three roads on the Sydney orbital network, being the 
M1 Eastern Distributor (75.1 per cent), the M5 (50 per cent), and the Westlink M7 (50 per cent) and, from 
2 July 2014, Queensland Motorways in Brisbane (62.5 per cent). 

In North America, the Group currently has interests in two assets, the 495 Express Lanes (94.0 per cent), 
and the 95 Express Lanes project (77.5 per cent), which is currently under construction and remains on 
schedule for completion in late 2014.

4  CEO / Senior Executive remuneration for FY2014 

A 

REMUNERATION STRATEGY AND POLICY 

The Group's executive remuneration strategy is designed to attract, retain and motivate a highly qualified 
and experienced management team with the necessary skills and attributes to lead the Group in achieving 
its  business  objectives.  The  strategy  also  aims  to  encourage  management  to  strive  for  superior 
performance by rewarding the achievement of targets that are challenging, clearly understood, and within 
the control of individuals to achieve through their own actions. 

272 

272 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

The Group's remuneration strategy and policy as set by the Board is summarised below: 

Creating Security Holder Value



Remuneration Strategy

Attract, retain, motivate and reward executives critical to the Group's growth and success by:

 Offering competitive remuneration that is benchmarked against the external market

 Providing a balance of fixed and variable (or 'at risk') remuneration

Align executive reward with individual and Group performance by:

 Making short and long term components of remuneration 'at risk' based on performance

 Assessing rewards against appropriate financial and non-financial performance measures

 Encouraging executive security holdings



Remuneration Structure

Fixed remuneration

Total Employment Cost (TEC):

 Comprises cash salary, superannuation and other prescribed benefits

 Provides a base level of reward for effective completion of Group and specific accountabilities

 Appropriately benchmarked and set with reference to role, responsibilities, skills and experience

Variable ('at risk') remuneration

Short term incentive (STI):

 Annual rewards tied to pre-determined individual and Group performance measures, and includes a 

deferred element (into securities)





Individual performance against targets and comparable performance against peers are used to determine 
an outcome

Individual targets reflect individual specific accountabilities and key drivers for growth and success

 Group performance targets linked to earnings, cost management and safety



Individual performance outcome provides a multiplier for the Group performance element (linking the two 
elements)

 Maximum potential STI is capped at 150 per cent

Long term incentive (LTI):

 Equity rewards to align executive and security holder interests (using indeterminate rights)

 Vest after three years, subject to achievement of pre-determined internal and external performance 

measures

 Encourages sustainable performance in the medium to longer term, and provides a retention element

 Maximum LTI opportunity is capped at 100%

273 

273

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

B 

REMUNERATION MIX 

For FY2014, the remuneration of the CEO and other Senior Executives was structured as a mix of fixed 
remuneration  and  variable  (or  'at  risk')  remuneration  through  short  term  and  long  term  incentive 
components.  The  relative  weightings  of  the  three  components  were  determined  by  the  Board  (on  the 
recommendation  of  the  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee)  and  are  set  out  in  the  table 
below: 

Total remuneration % (annualised at target)*

Fixed TEC

Variable (performance based)

CEO

Senior Executives

40

45

STI**

30 (50% deferred)

30 (50% deferred)

LTI

30

25

*  These  figures  may  not  necessarily  reflect  the  relative  value  derived  from  each  of  the  components,  which  depends  on  actual 
performance  against  targets  for  the  variable  components.  The  STI  percentages  are  based  on  achieving  the  relevant  performance 
targets. The LTI percentages  are  based on the maximum LTI available  at  the  time  of  grant to each  Senior  Executive  if the  awards 
granted vest at the end of the performance period. 

**All Senior Executives moved to 50% STI deferral for grants made in FY2014. 

C 

FIXED REMUNERATION - TOTAL EMPLOYMENT COST (TEC) 

What is TEC? 

Fixed remuneration is represented by total employment cost comprising base salary and superannuation 
contributions (or pension plans in the case of USA based employees). 

Fixed  remuneration  is  not  'at  risk'  but  is  set  by  reference  to  appropriate  benchmark  information  for  an 
individual’s  responsibilities,  performance,  qualifications  and  experience.  There  are  no  guaranteed  TEC 
increases in the service agreement of the CEO or any Senior Executive. 

How is TEC determined? 

Remuneration packages (including TEC levels) are reviewed annually by the Remuneration and Human 
Resources  Committee  with  reference  to  an  individual’s  role,  experience  and  performance,  as  well  as 
relevant comparative market data. Independent remuneration consultants and surveys, internal relativities 
and  market  conditions  also  provide  guidance.  TEC  levels  are  also  reviewed  on  a  change  in  role.  Any 
changes to TEC levels recommended by the Committee must be approved by the Board. 

The  CEO's  and  other  Senior  Executives'  TEC  is  determined  with  reference  to  the  market  median.  The 
primary reference for determining the market median is the ASX 20-50, with consideration also given to 
the ASX 100. Consideration is given to sizing factors including market capitalisation and revenue. A range 
around the median provides flexibility to recognise individual experience and capabilities.  

D 

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE (STI) 

How does the STI plan operate? 

Eligible permanent Group employees, including the CEO and other Senior Executives, participate in the 
annual  STI  plan.  The  STI  plan  puts  a  significant  proportion  of  remuneration  'at  risk'  subject  to  meeting 
specific pre-determined Group, team and individual performance measures linked to corporate objectives. 
This  aligns  employee  interests  with  the  Group's  financial  performance,  as  well  as  the  Group’s 
organisational values. 

274 

274 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

For  FY2014,  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives  had  a  target  STI  opportunity  of  30  per  cent  of  their 
total remuneration package. Mandatory STI deferral of 50 per cent of the overall STI award now applies 
for all grants to the CEO and other Senior Executives. STI payouts can vary between zero (if targets are 
not met) and 150% (for exceptional outperformance). 

The deferral period is two years. For Australian Senior Executives, deferral is into securities. Due to legal 
restrictions  on  the  issue  of  securities  to  USA  residents,  the  USA  resident  Senior  Executives  receive 
deferred cash awards.  STI deferral grants are made in the form of awards.  Each award is an entitlement 
to receive a fully paid security, or an equivalent cash payment, on terms and conditions determined by the 
Board. This  deferred  component  of  remuneration  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board,  be  subject  to 
forfeiture or clawback (e.g. in the event of misconduct or the material misstatement of financial results). 

What were the STI performance measures for FY2014? 

The STI performance measures for the CEO and other Senior Executives for the year ended 30 June 
2014 were chosen to provide a balance between corporate, individual, operational, strategic, financial and 
non-financial aspects of performance and are described below:  

Measure

Group 
performance 
target

(1) Growth in proportional EBITDA (20% weighting)

The  proportional  EBITDA  targets  were  set  against  the  previous  year's  results 
and the Group's FY2014 budget. The EBITDA target excluded the 495 Express 
Lanes.

Proportional EBITDA result

% STI that vests^

Less than 10% above underlying result for FY2013

10% above underlying result for FY2013

Budget EBITDA for FY2014 ($926 million)

16% above underlying result for FY2013
^ Straight line vesting applies between 50-100% and 100-150%.

zero

50

100

150

(2) Cost management based on proportional net costs (20% weighting)

The proportional net costs targets were set against the previous year’s results
and the Group’s FY2014 budget. The proportional net costs target included the 
495 Express Lanes.

Proportional net costs result

Over FY2014 budget

FY2014 budget ($201 million)

FY2014 budget less $5 million

FY2014 budget less $15 million
^ Straight line vesting applies between 50-100% and 100-150%.

(3) Safety targets (10% weighting)

% STI that vests^

zero

50

100

150

The  safety  target  was  a  lead  indicator  that  required  the  completion  of  safety 
development  action  plans.  The  target  is  split with  equal  weighting  between 
employee/contractor (5%) and customer (5%) safety targets.

Safety target result

% STI that vests^

Less than 60% safety action plan items implemented

60% safety action plan items implemented

75% safety action plan items implemented

90% safety action plan items implemented
^ Straight line vesting applies between 50-100% and 100-150%.

zero

50

100

150

275 

275

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Individual key 
performance 
indicators 
(KPIs)

Individual KPIs (50% weighting), were unique to the individual's area of 
accountability, and in FY2014 related to critical business sustainability 
measures, including: operational excellence, strategy, people and leadership, 
operational performance, cost reduction, customer satisfaction, project 
outcomes, succession planning, risk management, growth and business plan 
implementation.  Individuals have a clear line of sight to KPIs and are able to 
directly affect outcomes through their own actions.

Who sets the STI performance measures? 

STI performance measures are set at the beginning of the financial year. The CEO's individual KPIs are 
set  by  the  Board.  All  other  Senior  Executives’  individual  KPIs  are  set  by  the  CEO  and approved  by  the 
Board. The Board sets the Group performance targets. 

What is proportional EBITDA and why is it used as an STI performance measure? 

EBITDA  (earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortisation)  is  a  common  operational 
performance measure used by many companies. 

Proportional  EBITDA  is  one  of  the  primary  measures  that  the  Board  uses  to  assess  the  operating 
performance  of  the  Group,  with  an  aim  to  maintain  a  focus  on  the  Group’s  operating  results  and 
associated  cash  generation.  It  reflects  the  contribution  from  individual  assets  to  the  Group's  operating 
performance and focuses on elements of the result that management can influence to drive improvements 
in short term earnings. Proportional EBITDA is the aggregation of EBITDA from each asset multiplied by 
the Group's percentage ownership, as well as any contribution from Group functions. The Board believes 
proportional EBITDA provides a better reflection of the underlying performance of the Group’s assets than 
statutory EBITDA. The EBITDA calculation from the statutory accounts for FY2014 does not include the 
EBITDA contribution for those assets which are equity accounted (M5 and M7). DRIVe’s EBITDA is also 
excluded  from  the  statutory  results  for  the  period  that  it  was  equity  accounted  (1  July  2013  to  4  June 
2014).  Proportional  EBITDA  figures  used  to  assess  performance  are  included  in  note  2  of  the  audited 
financial statements. 

The Board can decide to exclude specific items from proportional EBITDA to provide an underlying result 
when  determining performance  incentives. For  FY2014,  the  Board  resolved  to  exclude the  495  Express 
Lanes  from  the  proportional  EBITDA  measure  as  this  is  a  period  of  ramp-up  for  this  asset.  The  495 
Express  Lanes  opened  to  traffic  in  November  2012  giving  the  Group  limited  toll  revenue  historical  data 
when setting targets for FY2014.  

Proportional EBITDA has been used by the Group as an STI performance measure since 2009. 

What are proportional net costs and why is this used as a performance measure? 

Proportional net costs are calculated as fee  and other revenue less total costs of the Group. Costs after 
fee  and  other  revenues  encourage  and  allows  management  to  incur  additional  costs  where  these  are 
justified by increased revenue results. 

The  use  of  a  cost  related  STI  performance  measure  reflects  management’s  ability  to  influence  the 
expenditure  of  the  business.  Strong  cost  management  throughout  the  business  drives  an  increase  in 
proportional EBITDA and free cash flow and ultimately security holder value. 

Proportional net costs have been used by the Group as an STI performance measure since 2010.  

The  proportional  net  costs  measure  for  FY2014  includes  costs  associated  with  495  Express  Lanes,  as 
there is a known cost base to work from and drive efficiencies. 

276 

276 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

What were the changes to the STI program introduced in FY2014? 

The STI program was reviewed in FY2014 and changes implemented to achieve a program that provides 
greater  performance  differentiation  between  participants.  The  link  between  Group  and  individual 
performance  has  been  strengthened  by  using  individual  performance  as  a  multiplier  when  calculating 
reward for Group performance.  

In  FY2014,  Group  performance  measures  under  the  new  STI  program  were  again  linked  to  growth  in 
proportional EBITDA, cost management based on proportional net costs, and safety.  

Individual performance continues to be measured against KPIs, with an overall outcome reached for each 
participant against target. Under the new program, this information is used to assist with providing a rating 
which  will consider  performance comparative both  to  peers  and  against the  Group’s  values.  The  overall 
rating will derive a STI using a payment schedule as determined by the Board designed to encourage and 
reward high performance. 

How is performance assessed? 

Performance  against  the  Group  performance  targets  is  assessed  by  the  Board.  The  results  are 
independently reviewed. 

The  CEO's  performance  against  his  individual  KPIs  is  assessed  by  the  Remuneration  and  Human
Resources  Committee,  which  then  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board.  The  performance  of  other 
Senior Executives against their individual KPIs is assessed by the CEO, who confers with the Committee 
and then the Board regarding his assessment. 

Once  KPIs  have  been  assessed,  the  Board  considers  the  appropriate  rating  for  each  Senior  Executive, 
taking into account their comparable performance and behaviours against the Group’s values. The Board 
then  approves  STI  awards.  STI  cash  awards  for  FY2014  will  be  paid  in  August  2014.  The  STI  deferred 
component for FY2014 will be awarded in August 2014 and will vest, subject to continuity of employment 
(unless otherwise determined by the Board) and clawback provisions, on 1 July 2016. 

The  Board  believes  the  method  of  assessment  is  rigorous  and  provides  a  balanced  evaluation  of  the 
performance of the CEO and each other Senior Executive. 

What if a Senior Executive ceases employment before the STI targets are assessed? 

Under  the  service  agreements  for  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives,  if  the  CEO  or  other  Senior 
Executive ceases employment with the Group before performance against STI targets is assessed, they 
would generally not be entitled to receive any STI award, unless otherwise determined by the Board. 

How is the annual STI pool determined? 

The  Board  approves  a  pool  to  be  distributed  for  the  annual  STI  program  (cash  and  deferred 
securities/cash).    The  pool  is  the  sum  of  all  eligible  employees’  possible  STI  outcomes  at  100  per  cent 
target (TEC multiplied by their STI opportunity).  This value is divided by two and each half is treated as 
follows:  one  half  represents  the  individual  component  of  the  STI  and  is  capped  at  100  per  cent,  the 
second  half  is  multiplied  by  the  Group’s  performance  outcome  to  represent  the Group’s  performance 
component and is capped at 150 per cent. The overall pool is capped at 125 per cent.  

The Board has discretion as to the proportion of the pool that will be distributed in any given year. 

What is the maximum and minimum payment an individual can receive under the STI plan? 

The minimum payment an individual can receive is 0% and the maximum is 150% of their STI opportunity. 

What were the changes to the STI deferral? 

During FY2014, those Senior Executives who had been on the old arrangement of 30 per cent deferral (S 
Hogg  and  A  Head)  were  moved  to  50 per  cent  deferral.  This  applies  for grants  made  from  1  July  2013 
onwards. 

277 

277

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

What were the Group STI performance outcomes for FY2014? 

Group  performance  in  respect  of  the  proportional  EBITDA,  proportional  net  costs  and  safety  STI 
performance  measures  for  FY2014  was  assessed  by  the  Board  as  125.5%  of  the  possible  STI 
opportunity.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  transaction  costs  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  Queensland 
Motorways  ($5.9  million)  and  Cross  City  Tunnel  ($3.1  million)  were  included  in  both  the  proportional 
EBITDA and proportional net cost outcomes.  

Measure
Proportional EBITDA

Proportional net costs

Safety action plan items implemented

Overall Group Performance

Performance
$931.2 million1
$182.6 million

76%

-

1 For FY2014 the 495 Express Lanes are excluded from the Proportional EBITDA measure.  

Outcome
113.7%

150.0%

100.0%

125.5%

What were the individual STI performance outcomes and awards for the CEO and Senior 
Executives for FY2014? 

1

O
n
-
t
a
r
g
e
t

1

O
n
1

1

Current Senior 
Executives
S Charlton

J Aument

W Ballantine

A Head

S Hogg

S Johnson

T Steinhilber

L Tobin

V Vassallo

STI outcome (%)

Actual STI awarded1 ($)

Individual 
KPIs
131.0

Group 
performance2
164.4

90.0

131.0

125.0

50.0

88.0

75.0

88.0

115.0

113.0

164.4

156.9

62.8

110.4

94.1

110.4

144.3

Total 

147.7

101.5

147.7

140.9

56.4

99.2

84.6

99.2

129.7

Cash3 Deferred into 
securities
1,039,250

1,039,250

162,394

207,225

294,000

131,100

136,800

145,700

174,675

228,275

162,394

207,225

294,000

131,100

136,800

145,700

174,675

228,275

STI 
forfeited 
(%)

-

-

-

-

43.6

0.8

15.4

0.8

-

1 On-target performance must be achieved before any STI is awarded. Therefore, the minimum potential value of the STI in respect of 
FY2014 was nil.
2 The Group performance outcome is determined by multiplying the individual percentage outcome by the Group’s percentage outcome
of 125.5%. 

3 The cash STI payments will be paid in August 2014. The STI deferred component (50 per cent of the STI awarded) will vest, subject to 
continuity of employment (unless otherwise determined by the Board) and clawback provisions, on 1 July 2016.

278 

278 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

What was the grant and movement in the number of STI deferred awards? 

Mandatory  STI  deferral  was  introduced  in  FY2012,  with  the  first  grant  of  awards  made  in  August  2012. 
Grants were also made in August 2013 as detailed below: 

Balance
at start
of year

Granted during 
year as 
remuneration

Matured
and paid 
during year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance 
at the end 
of year

Current Senior Executives*
S Charlton2
J Aument

W Ballantine

A Head

S Hogg

S Johnson

T Steinhilber
L Tobin2
V Vassallo2
Former Senior Executives
M Kulper1

-

108,486

14,789

15,212

22,449

18,973

16,540

19,356

-

-

14,282

17,328

15,202

17,944

21,288

21,192

6,612

6,612

36,464

22,813

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

108,486

29,071

32,540

37,651

36,917

37,828

40,548

6,612

6,612

59,277

1 M Kulper was employed for the full FY2013 performance year, and received 22,813 awards in respect of that period. He has retained 
his deferred cash awards in the STI plans in accordance with their original terms.
2 Scott Charlton, Lisa Tobin and Vin Vassallo had a zero opening balance at the beginning of FY2014, as they joined the Group after the 
FY2012 STI performance period and therefore were not entitled to receive an STI deferred award in respect of that period. They all 
received a grant during FY2014, in respect of the FY2013 performance period. 

E 

LONG TERM INCENTIVE (LTI) 

How does the LTI plan operate? 

The LTI plan aligns reward with security holder value by tying this component of executive remuneration 
to the achievement of performance measures that underpin sustainable long term growth. 

Participation  in  the  LTI  plan  is  offered  to  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives,  and  certain  other 
employees nominated by the CEO and approved by the Board. For FY2014, the CEO was offered an LTI 
grant equivalent to 30 per cent of his total remuneration package. Other eligible Senior Executives were 
offered grants equivalent to 25 per cent of their total remuneration package. 

LTI  grants  are  made  in  the  form  of  performance  awards  under  the  Group’s  Performance  Awards  Plan 
(PAP)  at  no  cost  to  the  recipient.  Each  performance  award  is  an  entitlement  to  receive  a  fully  paid 
security, or an equivalent cash payment, on terms and conditions determined by the Board, subject to the 
achievement of certain vesting conditions linked to performance over a three year period. 

LTI grants are generally made twice per annum – once following the annual performance review (August) 
for Senior Executives excluding the CEO, and at a later date in November for the CEO. This is to allow the 
CEO’s grant of performance awards to be put to security holder vote at the AGM.

Two performance measures are used to determine the number of performance awards that will vest at the 
end of the performance period. Total Shareholder Return (TSR) provides a comparison for Transurban’s 
performance against those companies with which the Group competes for capital. Additionally, growth in 
Free  Cash  Flow  (FCF)  helps  to  retain  a  focus  on  maximisation  of  free  cash.  The  maximum  opportunity 
following these tests is capped at 100%. 

The  performance  awards  will,  subject  to  achievement  of  the  two  performance  measures  against  the 
vesting schedules, vest and be automatically exercised at the vesting date with no exercise price payable 
by the recipient. The Board will determine in its absolute discretion whether the performance awards will 
be  settled  in  securities  or  a  cash  payment  of  equivalent  value.  Due  to  legal  restrictions  on  the  issue  of 
securities to USA residents, the USA Senior Executive receives a cash payment upon vesting. 

279 

279

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Performance awards that do not vest after testing of the performance measures lapse without retesting. 
Performance awards are not transferable and do not carry voting or distribution rights. However securities 
allocated upon vesting of performance awards carry the same rights as other Transurban securities. 

What is the Group’s LTI allocation valuation methodology?

A fair value approach is applied for the TSR allocation. The Group is currently transitioning to a face value 
approach  (discounted  for  distributions)  for  the  FCF  component.  The  transition  is  over  3  years  and  all 
things  being  equal  there  will  be  a  decrease  in  the  number  of  awards  recipients  receive  until  the  new 
methodology is achieved. This transition will be completed for grants made during FY2016. 

What were the LTI performance measures for FY2014? 

Performance awards granted during the FY2014 are subject to a three year performance period and the 
following dual performance measures over that period:  

Measure

Description of measure

Relative TSR 
(50% weighting)

Relative TSR is measured against a bespoke comparator group comprising companies in the 
transport,  utilities,  real  estate,  telecommunications  and  construction  Global  Industry 
Classification Standards (GICS) sectors of the ASX 150. The 42 companies in this group are:

Abacus Property Group, AGL Energy Limited, Auckland International Airport Limited, Asciano 
Limited, Australand Property Group, APA Group, Aurizon Holdings Limited, BWP Trust, CFS 
Retail  Property  Trust  Group,  Charter  Hall  Group,  Commonwealth  Property  Office  Fund, 
Charter Hall Retail REIT, DUET Group, Dexus Property Group, Envestra Limited, Federation
Centres Limited, Goodman Group, GPT Group, iiNet Limited, Investa Office Fund, Leighton 
Holdings  Limited,  Lend  Lease  Group,  Mirvac  Group,  Monadelphous  Group  Limited, 
Macquarie  Atlas  Roads  Limited,  M2  Telecommunications  Group  Limited,  Qantas  Airways 
Limited,  Qube  Logistics  Holdings  Limited,  Shopping  Centres  Australasia  Property  Group, 
Stockland,  Spark  Infrastructure  Group,  SP  AusNet,  Sydney  Airport,  Transurban  Group, 
Telecom  Corporation  of  New  Zealand  Limited,  Telstra  Corporation  Limited,  Toll  Holdings 
Limited,  TPG  Telecom  Limited,  UGL  Limited,  Virgin  Australia  Holdings  Limited,  Westfield 
Group, Westfield Retail Trust.

TSR  measures  total  return  on  investment  of  a  security,  taking  into  account  both  capital 
appreciation and distributed income which was reinvested on a pre-tax basis.

For  performance  awards  granted  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  the  relative  TSR 
component will vest on a straight line basis if the Group’s relative TSR performance is above 
the  median  of  the  bespoke  comparator  group  at  the  end  of  the  performance  period,  in 
accordance with the following table:

TSR vesting schedule:
The Group’s relative TSR ranking in 
the comparator group
At or below the 50% percentile

Above the 50th percentile but below
the 75th percentile

% of performance awards that vest

Nil

Straight line vesting between 50 and 100

At or above the 75th percentile

100

280 

280 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Measure

Description of measure

Growth in FCF 
per security 
(50% weighting)

Within Transurban, Free Cash Flow (FCF) per security is defined as:
 The Group’s cash flow from operating activities;


less: cash flows from operating activities of non 100% owned assets;











add back: maintenance capital expenditure for 100% owned assets;

less: accounting charge for maintenance provision for the year;

less: actual tag expenditure in 100% owned assets;

add: dividends received from non 100% owned assets;

divided by: weighted average number of securities issued.

The FCF calculation is included in note 22 of the audited financial statements of Transurban 
Holdings Limited.

For performance awards granted during the year ended 30 June 2014, the FCF per security 
component  will  vest  based  on  the  Group's  compound  annual  growth  targets  translated  into 
annual FCF per security  over the three year performance period, as set out below:

Growth in FCF per security vesting schedule:

% annual growth in FCF per security 

% of performance awards that vest

Less than 12%

Nil

Between 12% and 15%

Straight line vesting between 50 and 100

15% or more

100

For performance awards granted during FY2015, the performance target range for growth in 
FCF per security is between 10.0 per cent and 13.0 per cent per annum.  This is calculated 
from a base of 35.0 cents per security for FY2014, which is aligned to the FY2014 distributions 
paid.  The Board has determined to use this base due to significant shifts in equity issued by 
the  Group  during  the  period,  in  particular  404.5  million  securities  issued  in  May  2014 
associated  with  the  Queensland  Motorways  acquisition.    The  35.0  cent  per  security  base  is 
considered  the  best  point  of  alignment  with  security  holders’  expectation  for  growth  in  free 
cash.  

Why were these LTI performance measures selected? 

The TSR target is a relative, external, market-based performance measure against those companies with 
which  the  Group  competes  for  capital.  It  provides  a  direct  link  between  executive  reward  and  security 
holder  return.  The  vesting  schedule  applied  is  in  line  with  market  practice,  with  straight  line  vesting 
between  50%  and  100%  for  performance  above  the  50th  percentile  up  to  the  75th  percentile  for 
performance against the comparator group. 

Growth  in  FCF  per security  reflects the  Group’s  continuing  focus  on  the  maximisation  of  free cash,  and 
has been used as an LTI performance measure since FY2013. 

Why has the FCF target for FY2014 of 12-15% increased from 6-9% in FY2013? 

Transurban  regularly  updates  its  corporate  model  to  reflect  the  latest  assumptions  regarding  traffic, 
operating  costs,  maintenance  costs,  discount  rates,  etc.  The  Transurban  Board  considers  the  Group’s 
potential  performance  over  any  given  three  year  period  and  relates  remuneration  incentives  to  these 
expectations.  Most  importantly,  it  is  the  Board’s  role  to  assess  the  realistic  nature  of  cash  flow 
expectations and set challenging but realistic targets. One target may be appropriate one year, but not so 
another  year.  The  completion  of  construction  for  the  M2  was  a  contributing  factor  for  the  change  in  the 
FCF target from FY2013 to FY2014.  

281 

281

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Why is a three year performance period used for LTIs? 

The three year performance period for LTI has been set in line with market practice. The Board continues 
to monitor market practice in this regard. 

How will the LTI performance targets be measured? 

Relative TSR 

The  Group  will  receive  an  independent  report  that  sets  out  the  Group's  TSR  growth  and  that  of  each 
company  in  the  bespoke  comparator  group.  A  volume  weighted  average  price  of  securities  for  the  20 
trading days up to and including the testing date is used in the calculation of TSR. 

The  level  of  TSR  growth  achieved  by  the  Group  will  be  given  a  percentile  ranking  having  regard  to  the 
Group’s  performance  compared  to  the  performance  of  other  companies  in  the  comparator  group  (the 
highest ranking company being ranked at the 100th percentile). This ranking will determine the extent to 
which performance awards subject to this target will vest. 

FCF per security 

The  Group's  FCF  per security  percentage  growth  rate  will  be  calculated  based  on  the FCF  per  security 
over the three year performance period. 

The Board considers these methods of measurement to be rigorous and transparent. 

What if a Senior Executive ceases employment? 

Under the terms of the service agreements for the CEO and other Senior Executives, if the CEO or other 
Senior Executive ceases employment with the Group before the performance measures are tested, their 
unvested performance awards would generally lapse, unless otherwise determined by the Board. 

What will happen in the event of a change in control? 

In the event of a takeover or change of control of the Group, the treatment of any unvested performance 
awards granted in FY2014 will be subject to the incumbent Board's discretion. 

282 

282 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

What was the grant, and movement in the number and value, of performance awards during 
FY2014? 

Eligible  Senior  Executives  (excluding  the  CEO)  received  performance  awards  with  a  grant  date  of  15 
August  2013.  Following  the  receipt  of  security  holder  approval  at  the  2013  AGM,  the  CEO  received 
performance awards with a grant date of 1 November 2013. All performance awards granted in FY2014 
vest subject to a performance period from 1 July 2013 through to 30 June 2016. 

The relevant values of the grants are as follows:  

Recipient

Grant date

Fair value of awards
at grant date1($)

Closing security 
price at grant 
date

Relative TSR FCF per security

Eligible Senior Executives 15 August 2013

CEO

1 November 2013

$3.24

$3.13

$6.07

$6.21

$6.89

$6.97

1 An explanation of the pricing model used to calculate these values is set out in note 34 to the audited financial statements.

Performance awards granted in FY2014  

Name

Current Senior Executives
S Charlton1

J Aument

W Ballantine

A Head

S Hogg

S Johnson

T Steinhilber

L Tobin

V Vassallo

Number of 
performance 
awards granted2

Value at 
grant date ($)

Maximum total value
of grant yet to vest3($)

382,292

74,494

62,630

94,767

105,633

62,630

78,267

79,980

79,980

1,713,466

1,713,466

334,159

280,940

425,098

473,841

280,941

351,084

358,768

358,768

334,159

280,940

425,098

473,841

280,941

351,084

358,768

358,768

1 The grant made to the CEO constituted his LTI entitlement for FY2014 and was made following security holder approval at the 2013 
AGM on the terms summarised above. Performance awards vest subject to performance over the period from 1 July 2013 through to 30 
June 2016.
2 The grants made to Senior Executives assume full vesting of their full LTI entitlement for FY2014 and were made on the terms 
summarised above. Performance awards vest subject to performance testing over the period from 1 July 2013 through to 30 June 2016. 
3 The maximum value of the grant has been estimated based on the fair value per award at date of grant. The minimum total value of the 
grant, if the applicable performance measures are not met, is nil.

283 

283

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

F 

LEGACY LTI PLANS 

The Group has a number of LTI plans that were offered in previous years, as detailed below:  

Plan

Grant date

FY2013 PAP

15 Aug 2012

FY2012 PAP

26 Sep 2011

FY2011 PAP

1 Nov 2010

19 Oct 2012 (CEO only)

11 Nov 2011 (CEO only)

Performance 
period

External 
performance 
measure (50% of 
grant)

Comparator 
group

1 Jul 2012 – 30 Jun 2015

1 Jul 2011 - 30 Jun 2014

TSR : 1 Nov 2010 - 1 Nov 
2013

EBITDA : 1 Jul 2010 - 30 
Jun 2013

Relative TSR

Relative TSR

Relative TSR

37 companies within 
a bespoke comparator 
group within the ASX150

33 companies within 
a bespoke comparator 
group within the ASX150

The S&P/ASX 100

Relative TSR

% of performance awards that vest

Vesting schedule

Above 50th percentile to 75th percentile Straight line vesting between 50%-100%

At or above the 75th percentile

100% vests

Internal 
performance 
measure (50% of 
grant)

Growth in free cash flow 
(FCF) per security

Growth in free cash flow 
(FCF) per security

Group's annual growth in 
proportional EBITDA

From 6% - 9%

From 7% - 10%

From 7% - 11%

Compound Growth

% of performance awards that vest

Vesting schedule

At target

From target % to stretch %

50% vests
Straight line vesting between 50% -
100%

At or above stretch %

100% vests

Current status

To be tested after 
30 Jun 2015

TESTED 71.59% vested 
on 30 Jun 2014

TESTED 86.51% vested 
on 1 Nov 2013

Awards on issue 814,965

–

–

Value of performance awards vested and lapsed in FY2014 

The FY2011 PAP vested on 1 November 2013.  

The outcome of the performance tests were as follows: 

Test type
TSR

Result of test
Transurban ranked 33 out of 93 companies (65.21%)

% units vest
80.42%

Proportional EBITDA

85% of the target EBITDA range was achieved

Overall vesting

92.60%

86.51%

284 

284 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

FY2011 PAP - Lapsed

FY2011 PAP - Vested

Number

Value ($)1

Number

Value ($)1

2,913

3,297

12,211

8,881

3,996

3,879

10,535

11,922

44,156

32,113

14,451

14,026

18,684

21,144

78,312

56,954

25,630

24,876

74,331

84,119

311,555

226,585

101,964

98,967

Current Senior Executives
J Aument2
W Ballantine2
A Head

S Hogg
S Johnson2
T Steinhilber2
Former Senior Executives

M Kulper

21,732

78,583

139,371

554,471

1 Based on the fair value at date of grant.
2 Awards granted prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP. Awards vested while the Senior Executive was a member 
of KMP. 

The FY2012 PAP vested on 30 June 2014.  

The outcome of the performance tests were as follows: 

Test type
TSR

Free Cash Flow

Overall vesting

Result of test
Transurban ranked 14 out of 31 companies (56.66%)

% units vest
63.32%

93.8 cents adjusted to 97.9 cents

79.86%

71.59%

Current Senior Executives

A Head

S Hogg

Former Senior Executives

FY2012 PAP - Lapsed

FY2012 PAP – Vested

Number

Value ($)1

Number

Value ($)1

30,616

28,785

116,784

109,799

77,150

72,535

314,102

295,314

M Kulper

31,739

121,070

79,982

325,629

1 Based on the fair value at date of grant.

The  Board  exercised  its  discretion  to  ensure  that  participants  in  the  FY2012  PAP  were  neither 
advantaged  nor  disadvantaged  as  a  result  of  the  Queensland  Motorways  (QM)  acquisition  and 
associated capital raising.  The issuance of 404.5 million new securities in May 2014 associated with the 
funding of the QM acquisition occurred in FY2014, while financial close of the QM acquisition occurred in 
FY2015.  The Board exercised its discretion to, in effect, exclude the new securities issued to fund the 
QM  acquisition from  the  number  of  securities  used  to  calculate  the  FY2014  Free  Cash Flow  (FCF)  per 
security  for  the  purposes  of  calculating  the  FCF  outcome  for  the  FY2012  PAP.  Interest  income  on  the 
equity  raised  prior  to  year  end  was  similarly  excluded  from  the  calculation.  The  targets  set  at  the 
beginning of the performance period (1 July 2011) were not adjusted.    

285 

285

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Number of performance awards on issue as at 30 June 2014 

The  number  of  performance  awards  held  by  members  of  KMP  as  at  30  June  2014  is  provided  below. 
Comparative data is shown for those Senior Executives who were members of KMP during both FY2014 
and FY2013.  

Balance at 
start of 
year

Granted 
during year as 
remuneration

Matured 
and paid 
during year

Lapsed 
or forfeited 
during year

Balance at 
the end 
of year

Current Senior Executives*

S Charlton

2014

2013

J Aument

2014

2013

W Ballantine

2014

2013

A Head

2014

2013

S Hogg

2014

2013

S Johnson

2014

2013

T Steinhilber

2014

2013

L Tobin

2014

2013

V Vassallo

2014

2013

684,6561
–

382,292
684,6561

(78,752)

–

–

–

988,196
684,6561

21,597
39,3652

24,441
44,4712

311,043

257,636

292,851

214,633

29,626
52,7712

28,755
53,7712

–

–

–

–

74,494

–

62,630

–

(18,684)
(17,768)3

(21,144)
(20,030)3

(2,913)

–

(3,297)

–

74,494

21,597

62,630

24,441

94,767

112,754

(155,462)

(59,347)

(42,827)

–

207,521

311,043

105,633

125,754

(129,489)

(47,478)

(37,666)

–

231,329

292,851

62,630

–

78,267

–

79,980

–

79,980

–

(25,630)
(23,145)3

(24,876)
(25,022)3

–

–

–

–

(3,996)

–

(3,879)

–

–

–

–

–

62,630

29,626

78,267

28,755

79,980

–

79,980

–

Former Senior Executives

M Kulper

2014
2013

508,549
491,675

–
178,830

(219,353)
(161,956)

(223,903)4
–

65,293
508,549

All Performance Awards granted or matured in FY14 (where applicable) in the table above were issued by Transurban and resulted or 
will result in one ordinary Transurban stapled security (or cash equivalent, as determined by the Board) per Performance Award granted 
or matured. 

* Lisa Tobin and Vin Vassallo joined the Group in February 2013 and did not receive a pro rata LTI grant in respect of FY2013. 
1 Scott Charlton’s number of performance awards granted during FY2013 includes 236,256 performance awards granted in September 
2012 as  a  sign-on award,  to  vest,  subject  to  his  continued  employment,  in  three  equal  tranches  on  the  first,  second  and  third 
anniversaries of his commencement with the Group. The first tranche (78,752) awards vested on 16 July 2013, and a second tranche 
(78,752) awards vested on 16 July 2014. Therefore as at the date of this report, Scott Charlton has 909,444 performance awards yet to 
vest of which 78,752 awards relate to his sign-on award.
2 Opening balance held prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP.
3 Awards matured and paid during the year occurred prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP.
4 Awards lapsed/forfeited includes pro rata forfeiture of grants made in FY2011, FY2012 and FY2013 in line with good leaver treatment.

286 

286 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

G 

REMUNERATION PAID TO THE CEO AND OTHER SENIOR EXECUTIVES 

Short-term employee benefits

Cash salary 
and fees

Cash 
STI2

Non-
monetary 
benefits3

Deferred 
STI4

Post-
employment 
benefits

Termination 
benefits

Super-
annuation

Current CEO

S Charlton

2014

2013

1,858,493

1,039,250

7,042

492,200

17,774

1,789,850

738,300

22,379

246,100

15,098

Current Other Senior Executives
J Aument1

2014

516,456

244,487

1,250

126,054

11,274

2013
W Ballantine1

2014

2013

A Head

2014

2013

S Hogg

2014

2013
S Johnson1

2014

2013
T Steinhilber1

2014

2013
L Tobin1

2014

2013
V Vassallo1

2014

2013

27,260

10,775

-

5,204

916

393,737

207,225

1,462

107,433

230,757

81,150

3,398

44,498

604,875

294,000

2,418

111,497

589,279

241,395

2,366

77,012

676,275

131,100

2,018

117,353

656,561

284,935

2,030

76,648

423,737

136,800

1,496

127,917

280,971

112,325

3,823

60,277

572,856

309,886

30,165

177,462

269,441

259,550

52,658

53,001

507,741

174,675

1,753

30,000

185,869

-

710

15,000

507,741

228,275

1,753

30,000

176,134

-

710

15,000

17,774

9,836

17,774

16,470

17,774

16,470

17,774

12,043

17,774

6,388

17,774

6,863

17,774

6,863

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Long-
term 
benefits

Long
service 
leave

-

-

-

-

21,430

15,368

13,053

12,696

21,368

13,674

8,661

23,829

Shared 
based 
benefits5

Total

1,484,748

4,899,507

1,302,848

4,114,575

192,748

1,092,269

3,534

47,689

96,404

26,851

845,465

411,858

474,344

1,517,961

441,434

1,380,652

485,938

1,451,826

407,426

1,457,744

98,710

38,665

815,095

531,933

8,531

208,931

1,325,605

-

-

-

-

-

58,491

699,529

109,235

841,178

-

208,442

109,235

894,778

-

198,707

287 

287

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Short-term employee benefits

Cash salary 
and fees

Cash 
STI2

Non-
monetary 
benefits3

Deferred 
STI4

Post-
employment 
benefits

Termination 
benefits

Super-
annuation

Shared 
based 
benefits5

Total

Long-
term 
benefits

Long
service 
leave

Former CEO

C Lynch

2014

2013

-

-

-

-

-

144,951

178,652

555

504,275

5,490

Former Other Senior Executives

-

-

-

-

-

(62,121)

-
6,103,6656

-

6,875,467

-

-

-

8,346

(341,435)

499,569

K Daley

2014

2013

M Kulper

2014

2013

E Mildwater

2014

2013

-

816,330

583,403 

-

-

-

-

-

-

53,262

(50,659)

13,725

2,912 300,6297

2,791

333,356

-

385,1687

1,608,259

1,067,296

362,264

15,482

120,168

10,997

-

485,161

-

-

-

-

-

1,525

(37,627)

13,725

-

-

-

28,977

1,441,431

3,046,615

-

-

-

(15,434)

(274,631)

172,719

1 The  dates  on  which  the  Senior  Executives  who  were  promoted  or  appointed  during  FY2013  are  the  dates  that  those  Senior  Executives 
commenced being a KMP. Their remuneration for the period during which they were members of KMP is disclosed in the table only.
2 The amount represents the cash STI payment to the Senior Executive for FY2014, which will be paid in August 2014.  Jennifer Aument and Tim 
Steinhilber also received a second and  final  payment in relation to the successful  delivery  of the 495 Express Lanes of $82,093  and $164,186 
respectively (paid in August 2013). 

3 Non-monetary benefits include Group insurance and expatriate allowances (where relevant).
4 A component of STI award is deferred into securities. In accordance with Accounting Standards, the deferred component will be recognised over 
the three year service period. The amount recognised in this table is the FY2014 accounting charge for unvested grants. 

5 In accordance with the requirements of the Accounting Standards, remuneration includes a proportion of the fair value of equity compensation 
granted or outstanding during the year (i.e. performance awards under the LTI plan). The fair value of equity instruments is determined as at the 
grant date and is progressively allocated over the vesting period. The amount included as remuneration may be different to the benefit (if any) that 
Senior Executives may ultimately realise should the equity instruments vest. The fair value of performance awards at the date of their grant has 
been independently determined in accordance with AASB 2. The fair value of the performance awards has  been valued applying a Monte Carlo 
simulation  to  model  Transurban’s  security  price  and  where  applicable,  the  TSR  performance  against  the  comparator  group  performance.  The 
assumptions underpinning these valuations are set out in note 34 to the audited financial statements.
6 The value for share based benefits for C Lynch includes all unvested LTI awards. In accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 2, these have 
been accounted as an acceleration of vesting. The amount that would have been recognised for services received from Chris Lynch as CEO of 
the Group over the remainder of the vesting period has been included in the table above. These awards will continue on foot in accordance with 
the original terms, with the applicable measures for each grant to be tested at the end of the applicable original performance period. These LTI 
awards may or may  not vest. Also included is  a cash payment  of $1,060,000 which  was made to Chris  Lynch in lieu of an LTI earned but not 
received for a six month period during his tenure in line with his contractual entitlement to receive an LTI award for every day employed by the 
Group. This payment was made in cash in August 2012. 
7The value for Deferred STI and share based benefits for M Kulper includes all unvested awards. In accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 
2, these have been accounted as an acceleration of vesting. The amount that would have been recognised for services received  from M Kulper 
as  President,  North  America  of  the  Group  over  the  remainder  of  the  vesting  period  has  been  included  in  the  table  above.  These  awards  will 
continue on foot in accordance with the original terms. The LTI awards may or may not vest.   

288 

288 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited 
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

H 

SERVICE AGREEMENTS 

The remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and other Senior Executives are formalised 
in service agreements which have no specified term. Under these agreements, the CEO and other Senior 
Executives are eligible to participate in STI and LTI plans. Some other key aspects of the agreements in 
place for FY2014 are outlined below:  

CEO

Other Senior Executives

Period of notice to 
terminate (Executive)

Period of notice to 
terminate (the Group*)

6 months

3 months

12 months

6 months

* Payment in lieu of the notice period may be provided (based on the executive's fixed remuneration). The Group may also terminate at 
any time without notice for serious misconduct.  

I 

ADDITIONAL REMUNERATION INFORMATION 

Employee Security Plans 

The Group operated the following broad employee based security plans in FY2014. 

ShareLink Incentive Plan 

Under the ShareLink Incentive Plan, subject to Board approval, an allocation of Transurban securities may 
be  made  to  eligible  employees  (excluding  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives)  in  recognition  of  the 
Group’s prior year performance. Eligible employees received a grant of 100 securities at no cost to them 
on  21  February  2014.  Due  to  legal  restrictions  on  the  issue  of  securities  to  USA  residents,  eligible 
employees in the USA received a cash payment of equivalent value in lieu of securities. 

Given  that  the  plan  is  designed  to  reward  employees  for the  Group's prior  year performance and is  not 
intended  to  serve  as  a  future  incentive,  there  are  no  performance  measures  attached  to  grants  of 
securities or cash payments under the plan. 

Securities  granted  under  the  plan  carry  a  three  year  holding  lock  from  the  grant  date  and  can  only  be 
traded once the holding lock expires or when employment with the Group ceases, whichever is earlier. 

ShareLink Investment Tax Exempt Plan and ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan 

The  ShareLink  Investment  Tax  Exempt  Plan  provides  eligible  employees  (excluding  the CEO  and  other 
Senior  Executives)  the  opportunity  to  invest  up  to  $1,000  per  year  in  Transurban  securities  on  a  tax 
exempt basis. Participants contribute up to $500 by way of salary sacrifice which is matched by the Group 
dollar for dollar. Security acquisitions are made quarterly in September, December, March and June each 
year. 

The ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan provides eligible employees (excluding the CEO and other 
Senior Executives) with the opportunity to contribute up to $5,000 per year by way of salary sacrifice to be 
invested  in  Transurban  securities.  The  Group  matches  participants’  contributions  dollar  for  dollar  up  to 
$3,000. The plan has a disposal restriction period of three years from the date of acquisition, including a 
12 month forfeiture period.  

Grants under both of these plans are designed to encourage employee security holdings and to align the 
interests of employees with those of the Group and are therefore not subject to performance measures. 

289 

289

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Dealing in Securities 

In accordance with the Group’s Dealing in Securities Policy, employees who have awards under a Group 
equity  plan may  not  hedge against  those  awards.  In  addition,  KMP  may  not  hedge  against  entitlements 
that have vested but remain subject to a holding lock. Employees and Directors are not permitted to obtain 
margin loans using Transurban securities (either solely or as part of a portfolio) as security for loans. 

Securities held by Senior Executives as at 30 June 2014 

The number of securities held by members of KMP as at 30 June 2014 is provided below. Comparative 
data is shown for those Senior Executives who were members of KMP during both FY2014 and FY2013. 

Current Senior Executives

Balance at 
start of year

Changes
during year

Balance at 
end of year

S Charlton

2014

2013

J Aument

2014

2013

W Ballantine

2014

2013

A Head

2014

2013

S Hogg

2014

2013

S Johnson

2014

2013

T Steinhilber

2014

2013

L Tobin

2014

2013

V Vassallo

2014

2013

10,000

–

–

–

3,988
2,8891

3,041

3,041

11,553

1,553

29,596
19,1291

–

–

–

–

10,538
10,0181

Former Senior Executives

M Kulper

2014
2013
1 Opening balance held prior to the Senior Executive becoming a member of KMP.
2 Balance removed on departure from the Group during FY2014.
3 Includes the FY2012 PAP awards which vested 30 June 2014. Refer section 4F. 

80,000
80,000

290 

290 

124,622

10,000

134,622

10,000

–

–

697

1,099

84,7193
–

129,4893
10,000

14,167

10,467

–

–

–

–

510

520

(80,000)2
–

–

–

4,685

3,988

87,760

3,041

141,042

11,553

43,763

29,596

–

–

–

–

11,048

10,538

–
80,000

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Securities held by Non-executive Directors as at 30 June 2014

Current Non-executive Directors

Balance at 
start of year

Changes 
during year

Balance at 
end of year

L Maxsted

2014

2013

N Chatfield

2014

2013

R Edgar

2014

2013

S Mostyn

2014

2013

C O'Reilly

2014

2013

R Slater

2014

2013

I Smith

2014

2013

Former Non-executive Directors

R Officer

2014

2013

1 Balance removed on resignation as a Director during the relevant year.

30,000

30,000

30,910

20,910

24,590

23,733

14,000

10,300

4,363

–

–

–

36,559

–

19,514

10,000

5,734

857

3,256

3,700

9,609

4,363

–

–

66,559

30,000

50,424

30,910

30,324

24,590

17,256

14,000

13,972

4,363

–

–

71,772

70,000

20,970

1,772

92,742

71,772

–

20,115

–
(20,115)1

–

–

291 

291

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

5  Link between Group performance, security holder wealth 

and remuneration 

The variable (or 'at risk') remuneration of the CEO and other Senior Executives is linked to the Group’s 
performance through the use of measures based on the operating performance of the business. 

A 

GROUP PERFORMANCE AND STI 

For  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  20  per  cent  of  the  STI  award  was  determined  with  reference  to 
proportional EBITDA, 20 per cent with reference to proportional net costs, and 10 per cent with reference 
to safety, as discussed on page 275. 

STI  is  an  ‘at  risk’  component  of  remuneration  –  payments  are  determined  based  on  the  following  three 
measures, and could result in zero payout if targets are not met. The maximum payment available to any 
Senior Executive is 150% of target. 

Proportional EBITDA 

The  proportional  EBITDA  result  for  FY2014  was  $934.1  million.  Excluding  the  effect  of  495  Express 
Lanes,  this  resulted  in  the  payment  of  113.7  per  cent  of  STIs  attributable  to  proportional  EBITDA.  The 
growth in EBITDA  was driven by the completion of the Hills  M2 Upgrade in August 2013 and continued 
cost and revenue recovery initiatives across all assets in the portfolio. 

Proportional net costs 

The proportional net costs result for the year ended 30 June 2014 was $182.6 million, an 11.8 per cent 
increase  from  the  prior  year  result.  This  resulted  in  the  payment  of  150%  of  STIs  attributable  to 
proportional net costs. On an underlying basis, shown in the table below, net costs increased 7.5% from 
the prior year result. The increase includes the impact of project development and acquisitions work in the 
current financial year. 

Net costs as reported

Prior year one-off items

TTMS impact – both periods

Safety 

FY14

182.6

-

4.2

FY13 % increase

163.4

11.8%

1.0

9.4

186.9

173.8

7.5%

For  the  year  ended  30  June  2014,  the  safety  performance  measure  resulted  in  a  100  per  cent  STI 
outcome. The target was a lead indicator that required the completion of safety development action plans.  
The target was split with equal weighting between employee/contractor (5 per cent) and customer (5 per 
cent) safety targets. The Group achieved the completion of 76 per cent of the defined safety development 
action plans.

292 

292 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

B 

GROUP PERFORMANCE AND LTI 

For the year ended 30 June 2014, LTIs were linked to relative TSR and FCF per security. 

Relative TSR 

Relative  TSR  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  is  measured  against  a  bespoke  comparator  group 
comprising companies in the transport, utilities, real estate, construction and infrastructure Global Industry 
Classification Standards (GICS) sectors of the ASX150. 

FCF per security 

The  performance  target  for  performance  awards  granted  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2014  was  a 
range for compound growth in FCF per security of between 12 per cent and 15 per cent  per annum over 
three years. It was considered an appropriate target that reflects the Group’s focus on the maximisation of 
free cash to drive security holder return. For performance awards granted during the year ending 30 June 
2015, the performance target range for compound growth in FCF per security per annum is between 10.0 
per cent and 13.0 per cent. 

The table below summarises the Group’s five year results for the relevant performance measures. These 
results show that since the year ended 30 June 2010, Transurban’s distribution policy has been to align 
distributions  with  FCF  per  security.  Since  that  time,  Transurban  has  delivered  consistent  growth  on  this 
measure  based  on  consistent  revenue  and  EBITDA  growth.  Based  on  investor  feedback,  this  remains 
Transurban’s financial focus.

Group Performance  

Measure

Security price at year end

Distribution paid per security
Underlying proportional EBITDA - $m1
TSR performance2

TSR rank position3

2014

$7.39

35.0c

934.1

17%

2013

$6.76

31.0c

828.0

25%

33 / 934
14 / 315

12 / 896

2011

$5.23

27.0c

718.7

32%

2010

$4.24

24.0c

635.4

10%

n/a

n/a

2012

$5.69

29.5c

784.0

15%

35 / 86

6 / 86 
19 / 867
29.8c

33.9

FCF per security performance - weighted 
average
1 In the current and prior year, LTIs were linked to relative TSR and FCF per security. In earlier years, LTIs were linked to relative TSR 
and proportional EBITDA.
2 The TSR performance is the total security holder return for that financial year
3 This is the TSR ranking position for the LTI that vests during the financial year
4 FY2011 PAP that vested 1 November 2013
5 FY2012 PAP that vested 30 June 2014
6 FY2010 PAP that vested November 2012 (testing as at 30 June 2012) 
7 FY2009 PAP tested in three tranches 

27.4c

30.1c

27.5c

293 

293

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

6 Non-executive director remuneration 

A 

REMUNERATION POLICY 

The diagram below sets out the key objectives of the Group’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy 
and how they are achieved through the Group’s remuneration framework:

Securing and retaining talented, 
qualified Directors

Preserving independence and 
impartiality

Aligning Director and 
security holder interests







Director fee levels are set with 
regards to: the responsibilities and 
risks attached to the role, the time 
commitment and workload 
expected, the Director’s experience 
and expertise, and market 
benchmark data provided by 
remuneration consultants

Director remuneration consists of 
base (Director) fees and 
Committee fees. No element of 
Director remuneration is 'at risk' 
(i.e. fees are not based on the 
performance of the Group or 
individual Directors from year to 
year).

Directors are encouraged to 
hold Transurban securities

B 

REMUNERATION ARRANGEMENTS 

Maximum aggregate remuneration 

The amount of aggregate remuneration that may be paid to Non-executive Directors in any year is capped 
at a level approved by security holders. The current aggregate fee pool of $2,400,000 per year (inclusive 
of superannuation contributions) was approved by security holders at the 2010 Annual General Meeting. 
No change to this amount is proposed for FY2015.

The aggregate fee pool and the manner in which it is apportioned amongst Non-executive Directors are 
reviewed  annually.  The  Remuneration  and  Human  Resources  Committee  undertakes  this  review  and 
makes  recommendations  to  the  Board.  In  conducting  the  review,  the  Committee  considers  market 
benchmark data from independent remuneration consultants. 

Non-executive Director fees for FY2014

Non-executive Director (base) fees have not increased since 2010.  

Current base fees and Committee fees per year are set out below: 

Board

Audit and Risk Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration and Human Resources Committee

Chair fee $

Member fee $

455,000

40,000

10,000

30,000

170,000

20,000

10,000

20,000

The Chair of the Board does not receive any additional fees for Committee responsibilities. The Chair of 
each Committee only receives the Chair fee (and not a member fee). 

Non-executive Directors are permitted to be paid additional fees for special duties or exertions. No such 
fees were paid during FY2014. Non-executive Directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for all business 
related expenses, including travel, as may be incurred in the discharge of their duties. 

294 

294 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Retirement benefits 

Non-executive Directors are not entitled to any retirement benefits.  

ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan 

Under the ShareLink Investment Tax Deferred Plan, Non-executive Directors are able to sacrifice up to 50 
per  cent  of  their  pre-tax  fees  to  acquire  up  to  $5,000  of  Transurban  securities  each  year.  No  securities 
were issued to Non-executive Directors under the plan during FY2014.  

C 

REMUNERATION PAID TO NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 

Non-executive Director remuneration for FY2014 and FY2013 is set out below: 

Short-term benefits

Fees

Post-employment benefits
Superannuation1

Current Non-executive Directors

L Maxsted

2014

2013

N Chatfield

2014

2013

R Edgar

2014

2013

S Mostyn

2014

2013

C O'Reilly 

2014

2013

R Slater

2014

2013

I Smith 

2014

2013

Former Non-executive Directors

R Officer (resigned 7 August 2012)

2014

2013

Total

2014

2013

437,925

438,716

222,825

223,625

212,825

211,119

183,570

183,608

183,570

181,229

197,023

194,070

155,973

155,967

-

18,832

1,593,711

1,607,166

17,774

16,470

17,774

16,470

17,774

16,470

16,980

16,470

16,980

16,247

-

-

14,427

14,037

-

1,695

101,709

97,859

Total

455,699

455,186

240,599

240,095

230,599

227,589

200,550

200,078

200,550

197,476

197,023

194,070

170,400

170,004

-

20,527

1,695,420

1,705,025

1 Superannuation contributions made on behalf of Non-executive Directors to satisfy the Group’s obligations under applicable 
superannuation guarantee legislation.

295 

295

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

D 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR RELATED PARTY INFORMATION 

Rodney  Slater  is  a  partner  in  the  public  policy  practice  group  of  Squire  Patton  Boggs  (US)  LLP.
Transurban used Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP during the year ended 30 June 2014 for various lobbying 
activities  in  the  USA.  This  relationship  is  based  on  normal  commercial  terms.  US$180,144  was  paid  to 
Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP during FY2014.

Lindsay  Maxsted  is  Chairman  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of Westpac  Banking  Corporation. Westpac 
provides  transactional  banking  and  loan  facilities  to  Transurban.  This  relationship  is  based  on  normal 
commercial terms. 

Neil  Chatfield  is  Chairman  and  a  Non-executive  Director  of  Seek  Limited.  Seek  provides  employment 
advisory services to Transurban. This relationship is based on normal commercial terms. 

Neil Chatfield is also Chairman of, and Samantha Mostyn is a Non-executive Director of, Virgin Australia 
Holdings  Limited.  Transurban  uses  air  travel  services  provided  by  Virgin  Australia.  This  relationship  is 
based on normal commercial terms. 

Christine O’Reilly is a Non-executive Director of Energy Australia. Energy Australia is one of Transurban’s 
electricity providers in NSW and Queensland. This relationship is based on normal commercial terms. 

296 

296 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued) 

Non-audit services
The Group has an "External Auditor Independence" policy which is intended to support the independence of the 
external  auditor  by  regulating the  provision  of services  by  the  external  auditor.  The  external  auditor  will  not be 
engaged  to  perform  any  service  that  may  impair  or  be  perceived  to  impair  the  external  auditor's  judgement  or 
independence. The external auditor will only provide a permissible non-audit service where there is a compelling 
reason for it to do so. All non-audit services must be pre-approved by the Chief Financial Officer (services less 
than $5,000) or the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee (in all other cases).

The  Board  has  considered  the  position  and,  in  accordance  with  advice  received  from  the  Audit  and  Risk 
Committee,  is  satisfied  that  the  provision  of  the  non-audit  services  is  compatible  with  the  general  standard  of 
independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001. The Directors are satisfied that the provision of 
non-audit services by the auditor, as set out below, did not compromise the auditor independence requirements 
of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons: 

 

the Audit and Risk Committee reviews the non-audit services to ensure they do not impact the impartiality and 
objectivity of the auditor; and 

  none of  the services  undermine  the  general  principles  relating  to  auditor  independence  as  set  out in  APES 
110  Code  of  Ethics  for  Professional  Accountants  ,  including  reviewing  or  auditing  the  auditor’s  own  work, 
acting  in  a  management  or  a  decision  making  capacity  for  the  Group,  acting  as  advocate  for  the  Group  or 
jointly sharing economic risk and rewards. 

During the year the following fees were paid or payable for audit and non-audit services provided by the auditor 
of TIL, its related practices and non-related audit firms:

Amounts received or due and receivable by PricewaterhouseCoopers
Audit and review of financial reports
Total remuneration for PricewaterhouseCoopers
Total auditors remuneration

2014
$

2013
$

52,000
52,000
52,000

52,000
52,000
52,000

Indemnification and insurance 
Each  officer  (including  each  Director)  of  the  Group  is  indemnified,  to  the  maximum  extent  permitted  by  law, 
against any liabilities incurred as an officer of the Group pursuant to agreements with the Group. Each officer is 
also  indemnified  against  reasonable  costs  (whether  legal  or  otherwise)  incurred  in  relation  to  relevant 
proceedings in which the officer is involved because the officer is or was an officer.

The  Group  has  arranged  to  pay  a  premium  for  a  Directors  and  officers  liability  insurance  policy  to  indemnify 
directors and officers in accordance with the terms and conditions of the policy.

This policy is subject to a confidentiality clause which prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability covered, 
the name of the insurer, the limit of liability and the premium paid for this policy.

Auditor's independence declaration
A copy of the auditor's independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is 
set out on page 299.

Rounding of amounts
The Group  is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission,  relating  to  the  'rounding  off'  of  amounts  in  the  Directors'  report.  Amounts  in  the  Directors'  report 
have been rounded off in accordance with that Class Order to the 0.1 million dollars, or in certain cases, to the 
nearest dollar.

297 

297

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' report
30 June 2014
(continued)

Auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers continues in office in accordance with section 327 of the Corporations Act 2001.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of Directors.

Lindsay Maxsted
Director

Scott Charlton
Director

Melbourne
5 August 2014

298 

298 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
299

2014 Transurban Annual ReportTransurban International Limited ABN 90 121 746 825
Annual report - 30 June 2014

Contents

Financial statements
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Directors' declaration
Independent auditor's report to the members

Page

301
302
303
304
305
306
356
357

This  financial  report  covers  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  consolidated  entity  consisting  of 
Transurban  International  Limited  and  its  subsidiaries.  The  financial  report  is  presented  in  the  Australian 
currency.

Transurban International Limited is incorporated and domiciled in Australia.

Its registered office is: 

Level 23
727 Collins Street
Docklands VIC 3008 

The financial statements were authorised for issue by the Directors on  5 August 2014. The Directors have the 
power to amend and reissue the financial statements.

We have ensured that our corporate reporting is timely and complete and available globally. All releases to the 
ASX and the media, financial reports and other information are available on our website: www.transurban.com

300 

300 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Notes

4

5

6

10

7

Revenue
Toll, fee and other road revenue
Construction revenue
Management, business development and other revenue

Administration costs
Road operating costs
Business development costs
Construction costs

Profit before depreciation and amortisation, net finance costs, equity 
accounted investments and income tax

Depreciation and amortisation expense

k
Finance costs

Share of net profits / (losses) of equity accounted investments

Loss before income tax
Income tax benefit/(expense)

Loss for the year

Loss is attributable to:
Ordinary equity holders of the Group
Non-controlling interests

Loss per share for loss attributable to the ordinary equity holders of 
the Group:
Basic earnings per security
Diluted earnings per security

31
31

2014
$M

3.8
37.2
37.9

78.9

(11.2)
(22.9)
(8.9)
(33.0)

(76.0)

2013
$M

-
31.2
40.9

72.1

(9.0)
(9.9)
(19.5)
(21.8)

(60.2)

2.9

11.9

(4.0)

(0.4)

(126.5)

(26.1)

93.8

(28.2)

(33.8)
22.8

(11.0)

19.5
(30.5)

(11.0)

(42.8)
(4.4)

(47.2)

(47.2)
-

(47.2)

Cents

Cents

1.3
1.3

(3.2)
(3.2)

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

301

301

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban International Limited
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations, net of tax
Blank
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive profit for the year is attributable to:

Members of the Group
Non-controlling interests

2014
$M

(11.0)

61.0
(42.1)

18.9

7.9

38.4
(30.5)

7.9

2013
$M

(47.2)

27.4
(26.0)

1.4

(45.8)

(45.8)
-

(45.8)

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes.

302 

302 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
ASSETS
Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Current tax receivables

Total current assets

Non-current assets
Equity accounted investments
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Intangible assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities

Trade and other payables
Provisions
Other liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Borrowings
Derivative financial instruments

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net liabilities

EQUITY
Contributed equity
Reserves
Accumulated losses
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Transurban International Limited
Consolidated balance sheet
As at 30 June 2014

Notes

8
9

10
12
13
14

15
17
18

17
13
16
11

19
20
20
27

2014
$M

146.7
11.9
-

158.6

-
1.4
55.2
1,965.2

2,021.8

2,180.4

947.1
5.8
8.1

961.0

9.0
54.6
1,171.3
41.4

1,276.3

2,237.3

2013
$M

4.8
19.3
0.5

24.6

228.6
1.8
8.9
-

239.3

263.9

521.1
6.6
6.0

533.7

-
-
-
-

-

533.7

(56.9)

(269.8)

276.3
(46.2)
(394.7)
107.7

(56.9)

216.0
(71.6)
(414.2)
-

(269.8)

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

303 

303

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Attributable to members of Transurban 
International Limited

Notes

Contributed 
equity
$M

Reserves
$M

Accumulated 
losses
$M

Non-
controlling
interests
$M

Total
$M

205.1

(72.8)

(367.0)

(234.7)

-

-

-

-

1.4

1.4

(47.2)

(47.2)

-

1.4

(47.2)

(45.8)

19

20

8.0
2.6

0.1

0.2

10.9

216.0

-
-

(0.2)

-

(0.2)

(71.6)

-
-

-

-

-

8.0
2.6

(0.1)

0.2

10.7

(414.2)

(269.8)

216.0

(71.6)

(414.2)

(269.8)

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

Total 
equity
$M

(234.7)

(47.2)

1.4

(45.8)

8.0
2.6

(0.1)

0.2

10.7

(269.8)

(269.8)

-

-

-

59.4
0.9

-
-

-

60.3

276.3

-

18.9

18.9

-
-

(0.4)
6.9

-

6.5

19.5

-

19.5

-
-

-
-

-

-

19.5

18.9

38.4

59.4
0.9

(0.4)
6.9

-

66.8

(46.2)

(394.7)

(164.6)

(30.5)

(11.0)

-

(30.5)

18.9

7.9

-
-

-
(6.9)

145.1

138.2

107.7

59.4
0.9

(0.4)
-

145.1

205.0

(56.9)

Balance at 1 July 2012

Comprehensive income

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:
Contributions of equity, net of 
transaction costs
Distribution reinvestment plan
Changes in value of share-
based payment reserve
Deferred Short Term 
Incentives securities issued

Balance at 30 June 2013

Balance at 1 July 2013 

Comprehensive income

Profit  for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:
Contributions of equity, net of 
transaction costs
Distribution reinvestment plan
Changes in fair value of share-
based payment reserve
Transactions with NCI

Equity contributions

19
19

20
20

Balance at 30 June 2014

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying 
notes.

304 

304 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers (inclusive of GST)

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of GST)

Payments for maintenance of intangible assets

Interest paid

Tax refunds
Net cash (outflow) from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

Payment for investments in equity accounted investments

Payments for intangible assets

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Loans from related parties

Repayment of loans to related parties
Proceeds from issue of shares

Proceeds from borrowings

Net cash inflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

8

Transurban International Limited
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2014

Notes

30

3

2014
$M

81.9

(77.3)

(0.5)

(10.1)

0.5
(5.5)

(232.0)

(38.5)

(5.0)

(275.5)

731.1

(339.5)
                      -

19

32.4

424.0

143.0

4.8

(1.1)

146.7

2013
$M

58.1

(61.2)

-

(1.5)

-
(4.6)

-

(207.8)

-

(207.8)

216.5

(16.4)
8.0

-

208.1

(4.3)

9.1

-

4.8

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

305 

305

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014

Contents of the notes to the consolidated financial statements

Summary of significant accounting policies
Segment information
Business combinations
Revenue
Expenses
Net finance costs
Income tax expense
Current assets - Cash and cash equivalents
Current assets - Trade and other receivables

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 Equity accounted investments
11 Derivative financial instruments
12 Non-current assets - Property, plant and equipment
13 Deferred tax assets and liabilities
14 Non-current assets - Intangible assets
15 Current liabilities - Trade and other payables
16 Borrowings
17 Provisions
18 Current liabilities - Other current liabilities
19 Contributed equity
20 Reserves and accumulated losses
21 Dividends
22 Remuneration of auditors
23 Intra-group Guarantees
24 Commitments
25 Related party transactions
26 Subsidiaries
27 Non-controlling interests
28 Parent entity financial information
29 Events occurring after the reporting period
30 Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities
31 Earnings per share
32 Share-based payments
33 Key management personnel compensation
34 Critical accounting estimates and judgements
35 Financial risk management

Page

307
322
325
327
328
328
328
329
329
329
332
333
334
335
336
336
337
339
339
341
342
342
342
343
344
345
345
346
347
347
348
349
352
352
353

306 

306 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set 
out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

(a) Basis of preparation

These  general  purpose  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  Australian  Accounting 
Standards,  other  authoritative  pronouncements  of  the  Australian  Accounting  Standards  Board,  Urgent  Issues 
Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.

The  Group's  current  liabilities  exceed  its  current  assets  by  $802.4  million  as  at  30  June  2014.  This  reflects  a 
number of specific factors primarily related to an intercompany loan payable of $351.0 million to another entity 
within  the  Transurban  Group  and  term  debt  of  $400.0  maturing  within  12  months.  As  at  30  June  2014,  the 
Transurban  Group  comprises  Transurban  Holdings  Limited,  Transurban  Holding  Trust  and  Transurban 
International Limited, traded and quoted on the Australian Stock Exchange as one triple stapled security. Under 
the  stapling  arrangement,  each  entity  directly  and/or  indirectly  supports  each  entity  and  its  controlled  entities 
within the Transurban Group on a continual basis. The financial report has been prepared on a going concern 
basis.

Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Transurban  International  Limited  also  comply  with  International 
Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

New and amended standards adopted by the group
The Group has amended some of its accounting policies as the result of new or revised accounting standards 
which became effective for the annual reporting period commencing on 1 July 2013.

The affected policies and standards are:

(i)  AASB  2012-2  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  -  Disclosures  -  Offsetting  Financial  Assets 
and Financial Liabilities.

AASB 2012-2 resulted in amendments being made to AASB 7 Financial Instruments - Disclosure which requires 
additional  disclosures  when  entities  offset  financial  assets and  liabilities  within  their  financial  statements.  As a 
result  of  this  amendment  to  AASB  7  the  Group  has  expanded  its  disclosures  about  the  offsetting  of  financial 
assets and liabilities (see Note 11).

307 

307

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(a) Basis of preparation (continued)

Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) (continued)
(ii) AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, AASB 11 Joint Arrangements, AASB 12 Disclosure of Interests 
in Other Entities, revised AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements, AASB 128 Investments in Associates and 
Joint  Ventures,  AASB 2011-7  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  arising  from  the  Consolidation 
and  Joint  Arrangements  Standards  and  AASB  2012-10  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  - 
Transition Guidance and Other Amendments.

AASB  10  replaces  all  of  the  guidance  on  control  and  consolidation  in  AASB  127  Consolidated  and  Separate 
Financial Statements, and Interpretation 112 Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities. The core principle that a 
consolidated  entity  presents  a  parent  and  its  subsidiaries  as  if  they  are  a  single  economic  entity  remains 
unchanged, as do the mechanics of consolidation. However the standard introduces a single definition of control 
that applies to all entities. It focuses on the need to have both power and rights or exposure to variable returns 
before  control  is  present.  Power  is  the  current  ability  to  direct  the  activities  that  significantly  influence  returns. 
Returns must vary and can be positive, negative or both.

In accordance with the transitional provisions of AASB 10, the Group reassessed the control conclusions for its 
investments  at  1  July  2013.  Based  on  this  reassessment  no  changes  have  been  made  regarding  our 
assessment of control over any entities where the Group has an equity interest.

AASB 11 introduces a principles based approach to accounting for joint arrangements. The focus is no longer on 
the legal structure of joint arrangements, but rather on how rights and obligations are shared by the parties to the 
joint arrangement. AASB 11 also provides guidance for parties that participate in joint arrangements but do not 
share joint control.

The  Group  has  re-evaluated  its  involvement  in  its  joint  arrangements  at  1  July  2013  and  has  re-classified  its 
investments  from  jointly  controlled  entities  to  joint  ventures.  Notwithstanding  the  reclassification,  these 
investments continue to be accounted for using the equity method and accordingly there has been no impact on 
the recognised assets, liabilities and comprehensive income of the Group.

AASB  12  sets  out  the  required  disclosures  for  entities  reporting  under  the  two  new  standards,  AASB  10  and 
AASB 11, and replaces the disclosure requirements currently found in AASB 127 and AASB 128. As a result of 
IFRS  12,  the  Group  has  expanded  its  disclosures  about  its  interests  in  subsidiaries  (see  Note  26)  and  equity 
accounted investees (see Note 10).

Amendments to AASB 128 provide clarification that an entity continues to apply the equity method and does not 
re-measure its retained interest as part of ownership changes where a joint venture becomes an associate, and 
vice versa. The amendments also introduce a ‘partial disposal’ concept. The Group has determined that these 
amendments have no impact on the financial statements of the Group.

308 

308 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(a) Basis of preparation (continued)

Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) (continued)
(iii)  AASB  13  Fair  Value  Measurement  and  AASB  2011-8  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards 
arising from AASB 13

AASB  13  establishes  a  single  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  and  making  disclosures  about  fair  value 
measurements, when such measurements are required or permitted by other AASBs. In particular, it unifies the 
definition of fair value as the price at which an orderly transaction to sell an asset or to transfer a liability would 
take  place  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  It  also  replaces  and expands  the  disclosure 
requirements  about  fair  value  measurements  in  other  AASBs,  including  AASB  7  Financial  Instruments: 
Disclosures. As a result, the Group has included additional disclosures in this regard (see Note 35).

In  accordance  with  the  transitional  provisions  of  AASB  13,  the  Group  has  applied  the  new  fair  value 
measurement  guidance  prospectively,  and  has  not  provided  any  comparative  information  for  new  disclosures. 
Notwithstanding the above, the change has not had a material impact on the measurement of the Group’s assets 
and liabilities.

(iv)  AASB  2011-4  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  to  Remove  Individual  Key  Management 
Personnel Disclosure Requirements

The AASB has decided to remove the individual key management personnel (KMP) disclosure requirements from 
AASB  124  Related  Party  Disclosures,  to  achieve  consistency  with  the  international  equivalent  standard  and 
remove  a  duplication  of  the  requirements  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001.  This  amendment  has  reduced  the 
disclosures  required  in  the  notes  to  the  financial  statements  however  it  has  not  affected  any  of  the  amounts 
recognised in the financial statements.

Early adoption of standards
The  Group  has  elected  to  early  adopt  AASB  2013-3  Amendments  to  AASB  136  -  Recoverable  Amount 
Disclosures  for  Non-Financial  Assets,  which  amends  the  disclosure  requirements  in  AASB  136  Impairment  of 
Assets.  The  amendments  include  the  requirement  to  disclose  additional  information  about  the  fair  value 
measurement when the recoverable amount of impaired assets is based on fair value less costs of disposal, and 
may result in additional disclosures if the group recognises an impairment loss or the reversal of an impairment 
loss during the year. The application date for the Group would have been 1 July 2014, but the Group has early 
adopted as of 1 July 2013.

The  adoption  of  this  new  standard  has  not  had  a  significant  impact  on  the  disclosure  within  the  financial 
statements.

Historical cost convention

These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  under  the  historical  cost  convention,  as  modified  by  the 
revaluation of other financial assets and liabilities.

Rounding of amounts

The  Group  is  of a  kind  referred  to  in  Class  Order  98/100, issued  by  the  Australian  Securities  and Investments 
Commission,  relating  to  the  'rounding  off'  of  amounts  in  the  financial  statements.  Amounts  in  the  financial 
statements  have  been  rounded  off  in accordance  with  that Class  Order  to  the  nearest  0.1  million  dollars,  or  in
certain cases, to the nearest thousand `dollars.

(b) Principles of consolidation

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries  are  all  those  entities  which  the  Group  controls.  The  Group  controls  an  entity  when  the  group  is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those 
returns through its power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity.

309 

309

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(b) Principles of consolidation (continued)

Subsidiaries (continued)
Subsidiaries  are  fully  consolidated  from  the  date  on  which  control  is  transferred  to  Group.  They  are  de-
consolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by Group (refer to note 1(h)).

Associates and joint ventures

Associates are all entities over which Group has significant influence but not control. Interests in joint ventures 
are where the Group jointly controls an entity with another party (refer to note 10).

Investments  in  associates  and  joint  ventures  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting,  after 
initially being recognised at cost.

Under AASB 11 Joint Arrangements investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or 
joint ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor, rather than 
the legal structure of the joint arrangement. The Group has joint ventures and does not have any joint operations.

The  Group's  share  of  its  associates'  and  joint  ventures'  post-acquisition  profits  or  losses  is  recognised  in  the 
income  statement,  and  its  share  of  post-acquisition  movements  in  reserves  is  recognised  in  reserves.  The 
cumulative  post-acquisition  movements  are  adjusted  against  the  carrying  amount  of  the  investment. When  the 
Group's  share  of  losses in  an  associate  or  joint  venture  equals or  exceeds  its  interest  in  the  associate  or  joint 
venture,  the  Group  does  not  recognise  further  losses.  Dividends  received  from  associates  and  joint  ventures 
reduce the carrying amount of the investment.

(c) Segment reporting

Financial  results  of  the  operating  segments  are  reported  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  internal  reporting 
provided to the Chief Executive Officer (the chief operating decision maker) and the Executive Committee who 
report  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO).  This  includes  a  proportional  income  statement  per  operating 
segment and consolidated financial statements for the Group.

(d) Foreign currency translation

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the  dates  of  the  transactions.  Foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the  settlement  of  such 
transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in  foreign  currencies  are  recognised  in  the  consolidated  income  statement,  except  when  they  are  deferred  in 
equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net 
investment in a foreign operation.

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates 
at  the  date  when  the  fair  value  was  determined.  Translation  differences  on  assets  and  liabilities  carried  at  fair 
value  are  reported  as  part  of the  fair  value  gain  or  loss.  For  example,  translation  differences  on  non-monetary 
financial assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or 
loss  as part of  the fair  value gain  or loss and  translation  differences  on  non-monetary  financial assets such  as 
equities classified as available-for-sale financial assets are included in the fair value reserve in equity.

310 

310 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(d) Foreign currency translation (continued)

Foreign operations
The  results  and  financial  position  of  all  Group  entities  that  have  a  functional  currency  different  from  the 
presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows: 

  assets and liabilities  for each balance sheet  presented are translated  at  the  closing  rate at  the date of  that 

balance sheet; 

 

income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not 
a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which 
case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and 
  all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income. 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of any net investment in foreign entities, and 
of  borrowings  and  other  financial  instruments  designated  as  hedges  of  such  investments,  are  taken  to 
shareholders' equity.

(e) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows: 

  Toll charges and related fees are recognised when the charge is incurred by the user. 

  Business development revenue is recognised when earned, and to the extent of costs incurred and that these 

costs will be recovered. 

 

Interest income is recognised using the effective interest rate method. 

  During  the  construction  phase  of  service  concession  infrastructure  assets,  the  Group  records  an  intangible 
asset  representing  the  right  to  charge  users  of the infrastructure  and  recognises  construction  revenue  from 
the  construction  of  the  infrastructure.  Revenue  and  expenses  associated  with  construction  contracts  are 
recognised in accordance with the percentage of completion method. 

(f)

Income tax

The  income  tax  expense  or  benefit  for  the  period  is  the  tax  payable  or  benefit  on  the  current  period’s  taxable 
income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets 
and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the 
end  of  the  reporting  period  in  the  countries  where  the  Group  operates  and  generates  taxable  income. 
Management  periodically  evaluates  positions  taken  in  tax  returns  with  respect  to  situations  in  which  applicable 
tax  regulation  is  subject  to  interpretation.  It  establishes  provisions  where  appropriate  on  the  basis  of  amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

311 

311

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(f)

Income tax (continued)

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the 
tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, 
the  deferred  income  tax  is  not  accounted  for  if  it  arises  from  initial  recognition  of  an  asset  or  liability  in  a
transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor 
taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantially  enacted  by  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  and  are  expected  to  apply  when  the  related  deferred 
income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  unused  tax  losses  only  if  it  is 
probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and 
tax bases of investments in foreign operations where the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of 
the temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and 
tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a 
net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current  and  deferred  tax  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement,  except  to  the  extent  that  it  relates  to  items 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income, or directly in equity, respectively.

Investment allowances

Companies  within  Group  may  be  entitled  to  claim  special  tax  deductions  for  investments  in  qualifying  assets 
(investment  allowances).  The  Group  accounts  for  such  allowances  as  tax  credits,  which  means  that  the 
allowance reduces income tax payable and current tax expense. A deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed 
tax credits that are carried forward as tax losses.

(g) Leases

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to Group as lessee 
are  classified  as  operating  leases  (note  24).  Payments  made  under  operating  leases  (net  of  any  incentives 
received from the lessor) are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Lease incentives are recognised as a reduction of the rental expense over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

(h) Business combinations

The  acquisition  method  of  accounting  is  used  to  account  for  all  business  combinations,  including  business 
combinations involving entities or businesses under common control, regardless of whether equity instruments or 
other  assets  are  acquired.  The  consideration  transferred  for  the  acquisition  of  a  subsidiary  comprises  the  fair 
values  of  the  assets  transferred,  the  liabilities  incurred  and  the  equity  interests  issued  by  the  Group.  The 
consideration  transferred  also  includes  the  fair  value  of  any  contingent  consideration  arrangement  and  the  fair 
value  of  any  pre-existing  equity  interest  in  the  subsidiary.  Acquisition-related  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred. 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination  are, with 
limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition 
basis,  the  Group  recognises  any  non-controlling  interest  in  the  acquiree  either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-
controlling interest's proportionate share of the acquiree's net identifiable assets.

312 

312 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(h) Business combinations (continued)

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the 
acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group's share 
of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the 
net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the 
difference is recognised directly in the income statement as a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted 
to their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity's incremental  borrowing 
rate,  being  the  rate  at  which  a  similar  borrowing  could  be  obtained  from  an  independent  financier  under 
comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent  consideration  is  classified  either  as  equity  or  a  financial  liability.  Amounts  classified  as  a  financial 
liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

(i)

Impairment of assets

At  each  reporting  date,  the  Group  assesses  whether  there  is  any  indication  that  an  asset  may  be  impaired. 
Where an indicator of impairment exists, the Group makes an estimate of the recoverable amount. Where the 
carrying  amount  of  an  asset  exceeds  its  recoverable  amount  the  asset  is  considered  impaired  and  is  written 
down  to  its  recoverable  amount  through  the  income  statement.  The  decrement  in  the  carrying  amount  is 
recognised as an expense in the income statement in the reporting period in which the impairment occurs.

Recoverable  amount  is  the  greater  of  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  and  value  in  use.  For  the  purposes  of 
assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash 
inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating 
units).

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
asset.

(j) Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes 
cash  on  hand,  deposits  held  at  call  with  financial  institutions,  other  short-term,  highly  liquid  investments  with 
original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are 
subject  to  insignificant  risk  of  changes  in  value,  and  bank  overdrafts.  Bank  overdrafts  are  shown  within 
borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet.

313 

313

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(k)

Investments and other financial assets

Classification
The Group classifies its investments and other financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair 
value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments and available-for-sale financial 
assets. The classification depends on the purpose for which the investments were acquired. The classification of 
the  Group's  investments  at  initial  recognition  and,  in  the  case  of  assets  classified  as  held-to-maturity,  is  re-
evaluated at each reporting period.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  are  financial  assets  held  for  trading.  A  financial  asset  is 
classified  in  this  category  if  acquired  principally  for  the  purpose  of  selling  in  the  short  term.  Derivatives  are 
classified  as  held  for  trading  unless  they  are  designated  as  hedges.  Assets  in  this  category  are  classified  as 
current assets.

Loans and receivables
Loans  and  receivables  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not 
quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 
months after the reporting period which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are included 
in trade and other receivables (note 9) in the balance sheet.

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less allowance for impairment. Trade receivables are due for settlement no more than 
30 days from revenue recognition.

Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectible 
are  written  off  by  reducing  the  carrying  amount  directly.  An  impairment  allowance  account  (provision  for 
impairment  of  trade  receivables)  is  used  when  there  is  objective  evidence  that  the  Group  will  not  be  able  to 
collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  original  terms  of  the  receivables.  The  amount  of  the  impairment 
allowance is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash 
flows. The amount of the impairment allowance is recognised in the income statement.

Recognition and derecognition
Investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs for all financial assets not carried at fair 
value through profit or loss. Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognised at 
fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the income statement. Financial assets are derecognised when 
the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group 
has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

When securities classified as available-for-sale are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in 
equity are included in the income statement as gains and losses from investment securities.

Subsequent Measurement
Loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method.

Financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  and  loss  are  subsequently  carried  at  fair  value.  Gains  or  losses 
arising  from  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  'financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss'  category  are 
presented  in  the  income  statement  within  other  income  or  other  expenses  in  the  period  in  which  they  arise. 
Dividend income from financial assets at fair value through profit and loss is recognised in the income statement 
as part of revenue from continuing operations when the Group's right to receive payments is established.

314 

314 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(k)

Investments and other financial assets (continued)

Impairment
The Group assesses at each balance date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of 
financial  assets  is  impaired.  In  the  case  of  equity  securities  classified  as  available-for-sale,  a  significant  or 
prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its cost is considered an indicator that the securities are 
impaired.  If  any  such  evidence  exists  for  available-for-sale,  the  cumulative  loss  -  measured  as  the  difference 
between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously 
recognised  in  the  profit  or  loss  -  is  reclassified  from  equity  and  recognised  in  the  income  statement  as  a 
reclassification  adjustment.  Impairment  losses  recognised  in  the  income  statement  on  equity  instruments 
classified as available-for-sale are not reversed through the income statement.

(l) Derivatives and hedging activities

Derivatives  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  on  the  date  a  derivative  contract  is  entered  into  and  are
subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent 
changes in  fair  value  depends  on  whether  the  derivative  is  designated  as  a  hedging  instrument,  and  if  so,  the 
nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either: 

  hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges); 

  hedges  of  a  particular  risk  associated  with  the  cash  flows  of  recognised  assets  and  liabilities  and  highly 

probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges); or 

  hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedges). 

At the inception of the hedging transaction the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments 
and  hedged  items,  as  well  as  its  risk  management  objective  and  strategy  for  undertaking  various  hedge 
transactions.  The  Group  also documents  its  assessment,  both  at  hedge  inception and  on  an  ongoing  basis, of 
whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in 
offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The  fair  values  of  various  derivative  financial  instruments  used  for  hedging  purposes  are  disclosed  in  note  11. 
Movements in the hedging reserve in shareholders' equity are shown in note 20. The full fair value of a hedging 
derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more 
than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is 
less than 12 months. The treatment of derivatives is as follows:

Fair value hedges

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the 
income statements, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable 
to  the  hedged  risk.  The  gain  or  loss  relating  to  the  effective  portion  of  interest  rate  swaps  and  cross  currency 
swaps hedging fixed rate borrowings is recognised in the income statements within finance costs, together with 
changes  in  the  fair  value of  the  hedged  fixed  rate  borrowings  attributable to interest  rate  risk.  The gain  or  loss 
relating to the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement.

If  the  hedge  no  longer  meets  the  criteria  for  hedge  accounting,  the  adjustment  to  the  carrying  amount  of  a 
hedged  item  for  which  the  effective  interest  method  is  used  is  amortised  to  profit  or  loss  over  the  period  to 
maturity using a recalculated effective interest rate.

Cash flow hedges

The  effective  portion  of  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  cash  flow 
hedges  is  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  in  reserves  in  equity.  The  gain  or  loss 
relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

315 

315

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(l) Derivatives and hedging activities (continued)

Cash flow hedges (continued)
Amounts  accumulated  in  equity  are  reclassified  to  the  income  statement  in  the  periods  when  the  hedged  item 
affects profit or loss. The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging variable rate 
borrowings is recognised in the income statement.

When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold  or  terminated,  or  when  a  hedge  no  longer  meets  the  criteria  for 
hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised 
when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statements. When a forecast transaction is 
no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to 
the income statement.

Net investment hedges

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges.

Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in reserves in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion 
is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Gains  and  losses  accumulated  in  equity  are  included  in  the  income  statement  when  the  foreign  operation  is 
partially disposed of or sold.

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting

Certain  derivative  instruments  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  any  derivative 
instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement.

(m) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical cost includes 
expenditure  that  is  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition  of  the  items.  Costs  incurred  on  development  projects 
(including computer software and hardware) are recognised as an asset when it is probable that the project will, 
after  considering  its  commercial  and  technical  feasibility,  be  completed  and  generate  future  economic  benefits 
and  its  costs  can  be  reliably  measured.  The  expenditure  capitalised  comprises  all  directly  attributable  costs, 
including costs of materials, services, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, 
only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the 
cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate 
asset is derecognised when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the 
reporting period in which they are incurred.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included 
in the income statement.

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis so as to write off the net cost of items of plant and equipment 
over  their  expected  useful  lives.  Estimates  of  remaining  useful  lives  will  be  made  annually  for  all  assets.  The 
expected useful lives are 3 - 15 years.

Impairment

Fixed assets are assessed for impairment in line with the policy stated in note 1(i).

316 

316 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(n) Intangible assets

Concession Assets
Concession  Assets  represent  the  Group's  rights  to  operate  roads  under  Service  Concession  Arrangements. 
Concession  Assets  constructed  by  the  Group  are  recorded  at  the  fair  value  of  consideration  received  or 
receivable for the construction services delivered. Concession Assets acquired by the Group are recorded at the 
fair value of the assets at the date of acquisition. All Concession Assets are classified as intangible assets and 
are amortised over the term of the right to operate the asset on a straight line basis. For details of concession 
agreement dates refer to note 14.

Where work is in progress, it is classified as assets under construction.

Goodwill

Goodwill is measured as described in note 1(h). Goodwill on acquisitions of businesses is included in intangible 
assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates is included in investments in associates. Goodwill is not amortised. 
Instead, goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on 
the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to the relevant cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.

(o) Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year 
which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Concession and promissory notes

The Group has non-interest bearing long term debt, represented by Concession and Promissory Notes, payable 
to the government, measured at the net present value of expected future payments.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the 
financial  year  and  which  are  unpaid.  The  amounts  are  unsecured  and  are  usually  paid  within  30  days  of 
recognition.

(p) Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption 
amount  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement  over  the  period  of  the  borrowings  using  the  effective  interest 
method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities, are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the 
extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until 
the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of  the facility will be 
drawn  down,  the  fee  is  capitalised  as  a  prepayment  for  liquidity  services  and  amortised  over  the  period  of  the 
facility to which it relates.

Borrowings  are  removed  from  the  balance  sheet  when  the  obligation  specified  in  the  contract  is  discharged, 
cancelled  or  expired.  The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  a  financial  liability  that  has  been 
extinguished  or  transferred  to  another  party  and  the  consideration  paid,  including  any  non-cash  assets 
transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in finance income or finance costs.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the 
liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

317 

317

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(q) Borrowing costs

Borrowing  costs  are  recognised  as  expenses  in  the  period  in  which  they  are  incurred,  except  to  the  extent  to 
which  they  relate  to  the  construction  of  qualifying  assets  in  which  case  specifically  identifiable  borrowing  costs 
are  capitalised  into  the  cost  of  the  asset.  Borrowing  costs  include  interest  on  short-term  and  long  term 
borrowings.

Costs incurred in connection with the arrangement of borrowings are deferred and amortised over the effective 
period of the funding.

(r) Provisions

Provisions  are  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  present  legal  or  constructive  obligation  as  a  result  of  past 
events,  it  is  probable  that  an  outflow  of  resources  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation  and  the  amount  has 
been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions  are  discounted  at  the  present  value  of  management’s  best  estimate  of  the  expenditure  required  to 
settle the present obligation at the reporting date. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the 
provision is due to the discount unwinding over the passage of time and is recognised as a finance cost.

Provision for maintenance

As part of its obligations under the service concession arrangements, the Group assumes responsibility for the
maintenance and repair of installations of the publicly-owned roads it operates. A provision for maintenance has 
been raised where the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to maintain and replace components 
of the underlying physical assets operated by the Group as a result of past events. The Group's obligations under 
the  respective  concession  deeds  arise  as  a  consequence  of  use  of  the  road  during  the  operating  phase.  The 
provision is measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required to settle 
the present obligation at the reporting date. Provisions giving rise to a cash outflow after more than one year are 
discounted to present value if the impact is material. The increase in the provision due to the discount unwinding 
over the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Provision for distribution

Provision is made for the amount of any distribution declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the 
discretion of the entity, on or before the end of the reporting period but not distributed at the end of the reporting 
period.

(s) Employee benefits

Short-term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave and short-term incentives, and 
long service leave expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period are recognised in respect 
of employees' services up to the reporting date. They are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when 
the liabilities are settled. The liability for annual leave and short-term incentives, and long service leave expected 
to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date is recognised in the provision for employee benefits. All other 
short-term employee benefit obligations are presented in payables. An expense for non-accumulating sick leave 
is recognised when the leave is taken and measured at the rates paid or payable. 

318 

318 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(s) Employee benefits (continued)

Long-term employee benefit obligations
The liability for long service leave which is not expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period 
is  recognised  in  the  provision  for  employee  benefits.  It  is  measured  as  the  present  value  of  expected  future 
payments  to  be  made  in  respect  of  services  provided  by  employees  up  to  the  reporting  date.  Consideration  is 
given  to  expected  future  wage  and  salary  levels,  experience  of  employee  departures  and  periods  of  service. 
Expected  future  payments  are  discounted  using  market  yields  at  the  reporting  date  on  national  government 
bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Superannuation

Superannuation  is  contributed  to  plans  as  nominated  by  the  employee.  The  contribution  is  not  less  than  the 
statutory minimum. The superannuation plans are all accumulation funds.

The cost of current and deferred employee compensation and contributions to employee superannuation plans 
were charged to the income statement.

Equity-based compensation benefits

Superannuation  is  contributed  to  plans  as  nominated  by  the  employee.  The  contribution  is  not  less  than  the 
statutory minimum. The superannuation plans are all accumulation funds.

The cost of current and deferred employee compensation and contributions to employee superannuation plans 
were charged to the income statement.

Equity-based compensation benefits have been provided to some employees.

The  fair  value  of  units  granted  under  the  plans  are  recognised  as  an  employee  benefit  expense  with  a 
corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and recognised over the period during 
which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the units.

The fair value of units granted under cash settled share-based compensation plans is recognised as an expense 
over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in liabilities. The fair value of the liability is  remeasured at 
each reporting date with any changes in fair value recognised in the income statement for the period.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes 
into  account  the  exercise  price,  the  term,  the  impact  of  dilution,  the  security  price  at  grant  date  and  expected 
price volatility of the underlying security, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of 
the plan.

The fair value granted is adjusted to reflect the market vesting conditions, but excludes the impact of any non-
market  vesting  conditions  (for  example,  profitability  and  growth  targets).  Non-market  vesting  conditions  are 
included in assumptions about the number of units that are expected to become exercisable. At each reporting 
date,  the  Group  revises  its  estimate  of  the  number  of  units  that  are  expected  to  become  exercisable.  The 
employee  benefit  expense  recognised  each  reporting  period  takes  into  account  the  most  recent  estimate.  The 
impact  of  the  revision  to original estimates,  if  any,  is  recognised  in  the income statement  with  a corresponding 
adjustment to equity.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an 
employee  accepts  voluntary  redundancy  in  exchange  for  these  benefits.  The  Group  recognises  termination 
benefits when it is demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of current employees according 
to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer 
made to encourage voluntary redundancy.

319 

319

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(t) Contributed equity

Stapled securities are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a reduction, net of tax, 
from the proceeds.

If  the  Group  reacquires  its  own  securities,  those  securities  are  deducted  from  equity.  No  gain  or  loss  is 
recognised  in  the  profit  or  loss  and  the  consideration  paid  including  any  directly  attributable  incremental  costs 
(net of income taxes) is recognised directly in equity.

If  the  Group  reacquires  its  own  equity  shares,  those  shares  are  deducted  from  equity.  No  gain  or  loss  is 
recognised  in  the  profit  or  loss  and  the  consideration  paid  including  any  directly  attributable  incremental  costs 
(net of income taxes) is recognised directly in equity.

(u) Parent entity financial information

The  financial  information  for  the  parent  entity,  Transurban  International  Limited, disclosed  in  note  28 has  been 
prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.

Investments in subsidiaries and associates

Investments  in  subsidiaries  and  associates  are  accounted for  at cost  in  the  financial statements of  Transurban 
International  Limited.  Dividends  received  from  associates  are  recognised  in  the  parent  entity's  profit  or  loss, 
rather than being deducted from the carrying amount of these investments.

(v) Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred 
is not recoverable from the taxation authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the 
asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of 
GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included with other receivables or payables in the 
consolidated balance sheet.

Cash  flows  are  presented  on  a  gross  basis.  The  GST  components  of  cash  flows  arising  from  investing  or 
financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority, are presented as operating 
cash flows.

(w) Net asset deficiency

As  at  30  June  2014  the  Group  has  a  net  asset  deficiency  represented  by  net  liabilities  of  $56.9  million.  This 
deficiency  reflects  a  number  of  specific  factors  primarily  related  to  an  intercompany  loan  payable  with  another 
entity within the Transurban Group.

(x) New accounting standards and interpretations

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 30 June 
2014 reporting periods. The Group's assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set 
out below.

320 

320 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

1 Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

(x) New accounting standards and interpretations (continued)

(i) AASB  9  Financial  Instruments,  AASB  2009-11 Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  arising 
from  AASB  9 and  AASB  2010-7 Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  arising  from  AASB  9 
(December 2010) (effective from 1 January 2015)

AASB  9  Financial  Instruments  addresses  the  classification, measurement  and  derecognition  of  financial  assets 
and  financial  liabilities.  The  standard  is  not  applicable  until  1  January  2015  but  is  available  for  early  adoption. 
Management  are  in  the  process  of  assessing  the  impact  on  financial  assets  but  do  not  believe  this  will  be 
significant.

There will be no impact on the Group's accounting for financial liabilities, as the new requirements only affect the 
accounting for financial liabilities that are designated at fair value through profit or loss and the Company does 
not have any such liabilities. The Group has not yet decided when to adopt AASB 9.

(ii)

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (effective 1 January 2017)

IFRS 15 establishes principles for reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, 
amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers.

IFRS 15 supersedes:

(a) IAS 11 Construction Contracts
(b) IAS 18 Revenue
(c) IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes
(d) IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate
(e) IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets from Customers
(f) SIC-31 Revenue-Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services

The  core  principle of  IFRS  15  is  that  an  entity  recognises  revenue  to depict  the  transfer of  promised  goods  or 
services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in 
exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  An  entity  recognises  revenue  in  accordance  with  that  core  principle  by 
applying the following steps:

(a) Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer
(b) Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract
(c) Step 3: Determine the transaction price
(d) Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract
(e) Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation

Although a formal assessment has not been completed, the impact of the application of the new standard is not 
expected to be material.

321 

321

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2 Segment information

Segment information - Proportional Income Statement

The segment information provided to the Executive Committee is presented on a proportional basis.

The CEO and Executive Committee assess the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of 
proportional  EBITDA.  EBITDA  excludes  the  impact  of  interest  income  and  expense,  tax,  depreciation  and 
amortisation  which  have  been  presented  by  segment  where  applicable.  Interest  income  and  expense  are 
allocated across segments where the charges are related specifically to the assets. Otherwise they have been 
allocated to the Corporate function.

The  Group  operates  in  one  business  sector  only,  being  the  development,  operation  and  maintenance  of  toll 
roads,  therefore  It  has  been  determined  that  the  segment  information  provided  to  the  CEO  and  Executive 
Committee shall be defined by geographical regions, being the USA.

The  table  below  lists  the  assets  included  in  each  operating  segment,  together  with  the  proportional  ownership 
interests held by the Group for both the current and previous financial year: 

Segment

Assets

USA

Transurban DRIVe

2014

75%

2013

75%

Proportional ownership %

Pocahontas

1 July 2013 to 14 May 2014 - 75%

75%

15 May to 30 June 2014 - nil%

495 Express Lanes

1 July 2013 to 11 May 2014 - 67.5% 67.5%

12 May to 4 June 2014 - 77.5%

5 June to 30 June 2014 - 94%

95 Express Lanes

1 July 2013 to 11 April 2014 - 67.5% 67.5%

12 April to 30 June 2014 - 77.5%

322 

322 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

2 Segment information (continued)

Segment information - Proportional Income Statement (continued)

The  segment  information  provided  to  the  Executive  Committee  is  presented  on  a  proportional  basis.  The 
information for the reportable segments for the year ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 is as follows:

30 June 2014

$M

USA

Pocahontas
895

495
Express 
Lanes

Other
Transurban
DRIVe

Total
Transurban
DRIVe

Corporate

Total

Toll revenue from external customers
Fee and other revenue
Total revenue

Proportional EBITDA

Interest revenue
Interest expense
Depreciation and amortisation
Gain on transfer
Proportional profit (loss) before tax
Income tax benefit (expense)
Proportional net profit (loss)

11.4
-
11.4

6.7

-
(14.9)
-
249.7
241.5
(173.9)
67.6

19.2
4.8
24.0

2.9

0.1
(119.9)
(15.6)
-
(132.5)
-
(132.5)

-
-
-

(4.5)

-
(5.1)
-
-
(9.6)
59.3
49.7

(79.0)

108.5

(49.7)

30.6
4.8
35.4

5.1

0.1
(139.9)
(15.6)
249.7
99.4
(114.6)
(15.2)

(20.2)

30 June 2013

$M

Pocahontas
895
75.0%

USA

495
Express
Lanes
67.5%

Other
Transurban
DRIVe
75.0%

Total
Transurban
DRIVe

Toll revenue from external customers
Fee and other revenue
Total revenue

Proportional EBITDA
x
Interest revenue
Interest expense
Depreciation and amortisation
Foreign exchange
Proportional profit (loss) before tax
Income tax benefit (expense)
Proportional net profit (loss)

11.3
0.1
11.4

6.9

-
(14.2)
(3.5)
-
(10.8)
8.0
(2.8)

4.8
1.3
6.1

(5.5)

0.7
(27.4)
(8.3)
-
(40.4)
-
(40.4)

-
-
-

(4.4)

-
(2.0)
-
-
(6.4)
21.5
15.1

16.1
1.4
17.5

(3.0)

0.7
(43.6)
(11.8)
-
(57.7)
29.5
(28.2)

-
7.0
7.0

1.9

-
(46.3)
(0.4)
-
(44.8)
(11.5)
(56.3)

49.4

30.6
11.8
42.4

7.0

0.1
(186.2)
(16.0)
249.7
54.6
(126.1)
(71.5)

29.2

Corporate

Total

100.0%

-
20.1
20.1

11.9

-
(26.0)
(0.4)
(0.1)
(14.6)
(4.4)
(19.0)

16.1
21.5
37.6

8.9

0.7
(69.6)
(12.2)
(0.1)
(72.3)
25.1
(47.2)

Other segment information - Proportional income statement

Proportional basis of presenting results
The  CEO  and  the  Executive  Committee  receive  information  for  assessing  the  business  on  an  underlying 
proportional  basis  reflecting  the  contribution  of  individual  assets  in  the  proportion  of  Transurban's  equity 
ownership.

323 

323

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

2 Segment information (continued)

Segment information - Proportional Income Statement (continued)

The  Group's  proportional  EBITDA  result  reflects  business  performance  and  permits  a  more  appropriate  and 
meaningful analysis of the Group's underlying performance on a comparative basis. This method of presentation 
differs from the statutory accounting format and has been reconciled below.

EBITDA is earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation.

Segment revenue
Revenue  from  external  customers  is  through  toll  and  fee  revenues  earned  on  toll  roads.  There  are  no  inter-
segment revenues.

Segment revenue reconciles to total statutory revenue as follows: 

Total segment revenue (proportional)
Add: Revenue of non-controlled assets
Less: Revenue of equity accounted assets
Add: Business Development revenue (offset against Business Development costs 
for proportional results)
Construction Revenue
Other
Total revenue (note 4)
Interest revenue
Interest revenue is earned through bank interest revenue. 

Interest revenue reconciles to total statutory finance income as follows:

Total segment interest revenue (proportional)
Less: Interest revenue of non-controlled assets
Total finance income
Proportional EBITDA

Proportional EBITDA reconciles to statutory net loss for the year as follows:

Proportional EBITDA
Less: Proportional EBITDA of Pocahontas
Less: Proportional EBITDA of 495 Express Lanes
Less: Proportional EBITDA of DRIVe
Statutory (loss) profit before depreciation and amortisation, net finance 
costs, equity accounted investments and tax

Statutory net finance costs
Statutory depreciation and amortisation
Share of associates profit (loss)
Income tax expense
Loss for the year

324 

324 

2014
$M
42.4
0.2
(31.6)

34.9
33.0
-
78.9

2014
$M
0.1
(0.1)
-

2014
$M
6.9
(6.7)
(1.4)
4.1

2.9

(126.5)
(4.0)
93.8
22.8
(11.0)

2013
$M
37.6
-
(17.5)

30.0
21.8
0.2
72.1

2013
$M
0.7
(0.7)
-

2013
$M
8.9
(6.8)
5.4
4.4

11.9

(26.1)
(0.4)
(28.2)
(4.4)
(47.2)

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

3 Business combinations

DRIVe, 495 Express Lanes and 95 Express Lanes

Transurban DRIVe Holdings LLC (DRIVe) has historically been reported by the Group as an equity accounted 
investment. Transurban owns 75 per cent of DRIVe, but although the ownership represents greater than half of 
the voting rights of DRIVe, it was determined that Transurban did not have power to govern its key activities and 
it was therefore accounted for as a joint venture. 

At 1 July 2013 DRIVe owned 100 per cent of Pocahontas 895, 90 per cent of 495 Express Lanes and 90 per 
cent of 95 Express Lanes, all located in Virginia, USA. 

During the year several transactions have occurred impacting the investments held by DRIVe, resulting in a 
reassessment of control over the assets and DRIVe.

(i)   On 11 April 2014 Transurban purchased a 10% interest directly in each of 495 Express Lanes and 95 

Express Lanes from Fluor Enterprises LLC  

(ii)   On 14 May 2014 Pocahontas was transferred to lenders (refer note 10) 

(iii)  On 4 June 2014 Transurban contributed additional equity into Capital Beltway Express LLC, giving it an 

additional 66% direct interest in 495 Express Lanes  

Transurban now holds 10 per cent of 95 Express Lanes and 76 per cent of 495 Express Lanes directly, and 67.5 
per  cent  of  95  Express  Lanes  and  18  per  cent  of  495  Express  Lanes  through  DRIVe,  resulting  in  effective 
interests in 95 Express Lanes of 77.5 per cent and 495 Express Lanes of 94 per cent.

The direct holding of 76% gives Transurban power over all relevant activities of 495 Express Lanes. When 95 
Express  Lanes  is  complete,  495  Express  Lanes  and  95  Express  Lanes  will  be  directly  connected  and  will  be 
operated as if they were a single road. As a result, control of 495 Express Lanes has also given Transurban the 
power to direct the most significant activities of 95 Express Lanes. As DRIVe is primarily a holding entity for 95 
Express Lanes and 495 Express Lanes, its relevant activities are identical to those of 95 Express Lanes and 495 
Express  Lanes.  Therefore  Transurban  assumed  control  of  DRIVe  on  4  June  2014  and  accounted  for  the 
acquisition  of  DRIVe,  including  95  Express  Lanes  and 495  Express  Lanes  as  a  business  combination  on  that 
date. 

(i) Purchase consideration

Cash paid
Fair value of DRIVe at 4 June 2014
Contingent consideration
Total purchase consideration

(ii) Purchase consideration – cash outflow

Cash consideration
Less: cash acquired
Outflow of cash – investing activities

325 

$M

345
358
-
703

$M

345
(113)
232

325

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

3 Business combinations (continued)

(iii) Acquisition related costs 

The Group did not incur any costs directly in the purchase of equity in either 495 Express Lanes or 95 Express 
Lanes during the year. 

(iv) Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

495 Express Lanes

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Intangible assets
Other assets
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Provisions
Net identifiable assets
Less: non-controlling interest share of net assets
Net identifiable assets acquired

DRIVe

Cash and cash equivalents
Intangible assets
Held to maturity investments
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Net identifiable assets
Less: non-controlling interest share of net assets
Net identifiable assets acquired

Fair Value
$M

57
1
1,290
3
(25)

(41)

(828)
(40)
(10)
407
(98)
309

Fair Value
$M

69

667
98
80

12

(56)

(2)
(346)
(9)
513
(119)
394

At  4  June  2014  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  495  Express  Lanes  and  DRIVe  /  95  Express  Lanes  were 
measured at fair value at the acquisition date with fair values having been determined on a provisional basis.

No goodwill has been recognised on the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. 

326 

326 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

3 Business combinations (continued)

(v) Revenue and profit contribution 

From the date of acquisition to 30 June 2014, revenue of $4 million and a loss after taxation of $79.8 million was 
included  in  the  Consolidated  Income  Statement  with  regards  to  DRIVe,  495  Express  Lanes  and  95  Express 
Lanes. The loss included $73.1 million of break costs incurred on early termination of swaps included in finance 
costs. 

If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2013, consolidated revenue and loss before tax for the year ended 30 
June 2014 would have been $33.4 million and $166.5 million respectively. These values exclude the impact of 
Pocahontas 895 and change in investment values within DRIVe that do not relate to the ongoing operations of 
the business. 

(vi) Accounting policy for non-controlling interests 

The Group recognises non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either at fair value or at the non-controlling 
interests’ proportionate  share  of  the  acquired  entity’s  net  identifiable  assets.  This  decision  is  made  on  an 
acquisition by acquisition basis. For the non-controlling interest in DRIVe, 495 Express Lanes and 95 Express 
Lanes, the Group elected to recognise the non-controlling interests in its proportionate share of the acquired net 
identifiable assets. 

4 Revenue

Toll revenue
Fee revenue
Other road revenue

Total toll, fee and other road revenue

Management and business development revenue
Construction revenue

Total business development and other revenue

Total revenue

Notes
4(a)
4(a)
4(b)

4(c)
4(d)

2014
$M
3.1
0.9
(0.2)

3.8

37.9
37.2

75.1

78.9

2013
$M
-
-
-

-

40.9
31.2

72.1

72.1

Toll and fee revenue

(a)
Toll revenue and associated fees are recognised when the charge is incurred by the user.

Other road revenue

(b)
Other road revenue includes advertising, rental and other associated revenue.

Management and Business development revenue

(c)
Management  and  business  development  revenue  relates  to  the  provision  of  management  and  development 
services to third parties.

Construction revenue

(d)
Construction revenue is recognised during the construction phase of an intangible asset, and the development of 
assets for sale to third parties. 

327 

327

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

5 Expenses

Loss before income tax includes the following specific
expenses:
Employee benefits expense
Rental expense

6 Net finance costs

Finance costs
Interest and finance charges paid/payable
Foreign exchange gains/(losses)
Total finance costs
Net finance costs

7 Income tax expense

Income tax expense

Current tax
Deferred tax
(Over)/under provided in prior years

Deferred income tax (benefit) /expense included in income tax benefit comprises:
(Increase)/decrease in deferred tax assets (note 13)
Increase in deferred tax liabilities (note 13)

Numerical reconciliation of income tax benefit to prima facie tax payable

Loss before income tax expense
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30.0% (2013 - 30.0%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable)
in calculating taxable income:
Non-deductible interest
Tax differential
Share of equity accounted results
Sundry items
(Over)/under provision in prior years
Income tax (benefit)/ expense

328 

328 

2014
$M

12.3
0.5

2014
$M

(127.1)
0.6
(126.5)
(126.5)

2014
$M
(33.5)
5.2
5.5

(22.8)

(27.9)
33.1

5.2

2014
$M
(33.8)
(10.1)

10.3
15.3
(41.0)
(2.8)
5.5
(22.8)

2013
$M

15.3
1.0

2013
$M

(26.0)
(0.1)
(26.1)
(26.1)

2013
$M
0.6
3.7
0.1

4.4

3.6
0.1

3.7

2013
$M
(42.8)
(12.8)

7.3
0.9
8.5
0.4
0.1
4.4

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)
56.

2014
$M

86.9
59.8

146.7

2013
$M

4.8
-

4.8

8 Current assets - Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand
Unavailable cash

All cash balances are interest bearing. 

Funds not for general use 

The amount shown in Cash at Bank includes $59.8 million not available for general use at 30 June 2014 (2013: 
$nil). This comprises amounts required to be held under funding reserves which are restricted from general use. 

9 Current assets - Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Loans to related parties
Other receivables 
Prepayments

2014
$M

0.9
7.6
3.0
0.4

11.9

2013
$M

-
5.9
13.4
-

19.3

No class within trade and other receivables contain impaired or passed due assets. Based on the credit history, 
it is expected that these amounts will be received when due. The Group does not hold any collateral in relation 
to these receivables. 

10 Equity accounted investments

Transurban DRIVe Holdings LLC

Ownership interest

Carrying amount

2014
%

75.0

2013
%

75.0

-

75.0

2014
$M

-

-

2013
$M

228.6

228.6

On 14 May 2014, Pocahontas 895 was transferred to lenders.  The non-cash profit realised on the transfer was 
A$103.1  million,  inclusive  of  Transurban’s  75  per  cent  share  of  the  profit  after  tax  (US$128.1  million), 
unrecognised  losses  from  operations  (A$104.2  million),  and  unrecognised  profits  on  the  2007  transfer  of 
Pocahontas  into  the  DRIVe  vehicle  (A$69.4  million).   Tax  losses  in  the  Pocahontas  Group  were  sufficient  to 
offset the tax payable on the gain made on disposal. 

Until 4 June 2014 the Group equity accounted for its investment in DRIVe. On 4 June 2014 it was determined 
that the Group had control of DRIVe and from this date equity accounting ceased and DRIVe was consolidated 
by the Group (refer note 3). Post the cessation of equity accounting for DRIVe the Group’s investment in DRIVe 
was reduced to $nil. 

In  addition,  on  consolidation  of  DRIVe  as  of  4  June  2014  (as  disclosed  in  note  3)  DRIVe’s  cashflow  hedge 
reserve and foreign currency translation reserve were required to be reversed to the Income Statement, resulting 
in a $15 million charge. 

Both  of  these  items  have  been  included  within  Share  of  net  profits  of  equity  accounted  investments  in  the 
Income Statement. 

329 

329

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

10 Equity accounted investments (continued)

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:

Joint venture
As at 30 June

Total

2014
$M

93.8
93.8

2013
$M

(28.2)
(28.2)

Summarised financial information of equity accounted investments
Set out below is the summarised financial information for the Group’s investments accounted for using the 
equity method.

Summarised balance sheet

Cash and cash equivalents
Other current assets
Non-current assets
Held for sale assets
Current financial liabilities
Other current liabilitiesv
Non-current financial liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Held for sale liabilities
Net assets

Summarised income statement

Revenue
Depreciation and amortisation
Other expenses
Gain on transfer of Pocahontas
Interest expense
Income tax expense
Profit / (loss)
Other comprehensive income
Total profit and total comprehensive income
Proportional profit and total comprehensive income
Losses not recognised
OCI not recognised
Reserves transferred to the income statement
Group's recognised share of profit and total comprehensive 
income
Dividends received 

Transurban DRIVe
75%

Total

2014
$M

2013
$M

2014
$M

2013
$M

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

356.5
0.9
1,917.8
369.5
-
(78.4)
(1,433.8)
(328.4)
(544.2)
259.9

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

356.5
0.9
1,917.8
369.5
-
(78.4)
(1,433.8)
(328.4)
(544.2)
259.9

42.2
(8.8)
(32.9)
326.2
(69.2)
(103.7)
153.8
37.7
191.5
143.9
(34.4)
-
(15.7)

93.8
-

23.3
(15.7)
(27.1)
-
(56.7)
39.4
(36.8)
(0.8)
(37.6)
(28.2)
-
-
-

(28.2)
-

42.2
(8.8)
(32.9)
326.2
(69.2)
(103.7)
153.8
37.7
191.5
143.9
(34.4)
-
(15.7)

93.8
-

23.3
(15.7)
(27.1)
-
(56.7)
39.4
(36.8)
(0.8)
(37.6)
(28.2)
-
-
-

(28.2)
-

330 

330 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
                                                                                                                   
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

10 Equity accounted investments (continued)

Reconciliation of summarised financial information

Opening net assets on 1 July
Investments in subsidiary
Profit / (loss) for the period
Other comprehensive income
Foreign exchange differences
Dividends paid
Closing net assets
Proportional interest in associates
Goodwill
Losses not recognised
Transfer of reserves to the income statement on gain of control
OCI not recognised
Elimination of unrealized profit on intragroup transfer
Cessation of equity accounting on gain of control
Carrying value

Space

Share of expenditure commitments
Capital commitments
Operating commitments

Contingent liabilities
Share of contingent liabilities incurred jointly with other investors

Space
Contingent liabilities of associates and joint ventures

As at the reporting date there are no contingent liabilities. 

Transurban DRIVe
75%

Total

2014
$M
259.9
52.9
153.8
36.7
(25.6)
-
477.7
358.3
-
-
-
-
-
(358.3)
-

2013
$M
(41.3)
274.7
(36.8)
35.6
27.7
-
259.9
194.2
-
34.4
-
-
-
-
228.6

2014
$M
259.9
52.9
153.8
36.7
(25.6)
-
477.7
358.3
-
-
-
-
-
(358.3)
-

2013
$M
(41.3)
274.7
(36.8)
35.6
27.7
-
259.9
194.2
-
34.4
-
-
-
-
228.6

-
-

-

-

-

311.0
229.1

540.1

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

311.0
229.1

540.1

-

-

-

331 

331

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

11 Derivative financial instruments

Non-current liabilities
Interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges

Total derivative financial instrument liabilities

2014
$M

41.4

41.4
41.4

2013
$M

-

-
-

Instruments used by the Group

The  Group  is  party  to  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  normal  course  of  business  in  order  to  hedge 
exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  and  foreign  exchange  rates  in  accordance  with  the  Group  financial  risk 
management policies (refer to note 35).

The instruments used by the Group are as follows:

Interest rate swap contracts - cash flow hedges
The Group uses interest rate swap contracts for hedging purposes to convert variable rate borrowings to fixed. 
Variable rate borrowings of the Group currently bear an average interest rate of 0.3 per cent. It is policy to protect 
part or all of the loans from exposure to increasing interest rates. Accordingly, the Group has entered into interest 
rate swap contracts under which it receives interest at variable rates and pays interest at fixed rates.

Interest rate swap contracts currently in place cover 100 per cent of long term variable debt. The average all-in
rate after hedging on the hedged portion of the Group's variable rate borrowings is 4.8 per cent.

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

The Group has not settled any financial assets or financial liabilities on a net basis during the financial year. 
Currently there is no right or basis to present any financial assets or financial liabilities on a net basis, and as 
such no financial assets or financial liabilities have been presented on a net basis in the Group's balance sheet at 
the end of the financial year.

332 

332 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

12 Non-current assets - Property, plant and equipment

At 1 July 2012
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 June 2013
Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation charge
Movement in foreign exchange rates
Closing net book amount

At 30 June 2013
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 June 2014
Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation charge
Movement in foreign exchange rates
Closing net book amount

At 30 June 2014
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book amount

333 

Equipment, 
fittings, 
operating 
systems
$M

5.6
(3.6)
2.0

2.0
-
-
(0.4)
0.2
1.8

6.2
(4.4)
1.8

1.8
-
-
(0.1)
(0.3)
1.4

5.2
(3.8)
1.4

333

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
13 Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Assets

Liabilities

Net

2014
$M

2013
$M

2014
$M

2013
$M

2014
$M

2013
$M

The balance comprises
temporary difference
attributable to:
Accrued expenses
Provisions
Current and prior year losses
Unearned income
Fixed Assets/Intangibles
Cash flow hedges
Unrealised foreign exchange
Tax assets/(liabilities)
Set off of tax

7.2
6.1
77.0
3.1
0.5
14.5
0.3
108.7
(53.5)

1.6
2.5
2.6
2.4
-
-
-
9.1
(0.2)

-
-
-
-
(108.1)
-
-
(108.1)
53.5

-
-
-
-
(0.2)
-
-
(0.2)
0.2

7.2
6.1
77.0
3.1
(107.6)
14.5
0.3
0.6
-

Net tax assets/(liabilities)

55.2

8.9

(54.6)

-

0.6

Movements:
Opening balance at 1 July
Credited /(charged) to the income statement
Credited /(charged) to equity
Acquired on consolidation of DRIVe
Foreign exchange movements

9.1
27.9
6.0
80.0
(14.3)

12.6
(3.6)
-
-
0.1

(0.2)
(33.1)
(26.7)
(48.8)
0.7

-
(0.2)
-
-
-

Closing balance 30 June

108.7

9.1

(108.1)

(0.2)

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities) to be recovered 
after more than 12 months

108.7

108.7

9.1

9.1

(108.1)

(108.1)

(0.2)

(0.2)

8.9
(5.2)
(20.7)
31.2
(13.6)

0.6

0.6

0.6

1.6
2.5
2.6
2.4
(0.2)
-
-
8.9
-

8.9

12.6
(3.8)
-
-
0.1

8.9

8.9

8.9

334 

334 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

495 Express 
Lanes
$M

Assets under
construction
$M

Total
$M

-

-

-

-

-
1,290.4
-
(1.7)
1,288.7

1,290.4
(1.7)

1,288.7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
667.0
9.7
-
676.7

-
1,957.4
9.7
(1.7)
1,965.4

676.7
-

1,967.1
(1.7)

676.7

1,965.4

14 Non-current assets - Intangible assets

At 1 July 2012
Net book amount

Year ended 30 June 2013
Closing net book amount

At 30 June 2013
Net book amount

Year ended 30 June 2013
Closing net book amount

Year ended 30 June 2014
Opening net book amount
Intangible assets acquired on acquisition
Additions
Amortisation charge
Closing net book amount

At 30 June 2014
Gross value
Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Concession assets

Service  Concession  Arrangements  have  been  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  AASB  Interpretation  12  and 
therefore the concession assets have been classified as Intangible Assets. 

Capital Beltway
Transurban has the right to toll the Express Lanes on the Capital Beltway until December 2087. At the end of the 
concession period, the concession asset is returned to the Virginia State Government (USA).

The Concession Deed requires Transurban to maintain and operate the Express Lanes to specified conditions.

Tolling for the 495 Express Lanes is variable, allowing the operator to adjust pricing to manage congestion and 
provide road users with predictable travel times.

Assets under construction
The  I95  Express  Lanes  which  are  being  constructed  under  a  Concession  Arrangement  and  are  due  to  be 
completed in late 2014.

Impairment testing of other intangible assets

Impairment testing
The  Group  tests  whether  other  intangible  assets  have  suffered  any  impairments,  in  accordance  with  the 
accounting policy stated in note 1(i). When required, the recoverable amount of assets and cash-generating units 
have been determined based on the greater of value-in-use and fair value less cost to sell calculations. These 
calculations require the use of assumptions regarding traffic flows, discount rates, growth rates and other factors 
affecting operating activities of cash-generating units. 

335 

335

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
15 Current liabilities - Trade and other payables

Trade payables and accruals
Loans from related parties (note 25)

16 Borrowings

Non-current
Capital Markets debt
TIFIA

Total borrowings

Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2014
$M
60.9
886.2

947.1

2014
$M

493.4
677.9

1,171.3

2013
$M
4.5
516.6

521.1

2013
$M

-
-

-

Notes

16(a)
16(b)

Description of borrowings - Financing arrangements and credit facilities

Credit facilities are provided as part of the overall debt funding structure of the Transurban Group. Each facility is 
described below.

(a) Capital markets debt

The Group’s US entities have issued Private Activity Bonds (PABs) comprising the following:

•

•

$238.5 million of US dollar denominated ($224.7 million USD) PABs raised by Capital Beltway Express 
LLC (CBE).

$256.8 million of US dollar denominated ($242.0 million USD) PABs raised by 95 Express Lanes LLC 
(95 Express).

The Capital Beltway Express LLC Private Activity Bonds (CBE PABs) were issued in June 2008 and mature in 
December  2047.  They  are  marketed  weekly  on  the  SIFMA  index  at  a  variable  interest  rate.  The  Group  has 
entered  into  interest  rate hedging  to  provide  protection  from  movements  in the  variable interest  rate.  The  CBE 
PABs are supported by bank-issued irrevocable direct-pay letters of credit (maturing June 2016). Agreements are 
in place for the letters of credit issuers to purchase the bonds should they fail to market. The collateral against the 
bonds is a first ranking pledge of toll revenues generated from the operation of the 495 Express Lanes.

The Virginia Small Business Financing Authority Senior Lien Revenue Bonds (95 Express Lanes LLC Project), 
Series 2012 PABs were issued in July 2012 at a fixed interest rate of 5 per cent. The term bonds mature 1 July 
2034  ($71.7  million  USD) and  1  January  2040  ($170.3 million  USD).  The  collateral  against  the  bonds  is  a  first 
ranking pledge of toll revenues generated from the operation of the 95 Express Lanes.

(b) TIFIA

The  TIFIA  program  provides  US  federal  credit  assistance  to  transport  infrastructure  projects  in  the  form  of 
secured loans from the United Stated Department of Transport.

These facilities comprise the following:

•

•

$589.2 million of US dollar denominated (face value: $686.2 million USD) TIFIA funding raised by 
Capital Beltway Express LLC (CBE). This debt has been recorded at fair value (refer to note 3).

$88.7 million of US dollar denominated (face value: $198.0 million USD) TIFIA funding raised by 95 
Express Lanes LLC (95 Express). This debt has been recorded at fair value (refer to note 3).

336 

336 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

16 Borrowings (continued)

The CBE TIFIA facility limit is $589.0 million USD (plus accreting interest), of which $589.0 million USD is drawn 
and $97.2 million USD of interest has accreted against the facility. Interest accrues at 4.45 per cent and is initially 
accretive  until  five  years  post  substantial  completion  of  the  project  construction.  Substantial  completion  was 
achieved on 16 November 2012 per the Amended and Restated Comprehensive Agreement. The facility matures 
on 31 December 2047 and is second ranking in priority to the CBE PABs.

The 95 Express TIFIA facility limit is $300 million USD (excluding capitalized interest). At 30 June 2014, $195.9 
million USD is drawn and $2.1 million USD of interest has accreted against the facility. Interest accrues at 2.77 
per cent and is accretive until five years post substantial completion of the project construction. The 95 Express 
TIFIA facility matures on 1 January 2048 and is second ranking in priority to the 95 Express PABs.

Covenants

The Group's debt has the following Interest Coverage Ratio (ICR) covenants: 

  495 Express Lanes - DSCR greater than 1.15 times * 
  95 Express Lanes – non applicable 

* Senior lenders provided a waiver with respect to the DSCR ratio requirement for 30 June 2014, 31 December 
2014 and 30 June 2015. 

17 Provisions

Current

Employee benefits
Onerous lease provision
Maintenance provision

Non-current

Maintenance provision

Notes

17(a)
17(b)
17(c)

Notes

17(c)

2014
$M
3.5
1.5
0.8

5.8

2014
$M
9.0

9.0

2013
$M
2.3
4.3
-

6.6

2013
$M
-

-

337 

337

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
 
 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Movements in provisions

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year are set out below: 

Current provisions

Consolidated - 2014
Carrying amount at start of year
Amounts provided during the year
Amounts paid/utilised during the year
Acquired provision
Movements in foreign exchange rates
Carrying amount at the end of year

Non-current provisions

Consolidated - 2014
Carrying amount at start of year
Amounts provided during the year
Amounts paid/utilised during the year
Acquired provision
Movements in foreign exchange rates
Carrying amount at the end of year

(a) Employee benefits

Restructuring 
and onerous 
lease provision
$M

Maintenance 
provision
$M

4.3
0.4
(3.2)
-
-
1.5

-
-
-
0.8
-
0.8

Maintenance 
provision
$M

-
-
-
9.0
-
9.0

Employee benefits relate to the provision for annual leave, bonuses and long service leave.

(b) Restructuring and onerous lease provision

An  onerous  lease  is  recognised  when  the  Group  has  lease  commitments  on  property  no  longer  used.  A 
restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has a detailed formal plan for restructuring.

(c) Maintenance provision

A  maintenance  provision  is  recognised  for  the  present  value  of  the  Group's  obligations  to  maintain  the  tolling 
assets as required under the Service Concession Arrangements. On consolidation of Capital Beltway the Group 
has recognised its maintenance provision. 

338 

338 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
18 Current liabilities - Other current liabilities

Unearned income

(a) Unearned income

Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

Notes

18(a)

2014
$M

8.1

8.1

2013
$M

6.0

6.0

Unearned income represents amounts received in advance and will be recognised when the income is earned.

19 Contributed equity

Share capital

Fully paid ordinary securities

2014
Number
M

1,896.4

1,896.4

Details

Opening balance at 1 July 2012

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

Placement to Unisuper Limited

Deferred Short Term Incentives

New shares issued on vesting of LTI

Purchase of Performance Awards Plan shares

Closing balance at 30 June 2013

Opening balance at 1 July 2013

Distribution Reinvestment Plan

Deferred Short Term Incentives

New shares issued on vesting of LTI

Institutional share offer (May 2014)

Share placement (May 2014)

Retail share offer (June 2014)

Closing balance at 30 June 2014

2013
Number
M

1,481.6

1,481.6

Notes

2014
$M

276.3

276.3

Number of 
securities
M

2013
$M

216.0

216.0

$M

1,458.3

205.1

15(a)

15(b)

15(c)

15(a)

15(c)

15(d)

15(d)

15(d)

5.8

16.2

0.5

0.8

-

1,481.6

1,481.6

9.5

0.2

0.5

264.4

57.6

82.6

1,896.4

2.6

8.0

0.2

0.2

(0.1)

216.0

216.0

0.9

-

-

38.6

8.8

12.0

276.3

(a) Distribution Reinvestment Plan

The Transurban Group has established a distribution reinvestment plan under which holders of stapled securities 
may elect to have all or part of their distribution entitlements satisfied by the issue of new stapled securities rather 
than by cash. 

339 

339

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

(b) Unisuper Limited Placement

On  7  January  2013  Transurban  issued  16,260,163  ordinary  stapled  securities  under  a  placement  to  Unisuper 
Limited (as trustee of the superannuation fund known as UniSuper).

(c) Deferred Short Term Incentives

Mandatory  STI  deferral  of  a  portion  of  the  overall  STI  award,  as  detailed  in  the  Remuneration  Report,  was 
introduced  for  the  CEO  and  other  Senior  Executives  in  the  year  ended  30  June  2012.  For  Australian  Senior 
Executives deferral is into securities.

(d) Institutional and retail entitlement offer and placement

On  1  May  2014,  the  Group  successfully  completed  the  fully  underwritten  institutional  component  of  its 
accelerated  renounceable  10  for  43  pro  rata  entitlement  offer  at  an  offer  price  of  $6.75,  raising  approximately 
$1.79  billion.  The  retail  component  of  the  offer  was  successfully  completed  on  29  May  2014  and  raised  gross 
proceeds of approximately $557 million.

As part of the entitlement offer, the Group also completed a placement of securities to its Queensland Motorways 
consortium bid partners AustralianSuper and Tawreed, raising gross proceeds of approximately $400 million. The 
total gross proceeds from the entitlement offer and placement were approximately $2.74 billion, and were used to 
fund the Group’s equity contribution for the Queensland Motorways acquisition, which completed on 2 July 2014.

Ordinary shares

The number of securities on issue is 1,896,384,073 (2013: 1,481,594,818).

All shares issued are a component of stapled securities issued by the Transurban Group. Prior to June 2008, a 
nil  value  was  assigned  to  TIL  with  the  value  being  apportioned  between  Transurban  Holdings  Limited  and 
Transurban Holding Trust.

Shares entitle the holder to participate in distributions and the winding up of the Transurban Group in proportion 
to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. On a show of hands, every holder of shares present at a 
meeting in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote.

Capital risk management

The Group is subject to a gearing ratio covenant imposed by senior secured lenders. The Group monitors capital 
on the basis of the gearing ratio to ensure compliance with the covenant. There have been no breaches of the 
covenant.

The Group is subject to a gearing ratio covenant imposed by senior secured lenders. The Group monitors capital 
on the basis of the gearing ratio to ensure compliance with the covenant.

The Group’s objective when managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that 
they can continue to provide returns to security holders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an 
optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In  order  to  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital  structure,  the  Group  may  adjust  the  amounts  of  distributions  paid  to 
security holders, return capital to security holders, issue new securities or sell assets to reduce debt.

340 

340 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

20 Reserves and accumulated losses

Reserves

Cash flow hedges
Share-based payments
Foreign currency translation
Transactions with non-controlling interests

Movements:

Cash flow hedges
Balance 1 July
Revaluation - gross
Movement in equity accounted investment's reserve (note 10)
Transfer to net profit
Previously unrecognised equity accounted investment’s reserve
Balance 30 June

Share-based payments
Balance 1 July
Employee share plan expense
Transfer vesting portion of LTI to contributed equity
Deferred Short Term Incentive issue
Balance 30 June

Foreign currency translation
Balance 1 July
Currency translation differences arising during the year
Deferred tax
Transfer to net profit
Balance 30 June

Transactions with non-controlling interests
Balance 1 July
Transfer of values on acquisition
Balance 30 June

Accumulated losses 

Movements in (accumulated losses) were as follows:

Profit 1 July
Net (loss) for the year
Balance 30 June

Nature and purpose of other reserves

2014
$M
-
0.1
(44.0)
(2.3)

(46.2)

2014
$M

(77.0)
-
40.0
37.0
-
-

0.5
0.2
(0.1)
(0.5)
0.1

14.1
(35.8)
(0.3)
(22.0)
(44.0)

(9.2)
6.9
(2.3)

2014
$M
(414.2)
19.5
(394.7)

2013
$M
(77.0)
0.5
14.1
(9.2)

(71.6)

2013
$M

(104.3)
-
27.3
-
-
(77.0)

0.8
0.5
(0.6)
(0.2)
0.5

40.1
(26.0)
-
-
14.1

(9.2)
-
(9.2)

2013
$M
(367.0)
(47.2)
(414.2)

Cash flow hedges
The cash flow hedge reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that 
are  recognised  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  in  this  reserve  in  equity.  Amounts  are 
reclassified to profit or loss when the associated hedged transaction affects profit and loss.

Share-based payments

The  share-based  payments  reserve  is  used  to  recognise  the  fair  value  of  long-term  incentives  issued  but  not 
exercised.

341 

341

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

20 Reserves and accumulated losses (continued)

Nature and purpose of other reserves (continued)

Share-based payments (continued)
The  share-based  payments  reserve  is  used  to  recognise  the  fair  value  of  long-term  incentives  issued  but  not 
exercised.

Foreign currency translation

Exchange  differences  arising  on  translation  of  the  foreign  controlled  entities  are  recognised  in  other
comprehensive income as described in note 1(d) and accumulated in this reserve in equity.

Transactions with non-controlling interests

The transactions with non-controlling interests arose as a result of the acquisition of Transurban (USA) Holdings 
Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  Transurban  (USA)  Inc.  and  Transurban  (USA)  Operations  Inc.  from  a  commonly 
controlled Transurban Group entity (Transurban Limited). 

21 Dividends

No dividends were paid or declared during the year. 

22 Remuneration of auditors

During the year the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity 
and its related practices:

Amounts received or due and receivable by PricewaterhouseCoopers

Audit services
Audit and review of financial reports
Total remuneration for PricewaterhouseCoopers

23 Intra-group Guarantees

2014
$

52,000
52,000

2013
$

52,000
52,000

As at 30 June 2014, the Transurban Group comprises Transurban Holdings Limited, Transurban Holding Trust 
and Transurban International Limited, traded and quoted on the ASX as one triple stapled security.

Under  the  stapling  arrangement,  each  entity  directly  and/or  indirectly  supports  each  entity  and  its  controlled 
entities within the Group on a continual basis. 

342 

342 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

24 Commitments

Capital commitments

Capital expenditure contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:

Property, plant and equipment and intangibles
Payable:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

Operating commitments 

Operating commitments
Within one year
Later that one year but not later than five years

Lease commitments

Commitments  in  relation  to  leases  contracted  for  at  the  reporting  date  but  not 
recognised as liabilities, payable:
Within one year
Later than one year but not later than five years
Later than five years

343 

2014
$M

113.7
-
-

113.7

2014
$M

21.7
16.5

38.2

2014
$M

0.3
1.2
0.3

1.8

2013
$M

-
-
-

-

2013
$M

20.0
13.8

33.8

2013
$M

1.0
2.8
0.4

4.2

343

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
25 Related party transactions

Transactions with related parties

The following transactions occurred with related parties:

Revenue from services provided to related parties
Management and Business development fees 

Loans to/from related parties

Loans to related parties
Beginning of the year
Loans advanced
Repayment of loans
Foreign exchange movements

Loans from related parties
Beginning of the year
Loans advanced
Loans repayments
Foreign exchange movements

Other related parties

Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

2014
$

2013
$

37,935,013

37,935,013

40,898,575

40,898,575

2014
$M

5.9
27.7
(26.3)
0.3

7.6

516.6
1,776.3
(1,450.7)
44.0

886.2

2013
$M

4.4
28.6
(27.6)
0.5

5.9

245.3
279.0
(55.1)
47.4

516.6

All  the  Directors  of  TIL  are  also  Directors  of  Transurban  Holdings  Limited  and  Transurban  Infrastructure 
Management Limited. Related party transactions have occurred with these Transurban Group entities and their 
wholly-owned subsidiaries.

344 

344 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

26 Subsidiaries

The  consolidated  financial  statements  incorporate  the  assets,  liabilities  and  results  of  the  following  principal 
subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting policy described in note 1(b):

Name of entity

incorporation Class of shares

Equity holding

Country of 

Transurban DRIVe Management LLC
Transurban (USA) Holdings Inc.
Transurban (USA) Inc.
Transurban International Holdings Pty Limited
Transurban (USA) Operations Inc.
Transurban Express Lanes LLC
Transurban DRIVe Holdings LLC*
Transurban DRIVe USA LLC*
DRIVe USA Investments LLC*
Transurban (895) US Holdings LLC
Transurban (895) LLC
Transurban (895) Finance Inc.
Capital Beltway Express LLC*
95 Express Lanes LLC*

*These entities were equity-accounted for in prior financial years. 

27 Non-controlling interests

USA
USA
USA
Australia
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA
USA

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

2014
%
100
100
100
100
100
100
75
75
75
75
75
75
94
77.5

2013
%
100
100
100
100
100
-
75
75
75
-
-
-
67.5
67.5

Set out below is summarised financial information for each subsidiary that has non-controlling interests that are 
material to the Group. The amounts disclosed for each subsidiary are before inter-company eliminations.

Transurban DRIVe Capital Beltway Express LLC

95 Express Lanes

25%

6%

22.5%

Summarised balance sheet
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets
Carrying amount of NCI

2014
$M
15.4
84.9
(57.6)
(7.8)
34.9
(8.7)

2013
$M
-
-
-
-
-
-

2014
$M
57.7
1,289.0
(11.3)
(878.1)
457.3
(27.4)

2013
$M
-
-
-
-
-
-

2014
$M
60.7
689.1
(43.7)
(388.1)
318.0
(71.6)

2013
$M
-
-
-
-
-
-

Transurban DRIVe Capital Beltway Express LLC

95 Express Lanes

25%

2014

2013

Summarised  statement  of 
comprehensive income
Revenue
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Profit allocated to NCI
OCI allocated to NCI

$M
-
(102.8)
-
(102.8)
25.7
-

$M
-
-
-
-
-
-

6%

2014

$M
4.0
(79.8)
-
(79.8)
4.8
-

345 

22.5%

2013

2014

2013

$M
-
-
-
-
-
-

$M
-
-
-
-
-
-

$M
-
-
-
-
-
-

345

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

27 Non-controlling interests (continued)

Transurban DRIVe

Capital Beltway Express LLC

95 Express Lanes

from 

flows 

flows 

from  operating 

Summarised balance sheet
Cash 
activities
Cash 
activities
Cash 
activities
Net  increases  in  cash  and 
cash equivalents

financing 

investing 

flows 

from 

25%

2014
$M

1.2

-

-

1.2

2013
$M

-

-

-

-

6%

22.5%

2014
$M

(4.4)

-

(5.7)

(10.1)

2013
$M

-

-

-

-

2014
$M

-

(33.5)

31.8

(1.7)

28 Parent entity financial information

Summary financial information

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts:

2013
$M

-

-

-

-

2013
$M

216.4
-
216.4
(0.3)
-
(0.3)

2014
$M

272.5
-
272.5
-
-
-

(817.5)
272.5

(650.1)
216.1

276.3
(4.3)
0.5

272.5

216.0
-
0.1

216.1

Balance sheet
Current assets
Non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders' equity
Contributed equity
Reserves
Accumulated losses

346 

346 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

28 Parent entity financial information (continued)

Summary financial information (continued)

Profit for the year
xx
Exchange differences on translation of US operations, net of tax
xx
Total comprehensive income

Contingent liabilities and guarantees of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities. 

0.3

(3.9)

(3.6)

0.9

19.7

20.6

29 Events occurring after the reporting period

At the date of this report the Directors are not aware of any circumstances that have arisen since 30 June 2014 
that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the Group's operations in future financial years, the 
results of those operations in future financial years, or the Group's state of affairs in future financial years. 

30 Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

Loss for the year
Depreciation and amortisation
Share of net (profit) losses of equity accounted investments

Change in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) in prepayments
Decrease (Increase) in trade and other receivables
(Decrease) increase in related party operating loans
(Decrease) in trade payables and accruals
Increase in provisions
Increase (Decrease) in unearned income
Movement in current taxes and deferred taxes
Net cash inflow from operating activities

347 

2014
$M

(11.0)
4.0
(93.8)

(0.4)
13.4
(39.2)
(23.7)
17.9
2.1
125.2
(5.5)

2013
$M

(47.2)
0.4
28.2

-
(7.9)
24.6
(1.4)
1.8
(6.7)
3.6
(4.6)

347

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

31 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Earnings / (loss) per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company

Diluted earnings per share

Earnings / (loss) per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the 
company

Reconciliation  of  earnings  /  (losses)  used  in  calculating 
earnings per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share
Loss for the year
Loss attributable to non-controlling interests

Weighted average number of shares used as denominator

2014
Cents

1.3

3.6

2014
Cents

1.3

1.3

2014
$M

(11.0)
30.5

19.5

2013
Cents

(3.2)

(3.2)

2013
Cents

(3.2)

(3.2)

2013
$M

(47.2)
-

(47.2)

2014
Number

2013
Number

Weighted average number of ordinary and potential ordinary shares used as 
the denominator in calculating earnings per share

1,539,476,092

1,470,495,508

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings / (loss) attributable to shareholders excluding any 
non-controlling interest and costs of servicing equity other than distributions, by the weighted average number of 
shares outstanding during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into 
account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary 
shares  and  the  weighted  average  number  of  additional  ordinary  shares  that  would  have  been  outstanding 
assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

348 

348 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued) 

32 Share-based payments

Performance Awards Plan

Under  the  Performance  Awards  Plan  (PAP),  eligible  executives  receive  a  grant  of  Performance  Awards  which 
entitles participants  to  receive  securities  at  no cost  subject to  the  achievement  of performance  conditions.  The 
Board  has  discretion  as  to  the  form  of  the  award  at  the  end  of  the  performance  period  and  may  grant  cash 
payments  of equivalent  value  at  vesting.  No  dividends  or distributions on securities are payable  to  participants 
prior to vesting.

Dual  performance  measures  (Free  Cash  Flow  (FCF)  (from  1  July  2011)  or  earnings  before  interest,  tax, 
depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) measure (pre 1 July 2011) and relative total security holder return (TSR) 
apply to Performance Awards, each representing 50 per cent of the award. The use of dual measures balances 
the need to both improve the underlying performance of the business over the long term as well as appropriate 
returns relative to the market.

Grant date

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value at grant date ($)

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance
at end of 
the year

TSR

EBITDA

FCF

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

2014
1 Nov 2010
1 Nov 2013
23 Dec 2010 1 Nov 2013
26 Sep 2011 30 Jun 2014
11 Nov 2011 30 Jun 2014
15 Aug 2012 30 Jun 2015*
19 Oct 2012 30 Jun 2015*
14 Aug 2013 30 Jun 2016*
30 Jun 2016*
1 Nov 2013

3.23
3.33
3.37
3.27
2.72
2.95
3.24
3.13

4.62
4.97
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
4.63
4.81
4.99
5.43
6.07
6.21

Total

BLANK

922,476
684,683
420,872
715,024
480,102
448,400
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
728,380
382,292

(789,978)
(592,320)
(267,256)
(511,886)
-
-
-
-

(132,498)
(92,363)
(153,616)
(203,138)
(113,537)
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
366,565
448,400
728,380
382,292

3,671,557

1,110,672 (2,161,440)

(695,152)

1,925,637

*  vesting  /  expiry  date  refers  to  the  ending  date  of  the  performance  period.  Actual  vesting  /  expiry  date  is  determined  within  30  days  of  the 
release of Transurban Group's financial results for that performance period.

Grant date

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value at grant date ($)

Balance
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during
the year

Vested 
during
the year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

TSR

EBITDA

FCF

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

2013
11 Dec 2009
1 Nov 2010
23 Dec 2010
26 Sep 2011
11 Nov 2011
15 Aug 2012
19 Oct 2012

Total

11 Dec 2012
1 Nov 2013
1 Nov 2013
30 Jun 2014
30 Jun 2014
30 Jun 2015
30 Jun 2015

3.33
3.23
3.33
3.37
3.27
2.72
2.95

4.97
4.62
4.97
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
4.63
4.81
4.99
5.43

1,625,994
1,201,077
684,683
661,932
715,024
-
-

- (1,624,766)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
747,201
448,400

-

(1,228)
(278,601)
-
(241,060)
-
(267,099)
-

-
922,476
684,683
420,872
715,024
480,102
448,400

4,888,710

1,195,601 (1,624,766)

(787,988)

3,671,557

Assessed fair value  

The assessed fair value at grant date of the plans above has been independently determined in accordance with 
AASB 2.

The  TSR  component  of  the  Performance  Awards  has  been  valued  applying  a  Monte-Carlo  simulation  (of  a 
geometric  Brownian  motion  process,  as  used  in  the  Black-Scholes  framework)  to  model  Transurban's  future 
security  price  and  TSR  performance  against  the  comparator  group  performance  at  vesting  date.  The  valuation 
model takes into account the term of the award, the security price at grant date and expected price volatility of the 
underlying security, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the award. 

349 

349

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

32 Share-based payments (continued)

Assessed fair value (continued) 

The Free Cash Flow component of the Performance Awards has only a non-market based vesting condition 
which is not considered in the valuation. The valuation of these awards takes into account the security price at 
grant date, and the expected dividend yield which represents the dividends over the life of the Awards that the 
rights holder does not receive. A discounted cash flow model is used to perform this valuation. 

The  Group  is  currently  transitioning  to  a  face  value  approach  (discounted  for  distributions)  for  the  FCF 
component. The transition is over 3 years and all things being equal there will be a decrease in the number of 
awards  recipients  receive  until  the  new  methodology  is  achieved.  This  transition  will  be  completed  for  grants 
made during FY2016.
Performance Awards Plan - CEO Sign On Award Plan

Scott Charlton received a one-off grant of equity as a sign-on award in recognition of the incentives forfeited with 
his former employer by joining Transurban. The awards were awarded at no cost to Scott and will vest, subject to 
his continued employment with Transurban as described in his employment contract, in three equal tranches on 
the  first,  second  and  third  anniversaries  of  his  employment  date.  Upon  vesting,  the  awards  will  automatically 
exercise and settle in securities. No dividends or distributions on securities are payable prior to vesting.

Grant date

2014
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012

Total

Grant date

2013
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012
14 Sep 2012

Total

x

x

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during 
the year

Balance at 
end of
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

16 Jul 2013
16 Jul 2014
16 Jul 2015

$5.71
$5.71
$5.71

78,752
78,752
78,752

236,256

-
-
-

-

(78,752)
-
-

(78,752)

-
-
-

-

-
78,752
78,752

157,504

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date ($)

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during
the year

Vested 
during 
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

16 Jul 2013
16 Jul 2014
16 Jul 2015

5.71
5.71
5.71

-
-
-

-

78,752
78,752
78,752

236,256

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-

78,752
78,752
78,752

236,256

Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan

For the 2014 financial year, the CEO and other Senior Executives had a target STI opportunity of 30 per cent of 
their total remuneration package. Mandatory STI deferral of 50 per cent of the overall STI award now applies for 
all grants to the CEO and other Senior Executives. STI payouts can vary between zero (if targets are not met) 
and 150 per cent (for exceptional outperformance). 

The  deferral  period  is  two  years.  For  Australian  Senior  Executives,  deferral  is  into  securities.  Due  to  legal 
restrictions  on  the  issue  of  securities  to  USA  residents,  the  USA  resident  Senior  Executives  receive  deferred 
cash awards.  STI deferral grants are made in the form of awards.  Each award is an entitlement to receive a fully 
paid security, or an equivalent cash payment, on terms and conditions determined by the Board.  This deferred 
component of remuneration may, at the discretion of the Board, be subject to forfeiture or clawback (e.g. in the 
event of misconduct or the material misstatement of financial results). 

350 

350 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

32 Share-based payments (continued)

Short Term Deferred Incentive Plan (continued)

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during 
the year

Vested 
during
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance 
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

1 Jul 2014
1 Jul 2015

$5.68
$6.81

642,388
-

-
443,736

642,388

443,736

-
-

-

(79,668)
-

562,720
443,736

(79,668)

1,006,456

Vesting / 
Expiry date

Fair value 
at grant 
date

Balance 
at start of 
the year

Granted 
during
the year

Vested 
during
the year

Forfeited 
during
the year

Balance
at end of 
the year

Number

Number

Number

Number

Number

1 Jul 2014

$5.68

-

-

642,388

642,388

-

-

-

-

642,388

642,388

Grant date

2014
15 Aug 2012
15 Aug 2013

Total

Grant date

2013
15 Aug 2012

Total

Fair Value

x

x

The  fair  value  at  grant  dates  in  both  the  deferred  STI  plan  and  the  CEO  sign-on  awards  plan  have  been 
determined  in  accordance  with  AASB  2  by  using  a  volume  weighted  average  price  (VWAP)  over  a  specified 
period of time. 

Employee security scheme

The Transurban Employee Security Ownership Plan (the Plan) provides employees with an opportunity to be a 
part owner of Transurban and partner in its continued success.

All  Australian  based  permanent  employees  were  eligible  to  participate in the Investment Tax  Exempt  Plan and 
the  Investment  Tax  Deferred  Plan  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2014.  Under  the  plans,  Transurban  provides 
participants  with  a  matching  component  toward  the  acquisition  of  the  stapled  securities.  For  the  period  1  July 
2013  to  30  June  2014,  the  cost  of  company  matches  was  $139,918  (2013:  $132,162)  for  the  Investment  Tax 
Exempt Plan and $314,667 (2013: $450,374) for the Investment Tax Deferred Plan.

The  third  element under  the Plan  is  the  Incentive  Plan.  Subject  to  Board  approval  and  the  performance  of  the 
Group, eligible employees may receive a certain number of Transurban securities at no cost to them. In February 
2014, each participant was allocated 100 stapled securities at a value of $6.94 per security. Stapled Securities 
provided  under  the  Plan  were  acquired  on  the  open  market.  Eligible  US  based  participants  received  an 
equivalent cash award.

Shares purchased on the market under the plan and provided to participating 
employees

Expenses arising from share-based payments

2014
Number

2013
Number

50,800

45,900

Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions recognised during the period as part of employee 
benefit expense was $0.3 million (2013: $0.5 million)

351 

351

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

33 Key management personnel compensation

The remuneration amounts below represent the entire amounts paid by the Transurban Group.

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Long-term benefits
Share-based payments
Deferred STIs
Termination benefits

2014
$
11,056,992
257,966
73,043
3,645,461
1,620,545
333,356

2013
$
10,755,270
232,743
25,335
9,208,279
1,128,897
-

16,987,363

21,350,524

Detailed remuneration disclosures are made in the Directors’ report. The relevant information can be found in the 
remuneration report in the Directors' report.

34 Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Estimates  and  judgements  are  continually  evaluated  and are  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors, 
including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by 
definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are 
disclosed below.

Income taxes
The Group is subject to income taxes in the USA. Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for 
income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of  business 
for  which  the  ultimate  tax  determination  is  uncertain.  The  Group  recognises  liabilities  for  anticipated  tax  audit 
issues based on whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different 
from  the  amounts  that  were  initially  recorded, such  differences  will  impact  current  and  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.

Estimated impairment of the investment of equity in DRIVe
The Group tests whether the investment of equity in DRIVe has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the 
accounting policy stated in note 1(i). The recoverable amount of each cash generating unit has been determined 
based on the greater of value-in-use and fair value less costs to sell calculations. As disclosed in Note 14, these 
calculations require the use of assumptions regarding traffic flows, discount rates, growth rates and other factors 
affecting operating activities of the cash generating units.

Assessment of control
The Group considered that, up to 4 June 2014, it jointly controlled (and therefore equity accounted) Transurban 
DRIVe  Holdings  LLC  (“DRIVe”)  even  though  it  owned  75%  of  the  equity,  as  at  least  80%  of  the  membership 
interests were required to pass key decisions relating to operating and financing of the entity.

352 

352 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

34 Critical accounting estimates and judgements (continued)

(continued)

Assessment of control (continued)
As  disclosed  in  Note  3,  as  of  4  June  2014,  following  the  acquisition  of  Capital  Beltway  (and  its  subsequent 
recapitalisation),  as  well  as  the  purchase  of  Fluor’s  10  per  cent  equity  interest  in  both  Capital  Beltway  and  95 
Express Lanes, the Group re-assessed its control over DRIVe. Due to the operations of the Capital Beltway and 
the  95  Express  Lanes  (which  DRIVe  already  had  a  direct  ownership  interest  in)  being  closely  linked,  it  was 
determined that the acquisition of Capital Beltway, along with the purchase of Fluor’s 10 per cent interest in both 
Capital Beltway and the 95 Express Lanes, gave the Group control over DRIVe and the 95 Express Lanes.

35 Financial risk management

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk and interest rate 
risk),  credit  risk  and  liquidity  risk.  The  financial  risk  management  function  is  carried  out  centrally  by  the 
Transurban Group Treasury team (Treasury) under policies approved by the Board. Treasury work closely with 
the  Group’s  operating  units  to  actively  identify  and  monitor  all  financial  risks,  and  put  hedging  in  place  where 
appropriate. The Board are informed on a regular basis of any material exposures to financial risks.

The Group’s hedging strategies are detailed below, and include the use of derivative financial instruments. The 
Group's policies allow derivative transactions to be undertaken only for the purpose of reducing risk, and do not 
permit speculative trading. Treasury continuously monitor risk exposures over time through review of cash flows, 
price movements, market analysis and ongoing communication within the Group. When measuring financial risk, 
Treasury  consider  positive  and  negative  exposures,  existing  hedges  and  the  ability  to  offset  exposures  where
possible.

Market risk

Foreign exchange risk
The  Group  operates  internationally  and  is  exposed  primarily  to  foreign  exchange  risk  arising  from  currency 
exposures  to  the  Australian  dollar.  Foreign  exchange  risk  arises  when  future  commercial  transactions  and 
recognised assets  and  liabilities  are  denominated in a  currency  that  is  not  the  entity’s  functional  currency.  The 
risk is measured using cash flow forecasting.

The  Group's  exposure  to  foreign  currency  risk  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  date,  expressed  in  Australian  dollar, 
was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables
Payables
Net exposure

Exposure to other foreign exchange movements is not material.

2014
AUD$M

2013
AUD$M

0.3
1.0
(2.7)
(1.4)

-
0.4
(4.9)
(4.5)

Sensitivity
Based on the financial instruments held at end of the period, had the U.S. dollar strengthened/weakened by 10 
cents against the Australian dollar with all other variables held constant, the Group’s post-tax loss for the year 
would have been $68,000 lower (2013: $217,000 lower) or $82,000 higher (2013: $261,000 higher), as a result 
of  foreign  exchange  gains/losses  on  translation  of  Australian  dollar  denominated  financial  instruments  as 
detailed in the above table.

353 

353

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

35 Financial risk management (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Cash flow interest rate risk
The  Group's  main  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk  arises  from  long-term  intercompany  borrowings  and  funds  on 
deposit.

As at the reporting period, the Group had the following variable rate exposures.

Cash and cash equivalents
Borrowings
Floating rate borrowings

Net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk

Weighted
average
interest rate
%
0.1%
0.3%
0.1%

2014

Balance
$M
(146.7)
238.5
(238.5)

(146.7)

Weighted
average
interest rate
%
-%
-%
-%

2013

Balance
$M
(4.8)
-
-

(4.8)

Sensitivity
At  30  June  2014,  if  interest  rates  had  changed  by  +/-100  basis  points  from  the  year-end  rates  with  all  other 
variables  held  constant,  post-tax  loss  for  the  year  would  have  been  $895,000  lower  /  higher  (2013:  $30,000 
lower).

Credit risk

The  Group  has  no  significant concentrations of credit  risk from  operating activities  and  has  policies  in  place  to 
ensure that transactions are made with commercial customers with an appropriate credit history.

Treasury  assesses  the  credit  strength  of  potential  financial  counterparties  using  objective  ratings  provided  by 
multiple  independent  rating  agencies.  Board  approved  limit  allocation  rules  ensure  higher  limits  are  granted  to 
higher rated counterparties. The Group also seeks to mitigate its total credit exposure to counterparties by only 
dealing with credit worthy counterparties, limiting the exposure to any one counterparty, minimising the size of the 
exposure  where  possible  through  netting  offsetting  exposures,  diversifying  exposures  across  counterparties, 
closely  monitoring  changes  in  total  credit  exposures  and  changes  in  credit  status,  and  taking  mitigating  action 
when necessary.

Liquidity risk

The  Group  maintains  sufficient  cash  to  maintain  short-term  flexibility  and  enable  the  Group  to  meet  financial 
commitments in a timely manner. Treasury assesses liquidity over the short term (up to 12 months) and medium 
term (1 - 5 years) by maintaining accurate forecasts of operating expenses, committed capital expenditure and 
payments  to  security  holders.  Long  term  liquidity  requirements  are  reviewed  as  part  of  the  annual  strategic 
planning process.

Short term liquidity is managed by maintaining a strategic liquidity reserve. This reserve is based on the Group's 
forecast annual operating costs and certain risk exposure scenarios as maintained by the Group's strategic risk 
register, and is maintained as cash. The reserve is maintained on a rolling 12 month basis. Medium term liquidity 
forecasting is maintained on a 5 year horizon.

354 

354 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
30 June 2014
(continued)

35 Financial risk management (continued)

Liquidity risk (continued)

Maturities of financial liabilities
The  tables  below  analyse  the  Group’s  financial  liabilities  into  relevant  maturity  groupings  based  on  their 
contractual maturities.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months 
equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant.

Contractual 
maturities of 
financial liabilities

At 30 June 2014

Non-derivatives

Non-interest 
bearing
Variable rate
Fixed rate
Total non-
derivatives
Derivatives

Net settled (interest 
rate swaps)
Total derivatives

1 year 
or less
$M

Over 1 to 2 
years
$M

Over 2 to 
3 years
$M

Over 3 to
4 years
$M

Over 4 to 
5 years
$M

Over 5 
years
$M

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
$M

Carrying 
amount 
(assets)/
liabilities
$M

62.8
885.5
947.5

1,895.8

-
3.2
13.4

16.6

-
3.3
13.7

17.0

-
3.3
13.8

-
3.3
54.9

-
414.3
3,462.4

62.8
1,312.9
4,505.7

62.8
238.5
1,817.1

17.1

58.2

3,876.7

5,881.4

2,118.4

8.3
8.3

7.5
7.5

5.9
5.9

4.7
4.7

3.9
3.9

22.6
22.6

52.9
52.9

41.4
41.4

There is no liquidity risk exposure to the Group in the current or prior periods other than as shown above.

355 

355

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
Transurban International Limited
Directors' declaration
30 June 2014

In the Directors' opinion:

(a) the financial statements and notes set out on pages 300 to 355 in accordance with the Corporations Act 

2001, including:

(i) complying  with  Accounting  Standards,  the  Corporations  Regulations  2001 and  other mandatory 

professional reporting requirements, and

(ii) giving  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  Group's  financial  position  as  at  30  June  2014  and  of  its 

performance for the year ended on that date, and

(b) there  are  reasonable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  Group  will  be  able  to  pay  its  debts  as  and  when  they 

become due and payable.

Note 1(a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The  Directors  have  been  given  the  declarations  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 
required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.

Lindsay Maxsted
Director

Scott Charlton
Director

Melbourne
5 August 2014

356 

356 

2014 Transurban Annual Report 
357

2014 Transurban Annual Report267 to 296 of the director’s report for the

358 

2014 Transurban Annual ReportSecurity holder information
Security holder information 

The security holder information set out below was applicable as at 15 August 2014. 

Distribution of stapled securities 

The number of holders of stapled securities, which comprise one share in Transurban Holdings Limited, 
one share in Transurban International Limited and one unit in Transurban Holding Trust, was 67,063. 

The voting rights are one vote per stapled security. 

The  percentage  of  total  holdings  held  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  20  largest  holders  of  these  securities  was 
80.14 per cent. 

The distribution of holders was as follows: 

Security grouping

1 - 1,000

1,001 - 5,000

5,001 - 10,000

10,001 - 100,000

100,001 - 999,999,999

Rounding
Total

Stapled securities

% of issued stapled 
securities

Total 
holders

20,500

31,432

8,958

5,904

269

8,101,538

80,769,851

63,391,601

127,032,179

1,626,664,728

67,063

1,905,959,897

There were 3,557 holders of less than a marketable parcel of stapled securities. 

There were 1,905,959,897 stapled securities on issue. 

20 largest holders of stapled securities 

Name

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA LIMITED

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD

CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

AUSTRALIAN FOUNDATION INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED

UBS WEALTH MANAGEMENT AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LTD

AMP LIFE LIMITED

RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

ARGO INVESTMENTS LIMITED

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD

UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD

RBC INVESTOR SERVICES AUSTRALIA NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

AUSTRALIAN UNITED INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED

BOND STREET CUSTODIANS LIMITED  

MILTON CORPORATION LIMITED

CS FOURTH NOMINEES PTY LTD

DIVERSIFIED UNITED INVESTMENT LIMITED

Total

Number of stapled 
securities held

518,617,575
416,766,790

303,634,254

100,226,148

52,557,090

39,392,509

18,335,264

14,920,571

12,879,580

10,271,459

6,919,715

5,481,463

5,149,357

4,062,773

3,977,158

3,500,000

2,849,444

2,743,081

2,654,811

2,572,727

1,527,511,769

80.14

Substantial holders 

Substantial security holders as at 15 August 2014 were as follows: 

Name

UNISUPER

COMMONWEALTH BANK OF AUSTRALIA

Number of stapled 
securities held

180,235,466

121,869,397

% of issued stapled securities

9.92

6.42

359

0.43

4.24

3.33

6.66

85.35

-0.01
100.00

% of issued 
stapled securities
27.21
21.87

15.93

5.26

2.76

2.07

0.96

0.78

0.68

0.54

0.36

0.29

0.27

0.21

0.21

0.18

0.15

0.14

0.14

0.13

2014 Transurban Annual ReportThis page left blank intentionally

Enquiries

Enquiries about your Transurban 
stapled securities

The stapled securities register is maintained by 
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd.

If you have a question about your Transurban securities  
or distributions please contact:

Computershare
Yarra Falls 
452 Johnston Street 
Abbotsford, Victoria 3067 
Australia

Mail

The Registrar 
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd 
GPO Box 2975 
Melbourne, Victoria 3001 
Australia

Phone

(Australia ) 1300 555 159 
(Overseas) +61 3 9415 4062

AUSTRALIA

MELBOURNE (HEAD OFFICE)

Level 23 
Tower One, Collins Square 
727 Collins Street 
Docklands 
Victoria 3008

SYDNEY

Level 9 
1 Chifley Square 
Sydney 
New South Wales 2000

BRISBANE

Brisbane Technology Park 
7 Brandl Street 
Eight Mile Plains 
Queensland 4113

MAILING ADDRESS

Locked Bag 28 
South Melbourne  
Victoria 3205

Phone +61 3 8656 8900 
Fax +61 3 8656 8585

UNITED STATES

WASHINGTON DC AREA

6440 General Green Way 
Alexandria VA 22312 
USA

Phone +1 (571) 419 6100

Email corporate@transurban.com

2

0

1

4

T

r

a

n

s

u

r

b

a

n

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

transurban.com